US20220211773A1 - Compositions and methods for treating immune disorders using immune modulating lactococcus bacteria strains - Google Patents

Compositions and methods for treating immune disorders using immune modulating lactococcus bacteria strains Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20220211773A1
US20220211773A1 US17/583,775 US202217583775A US2022211773A1 US 20220211773 A1 US20220211773 A1 US 20220211773A1 US 202217583775 A US202217583775 A US 202217583775A US 2022211773 A1 US2022211773 A1 US 2022211773A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
bacterial composition
strain
cluster
bacteria
lactococcus
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US17/583,775
Inventor
Brian Goodman
Holly Ponichtera
Andrea Itano
Mark Bodmer
Taylor A. Cormack
Maria Sizova
Carolina Baez-Giangreco
Duncan McHale
Kritika Ramani
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Evelo Biosciences Inc
Original Assignee
Evelo Biosciences Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Evelo Biosciences Inc filed Critical Evelo Biosciences Inc
Priority to US17/583,775 priority Critical patent/US20220211773A1/en
Assigned to EVELO BIOSCIENCES, INC. reassignment EVELO BIOSCIENCES, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: BODMER, Mark, MCHALE, Duncan, CORMACK, TAYLOR A., ITANO, ANDREA, PONICHTERA, Holly, SIZOVA, MARIA, BAEZ-GIANGRECO, Carolina, GOODMAN, BRIAN
Assigned to EVELO BIOSCIENCES, INC. reassignment EVELO BIOSCIENCES, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: RAMANI, Kritika
Publication of US20220211773A1 publication Critical patent/US20220211773A1/en
Assigned to HORIZON TECHNOLOGY FINANCE CORPORATION reassignment HORIZON TECHNOLOGY FINANCE CORPORATION SECURITY INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: EVELO BIOSCIENCES, INC.
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K35/00—Medicinal preparations containing materials or reaction products thereof with undetermined constitution
    • A61K35/66—Microorganisms or materials therefrom
    • A61K35/74—Bacteria
    • A61K35/741—Probiotics
    • A61K35/744—Lactic acid bacteria, e.g. enterococci, pediococci, lactococci, streptococci or leuconostocs
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06—Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N1/00—Microorganisms, e.g. protozoa; Compositions thereof; Processes of propagating, maintaining or preserving microorganisms or compositions thereof; Processes of preparing or isolating a composition containing a microorganism; Culture media therefor
    • C12N1/20—Bacteria; Culture media therefor
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N1/00—Microorganisms, e.g. protozoa; Compositions thereof; Processes of propagating, maintaining or preserving microorganisms or compositions thereof; Processes of preparing or isolating a composition containing a microorganism; Culture media therefor
    • C12N1/20—Bacteria; Culture media therefor
    • C12N1/205—Bacterial isolates
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K35/00—Medicinal preparations containing materials or reaction products thereof with undetermined constitution
    • A61K2035/11—Medicinal preparations comprising living procariotic cells
    • A61K2035/115—Probiotics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/05—Immunological preparations stimulating the reticulo-endothelial system, e.g. against cancer
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12R—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES C12C - C12Q, RELATING TO MICROORGANISMS
    • C12R2001/00—Microorganisms ; Processes using microorganisms
    • C12R2001/01—Bacteria or Actinomycetales ; using bacteria or Actinomycetales
    • C12R2001/225—Lactobacillus
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A50/00—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
    • Y02A50/30—Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change

Definitions

  • compositions e.g., bacterial compositions, pharmaceutical compositions
  • disease e.g., cancer, autoimmune disease, inflammatory disease, metabolic disease
  • a subject e.g., a human subject
  • administering a bacterial composition comprising Lactococcus bacteria and/or a product of such bacteria (e.g., extracellular vesicles (EVs) and/or pharmaceutically active biomasses (PhABs)).
  • a bacterial composition comprising Lactococcus bacteria and/or a product of such bacteria (e.g., extracellular vesicles (EVs) and/or pharmaceutically active biomasses (PhABs)).
  • EVs extracellular vesicles
  • PhABs pharmaceutically active biomasses
  • provided herein are methods and compositions related to the treatment and/or prevention of an immune disorder in a subject (e.g., a human subject) comprising administering a bacterial (pharmaceutical) composition comprising immune modulating Lactococcus bacteria disclosed herein and/or a product of immune modulating Lactococcus bacteria disclosed herein (e.g., extracellular vesicles (EVs) and/or pharmaceutically active biomasses (PhABs)). Also provided herein are methods of making and/or identifying such a bacterium and/or bacterial product. In some embodiments, provided here are bioreactors comprising Lactococcus bacteria disclosed herein.
  • the immune modulating Lactococcus bacteria is an immune modulating strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris .
  • the immune modulating Lactococcus strain is Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A (ATCC Deposit Number PTA-125368).
  • the immune modulating bacteria is a strain of Lactococcus bacteria (e.g., a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris ) comprising a protein listed in Table 1 and/or a gene encoding a protein listed in Table 1.
  • the immune modulating bacteria is a strain of Lactococcus bacteria (e.g., a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris ) comprising a membrane associated protein listed in Table 2 and/or a gene encoding a membrane associated protein listed in Table 2.
  • the immune modulating bacteria is a strain of Lactococcus bacteria (e.g., a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris ) free or substantially free of a protein listed in Table 3 and/or a gene encoding a protein listed in Table 3.
  • the immune modulating bacteria is a strain of Lactococcus bacteria (e.g., a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris ) free or substantially free of an exopolysaccharide (EPS) synthesis protein listed in Table 4 and/or a gene encoding an EPS synthesis protein listed in Table 4.
  • the immune modulating bacteria is a strain of Lactococcus bacteria (e.g., a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris ) free or substantially free of an EPS synthesized in whole or in part by a protein listed in Table 4.
  • the immune modulating bacteria is a strain of Lactococcus bacteria (e.g., a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris ) free or substantially free of EPS.
  • the bacterial compositions provided herein comprise an immune modulating Lactococcus strain provided herein.
  • the immune modulating bacteria is a strain of Lactococcus bacteria (e.g., a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris ) free or substantially free of a protein listed in Table 5 and/or a gene encoding a protein listed in Table 5.
  • the immune modulating bacteria is a strain of Lactococcus bacteria (e.g., a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris ) comprising a protein listed in Table 6 and/or a gene encoding a protein listed in Table 6.
  • a strain of Lactococcus bacteria e.g., a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris
  • PhABs made from and/or comprising an immune modulating Lactococcus strain provided herein.
  • the PhABs comprise whole cells, fractions of cells, supernatant from fermentation, fractions of supernatant and/or extracellular vesicles made immune modulating bacteria described herein.
  • the bacterial compositions provided herein comprise an immune modulating Lactococcus strain PhAB provided herein.
  • EVs produced by and/or generated from and/or isolated from an immune modulating Lactococcus strain provided herein.
  • the bacterial compositions comprise both immune modulating Lactococcus strain EVs and whole immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria (e.g., live bacteria, killed bacteria, attenuated bacteria).
  • provided herein are bacterial compositions comprising immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria (e.g., Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A) in the absence of immune modulating Lactococcus strain EVs.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions comprise immune modulating Lactococcus strain EVs in the absence of immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria.
  • the immune modulating Lactococcus strain comprises at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% sequence identity (e.g., at least 99.5% sequence identity, at least 99.6% sequence identity, at least 99.7% sequence identity, at least 99.8% sequence identity, at least 99.9% sequence identity) to the nucleotide sequence (e.g., genomic sequence, 16S sequence, CRISPR sequence) of the Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A.
  • the administration of the bacterial composition treats the immune disorder in the subject.
  • the immune disorder is an autoimmune disease.
  • the immune disorder is an inflammatory disease.
  • the immune disorder is an allergy.
  • provided herein are methods of treating a subject who has an immune disorder (e.g., an autoimmune disease, an inflammatory disease, an allergy), comprising administering to the subject a bacterial composition comprising immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria provided herein (e.g., a killed bacterium, a live bacterium, a pharmaceutically active biomass and/or an attenuated bacterium).
  • immune modulating Lactococcus strain is Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A (ATCC Deposit Number PTA-125368).
  • immune modulating Lactococcus strain is a strain comprising at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% sequence identity (e.g., genomic sequence identity, 16S sequence identity, CRISPR sequence identity) (e.g., at least 99.5% sequence identity, at least 99.6% sequence identity, at least 99.7% sequence identity, at least 99.8% sequence identity, at least 99.9% sequence identity) to the corresponding nucleotide sequence of the Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A (ATCC Deposit Number PTA-125368).
  • sequence identity e.g., genomic sequence identity, 16S sequence identity, CRISPR sequence identity
  • sequence identity e.g., at least 99.5% sequence identity, at least 99.6% sequence identity, at least 99.7% sequence identity, at least 99.8% sequence identity, at least 99.9% sequence identity
  • At least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% of the bacteria in the bacterial composition are the immune modulating Lactococcus strain. In some embodiments, all or substantially all of the bacteria in the bacterial formulation are the immune modulating Lactococcus strain.
  • the bacterial formulation comprises at least 1 ⁇ 10 5 , 5 ⁇ 10 5 , 1 ⁇ 10 6 , 2 ⁇ 10 6 , 3 ⁇ 10 6 , 4 ⁇ 10 6 , 5 ⁇ 10 6 , 6 ⁇ 10 6 , 7 ⁇ 10 6 , 8 ⁇ 10 6 , 9 ⁇ 10 6 , 1 ⁇ 10 7 , 2 ⁇ 10 7 , 3 ⁇ 10 7 , 4 ⁇ 10 7 , 5 ⁇ 10 7 , 6 ⁇ 10 7 , 7 ⁇ 10 7 , 8 ⁇ 10 7 , 9 ⁇ 10 7 , 1 ⁇ 10 8 , 2 ⁇ 10 8 , 3 ⁇ 10 8 , 4 ⁇ 10 8 , 5 ⁇ 10 8 , 6 ⁇ 10 8 , 7 ⁇ 10 8 , 8 ⁇ 10 8 , 9 ⁇ 10 8 or 1 ⁇ 10 9 colony forming units of the immune modulating Lactococcus strain.
  • the bacterial composition comprises EVs and/or PhABs (e.g., whole cells, fractions of cells, supernatant from fermentation, fractions of supernatant and/or extracellular vesicles) made from the immune modulating Lactococcus strain.
  • EVs and/or PhABs e.g., whole cells, fractions of cells, supernatant from fermentation, fractions of supernatant and/or extracellular vesicles
  • bacterial compositions comprising an immune modulating Lactococcus strain provided herein (e.g., a killed bacterium, a live bacterium, a pharmaceutically active biomass and/or an attenuated bacterium).
  • immune modulating Lactococcus strain is Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A (ATCC Deposit Number PTA-125368).
  • immune modulating Lactococcus strain is a strain comprising at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% sequence identity (e.g., genomic sequence identity, 16S sequence identity, CRISPR sequence identity) (e.g., at least 99.5% sequence identity, at least 99.6% sequence identity, at least 99.7% sequence identity, at least 99.8% sequence identity, at least 99.9% sequence identity) to the corresponding nucleotide sequence of the Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A (ATCC Deposit Number PTA-125368).
  • sequence identity e.g., genomic sequence identity, 16S sequence identity, CRISPR sequence identity
  • sequence identity e.g., at least 99.5% sequence identity, at least 99.6% sequence identity, at least 99.7% sequence identity, at least 99.8% sequence identity, at least 99.9% sequence identity
  • At least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% of the bacteria in the bacterial composition are the immune modulating Lactococcus strain. In some embodiments, all or substantially all of the bacteria in the bacterial formulation are the immune modulating Lactococcus strain.
  • the bacterial formulation comprises at least 1 ⁇ 10 5 , 5 ⁇ 10 5 , 1 ⁇ 10 6 , 2 ⁇ 10 6 , 3 ⁇ 10 6 , 4 ⁇ 10 6 , 5 ⁇ 10 6 , 6 ⁇ 10 6 , 7 ⁇ 10 6 , 8 ⁇ 10 6 , 9 ⁇ 10 6 , 1 ⁇ 10 7 , 2 ⁇ 10 7 , 3 ⁇ 10 7 , 4 ⁇ 10 7 , 5 ⁇ 10 7 , 6 ⁇ 10 7 , 7 ⁇ 10 7 , 8 ⁇ 10 7 , 9 ⁇ 10 7 , 1 ⁇ 10 8 , 2 ⁇ 10 8 , 3 ⁇ 10 8 , 4 ⁇ 10 8 , 5 ⁇ 10 8 , 6 ⁇ 10 8 , 7 ⁇ 10 8 , 8 ⁇ 10 8 , 9 ⁇ 10 8 or 1 ⁇ 10 9 colony forming units of the immune modulating Lactococcus strain.
  • the bacterial composition comprises EVs and/or PhABs (e.g., whole cells, fractions of cells, supernatant from fermentation, fractions of supernatant and/or extracellular vesicles) made from the immune modulating Lactococcus strain.
  • EVs and/or PhABs e.g., whole cells, fractions of cells, supernatant from fermentation, fractions of supernatant and/or extracellular vesicles
  • the bacterial compositions provided herein comprise a specific ratio of immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria to immune modulating Lactococcus strain EV particles.
  • the bacterial composition comprises at least 1 immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacterium for every 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8.
  • the bacterial composition comprises about 1 immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacterium for every 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 5, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 6, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 7, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 8, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 9, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7,
  • the bacterial composition comprises no more than 1 Lactococcus lactis cremoris bacterium for every 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8. 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 5, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8.
  • the bacterial composition comprises at least 1 immune modulating Lactococcus strain EV particle for every 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8. 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 5, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 6, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 7, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 8, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 9, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7
  • the bacterial composition comprises about 1 immune modulating Lactococcus strain EV particle for every 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8. 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8.
  • the bacterial composition comprises no more than 1 immune modulating Lactococcus strain EV particle for every 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8. 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 5, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 6, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 7, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 8, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 9, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.
  • the bacterial composition is administered orally, intravenously, intratumorally, or subcutaneously. In some embodiments, the bacterial composition is administered in 2 or more (e.g., 3 or more, 4 or more or 5 or more doses). In some embodiments, the administration to the subject of the two or more doses are separated by at least 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 5 hours, 6 hours, 7 hours, 8 hours, 9 hours, 10 hours, 11 hours, 12 hours, 13 hours, 14 hours, 15 hours, 16 hours, 17 hours, 18 hours, 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7 days, 8 days, 9 days, 10 days, 11 days, 12 days, 13 days, 14 days, 15 days, 16 days, 17 days, 18 days, 19 days, 20 days or 21 days. In some embodiments, a second bacterium is administered as part of an ecological consortium.
  • the subject has mild to moderate atopic dermatitis. In some embodiments, the subject has mild atopic dermatitis. In some embodiments, the subject has moderate atopic dermatitis.
  • the subject has mild to moderate psoriasis. In some embodiments, the subject has mild psoriasis. In some embodiments the subject has moderate psoriasis.
  • the subject is administered a daily dose of between about 66 mg and about 3.3 g of an immune modulating Lactococcus strain provided herein (e.g., Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A (ATCC Deposit Number PTA-125368) or a strain comprising at least 99% sequence identity (e.g., genomic sequence identity, 16S sequence identity, CRISPR sequence identity) (e.g., at least 99.5% sequence identity, at least 99.6% sequence identity, at least 99.7% sequence identity, at least 99.8% sequence identity, at least 99.9% sequence identity) to the nucleotide sequence of the Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A (ATCC Deposit Number PTA-125368)).
  • sequence identity e.g., genomic sequence identity, 16S sequence identity, CRISPR sequence identity
  • sequence identity e.g., at least 99.5% sequence identity, at least 99.6% sequence identity, at least 99.7% sequence identity, at least 99.8% sequence identity, at least 99.9% sequence identity
  • the subject is administered a daily dose of about 66 mg of an immune modulating Lactococcus strain provided herein. In some embodiments, the subject is administered a daily dose of about 660 mg of an immune modulating Lactococcus strain provided herein. In some embodiments, the subject is administered a daily dose of about 3.3 g of an immune modulating Lactococcus strain provided herein. In some embodiments, the daily dose is formulated in a capsule. In some embodiments, the subject is administered the dose of an immune modulating Lactococcus strain provided herein for at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29 or 30 days.
  • the subject has a body mass index of 18 kg/m2 to 35 kg/m2. In some embodiments, the subject has a confirmed diagnosis of mild to moderate plaque-type psoriasis for at least 6 months involving ⁇ 5% of body surface area (BSA) (excluding the scalp). In some embodiments, the subject ha a minimum of 2 psoriatic lesions. In some embodiments, the subject has mild to moderate atopic dermatitis with a minimum of 3 to a maximum of 15% BSA involvement. In some embodiments, the subject has had a confirmed diagnosis of mild to moderate atopic dermatitis for at least 6 months with an IGA score of 2 or 3. In some embodiments, the subject has at least 2 atopic dermatitis lesions.
  • BSA body surface area
  • the subject is not pregnant. In some embodiments, the subject is not breastfeeding. In some embodiments, the subject is not being treated with an anti-inflammatory drug. In some embodiments, the subject does not have an active infection (e.g., sepsis, pneumonia, abscess).
  • an active infection e.g., sepsis, pneumonia, abscess.
  • the subject does not have renal or liver impairment (e.g., for women a serum creatinine level ⁇ 125 ⁇ mol/L, for men a serum creatinine level of ⁇ 125 ⁇ mol/L, an alanine aminotransferase (ALT) and aspartate aminotransferase (AST) ⁇ 1.5 ⁇ or 2 ⁇ the upper limit of normal (ULN), alkaline phosphatase (ALP) and/or bilirubin >1.5 ⁇ ULN.
  • renal or liver impairment e.g., for women a serum creatinine level ⁇ 125 ⁇ mol/L, for men a serum creatinine level of ⁇ 125 ⁇ mol/L, an alanine aminotransferase (ALT) and aspartate aminotransferase (AST) ⁇ 1.5 ⁇ or 2 ⁇ the upper limit of normal (ULN), alkaline phosphatase (ALP) and/or bilirubin >1.5 ⁇ ULN.
  • ALT alanine aminotransferase
  • the bacterial composition suppresses the immune response in delayed-type hypersensitivity (DTH). In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition induces a regulatory T cell or an anti-inflammatory response. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition inhibits antigen-specific responses. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats allergic contact dermatitis. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats autoimmune myocarditis. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats diabetes mellitus type 1. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats granulomas. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats peripheral neuropathies. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats Hashimoto's thyroiditis. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats multiple sclerosis. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats rheumatoid arthritis.
  • DTH delayed-type hypersensitivity
  • the bacterial composition treats inflammation of the colon. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats colitis. Colitis may be acute and self-limited or long-term. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats ulcerative colitis. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats digestive diseases. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats Crohn's disease. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats inflammatory bowel disease (IBD). In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats microscopic colitis. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats collagenous colitis. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats diversion colitis. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats chemical colitis. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats ischemic colitis.
  • Colitis may be acute and self-limited or long-term. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats ulcerative colitis. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats digestive diseases. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats Crohn's disease. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats inflammatory bowel disease (IBD
  • the bacterial composition treats indeterminate colitis. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats atypical colitis. In some embodiments, the method further comprises administering to the subject an additional therapeutic (e.g., an antibiotic an immune suppressant, an anti-inflammatory agent). In some embodiments, the method further comprises administering to the subject is a second therapeutic bacterium.
  • an additional therapeutic e.g., an antibiotic an immune suppressant, an anti-inflammatory agent.
  • the subject is a mammal. In some embodiments, the subject is a human. In some embodiments, the subject is a non-human mammal (e.g., a dog, a cat, a cow, a horse, a pig, a donkey, a goat, a camel, a mouse, a rat, a guinea pig, a sheep, a llama, a monkey, a gorilla or a chimpanzee).
  • a non-human mammal e.g., a dog, a cat, a cow, a horse, a pig, a donkey, a goat, a camel, a mouse, a rat, a guinea pig, a sheep, a llama, a monkey, a gorilla or a chimpanzee.
  • FIG. 1 shows the efficacy of orally administered Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A in reducing antigen-specific ear swelling (ear thickness) compared to vehicle (negative control), anti-inflammatory Dexamethasone (positive control), and Bacteria A, B, and C in a delayed type hypersensitivity mouse model.
  • FIG. 2 is a line graphing showing percent weight change in acute DSS-induced colitis model over a 12 day period for Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A in comparison to Bacteria A, B, and C, positive control (anti-p40), and negative control (Sucrose vehicle).
  • the Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A group showed less weight change than the anti-p40 antibody (positive control).
  • FIG. 3A and FIG. 3B are plots showing that orally administered Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A reduces antigen-specific ear swelling (ear thickness) compared to vehicle (negative control) and Dexamethasone ( FIG. 3A ) and Fingolimod ( FIG. 3B ).
  • FIG. 4 is a plot showing the efficacy of Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A (with and without a 13 kb plasmid) and Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain B (with and without a 30 kb plasmid) in reducing antigen-specific ear swelling (ear thickness) compared to vehicle and Dexamethasone in a KLH-based delayed type hypersensitivity mouse model. Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A without a 13 kb plasmid has reduced efficacy compared Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A with a 13 kb plasmid. Conversely, removal of a 30 kb plasmid from L. lactis cremoris Strain B enhances efficacy compared to L. lactis cremoris Strain B with the 30 kb plasmid.
  • FIG. 5 shows the efficacy of Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A in reducing antigen-specific ear swelling (ear thickness) compared to vehicle (negative control), and anti-inflammatory Dexamethasone (positive control) in an OVA based adoptive transfer delayed-type hypersensitivity (AdDTH) Mouse Model.
  • FIGS. 6A, 6B, and 6C show the ability of Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A in reducing expression of IL-12p70 ( FIG. 6A ), IL-22 ( FIG. 6B ), and KC ( FIG. 6C ) in an Adoptive Transfer Delayed-Type Hypersensitivity (AdDTH) Mouse Model. Circle represents vehicle, square represents dexamethasone, and triangle represents Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A.
  • FIG. 7 shows the efficacy of Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A in improving the skin inflammation scores in an imiquimod model of psoriasis compared to control cream, vehicle, and dexamethasone.
  • FIG. 8 shows the efficacy of gamma-irradiated Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A in reducing antigen-specific ear swelling (ear thickness) at 24 hours compared to vehicle (negative control) and anti-inflammatory Dexamethasone (positive control) in a KLH-based delayed type hypersensitivity mouse model. As shown, gamma-irradiated Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A retains efficacy.
  • FIGS. 9A, 9B, 9C, and 9D show the ability of gamma-irradiated Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A to reduce expression of IL-12p′70 ( FIG. 9A ), TNF ( FIG. 9B ), IL-6 ( FIG. 9C ), and IL-13 ( FIG. 9D ) in a KLH-based delayed type hypersensitivity mouse model.
  • Circle represents vehicle, square represents dexamethasone, and triangle represents gamma-irradiated Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A.
  • Gamma-irradiated Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A decreases pro-inflammatory cytokine responses in leukocytes from the site-draining lymph node.
  • Circle represents vehicle, square represents dexamethasone, and triangle represents Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A.
  • FIGS. 10A and 10B show the ability of gamma-irradiated Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A to reduce the secretion of pro-inflammatory cytokines (IL-6 and TNFa) from gut-draining lymph nodes ( FIG. 10A ), while gamma-irradiated Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A induces peripheral immune cells to secrete more IL-10 ( FIG. 10B ).
  • IL-6 and TNFa pro-inflammatory cytokines
  • compositions e.g., bacterial compositions, pharmaceutical compositions
  • disease e.g., cancer, autoimmune disease, inflammatory disease, metabolic disease
  • a subject e.g., a human subject
  • administering a bacterial composition comprising Lactococcus bacteria and/or a product of such bacteria (e.g., extracellular vesicles (EVs) and/or pharmaceutically active biomasses (PhABs)).
  • a bacterial composition comprising Lactococcus bacteria and/or a product of such bacteria (e.g., extracellular vesicles (EVs) and/or pharmaceutically active biomasses (PhABs)).
  • EVs extracellular vesicles
  • PhABs pharmaceutically active biomasses
  • an immune disorder e.g., an autoimmune disease, an inflammatory disease, an allergy
  • a bacterial composition comprising an immune modulating Lactococcus strain provided herein, EVs generated by or isolated from an immune modulating Lactococcus strain provided herein and/or a PhAB made from or comprising an immune modulating Lactococcus strain provided herein.
  • administering broadly refers to a route of administration of a composition to a subject.
  • routes of administration include oral administration, rectal administration, topical administration, inhalation (nasal) or injection.
  • Administration by injection includes intravenous (IV), intramuscular (IM), intratumoral (IT) and subcutaneous (SC) administration.
  • compositions described herein can be administered in any form by any effective route, including but not limited to intratumoral, oral, parenteral, enteral, intravenous, intraperitoneal, topical, transdermal (e.g., using any standard patch), intradermal, ophthalmic, (intra)nasally, local, non-oral, such as aerosol, inhalation, subcutaneous, intramuscular, buccal, sublingual, (trans)rectal, vaginal, intra-arterial, and intrathecal, transmucosal (e.g., sublingual, lingual, (trans)buccal, (trans)urethral, vaginal (e.g., trans- and perivaginally), intravesical, intrapulmonary, intraduodenal, intragastrical, and intrabronchial.
  • transdermal e.g., using any standard patch
  • intradermal e.g., using any standard patch
  • intradermal e.g., using any standard patch
  • intradermal e.g
  • compositions described herein are administered orally, rectally, intratumorally, topically, intravesically, by injection into or adjacent to a draining lymph node, intravenously, by inhalation or aerosol, or subcutaneously.
  • antibody may refer to both an intact antibody and an antigen binding fragment thereof.
  • Intact antibodies are glycoproteins that include at least two heavy (H) chains and two light (L) chains inter-connected by disulfide bonds.
  • Each heavy chain includes a heavy chain variable region (abbreviated herein as V H ) and a heavy chain constant region.
  • Each light chain includes a light chain variable region (abbreviated herein as V L ) and a light chain constant region.
  • the V H and V L regions can be further subdivided into regions of hypervariability, termed complementarity determining regions (CDR), interspersed with regions that are more conserved, termed framework regions (FR).
  • CDR complementarity determining regions
  • Each V H and V L is composed of three CDRs and four FRs, arranged from amino-terminus to carboxy-terminus in the following order: FR1, CDR1, FR2, CDR2, FR3, CDR3, FR4.
  • the variable regions of the heavy and light chains contain a binding domain that interacts with an antigen.
  • the term “antibody” includes, for example, monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, chimeric antibodies, humanized antibodies, human antibodies, multispecific antibodies (e.g., bispecific antibodies), single-chain antibodies and antigen-binding antibody fragments.
  • antigen binding fragment and “antigen-binding portion” of an antibody, as used herein, refers to one or more fragments of an antibody that retain the ability to bind to an antigen.
  • binding fragments encompassed within the term “antigen-binding fragment” of an antibody include Fab, Fab′, F(ab′)2, Fv, scFv, disulfide linked Fv, Fd, diabodies, single-chain antibodies, NANOBODIES®, isolated CDRH3, and other antibody fragments that retain at least a portion of the variable region of an intact antibody. These antibody fragments can be obtained using conventional recombinant and/or enzymatic techniques and can be screened for antigen binding in the same manner as intact antibodies.
  • Cellular augmentation broadly refers to the influx of cells or expansion of cells in an environment that are not substantially present in the environment prior to administration of a composition and not present in the composition itself.
  • Cells that augment the environment include immune cells, stromal cells, bacterial and fungal cells. Environments of particular interest are the microenvironments where cancer cells reside or locate.
  • the microenvironment is a tumor microenvironment or a tumor draining lymph node.
  • the microenvironment is a pre-cancerous tissue site or the site of local administration of a composition or a site where the composition will accumulate after remote administration.
  • “Clade” refers to the OTUs or members of a phylogenetic tree that are downstream of a statistically valid node in a phylogenetic tree.
  • the clade comprises a set of terminal leaves in the phylogenetic tree that is a distinct monophyletic evolutionary unit and that share some extent of sequence similarity.
  • “Operational taxonomic units,” “OTU” (or plural, “OTUs”) refer to a terminal leaf in a phylogenetic tree and is defined by a nucleic acid sequence, e.g., the entire genome, or a specific genetic sequence, and all sequences that share sequence identity to this nucleic acid sequence at the level of species.
  • the specific genetic sequence may be the 16S sequence or a portion of the 16S sequence.
  • the entire genomes of two entities are sequenced and compared.
  • select regions such as multilocus sequence tags (MLST), specific genes, or sets of genes may be genetically compared.
  • MMT multilocus sequence tags
  • OTUs that share ⁇ 97% average nucleotide identity across the entire 16S or some variable region of the 16S are considered the same OTU (see e.g. Claesson M J, Wang Q, O'Sullivan O, Greene-Diniz R, Cole J R. Ros R P, and O'Toole P W. 2010.
  • OTUs are frequently defined by comparing sequences between organisms. Generally, sequences with less than 95% sequence identity are not considered to form part of the same OTU.
  • OTUs may also be characterized by any combination of nucleotide markers or genes, in particular highly conserved genes (e.g., “house-keeping” genes), or a combination thereof. Such characterization employs, e.g., WGS data or a whole genome sequence.
  • a “combination” of two or more microbial strains includes the physical co-existence of the two microbial strains, either in the same material or product or in physically connected products, as well as the temporal co-administration or co-localization of the monoclonal microbial strains.
  • decrease or “deplete” means a change, such that the difference is, depending on circumstances, at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 1/100, 1/1000, 1/10,000, 1/100,000, 1/1,000,000 or undetectable after treatment when compared to a pre-treatment state.
  • ecological consortium is a group of bacteria which trades metabolites and positively co-regulates one another, in contrast to two bacteria which induce host synergy through activating complementary host pathways for improved efficacy.
  • epitope means a protein determinant capable of specific binding to an antibody.
  • Epitopes usually consist of chemically active surface groupings of molecules such as amino acids or sugar side chains. Certain epitopes can be defined by a particular sequence of amino acids to which an antibody is capable of binding.
  • engineered bacteria are any bacteria that have been genetically altered from their natural state by human intervention and the progeny of any such bacteria.
  • Engineered bacteria include, for example, the products of targeted genetic modification, the products of random mutagenesis screens and the products of directed evolution.
  • extracellular vesicle or “EV” or refers to a composition derived from a bacteria that comprises bacterial lipids, and bacterial proteins and/or bacterial nucleic acids and/or carbohydrate moieties contained in a nanoparticle.
  • EVs may contain 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, or more than 10 different lipid species.
  • EVs may contain 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, or more than 10 different protein species.
  • EVs may contain 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, or more than 10 different nucleic acid species.
  • EVs may contain 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, or more than 10 different carbohydrate species.
  • gene is used broadly to refer to any nucleic acid associated with a biological function.
  • the term “gene” applies to a specific genomic sequence, as well as to a cDNA or an mRNA encoded by that genomic sequence.
  • “Identity” as between nucleic acid sequences of two nucleic acid molecules can be determined as a percentage of identity using known computer algorithms such as the “FASTA” program, using for example, the default parameters as in Pearson et al. (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:2444 (other programs include the GCG program package (Devereux, J., et al., Nucleic Acids Research 12(I):387 (1984)), BLASTP, BLASTN, FASTA Atschul, S. F., et al., J Molec Biol 215:403 (1990); Guide to Huge Computers, Martin J. Bishop, ed., Academic Press, San Diego, 1994, and Carillo et al.
  • Immune disorders refers to any disease, disorder or disease symptom caused by an activity of the immune system, including autoimmune diseases, inflammatory diseases and allergies.
  • Immune disorders include, but are not limited to, autoimmune diseases (e.g., Lupus, Scleroderma, hemolytic anemia, vasculitis, type one diabetes, Grave's disease, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, Goodpasture's syndrome, pernicious anemia and/or myopathy), inflammatory diseases (e.g., acne vulgaris, asthma, celiac disease, chronic prostatitis, glomerulonephritis, inflammatory bowel disease, pelvic inflammatory disease, reperfusion injury, rheumatoid arthritis, sarcoidosis, transplant rejection, vasculitis and/or interstitial cystitis), and/or an allergies (e.g., food allergies, drug allergies and/or environmental allergies).
  • autoimmune diseases e.g., Lupus, Scleroderma, hemolytic anemia, vasculitis
  • the term “increase” means a change, such that the difference is, depending on circumstances, at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 2-fold, 4-fold, 10-fold, 100-fold, 10 ⁇ circumflex over ( ) ⁇ 3 fold, 10 ⁇ circumflex over ( ) ⁇ 4 fold, 10 ⁇ circumflex over ( ) ⁇ 5 fold, 10 ⁇ circumflex over ( ) ⁇ 6 fold, and/or 10 ⁇ circumflex over ( ) ⁇ 7 fold greater after treatment when compared to a pre-treatment state.
  • Properties that may be increased include immune cells, bacterial cells, stromal cells, myeloid derived suppressor cells, fibroblasts, metabolites, and cytokines.
  • ITS is a piece of non-functional RNA located between structural ribosomal RNAs (rRNA) on a common precursor transcript often used for identification of eukaryotic species in particular fungi.
  • rRNA structural ribosomal RNAs
  • the rRNA of fungi that forms the core of the ribosome is transcribed as a signal gene and consists of the 8S, 5.8S and 28S regions with ITS4 and 5 between the 8S and 5.8S and 5.8S and 28S regions, respectively.
  • isolated or “enriched” encompasses a microbe, bacteria or other entity or substance that has been (1) separated from at least some of the components with which it was associated when initially produced (whether in nature or in an experimental setting), and/or (2) produced, prepared, purified, and/or manufactured by the hand of man. Isolated microbes may be separated from at least about 10%, about 20%, about 30%, about 40%, about 50%, about 60%, about 70%, about 80%, about 90%, or more of the other components with which they were initially associated.
  • isolated microbes are more than about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 91%, about 92%, about 93%, about 94%, about 95%, about 96%, about 97%, about 98%, about 99%, or more than about 99% pure.
  • a substance is “pure” if it is substantially free of other components.
  • the terms “purify,” “purifying” and “purified” refer to a microbe or other material that has been separated from at least some of the components with which it was associated either when initially produced or generated (e.g., whether in nature or in an experimental setting), or during any time after its initial production.
  • a microbe or a microbial population may be considered purified if it is isolated at or after production, such as from a material or environment containing the microbe or microbial population, and a purified microbe or microbial population may contain other materials up to about 10%, about 20%, about 30%, about 40%, about 50%, about 60%, about 70%, about 80%, about 90%, or above about 90% and still be considered “isolated.”
  • purified microbes or microbial population are more than about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 91%, about 92%, about 93%, about 94%, about 95%, about 96%, about 97%, about 98%, about 99%, or more than about 99% pure.
  • the one or more microbial types present in the composition can be independently purified from one or more other microbes produced and/or present in the material or environment containing the microbial type.
  • Microbial compositions and the microbial components thereof are generally purified from residual habitat products.
  • Metal refers to any and all molecular compounds, compositions, molecules, ions, co-factors, catalysts or nutrients used as substrates in any cellular or microbial metabolic reaction or resulting as product compounds, compositions, molecules, ions, co-factors, catalysts or nutrients from any cellular or microbial metabolic reaction.
  • Merobe refers to any natural or engineered organism characterized as a bacterium, fungus, microscopic alga, protozoan, and the stages of development or life cycle stages (e.g., vegetative, spore (including sporulation, dormancy, and germination), latent, biofilm) associated with the organism.
  • gut microbes examples include: Actinomyces graevenitzii, Actinomyces odontolyticus, Akkermansia muciniphila, Bacteroides caccae, Bacteroides fragilis, Bacteroides putredinis, Bacteroides thetaiotaomicron, Bacteroides vultagus, Bifidobacterium adolescentis, Bifidobacterium bifidum, Bilophila wadsworthia, Lactococcus lactis, Butyrivibrio, Campylobacter gracilis , Clostridia cluster III, Clostridia cluster IV, Clostridia cluster IX (Acidaminococcaceae group), Clostridia cluster XI, Clostridia cluster XIII ( Peptostreptococcus group), Clostridia cluster XIV, Clostridia cluster XV, Collinsella aerofaciens, Coprococcus
  • Microbiome broadly refers to the microbes residing on or in body site of a subject or patient.
  • Microbes in a microbiome may include bacteria, viruses, eukaryotic microorganisms, and/or viruses.
  • Individual microbes in a microbiome may be metabolically active, dormant, latent, or exist as spores, may exist planktonically or in biofilms, or may be present in the microbiome in sustainable or transient manner.
  • the microbiome may be a commensal or healthy-state microbiome or a disease-state microbiome.
  • the microbiome may be native to the subject or patient, or components of the microbiome may be modulated, introduced, or depleted due to changes in health state (e.g., precancerous or cancerous state) or treatment conditions (e.g., antibiotic treatment, exposure to different microbes).
  • the microbiome occurs at a mucosal surface.
  • the microbiome is a gut microbiome.
  • the microbiome is a tumor microbiome.
  • a “microbiome profile” or a “microbiome signature” of a tissue or sample refers to an at least partial characterization of the bacterial makeup of a microbiome.
  • a microbiome profile indicates whether at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100 or more bacterial strains are present or absent in a microbiome.
  • Modified in reference to a bacteria broadly refers to a bacteria that has undergone a change from its wild-type form.
  • bacterial modifications include genetic modification, gene expression, phenotype modification, formulation, chemical modification, and dose or concentration. Examples of improved properties are described throughout this specification and include, e.g., attenuation, auxotrophy, homing, or antigenicity.
  • Phenotype modification might include, by way of example, bacteria growth in media that modify the phenotype of a bacterium that increase or decrease virulence.
  • a gene is “overexpressed” in a bacteria if it is expressed at a higher level in an engineered bacteria under at least some conditions than it is expressed by a wild-type bacteria of the same species under the same conditions.
  • a gene is “underexpressed” in a bacteria if it is expressed at a lower level in an engineered bacteria under at least some conditions than it is expressed by a wild-type bacteria of the same species under the same conditions.
  • polynucleotide and “nucleic acid” are used interchangeably. They refer to a polymeric form of nucleotides of any length, either deoxyribonucleotides or ribonucleotides, or analogs thereof. Polynucleotides may have any three-dimensional structure, and may perform any function.
  • polynucleotides coding or non-coding regions of a gene or gene fragment, loci (locus) defined from linkage analysis, exons, introns, messenger RNA (mRNA), transfer RNA, ribosomal RNA, ribozymes, cDNA, recombinant polynucleotides, branched polynucleotides, plasmids, vectors, isolated DNA of any sequence, isolated RNA of any sequence, nucleic acid probes, and primers.
  • a polynucleotide may comprise modified nucleotides, such as methylated nucleotides and nucleotide analogs.
  • nucleotide structure may be imparted before or after assembly of the polymer.
  • a polynucleotide may be further modified, such as by conjugation with a labeling component.
  • U nucleotides are interchangeable with T nucleotides.
  • a substance is “pure” if it is substantially free of other components.
  • the terms “purify,” “purifying” and “purified” refer to a EV or other material that has been separated from at least some of the components with which it was associated either when initially produced or generated (e.g., whether in nature or in an experimental setting), or during any time after its initial production.
  • An EV may be considered purified if it is isolated at or after production, such as from one or more other bacterial components, and a purified microbe or microbial population may contain other materials up to about 10%, about 20%, about 30%, about 40%, about 50%, about 60%, about 70%, about 80%, about 90%, or above about 90% and still be considered “purified.”
  • purified EVs are more than about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 91%, about 92%, about 93%, about 94%, about 95%, about 96%, about 97%, about 98%, about 99%, or more than about 99% pure.
  • EV compositions and the microbial components thereof are, e.g., purified from residual habitat products.
  • the term “purified EV composition” or “EV composition” refer to a preparation that includes EVs that have been separated from at least one associated substance found in a source material (e.g. separated from at least one other bacterial component) or any material associated with the EVs in any process used to produce the preparation. It also refers to a composition that has been significantly enriched or concentrated. In some embodiments the EVs are concentrated by 2 fold, 3-fold, 4-fold, 5-fold, 10-fold, 100-fold, 1000-fold, 10,000-fold or more than 10,000 fold.
  • “Operational taxonomic units” and “OTU(s)” refer to a terminal leaf in a phylogenetic tree and is defined by a nucleic acid sequence, e.g., the entire genome, or a specific genetic sequence, and all sequences that share sequence identity to this nucleic acid sequence at the level of species.
  • the specific genetic sequence may be the 16S sequence or a portion of the 16S sequence.
  • the entire genomes of two entities are sequenced and compared.
  • select regions such as multilocus sequence tags (MLST), specific genes, or sets of genes may be genetically compared.
  • OTUs that share ⁇ 97% average nucleotide identity across the entire 16S or some variable region of the 16S are considered the same OTU. See e.g. Claesson M J, Wang Q, O'Sullivan O, Greene-Diniz R, Cole J R, Ross R P, and O'Toole P W. 2010. Comparison of two next-generation sequencing technologies for resolving highly complex microbiota composition using tandem variable 16S rRNA gene regions. Nucleic Acids Res 38: e200. Konstantinidis K T, Ramette A, and Tiedje J M. 2006. The bacterial species definition in the genomic era. Philos Trans R Soc Lond B Biol Sci 361: 1929-1940.
  • MLSTs For complete genomes, MLSTs, specific genes, other than 16S, or sets of genes OTUs that share ⁇ 95% average nucleotide identity are considered the same OTU. See e.g., Achtman M, and Wagner M. 2008. Microbial diversity and the genetic nature of microbial species. Nat. Rev. Microbiol. 6: 431-440. Konstantinidis K T, Ramette A, and Tiedje J M. 2006. The bacterial species definition in the genomic era. Philos Trans R Soc Lond B Biol Sci 361: 1929-1940. OTUs are frequently defined by comparing sequences between organisms. Generally, sequences with less than 95% sequence identity are not considered to form part of the same OTU.
  • OTUs may also be characterized by any combination of nucleotide markers or genes, in particular highly conserved genes (e.g., “house-keeping” genes), or a combination thereof.
  • Operational Taxonomic Units (OTUs) with taxonomic assignments made to, e.g., genus, species, and phylogenetic clade are provided herein.
  • specific binding refers to the ability of an antibody to bind to a predetermined antigen or the ability of a polypeptide to bind to its predetermined binding partner.
  • an antibody or polypeptide specifically binds to its predetermined antigen or binding partner with an affinity corresponding to a K D of about 10 ⁇ 7 M or less, and binds to the predetermined antigen/binding partner with an affinity (as expressed by K D ) that is at least 10 fold less, at least 100 fold less or at least 1000 fold less than its affinity for binding to a non-specific and unrelated antigen/binding partner (e.g., BSA, casein).
  • specific binding applies more broadly to a two component system where one component is a protein, lipid, or carbohydrate or combination thereof and engages with the second component which is a protein, lipid, carbohydrate or combination thereof in a specific way.
  • subject refers to any animal.
  • a subject or a patient described as “in need thereof” refers to one in need of a treatment for a disease.
  • Mammals i.e., mammalian animals
  • mammals include humans, laboratory animals (e.g., primates, rats, mice), livestock (e.g., cows, sheep, goats, pigs), and household pets (e.g., dogs, cats, rodents).
  • the subject may be a non-human mammal including but not limited to of a dog, a cat, a cow, a horse, a pig, a donkey, a goat, a camel, a mouse, a rat, a guinea pig, a sheep, a llama, a monkey, a gorilla or a chimpanzee.
  • the subject or patient may be healthy, or may be suffering from an immune disorder at any developmental stage.
  • “Strain” refers to a member of a bacterial species with a genetic signature such that it may be differentiated from closely-related members of the same bacterial species.
  • the genetic signature may be the absence of all or part of at least one gene, the absence of all or part of at least on regulatory region (e.g., a promoter, a terminator, a riboswitch, a ribosome binding site), the absence (“curing”) of at least one native plasmid, the presence of at least one recombinant gene, the presence of at least one mutated gene, the presence of at least one foreign gene (a gene derived from another species), the presence at least one mutated regulatory region (e.g., a promoter, a terminator, a riboswitch, a ribosome binding site), the presence of at least one non-native plasmid, the presence of at least one antibiotic resistance cassette, or a combination thereof.
  • strains may be identified by PCR amplification optionally followed by DNA sequencing of the genomic region(s) of interest or of the whole genome.
  • strains may be differentiated by selection or counter-selection using an antibiotic or nutrient/metabolite, respectively.
  • treating refers to subjecting the subject to a pharmaceutical treatment, e.g., the administration of one or more agents, such that at least one symptom of the disease is decreased or prevented from worsening.
  • a pharmaceutical treatment e.g., the administration of one or more agents, such that at least one symptom of the disease is decreased or prevented from worsening.
  • “treating” refers inter alia to delaying progression, expediting remission, inducing remission, augmenting remission, speeding recovery, increasing efficacy of or decreasing resistance to alternative therapeutics, or a combination thereof.
  • provided herein are methods of using a bacterial composition comprising an immune modulating Lactococcus strain provided herein, EVs generated by or isolated from an immune modulating Lactococcus strain provided herein and/or a PhAB made from or comprising an immune modulating Lactococcus strain provided herein.
  • the immune modulating Lactococcus strain is a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris .
  • the immune modulating Lactococcus strain is Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A (ATCC Deposit Number PTA-125368).
  • the immune modulating Lactococcus strain is a strain comprising at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% sequence identity (e.g., at least 99.5% sequence identity, at least 99.6% sequence identity, at least 99.7% sequence identity, at least 99.8% sequence identity, at least 99.9% sequence identity) to the nucleotide sequence (e.g., genomic, 16S or CRISPR nucleotide sequence) of the Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A (ATCC Deposit Number PTA-125368).
  • sequence identity e.g., at least 99.5% sequence identity, at least 99.6% sequence identity, at least 99.7% sequence identity, at least 99.8% sequence identity, at least 99.9% sequence identity
  • the ATCC is a depository affording permanence of the deposit and ready accessibility thereto by the public if a patent is granted. All restrictions on the availability to the public of the material so deposited will be irrevocably removed upon the granting of a patent. The material will be available during the pendency of the patent application to one determined by the Commissioner to be entitled thereto under 37 CFR 1.14 and 35 U.S.C. 122. The deposited material will be maintained with all the care necessary to keep it viable and uncontaminated for a period of at least five years after the most recent request for the furnishing of a sample of the deposited plasmid, and in any case, for a period of at least thirty (30) years after the date of deposit or for the enforceable life of the patent, whichever period is longer. Applicant acknowledges its duty to replace the deposit should the depository be unable to furnish a sample when requested due to the condition of the deposit.
  • the bacteria described herein are modified to improve colonization and/or engraftment in the mammalian gastrointestinal tract (e.g., modified metabolism, such as improved mucin degradation, enhanced competition profile, increased motility, increased adhesion to gut epithelial cells, modified chemotaxis).
  • the bacteria described herein are modified to enhance their immunomodulatory and/or therapeutic effect (e.g., either alone or in combination with another therapeutic agent).
  • the bacteria described herein are modified to enhance immune activation (e.g., through modified production of polysaccharides, pili, fimbriae, adhesins).
  • the bacteria described herein are modified to improve bacterial manufacturing (e.g., higher oxygen tolerance, improved freeze-thaw tolerance, shorter generation times).
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A can be cultured according to methods known in the art.
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris can be grown in ATCC Medium 2722, ATCC Medium 1490, or other medium using methods disclosed, for example in Caballero et al., 2017. “Cooperating Commensals Restore Colonization Resistance to Vancomycin-Resistant Enterococcus faecium” Cell Host & Microbe 21:592-602, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • the immune modulating Lactococcus bacteria is a strain of Lactococcus bacteria (e.g., a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris ) comprising one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 or more) proteins listed in Table 1 and/or one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 or more) genes encoding proteins listed in Table 1.
  • the immune modulating bacteria comprises all of the proteins listed in Table 1 and/or all of the genes encoding the proteins listed in Table 1.
  • the immune modulating Lactococcus bacteria is a strain of Lactococcus bacteria (e.g., a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris ) comprising one or more (e.g., one, two or three) membrane associated proteins listed in Table 2 and/or one or more (e.g., one, two or three) genes encoding membrane associated proteins listed in Table 2.
  • the immune modulating bacteria comprises all of the proteins listed in Table 2 and/or all of the genes encoding the proteins listed in Table 2.
  • the immune modulating Lactococcus bacteria is a strain of Lactococcus bacteria (e.g., a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris ) free or substantially free of one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 or more) proteins listed in Table 3 and/or one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 or more) genes encoding proteins listed in Table 3.
  • the immune modulating bacteria is free of all of the proteins listed in Table 2 and/or all of the genes encoding the proteins listed in Table 2.
  • the immune modulating Lactococcus bacteria is a strain of Lactococcus bacteria (e.g., a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris ) free or substantially free of one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17) exopolysaccharide (EPS) synthesis proteins listed in Table 4 and/or one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17) genes encoding EPS synthesis proteins listed in Table 4.
  • the immune modulating bacteria is free of all of the proteins listed in Table 4 and/or all of the genes encoding the proteins listed in Table 4.
  • the immune modulating bacteria is a strain of Lactococcus bacteria (e.g., a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris ) free or substantially free of an EPS synthesized in whole or in part by a protein listed in Table 4.
  • the immune modulating bacteria is a strain of Lactococcus bacteria (e.g., a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris ) free or substantially free of EPS.
  • the immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria described herein are substantially free of exopolysaccharides.
  • the immune modulating Lactococcus bacteria is a strain of Lactococcus bacteria (e.g., a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris ) comprising one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 or more) proteins listed in Table 6 and/or one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 or more) genes encoding proteins listed in Table 6.
  • the immune modulating bacteria comprises all of the proteins listed in Table 6 and/or all of the genes encoding the proteins listed in Table 6.
  • the immune modulating Lactococcus bacteria is a strain of Lactococcus bacteria (e.g., a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris ) free or substantially free of one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or more) proteins listed in Table 5 and/or one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or more) genes encoding proteins listed in Table 5.
  • the immune modulating bacteria is free of all of the proteins listed in Table 5 and/or all of the genes encoding the proteins listed in Table 5.
  • the immune modulating Lactococcus strain EVs described herein can be prepared using any method known in the art.
  • the immune modulating Lactococcus strain EVs are prepared without an EV purification step.
  • immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria comprising the EVs described herein are killed using a method that leaves the immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacterial EVs intact and the resulting bacterial components, including the EVs, are used in the methods and compositions described herein.
  • the immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria are killed using an antibiotic (e.g., using an antibiotic described herein).
  • the immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria are killed using UV irradiation.
  • the EVs described herein are purified from one or more other bacterial components.
  • Methods for purifying EVs from bacteria are known in the art.
  • EVs are prepared from bacterial cultures using methods described in S. Bin Park, et al. PLoS ONE. 6(3):e17629 (2011) or G. Norheim, et al. PLoS ONE. 10(9): e0134353 (2015), each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • the bacteria are cultured to high optical density and then centrifuged to pellet bacteria (e.g., at 10,000 ⁇ g for 30 min at 4° C.).
  • the culture supernatants are then passed through filter to exclude intact bacterial cells (e.g., a 0.22 ⁇ m filter).
  • filtered supernatants are centrifuged to pellet bacterial EVs (e.g., at 100,000-150,000 ⁇ g for 1-3 hours at 4° C.).
  • the EVs are further purified by resuspending the resulting EV pellets (e.g., in PBS), and applying the resuspended EVs to sucrose gradient (e.g., a 30-60% discontinuous sucrose gradient), followed by centrifugation (e.g., at 200,000 ⁇ g for 20 hours at 4° C.).
  • EV bands can be collected, washed with (e.g., with PBS), and centrifuged to pellet the EVs (e.g., at 150,000 ⁇ g for 3 hours at 4° C.).
  • the purified EVs can be stored, for example, at ⁇ 80° C. until use.
  • the EVs are further purified by treatment with DNase and/or proteinase K.
  • cultures of immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria disclosed herein can be centrifuged at 11,000 ⁇ g for 20-40 min at 4° C. to pellet bacteria.
  • Culture supernatants may be passed through a 0.22 ⁇ m filter to exclude intact bacterial cells.
  • Filtered supernatants may then be concentrated using methods that may include, but are not limited to, ammonium sulfate precipitation, ultracentrifugation, or filtration.
  • ammonium sulfate precipitation 1.5-3 M ammonium sulfate can be added to filtered supernatant slowly, while stirring at 4° C. Precipitations can be incubated at 4° C.
  • filtered supernatants can be centrifuged at 100,000-200,000 ⁇ g for 1-16 hours at 4° C. The pellet of this centrifugation contains immune modulating Lactococcus strain EVs and other debris.
  • a filtration technique such as through the use of an Amicon Ultra spin filter or by tangential flow filtration, supernatants can be filtered so as to retain species of molecular weight >50 or 100 kDa.
  • EVs can be obtained from immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacterial cultures continuously during growth, or at selected time points during growth, by connecting a bioreactor to an alternating tangential flow (ATF) system (e.g., XCell ATF from Repligen).
  • ATF alternating tangential flow
  • the ATF system retains intact cells (>0.22 um) in the bioreactor, and allows smaller components (e.g., EVs, free proteins) to pass through a filter for collection.
  • the system may be configured so that the ⁇ 0.22 um filtrate is then passed through a second filter of 100 kDa, allowing species such as EVs between 0.22 um and 100 kDa to be collected, and species smaller than 100 kDa to be pumped back into the bioreactor.
  • the system may be configured to allow for medium in the bioreactor to be replenished and/or modified during growth of the culture.
  • EVs collected by this method may be further purified and/or concentrated by ultracentrifugation or filtration as described above for filtered supernatants.
  • EVs obtained by methods provided herein may be further purified by size based column chromatography, by affinity chromatography, and by gradient ultracentrifugation, using methods that may include, but are not limited to, use of a sucrose gradient or Optiprep gradient. Briefly, using a sucrose gradient method, if ammonium sulfate precipitation or ultracentrifugation were used to concentrate the filtered supernatants, pellets are resuspended in 60% sucrose, 30 mM Tris, pH 8.0. If filtration was used to concentrate the filtered supernatant, the concentrate is buffer exchanged into 60% sucrose, 30 mM Tris, pH 8.0, using an Amicon Ultra column.
  • Samples are applied to a 35-60% discontinuous sucrose gradient and centrifuged at 200,000 ⁇ g for 3-24 hours at 4° C. Briefly, using an Optiprep gradient method, if ammonium sulfate precipitation or ultracentrifugation were used to concentrate the filtered supernatants, pellets are resuspended in 35% Optiprep in PBS. In some embodiments, if filtration was used to concentrate the filtered supernatant, the concentrate is diluted using 60% Optiprep to a final concentration of 35% Optiprep. Samples are applied to a 35-60% discontinuous sucrose gradient and centrifuged at 200,000 ⁇ g for 3-24 hours at 4° C.
  • EVs are serially diluted onto agar medium used for routine culture of the bacteria being tested, and incubated using routine conditions. Non-sterile preparations are passed through a 0.22 um filter to exclude intact cells. To further increase purity, isolated EVs may be DNase or proteinase K treated.
  • purified EVs are processed as described previously (G. Norheim, et al. PLoS ONE. 10(9): e0134353 (2015)). Briefly, after sucrose gradient centrifugation, bands containing EVs are resuspended to a final concentration of 50 ⁇ g/mL in a solution containing 3% sucrose or other solution suitable for in vivo injection known to one skilled in the art. This solution may also contain adjuvant, for example aluminum hydroxide at a concentration of 0-0.5% (w/v).
  • adjuvant for example aluminum hydroxide at a concentration of 0-0.5% (w/v).
  • samples are buffer exchanged into PBS or 30 mM Tris, pH 8.0 using filtration (e.g. Amicon Ultra columns), dialysis, or ultracentrifugation (200,000 ⁇ g, ⁇ 3 hours, 4° C.) and resuspension.
  • filtration e.g. Amicon Ultra columns
  • dialysis e.g. dialysis
  • ultracentrifugation 200,000 ⁇ g, ⁇ 3 hours, 4° C.
  • the sterility of the EV preparations can be confirmed by plating a portion of the EVs onto agar medium used for standard culture of the bacteria used in the generation of the EVs and incubating using standard conditions.
  • select EVs are isolated and enriched by chromatography and binding surface moieties on EVs.
  • select EVs are isolated and/or enriched by fluorescent cell sorting by methods using affinity reagents, chemical dyes, recombinant proteins or other methods known to one skilled in the art.
  • bacterial compositions comprising an immune modulating Lactococcus strain provided herein, an immune modulating Lactococcus strain EVs provided herein, and/or an immune modulating Lactococcus strain PhAB provided herein.
  • the bacterial formulation further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the bacterial composition comprises a killed bacterium, a live bacterium and/or an attenuated bacterium.
  • Bacteria may be heat-killed by pasteurization, sterilization, high temperature treatment, spray cooking and/or spray drying (heat treatments can be performed at 50° C., 65° C., 85° C. or a variety of other temperatures and/or a varied amount of time).
  • Bacteria may also be killed or inactivated using ⁇ -irradiation (gamma irradiation), exposure to UV light, formalin-inactivation, and/or freezing methods, or a combination thereof.
  • the bacteria may be exposed to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, or 50 kGy of radiation prior to administration.
  • bacteria e.g., Lactococcus strain
  • gamma irradiation In some embodiments, the bacteria are killed or inactivated using electron irradiation (e.g., beta radiation) or x-ray irradiation.
  • electron irradiation e.g., beta radiation
  • x-ray irradiation e.g., x-ray irradiation
  • At least 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% of the bacteria in the bacterial composition are the immune modulating Lactococcus strain. In certain embodiments, substantially all of the bacteria in the bacterial composition are the immune modulating Lactococcus strain.
  • the bacterial composition comprises at least 1 ⁇ 10 3 colony forming units (CFUs), 1 ⁇ 10 4 colony forming units (CFUs), 1 ⁇ 10 5 colony forming units (CFUs), 5 ⁇ 10 5 colony forming units (CFUs), 1 ⁇ 10 6 colony forming units (CFUs), 2 ⁇ 10 6 colony forming units (CFUs), 3 ⁇ 10 6 colony forming units (CFUs), 4 ⁇ 10 6 colony forming units (CFUs), 5 ⁇ 10 6 colony forming units (CFUs), 6 ⁇ 10 6 colony forming units (CFUs), 7 ⁇ 10 6 colony forming units (CFUs), 8 ⁇ 10 6 colony forming units (CFUs), 9 ⁇ 10 6 colony forming units (CFUs), 1 ⁇ 10 7 colony forming units (CFUs), 2 ⁇ 10 7 colony forming units (CFUs), 3 ⁇ 10 7 colony forming units (CFUs), 4 ⁇ 10 7 colony forming units (CFUs), 5 ⁇ 10 7 colony forming units
  • At least 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% of the bacteria in the composition are of the immune modulating Lactococcus strain.
  • 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% of the bacteria in the composition are of the immune modulating Lactococcus strain.
  • compositions described herein may include only one strains of the immune modulating Lactococcus described herein.
  • 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or 20 of the immune modulating Lactococcus strains described herein, in any combination, can be included in the compositions provided herein.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions comprise immune modulating Lactococcus strain EVs substantially or entirely free of bacteria. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions comprise both immune modulating Lactococcus strain EVs and whole immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria (e.g., live bacteria, killed bacteria, attenuated bacteria). In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions comprise immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria that is substantially or entirely free of EVs.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises at least 1 immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacterium for every 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8. 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8. 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8. 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8. 4.9, 5, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8. 5.9, 6, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises about 1 immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacterium for every 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8. 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8. 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8. 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8. 4.9, 5, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8. 5.9, 6, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises a certain ratio of immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria particles to immune modulating Lactococcus strain EV particles.
  • the number of immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria particles can be based on actual particle number or (if the bacteria is live) the number of CFUs.
  • the particle number can be established by combining a set number of purified immune modulating Lactococcus strain EVs with a set number of purified immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacterium, by modifying the growth conditions under which the immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria are cultured, or by modifying the immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria itself to produce more or fewer immune modulating Lactococcus strain EVs.
  • NTA nanoparticle tracking analysis
  • DLS dynamic light scattering
  • Coulter counting reveals the numbers of particles with diameters of 0.7-10 um.
  • NTA reveals the numbers of particles with diameters of 50-1400 nm.
  • the Coulter counter alone can reveal the number of bacteria in a sample.
  • EVs are 20-250 nm in diameter. NTA will allow us to count the numbers of particles that are 50-250 nm in diameter.
  • DLS reveals the distribution of particles of different diameters within an approximate range of 1 nm-3 um.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises no more than 1 immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacterium for every 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8. 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8. 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8. 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8. 4.9, 5, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8. 5.9, 6, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises at least 1 immune modulating Lactococcus strain EV particle for every 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8. 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8. 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8. 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8. 4.9, 5, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8. 5.9, 6, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises about 1 immune modulating Lactococcus strain EV particle for every 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8. 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8. 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8. 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8. 4.9, 5, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8. 5.9, 6, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprises no more than 1 immune modulating Lactococcus strain EV particle for every 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8. 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8. 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8. 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8. 4.9, 5, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8. 5.9, 6, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8.
  • the immune modulating Lactococcus strain EVs in the pharmaceutical composition are purified from one or more other bacterial components.
  • the pharmaceutical composition further comprises other bacterial components.
  • the pharmaceutical composition comprise bacteria cells.
  • compositions disclosed herein may be specially formulated for administration in solid or liquid form, including those adapted for oral or rectal administration.
  • the composition described herein may be a pharmaceutical composition, a dietary supplement, or a food product (e.g., a food or beverage).
  • a food product e.g., a food or beverage.
  • the food product is an animal feed.
  • the pharmaceutical composition for oral administration described herein comprises an additional component that enables efficient delivery of the bacteria to the colon.
  • pharmaceutical preparation that enables the delivery of the bacteria to the colon can be used.
  • examples of such formulations include pH sensitive compositions, such as buffered sachet formulations or enteric polymers that release their contents when the pH becomes alkaline after the enteric polymers pass through the stomach.
  • the pH sensitive composition can be a polymer whose pH threshold of the decomposition of the composition is between about 6.8 and about 7.5.
  • a pharmaceutical composition useful for delivery of the bacteria to the colon is one that ensures the delivery to the colon by delaying the release of the bacteria by approximately 3 to 5 hours, which corresponds to the small intestinal transit time.
  • the pharmaceutical composition for delayed release includes a hydrogel shell. The hydrogel is hydrated and swells upon contact with gastrointestinal fluid, with the result that the contents are effectively released (released predominantly in the colon).
  • Delayed release dosage units include bacteria-containing compositions having a material which coats or selectively coats the bacteria. Examples of such a selective coating material include in vivo degradable polymers, gradually hydrolyzable polymers, gradually water-soluble polymers, and/or enzyme degradable polymers.
  • a wide variety of coating materials for efficiently delaying the release includes, for example, cellulose-based polymers such as hydroxypropyl cellulose, acrylic acid polymers and copolymers such as methacrylic acid polymers and copolymers, and vinyl polymers and copolymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone.
  • composition enabling the delivery to the colon further include bioadhesive compositions which specifically adhere to the colonic mucosal membrane (for example, a polymer described in the specification of U.S. Pat. No. 6,368,586, hereby incorporated by reference) and compositions into which a protease inhibitor is incorporated for protecting particularly a biopharmaceutical preparation in the gastrointestinal tracts from decomposition due to an activity of a protease.
  • bioadhesive compositions which specifically adhere to the colonic mucosal membrane
  • compositions into which a protease inhibitor is incorporated for protecting particularly a biopharmaceutical preparation in the gastrointestinal tracts from decomposition due to an activity of a protease for protecting particularly a biopharmaceutical preparation in the gastrointestinal tracts from decomposition due to an activity of a protease.
  • An example of a system enabling the delivery to the colon is a system of delivering a composition to the colon by pressure change in such a way that the contents are released by utilizing pressure change caused by generation of gas in bacterial fermentation at a distal portion of the stomach.
  • a system is not particularly limited, and a more specific example thereof is a capsule which has contents dispersed in a suppository base and which is coated with a hydrophobic polymer (for example, ethyl cellulose).
  • Another example of the system enabling the delivery to the colon is a system of delivering a composition to the colon, the system being specifically decomposed by an enzyme (for example, a carbohydrate hydrolase or a carbohydrate reductase) present in the colon.
  • an enzyme for example, a carbohydrate hydrolase or a carbohydrate reductase
  • Such a system is not particularly limited, and more specific examples thereof include systems which use food components such as non-starch polysaccharides, amylose, xanthan gum, and azopolymers.
  • Probiotic formulations are provided as encapsulated, enteric coated, or powder forms, with doses ranging up to 10 11 cfu (e.g., up to 10 10 cfu).
  • the composition comprises 5 ⁇ 10 11 cfu of immune modulating Lactococcus strain and 10% (w/w) corn starch in a capsule.
  • the capsule is enteric coated for duodenal release at pH 5.5
  • the capsule is enteric coated for duodenal release at pH 5.5.
  • the composition comprises a powder of freeze-dried immune modulating Lactococcus strain which is deemed “Qualified Presumption of Safety” (QPS) status.
  • the composition is stable at frozen or refrigerated temperature.
  • Methods for producing microbial compositions may include three main processing steps. The steps are: organism banking, organism production, and preservation.
  • a sample that contains an abundance of immune modulating Lactococcus strain may be cultured by avoiding an isolation step.
  • the strains included in the microbial composition may be (1) isolated directly from a specimen or taken from a banked stock, (2) optionally cultured on a nutrient agar or broth that supports growth to generate viable biomass, and (3) the biomass optionally preserved in multiple aliquots in long-term storage.
  • the agar or broth may contain nutrients that provide essential elements and specific factors that enable growth.
  • An example would be a medium composed of 20 g/L glucose, 10 g/L yeast extract, 10 g/L soy peptone, 2 g/L citric acid, 1.5 g/L sodium phosphate monobasic, 100 mg/L ferric ammonium citrate, 80 mg/L magnesium sulfate, 10 mg/L hemin chloride, 2 mg/L calcium chloride, 1 mg/L menadione.
  • Another example would be a medium composed of 10 g/L beef extract, 10 g/L peptone, 5 g/L sodium chloride, 5 g/L dextrose, 3 g/L yeast extract, 3 g/L sodium acetate, 1 g/L soluble starch, and 0.5 g/L L-cysteine HCl, at pH 6.8.
  • a variety of microbiological media and variations are well known in the art (e.g., R. M. Atlas, Handbook of Microbiological Media (2010) CRC Press). Culture media can be added to the culture at the start, may be added during the culture, or may be intermittently/continuously flowed through the culture.
  • the strains in the bacterial composition may be cultivated alone, as a subset of the microbial composition, or as an entire collection comprising the microbial composition.
  • a first strain may be cultivated together with a second strain in a mixed continuous culture, at a dilution rate lower than the maximum growth rate of either cell to prevent the culture from washing out of the cultivation.
  • the inoculated culture is incubated under favorable conditions for a time sufficient to build biomass.
  • microbial compositions for human use this is often at 37° C. temperature, pH, and other parameter with values similar to the normal human niche.
  • the environment may be actively controlled, passively controlled (e.g., via buffers), or allowed to drift.
  • an anoxic/reducing environment may be employed. This can be accomplished by addition of reducing agents such as cysteine to the broth, and/or stripping it of oxygen.
  • a culture of a bacterial composition may be grown at 37° C., pH 7, in the medium above, pre-reduced with 1 g/L cysteine-HCl.
  • the organisms may be placed into a chemical milieu that protects from freezing (adding ‘cryoprotectants’), drying (‘lyoprotectants’), and/or osmotic shock (‘osmoprotectants’), dispensing into multiple (optionally identical) containers to create a uniform bank, and then treating the culture for preservation.
  • Containers are generally impermeable and have closures that assure isolation from the environment. Cryopreservation treatment is accomplished by freezing a liquid at ultra-low temperatures (e.g., at or below ⁇ 80° C.).
  • a microbial composition culture may be harvested by centrifugation to pellet the cells from the culture medium, the supernatant decanted and replaced with fresh culture broth containing 15% glycerol. The culture can then be aliquoted into 1 mL cryotubes, sealed, and placed at ⁇ 80° C. for long-term viability retention. This procedure achieves acceptable viability upon recovery from frozen storage.
  • Microbial production may be conducted using similar culture steps to banking, including medium composition and culture conditions described above. It may be conducted at larger scales of operation, especially for clinical development or commercial production. At larger scales, there may be several subcultivations of the microbial composition prior to the final cultivation. At the end of cultivation, the culture is harvested to enable further formulation into a dosage form for administration. This can involve concentration, removal of undesirable medium components, and/or introduction into a chemical milieu that preserves the microbial composition and renders it acceptable for administration via the chosen route.
  • a microbial composition may be cultivated to a concentration of 10 10 CFU/mL, then concentrated 20-fold by tangential flow microfiltration; the spent medium may be exchanged by diafiltering with a preservative medium consisting of 2% gelatin, 100 mM trehalose, and 10 mM sodium phosphate buffer. The suspension can then be freeze-dried to a powder and titrated.
  • the powder may be blended to an appropriate potency, and mixed with other cultures and/or a filler such as microcrystalline cellulose for consistency and ease of handling, and the bacterial composition formulated as provided herein.
  • a filler such as microcrystalline cellulose for consistency and ease of handling, and the bacterial composition formulated as provided herein.
  • bacterial compositions for administration subjects are provided.
  • the bacterial compositions are combined with additional active and/or inactive materials in order to produce a final product, which may be in single dosage unit or in a multi-dose format.
  • the composition comprises at least one carbohydrate.
  • a “carbohydrate” refers to a sugar or polymer of sugars.
  • saccharide polysaccharide
  • carbohydrate oligosaccharide
  • Most carbohydrates are aldehydes or ketones with many hydroxyl groups, usually one on each carbon atom of the molecule.
  • Carbohydrates generally have the molecular formula C n H 2n O n .
  • a carbohydrate may be a monosaccharide, a disaccharide, trisaccharide, oligosaccharide, or polysaccharide.
  • the most basic carbohydrate is a monosaccharide, such as glucose, sucrose, galactose, mannose, ribose, arabinose, xylose, and fructose.
  • Disaccharides are two joined monosaccharides. Exemplary disaccharides include sucrose, maltose, cellobiose, and lactose.
  • an oligosaccharide includes between three and six monosaccharide units (e.g., raffinose, stachyose), and polysaccharides include six or more monosaccharide units.
  • Exemplary polysaccharides include starch, glycogen, and cellulose.
  • Carbohydrates may contain modified saccharide units such as 2′-deoxyribose wherein a hydroxyl group is removed, 2′-fluororibose wherein a hydroxyl group is replaced with a fluorine, or N-acetylglucosamine, a nitrogen-containing form of glucose (e.g., 2′-fluororibose, deoxyribose, and hexose).
  • Carbohydrates may exist in many different forms, for example, conformers, cyclic forms, acyclic forms, stereoisomers, tautomers, anomers, and isomers.
  • the composition comprises at least one lipid.
  • a “lipid” includes fats, oils, triglycerides, cholesterol, phospholipids, fatty acids in any form including free fatty acids. Fats, oils and fatty acids can be saturated, unsaturated (cis or trans) or partially unsaturated (cis or trans).
  • the lipid comprises at least one fatty acid selected from lauric acid (12:0), myristic acid (14:0), palmitic acid (16:0), palmitoleic acid (16:1), margaric acid (17:0), heptadecenoic acid (17:1), stearic acid (18:0), oleic acid (18:1), linoleic acid (18:2), linolenic acid (18:3), octadecatetraenoic acid (18:4), arachidic acid (20:0), eicosenoic acid (20:1), eicosadienoic acid (20:2), eicosatetraenoic acid (20:4), eicosapentaenoic acid (20:5) (EPA), docosanoic acid (22:0), docosenoic acid (22:1), docosapentaenoic acid (22:5), docosahexaenoic acid (22:6) (DHA), and t
  • the composition comprises at least one supplemental mineral or mineral source.
  • supplemental mineral or mineral source examples include, without limitation: chloride, sodium, calcium, iron, chromium, copper, iodine, zinc, magnesium, manganese, molybdenum, phosphorus, potassium, and selenium.
  • Suitable forms of any of the foregoing minerals include soluble mineral salts, slightly soluble mineral salts, insoluble mineral salts, chelated minerals, mineral complexes, non-reactive minerals such as carbonyl minerals, and reduced minerals, and combinations thereof.
  • the composition comprises at least one supplemental vitamin.
  • the at least one vitamin can be fat-soluble or water soluble vitamins.
  • Suitable vitamins include but are not limited to vitamin C, vitamin A, vitamin E, vitamin B12, vitamin K, riboflavin, niacin, vitamin D, vitamin B6, folic acid, pyridoxine, thiamine, pantothenic acid, and biotin.
  • Suitable forms of any of the foregoing are salts of the vitamin, derivatives of the vitamin, compounds having the same or similar activity of the vitamin, and metabolites of the vitamin.
  • the composition comprises an excipient.
  • suitable excipients include a buffering agent, a preservative, a stabilizer, a binder, a compaction agent, a lubricant, a dispersion enhancer, a disintegration agent, a flavoring agent, a sweetener, and a coloring agent.
  • the excipient is a buffering agent.
  • suitable buffering agents include sodium citrate, magnesium carbonate, magnesium bicarbonate, calcium carbonate, and calcium bicarbonate.
  • the excipient comprises a preservative.
  • suitable preservatives include antioxidants, such as alpha-tocopherol and ascorbate, and antimicrobials, such as parabens, chlorobutanol, and phenol.
  • the composition comprises a binder as an excipient.
  • suitable binders include starches, pregelatinized starches, gelatin, polyvinylpyrolidone, cellulose, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, ethylcellulose, polyacrylamides, polyvinyloxoazolidone, polyvinylalcohols, C 12 -C 18 fatty acid alcohol, polyethylene glycol, polyols, saccharides, oligosaccharides, and combinations thereof.
  • the composition comprises a lubricant as an excipient.
  • suitable lubricants include magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, zinc stearate, hydrogenated vegetable oils, sterotex, polyoxyethylene monostearate, talc, polyethyleneglycol, sodium benzoate, sodium lauryl sulfate, magnesium lauryl sulfate, and light mineral oil.
  • the composition comprises a dispersion enhancer as an excipient.
  • suitable dispersants include starch, alginic acid, polyvinylpyrrolidones, guar gum, kaolin, bentonite, purified wood cellulose, sodium starch glycolate, isoamorphous silicate, and microcrystalline cellulose as high HLB emulsifier surfactants.
  • the composition comprises a disintegrant as an excipient.
  • the disintegrant is a non-effervescent disintegrant.
  • suitable non-effervescent disintegrants include starches such as corn starch, potato starch, pregelatinized and modified starches thereof, sweeteners, clays, such as bentonite, microcrystalline cellulose, alginates, sodium starch glycolate, gums such as agar, guar, locust bean, karaya, pectin, and tragacanth.
  • the disintegrant is an effervescent disintegrant.
  • suitable effervescent disintegrants include sodium bicarbonate in combination with citric acid, and sodium bicarbonate in combination with tartaric acid.
  • the bacterial formulation comprises an enteric coating or micro encapsulation.
  • the enteric coating or micro encapsulation improves targeting to a desired region of the gastrointestinal tract.
  • the bacterial composition comprises an enteric coating and/or microcapsules that dissolves at a pH associated with a particular region of the gastrointestinal tract.
  • the enteric coating and/or microcapsules dissolve at a pH of about 5.5-6.2 to release in the duodenum, at a pH value of about 7.2-7.5 to release in the ileum, and/or at a pH value of about 5.6-6.2 to release in the colon.
  • Exemplary enteric coatings and microcapsules are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 2016/0022592, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • the composition is a food product (e.g., a food or beverage) such as a health food or beverage, a food or beverage for infants, a food or beverage for pregnant women, athletes, senior citizens or other specified group, a functional food, a beverage, a food or beverage for specified health use, a dietary supplement, a food or beverage for patients, or an animal feed.
  • a food product e.g., a food or beverage
  • a food or beverage such as a health food or beverage, a food or beverage for infants, a food or beverage for pregnant women, athletes, senior citizens or other specified group, a functional food, a beverage, a food or beverage for specified health use, a dietary supplement, a food or beverage for patients, or an animal feed.
  • the foods and beverages include various beverages such as juices, refreshing beverages, tea beverages, drink preparations, jelly beverages, and functional beverages; alcoholic beverages such as beers; carbohydrate-containing foods such as rice food products, noodles, breads, and pastas; paste products such as fish hams, sausages, paste products of seafood; retort pouch products such as curries, food dressed with a thick starchy sauces, and Chinese soups; soups; dairy products such as milk, dairy beverages, ice creams, cheeses, and yogurts; fermented products such as fermented soybean pastes, yogurts, fermented beverages, and pickles; bean products; various confectionery products, including biscuits, cookies, and the like, candies, chewing gums, gummies, cold desserts including jellies, cream caramels, and frozen desserts; instant foods such as instant soups and instant soy-bean soups; microwavable foods; and the like. Further, the examples also include health foods and beverages prepared in the forms of powders, granules, tablets, carb
  • the bacteria disclosed herein are administered in conjunction with a prebiotic to the subject.
  • Prebiotics are carbohydrates which are generally indigestible by a host animal and are selectively fermented or metabolized by bacteria.
  • Prebiotics may be short-chain carbohydrates (e.g., oligosaccharides) and/or simple sugars (e.g., mono- and di-saccharides) and/or mucins (heavily glycosylated proteins) that alter the composition or metabolism of a microbiome in the host.
  • the short chain carbohydrates are also referred to as oligosaccharides, and usually contain from 2 or 3 and up to 8, 9, 10, 15 or more sugar moieties.
  • a prebiotic composition can selectively stimulate the growth and/or activity of one of a limited number of bacteria in a host.
  • Prebiotics include oligosaccharides such as fructooligosaccharides (FOS) (including inulin), galactooligosaccharides (GOS), trans-galactooligosaccharides, xylooligosaccharides (XOS), chitooligosaccharides (COS), soy oligosaccharides (e.g., stachyose and raffinose) gentiooligosaccharides, isomaltooligosaccharides, mannooligosaccharides, maltooligosaccharides and mannanoligosaccharides.
  • FOS fructooligosaccharides
  • XOS galactooligosaccharides
  • COS chitooligosaccharides
  • soy oligosaccharides e.g., stachyos
  • Oligosaccharides are not necessarily single components, and can be mixtures containing oligosaccharides with different degrees of oligomerization, sometimes including the parent disaccharide and the monomeric sugars.
  • Various types of oligosaccharides are found as natural components in many common foods, including fruits, vegetables, milk, and honey.
  • Specific examples of oligosaccharides are lactulose, lactosucrose, palatinose, glycosyl sucrose, guar gum, gum Arabic, tagalose, amylose, amylopectin, pectin, xylan, and cyclodextrins.
  • Prebiotics may also be purified or chemically or enzymatically synthesized.
  • PhABs described herein can be prepared using any method known in the art.
  • the PhABs described herein are prepared by fractionation.
  • Bacterial cells and/or supernatants from cultured bacteria cells are fractionated into various pharmacologically active biomass (PhABs) and/or products derived therefrom.
  • Bacterial cells and/or supernatants are fractionated using materials and methods known in the art (see e.g. Sandrini et al. Fractionation by ultracentrifugation of gram negative cytoplasmic and membrane proteins. 2014. Bio-Protocol. 4(21); Scholler et al. Protoplast and cytoplasmic membrane preparations from Streptococcus sanguis and Streptococcus mutans. 1983. J Gen Micro.
  • PhABs obtained by methods provided herein may be further purified by size based column chromatography, by affinity chromatography, and by gradient ultracentrifugation, using methods that may include, but are not limited to, use of a sucrose gradient or Optiprep gradient. Briefly, using a sucrose gradient method, if ammonium sulfate precipitation or ultracentrifugation were used to concentrate the filtered supernatants, pellets are resuspended in 60% sucrose, 30 mM Tris, pH 8.0. If filtration was used to concentrate the filtered supernatant, the concentrate is buffer exchanged into 60% sucrose, 30 mM Tris, pH 8.0, using an Amicon Ultra column.
  • Samples are applied to a 35-60% discontinuous sucrose gradient and centrifuged at 200,000 ⁇ g for 3-24 hours at 4° C. Briefly, using an Optiprep gradient method, if ammonium sulfate precipitation or ultracentrifugation were used to concentrate the filtered supernatants, pellets are resuspended in 35% Optiprep in PBS. In some embodiments, if filtration was used to concentrate the filtered supernatant, the concentrate is diluted using 60% Optiprep to a final concentration of 35% Optiprep. Samples are applied to a 35-60% discontinuous sucrose gradient and centrifuged at 200,000 ⁇ g for 3-24 hours at 4° C.
  • PhABs are serially diluted onto agar medium used for routine culture of the bacteria being tested, and incubated using routine conditions. Non-sterile preparations are passed through a 0.22 um filter to exclude intact cells. To further increase purity, isolated PhABs may be DNase or proteinase K treated.
  • PhABs used for in vivo injections purified PhABs are processed as described previously (G. Norheim, et al. PLoS ONE. 10(9): e0134353 (2015)). Briefly, after sucrose gradient centrifugation, bands containing PhABs are resuspended to a final concentration of 50 ⁇ g/mL in a solution containing 3% sucrose or other solution suitable for in vivo injection known to one skilled in the art. This solution may also contain adjuvant, for example aluminum hydroxide at a concentration of 0-0.5% (w/v).
  • adjuvant for example aluminum hydroxide at a concentration of 0-0.5% (w/v).
  • samples are buffer exchanged into PBS or 30 mM Tris, pH 8.0 using filtration (e.g. Amicon Ultra columns), dialysis, or ultracentrifugation (200,000 ⁇ g, ⁇ 3 hours, 4° C.) and resuspension.
  • filtration e.g. Amicon Ultra columns
  • dialysis e.g. dialysis
  • ultracentrifugation 200,000 ⁇ g, ⁇ 3 hours, 4° C.
  • the sterility of the PhAB preparations can be confirmed by plating a portion of the PhABs onto agar medium used for standard culture of the bacteria used in the generation of the PhABs and incubating using standard conditions.
  • select PhABs are isolated and enriched by chromatography and binding surface moieties on PhABs.
  • select PhABs are isolated and/or enriched by fluorescent cell sorting by methods using affinity reagents, chemical dyes, recombinant proteins or other methods known to one skilled in the art.
  • provided herein is a method of delivering a bacterium and/or a bacterial composition described herein to a subject.
  • the bacteria are administered in conjunction with the administration of an additional therapeutic.
  • the bacteria is co-formulated in a pharmaceutical composition with the additional therapeutic.
  • the bacteria is co-administered with the additional therapeutic.
  • the additional therapeutic is administered to the subject before administration of the bacteria (e.g., about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 or 55 minutes before, about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22 or 23 hours before, or about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 or 14 days before).
  • the bacteria e.g., about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 or 55 minutes before, about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22 or 23 hours before, or about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 or 14 days before.
  • the additional therapeutic is administered to the subject after administration of the bacteria (e.g., about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 or 55 minutes after, about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22 or 23 hours after, or about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 or 14 days after).
  • the same mode of delivery is used to deliver both the bacteria and the additional therapeutic.
  • different modes of delivery are used to administer the bacteria and the additional therapeutic.
  • the bacteria is administered orally while the additional therapeutic is administered via injection (e.g., an intravenous, intramuscular and/or intratumoral injection).
  • the pharmaceutical compositions, dosage forms, and kits described herein can be administered in conjunction with any other conventional anti-immune disorder treatment. These treatments may be applied as necessary and/or as indicated and may occur before, concurrent with or after administration of the pharmaceutical compositions, dosage forms, and kits described herein.
  • the dosage regimen can be any of a variety of methods and amounts, and can be determined by one skilled in the art according to known clinical factors. As is known in the medical arts, dosages for any one patient can depend on many factors, including the subject's species, size, body surface area, age, sex, immunocompetence, and general health, the particular microorganism to be administered, duration and route of administration, the kind and stage of the disease, for example, tumor size, and other compounds such as drugs being administered concurrently. In addition to the above factors, such levels can be affected by the infectivity of the microorganism, and the nature of the microorganism, as can be determined by one skilled in the art.
  • appropriate minimum dosage levels of microorganisms can be levels sufficient for the microorganism to survive, grow and replicate.
  • the methods of treatment described herein may be suitable for the treatment of an immune disorder (e.g., an autoimmune disease, an inflammatory disease, an allergy).
  • the dose of the pharmaceutical compositions described herein may be appropriately set or adjusted in accordance with the dosage form, the route of administration, the degree or stage of a target disease, and the like.
  • the general effective dose of the agents may range between 0.01 mg/kg body weight/day and 1000 mg/kg body weight/day, between 0.1 mg/kg body weight/day and 1000 mg/kg body weight/day, 0.5 mg/kg body weight/day and 500 mg/kg body weight/day, 1 mg/kg body weight/day and 100 mg/kg body weight/day, or between 5 mg/kg body weight/day and 50 mg/kg body weight/day.
  • the effective dose may be 0.01, 0.05, 0.1, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 200, 500, or 1000 mg/kg body weight/day or more, but the dose is not limited thereto.
  • the dose administered to a subject is sufficient to prevent the immune disorder, delay its onset, or slow or stop its progression or prevent a relapse of the immune disorder.
  • dosage will depend upon a variety of factors including the strength of the particular compound employed, as well as the age, species, condition, and body weight of the subject.
  • the size of the dose will also be determined by the route, timing, and frequency of administration as well as the existence, nature, and extent of any adverse side-effects that might accompany the administration of a particular compound and the desired physiological effect.
  • Suitable doses and dosage regimens can be determined by conventional range-finding techniques known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Generally, treatment is initiated with smaller dosages, which are less than the optimum dose of the compound. Thereafter, the dosage is increased by small increments until the optimum effect under the circumstances is reached.
  • An effective dosage and treatment protocol can be determined by routine and conventional means, starting e.g., with a low dose in laboratory animals and then increasing the dosage while monitoring the effects, and systematically varying the dosage regimen as well. Animal studies are commonly used to determine the maximal tolerable dose (“MTD”) of bioactive agent per kilogram weight. Those skilled in the art regularly extrapolate doses for efficacy, while avoiding toxicity, in other species, including humans.
  • MTD maximal tolerable dose
  • the dosages of the active agents used in accordance with the invention vary depending on the active agent, the age, weight, and clinical condition of the recipient patient, and the experience and judgment of the clinician or practitioner administering the therapy, among other factors affecting the selected dosage.
  • the dose should be sufficient to result in slowing, and preferably regressing, the advancement of an immune disorder.
  • Separate administrations can include any number of two or more administrations (e.g., doses), including two, three, four, five or six administrations.
  • doses e.g., doses
  • One skilled in the art can readily determine the number of administrations to perform, or the desirability of performing one or more additional administrations, according to methods known in the art for monitoring therapeutic methods and other monitoring methods provided herein.
  • the doses may be separated by at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29 or 30 days or 1, 2, 3, or 4 weeks.
  • the methods provided herein include methods of providing to the subject one or more administrations of a bacterium, where the number of administrations can be determined by monitoring the subject, and, based on the results of the monitoring, determining whether or not to provide one or more additional administrations. Deciding on whether or not to provide one or more additional administrations can be based on a variety of monitoring results, including, but not limited to, indication of tumor growth or inhibition of tumor growth, appearance of new metastases or inhibition of metastasis, the subject's anti-bacterium antibody titer, the subject's anti-tumor antibody titer, the overall health of the subject and/or the weight of the subject.
  • the time period between administrations can be any of a variety of time periods.
  • the time period between administrations can be a function of any of a variety of factors, including monitoring steps, as described in relation to the number of administrations, the time period for a subject to mount an immune response and/or the time period for a subject to clear the bacteria from normal tissue.
  • the time period can be a function of the time period for a subject to mount an immune response; for example, the time period can be more than the time period for a subject to mount an immune response, such as more than about one week, more than about ten days, more than about two weeks, or more than about a month; in another example, the time period can be less than the time period for a subject to mount an immune response, such as less than about one week, less than about ten days, less than about two weeks, or less than about a month.
  • the time period can be a function of the time period for a subject to clear the bacteria from normal tissue; for example, the time period can be more than the time period for a subject to clear the bacteria from normal tissue, such as more than about a day, more than about two days, more than about three days, more than about five days, or more than about a week.
  • the delivery of an immune disorder therapeutic in combination with the bacteria described herein reduces the adverse effects and/or improves the efficacy of the immune disorder therapeutic.
  • the effective dose of an immune disorder therapeutic described herein is the amount of the therapeutic agent that is effective to achieve the desired therapeutic response for a particular patient, composition, and mode of administration, with the least toxicity to the patient.
  • the effective dosage level can be identified using the methods described herein and will depend upon a variety of pharmacokinetic factors including the activity of the particular compositions administered, the route of administration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion of the particular compound being employed, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds and/or materials used in combination with the particular compositions employed, the age, sex, weight, condition, general health and prior medical history of the patient being treated, and like factors well known in the medical arts.
  • an effective dose of an immune disorder therapy will be the amount of the therapeutic agent, which is the lowest dose effective to produce a therapeutic effect. Such an effective dose will generally depend upon the factors described above.
  • the toxicity of an immune disorder therapy is the level of adverse effects experienced by the subject during and following treatment.
  • Adverse events associated with immune disorder therapy toxicity include, but are not limited to, abdominal pain, acid indigestion, acid reflux, allergic reactions, alopecia, anaphylaxis, anemia, anxiety, lack of appetite, arthralgias, asthenia, ataxia, azotemia, loss of balance, bone pain, bleeding, blood clots, low blood pressure, elevated blood pressure, difficulty breathing, bronchitis, bruising, low white blood cell count, low red blood cell count, low platelet count, cardiotoxicity, cystitis, hemorrhagic cystitis, arrhythmias, heart valve disease, cardiomyopathy, coronary artery disease, cataracts, central neurotoxicity, cognitive impairment, confusion, conjunctivitis, constipation, coughing, cramping, cystitis, deep vein thrombosis, dehydration, depression, diarrhea, dizziness, dry mouth, dry skin, dyspepsia
  • the administration of the bacterial composition treats the immune disorder.
  • the methods provided herein include the administration to a subject of a bacterium and/or a bacterial composition described herein (e.g., an immune modulating Lactococcus strain-containing bacterial composition) either alone or in combination with another therapeutic.
  • a bacterial composition described herein e.g., an immune modulating Lactococcus strain-containing bacterial composition
  • the bacterial composition and the other therapy can be administered to the subject in any order.
  • the bacterial composition and the other therapy are administered conjointly.
  • the bacterium is administered to the subject before the additional therapeutic is administered (e.g., at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 or 24 hours before or at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29 or 30 days before).
  • the bacterium is administered to the subject after the additional therapeutic is administered (e.g., at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 or 24 hours after or at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29 or 30 days after).
  • the bacterium and the additional therapeutic are administered to the subject simultaneously or nearly simultaneously (e.g., administrations occur within an hour of each other).
  • the subject is administered an antibiotic before the bacterium is administered to the subject (e.g., at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 or 24 hours before or at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29 or 30 days before).
  • the subject is administered an antibiotic after the bacterium is administered to the subject (e.g., at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 or 24 hours before or at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29 or 30 days after).
  • the bacterium and the antibiotic are administered to the subject simultaneously or nearly simultaneously (e.g., administrations occur within an hour of each other).
  • the subject may undergo surgery.
  • Types of surgery include but are not limited to preventative, diagnostic or staging, curative and palliative surgery.
  • the additional therapeutic is an antibiotic.
  • antibiotics broadly refers to compounds capable of inhibiting or preventing a bacterial infection. Antibiotics can be classified in a number of ways, including their use for specific infections, their mechanism of action, their bioavailability, or their spectrum of target microbe (e.g., Gram-negative vs. Gram-positive bacteria, aerobic vs.
  • antibiotics can be used to selectively target bacteria of a specific niche.
  • antibiotics known to treat a particular infection that includes an immune disorder niche may be used to target immune-disorder-associated microbes, including immune-disorder-associated bacteria in that niche.
  • antibiotics are administered after the bacterial treatment.
  • antibiotics are administered after the bacterial treatment to remove the engraftment.
  • antibiotics can be selected based on their bactericidal or bacteriostatic properties.
  • Bactericidal antibiotics include mechanisms of action that disrupt the cell wall (e.g., ⁇ -lactams), the cell membrane (e.g., daptomycin), or bacterial DNA (e.g., fluoroquinolones).
  • Bacteriostatic agents inhibit bacterial replication and include sulfonamides, tetracyclines, and macrolides, and act by inhibiting protein synthesis.
  • some drugs can be bactericidal in certain organisms and bacteriostatic in others, knowing the target organism allows one skilled in the art to select an antibiotic with the appropriate properties.
  • bacteriostatic antibiotics inhibit the activity of bactericidal antibiotics.
  • bactericidal and bacteriostatic antibiotics are not combined.
  • Antibiotics include, but are not limited to aminoglycosides, ansamycins, carbacephems, carbapenems, cephalosporins, glycopeptides, lincosamides, lipopeptides, macrolides, monobactams, nitrofurans, oxazolidonones, penicillins, polypeptide antibiotics, quinolones, fluoroquinolone, sulfonamides, tetracyclines, and anti-mycobacterial compounds, and combinations thereof.
  • Aminoglycosides include, but are not limited to Amikacin, Gentamicin, Kanamycin, Neomycin, Netilmicin, Tobramycin, Paromomycin, and Spectinomycin.
  • Aminoglycosides are effective, e.g., against Gram-negative bacteria, such as Escherichia coli, Klebsiella, Pseudomonas aeruginosa , and Francisella tularensis , and against certain aerobic bacteria but less effective against obligate/facultative anaerobes. Aminoglycosides are believed to bind to the bacterial 30S or 50S ribosomal subunit thereby inhibiting bacterial protein synthesis.
  • Ansamycins include, but are not limited to, Geldanamycin, Herbimycin, Rifamycin, and Streptovaricin.
  • Geldanamycin and Herbimycin are believed to inhibit or alter the function of Heat Shock Protein 90.
  • Carbacephems include, but are not limited to, Loracarbef. Carbacephems are believed to inhibit bacterial cell wall synthesis.
  • Carbapenems include, but are not limited to, Ertapenem, Doripenem, Imipenem/Cilastatin, and Meropenem. Carbapenems are bactericidal for both Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria as broad-spectrum antibiotics. Carbapenems are believed to inhibit bacterial cell wall synthesis.
  • Cephalosporins include, but are not limited to, Cefadroxil, Cefazolin, Cefalotin, Cefalothin, Cefalexin, Cefaclor, Cefamandole, Cefoxitin, Cefprozil, Cefuroxime, Cefixime, Cefdinir, Cefditoren, Cefoperazone, Cefotaxime, Cefpodoxime, Ceftazidime, Ceftibuten, Ceftizoxime, Ceftriaxone, Cefepime, Ceftaroline fosamil, and Ceftobiprole.
  • Cephalosporins are effective, e.g., against Gram-negative bacteria and against Gram-positive bacteria, including Pseudomonas , certain Cephalosporins are effective against methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA). Cephalosporins are believed to inhibit bacterial cell wall synthesis by disrupting synthesis of the peptidoglycan layer of bacterial cell walls.
  • MRSA methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus
  • Glycopeptides include, but are not limited to, Teicoplanin, Vancomycin, and Telavancin. Glycopeptides are effective, e.g., against aerobic and anaerobic Gram-positive bacteria including MRSA and Clostridium difficile . Glycopeptides are believed to inhibit bacterial cell wall synthesis by disrupting synthesis of the peptidoglycan layer of bacterial cell walls.
  • Lincosamides include, but are not limited to, Clindamycin and Lincomycin. Lincosamides are effective, e.g., against anaerobic bacteria, as well as Staphylococcus , and Streptococcus . Lincosamides are believed to bind to the bacterial 50S ribosomal subunit thereby inhibiting bacterial protein synthesis.
  • Lipopeptides include, but are not limited to, Daptomycin. Lipopeptides are effective, e.g., against Gram-positive bacteria. Lipopeptides are believed to bind to the bacterial membrane and cause rapid depolarization.
  • Macrolides include, but are not limited to, Azithromycin, Clarithromycin, Dirithromycin, Erythromycin, Roxithromycin, Troleandomycin, Telithromycin, and Spiramycin. Macrolides are effective, e.g., against Streptococcus and Mycoplasma . Macrolides are believed to bind to the bacterial or 50S ribosomal subunit, thereby inhibiting bacterial protein synthesis.
  • Monobactams include, but are not limited to, Aztreonam. Monobactams are effective, e.g., against Gram-negative bacteria. Monobactams are believed to inhibit bacterial cell wall synthesis by disrupting synthesis of the peptidoglycan layer of bacterial cell walls.
  • Nitrofurans include, but are not limited to, Furazolidone and Nitrofurantoin.
  • Oxazolidonones include, but are not limited to, Linezolid, Posizolid, Radezolid, and Torezolid. Oxazolidonones are believed to be protein synthesis inhibitors.
  • Penicillins include, but are not limited to, Amoxicillin, Ampicillin, Azlocillin, Carbenicillin, Cloxacillin, Dicloxacillin, Flucloxacillin, Mezlocillin, Methicillin, Nafcillin, Oxacillin, Penicillin G, Penicillin V, Piperacillin, Temocillin and Ticarcillin.
  • Penicillins are effective, e.g., against Gram-positive bacteria, facultative anaerobes, e.g., Streptococcus, Borrelia , and Treponema . Penicillins are believed to inhibit bacterial cell wall synthesis by disrupting synthesis of the peptidoglycan layer of bacterial cell walls.
  • Penicillin combinations include, but are not limited to, Amoxicillin/clavulanate, Ampicillin/sulbactam, Piperacillin/tazobactam, and Ticarcillin/clavulanate.
  • Polypeptide antibiotics include, but are not limited to, Bacitracin, Colistin, and Polymyxin B and E.
  • Polypeptide Antibiotics are effective, e.g., against Gram-negative bacteria. Certain polypeptide antibiotics are believed to inhibit isoprenyl pyrophosphate involved in synthesis of the peptidoglycan layer of bacterial cell walls, while others destabilize the bacterial outer membrane by displacing bacterial counter-ions.
  • Quinolones and Fluoroquinolone include, but are not limited to, Ciprofloxacin, Enoxacin, Gatifloxacin, Gemifloxacin, Levofloxacin, Lomefloxacin, Moxifloxacin, Nalidixic acid, Norfloxacin, Ofloxacin, Trovafloxacin, Grepafloxacin, Sparfloxacin, and Temafloxacin.
  • Quinolones/Fluoroquinolone are effective, e.g., against Streptococcus and Neisseria .
  • Quinolones/Fluoroquinolone are believed to inhibit the bacterial DNA gyrase or topoisomerase IV, thereby inhibiting DNA replication and transcription.
  • Sulfonamides include, but are not limited to, Mafenide, Sulfacetamide, Sulfadiazine, Silver sulfadiazine, Sulfadimethoxine, Sulfamethizole, Sulfamethoxazole, Sulfanilimide, Sulfasalazine, Sulfisoxazole, Trimethoprim-Sulfamethoxazole (Co-trimoxazole), and Sulfonamidochrysoidine.
  • Sulfonamides are believed to inhibit folate synthesis by competitive inhibition of dihydropteroate synthetase, thereby inhibiting nucleic acid synthesis.
  • Tetracyclines include, but are not limited to, Demeclocycline, Doxycycline, Minocycline, Oxytetracycline, and Tetracycline. Tetracyclines are effective, e.g., against Gram-negative bacteria. Tetracyclines are believed to bind to the bacterial 30S ribosomal subunit thereby inhibiting bacterial protein synthesis.
  • Anti-mycobacterial compounds include, but are not limited to, Clofazimine, Dapsone, Capreomycin, Cycloserine, Ethambutol, Ethionamide, Isoniazid, Pyrazinamide, Rifampicin, Rifabutin, Rifapentine, and Streptomycin.
  • Suitable antibiotics also include arsphenamine, chloramphenicol, fosfomycin, fusidic acid, metronidazole, mupirocin, platensimycin, quinupristin/dalfopristin, tigecycline, tinidazole, trimethoprim amoxicillin/clavulanate, ampicillin/sulbactam, amphomycin ristocetin, azithromycin, bacitracin, buforin II, carbomycin, cecropin Pl, clarithromycin, erythromycins, furazolidone, fusidic acid, Na fusidate, gramicidin, imipenem, indolicidin, josamycin, magainan II, metronidazole, nitroimidazoles, mikamycin, mutacin B-Ny266, mutacin B-JH1 140, mutacin J-T8, nisin, nisin A, novobiocin, oleandomycin,
  • the additional therapeutic is an immunosuppressive agent, a DMARD, a pain-control drug, a steroid, a non-steroidal antiinflammatory drug (NSAID), or a cytokine antagonist, and combinations thereof.
  • Representative agents include, but are not limited to, cyclosporin, retinoids, corticosteroids, propionic acid derivative, acetic acid derivative, enolic acid derivatives, fenamic acid derivatives, Cox-2 inhibitors, lumiracoxib, ibuprophen, cholin magnesium salicylate, fenoprofen, salsalate, difunisal, tolmetin, ketoprofen, flurbiprofen, oxaprozin, indomethacin, sulindac, etodolac, ketorolac, nabumetone, naproxen, valdecoxib, etoricoxib, MK0966; rofecoxib, acetominophen, Cele
  • the agent is an immunosuppressive agent.
  • immunosuppressive agents include, but are not limited to, corticosteroids, mesalazine, mesalamine, sulfasalazine, sulfasalazine derivatives, immunosuppressive drugs, cyclosporin A, mercaptopurine, azathiopurine, prednisone, methotrexate, antihistamines, glucocorticoids, epinephrine, theophylline, cromolyn sodium, anti-leukotrienes, anti-cholinergic drugs for rhinitis, TLR antagonists, inflammasome inhibitors, anti-cholinergic decongestants, mast-cell stabilizers, monoclonal anti-IgE antibodies, vaccines (e.g., vaccines used for vaccination where the amount of an allergen is gradually increased), cytokine inhibitors, such as anti-IL-6 antibodies, TNF inhibitors such as inf
  • the immune disorder therapy comprises administering a therapeutic bacteria and/or a therapeutic combination of bacteria to the subject so a healthy microbiome can be reconstituted in the subject.
  • the therapeutic bacteria is a non-immune-disorder-associated bacteria.
  • the therapeutic bacteria is a probiotic bacteria.
  • the additional therapeutic is a cancer therapeutic.
  • the cancer therapeutic is a chemotherapeutic agent.
  • chemotherapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, alkylating agents such as cyclosphosphamide; alkyl sulfonates such as busulfan, improsulfan and piposulfan; aziridines such as benzodopa, carboquone, meturedopa, and uredopa; ethylenimines and methylamelamines including altretamine, triethylenemelamine, trietylenephosphoramide, triethiylenethiophosphoramide and trimethylolomelamine; acetogenins (especially bullatacin and bullatacinone); a camptothecin (including the synthetic analogue topotecan); bryostatin; callystatin; CC-1065 (including its adozelesin, carzelesin and bizelesin synthetic analogue
  • the cancer therapeutic is a cancer immunotherapy agent.
  • Immunotherapy refers to a treatment that uses a subject's immune system to treat cancer, e.g., checkpoint inhibitors, cancer vaccines, cytokines, cell therapy, CAR-T cells, and dendritic cell therapy.
  • checkpoint inhibitors include Nivolumab (BMS, anti-PD-1), Pembrolizumab (Merck, anti-PD-1), Ipilimumab (BMS, anti-CTLA-4), MEDI4736 (AstraZeneca, anti-PD-L1), and MPDL3280A (Roche, anti-PD-L1).
  • Other immunotherapies may be tumor vaccines, such as Gardail, Cervarix, BCG, sipulencel-T, Gp100:209-217, AGS-003, DCVax-L, Algenpantucel-L, Tergenpantucel-L, TG4010, ProstAtak, Prostvac-V/R-TRICOM, Rindopepimul, E75 peptide acetate, IMA901, POL-103A, Belagenpumatucel-L, GSK1572932A, MDX-1279, GV1001, and Tecemotide.
  • tumor vaccines such as Gardail, Cervarix, BCG, sipulencel-T, Gp100:209-217, AGS-003, DCVax-L, Algenpantucel-L, Tergenpantucel-L, TG4010, ProstAtak, Prostvac-V/R-TRICOM, Rindopepimul, E75 peptide
  • Immunotherapy may be administered via injection (e.g., intravenously, intratumorally, subcutaneously, or into lymph nodes), but may also be administered orally, topically, or via aerosol.
  • Immunotherapies may comprise adjuvants such as cytokines.
  • the immunotherapy agent is an immune checkpoint inhibitor.
  • Immune checkpoint inhibition broadly refers to inhibiting the checkpoints that cancer cells can produce to prevent or downregulate an immune response.
  • immune checkpoint proteins include, but are not limited to, CTLA4, PD-1, PD-L1, PD-L2, A2AR, B7-H3, B7-H4, BTLA, KIR, LAGS, TIM-3 or VISTA.
  • Immune checkpoint inhibitors can be antibodies or antigen binding fragments thereof that bind to and inhibit an immune checkpoint protein.
  • immune checkpoint inhibitors include, but are not limited to, nivolumab, pembrolizumab, pidilizumab, AMP-224, AMP-514, STI-A1110, TSR-042, RG-7446, BMS-936559, MEDI-4736, MSB-0020718C, AUR-012 and STI-A1010.
  • the immunotherapy agent is an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof that, for example, binds to a cancer-associated antigen.
  • cancer-associated antigens include, but are not limited to, adipophilin, AIM-2, ALDH1A1, alpha-actinin-4, alpha-fetoprotein (“AFP”), ARTC1, B-RAF, BAGE-1, BCLX (L), BCR-ABL fusion protein b3a2, beta-catenin, BING-4, CA-125, CALCA, carcinoembryonic antigen (“CEA”), CASP-5, CASP-8, CD274, CD45, Cdc27, CDK12, CDK4, CDKN2A, CEA, CLPP, COA-1, CPSF, CSNK1A1, CTAG1, CTAG2, cyclin D1, Cyclin-A1, dek-can fusion protein, DKK1, EFTUD2, Elongation factor 2, ENAH (hMena), Ep-CAM, EpCAM, EphA3, epi
  • the immunotherapy agent is a cancer vaccine and/or a component of a cancer vaccine (e.g., an antigenic peptide and/or protein).
  • the cancer vaccine can be a protein vaccine, a nucleic acid vaccine or a combination thereof.
  • the cancer vaccine comprises a polypeptide comprising an epitope of a cancer-associated antigen.
  • the cancer vaccine comprises a nucleic acid (e.g., DNA or RNA, such as mRNA) that encodes an epitope of a cancer-associated antigen.
  • the nucleic acid is a vector (e.g., a bacterial vector, viral vector).
  • bacterial vectors include, but are not limited to, Mycobacterium bovis (BCG), Salmonella Typhimurium ssp., Salmonella Typhi ssp., Clostridium sp. spores, Escherichia coli Nissle 1917, Escherichia coli K-12/LLO, Listeria monocytogenes , and Shigella flexneri .
  • viral vectors include, but are not limited to, vaccinia, adenovirus, RNA viruses, and replication defective avipox, replication-defective fowlpox, replication-defective canarypox, replication defective MVA and replication-defective adenovirus.
  • the cancer immunotherapy comprises administration of an antigen presenting cell (APC) primed with a cancer-specific antigen.
  • APC antigen presenting cell
  • the APC is a dendritic cell, a macrophage or a B cell.
  • cancer-associated antigens include, but are not limited to, adipophilin, AIM-2, ALDH1A1, alpha-actinin-4, alpha-fetoprotein (“AFP”), ARTC1, B-RAF, BAGE-1, BCLX (L), BCR-ABL fusion protein b3a2, beta-catenin, BING-4, CA-125, CALCA, carcinoembryonic antigen (“CEA”), CASP-5, CASP-8, CD274, CD45, Cdc27, CDK12, CDK4, CDKN2A, CEA, CLPP, COA-1, CPSF, CSNK1A1, CTAG1, CTAG2, cyclin D1, Cyclin-A1, dek-can fusion protein, DKK1, EFTUD2, Elongation factor 2, ENAH (hMena), Ep-CAM, EpCAM, EphA3, epithelial tumor antigen (“ETA”), ETV6-AML1 fusion protein, EZH2, FGF5, FLT3-ITD,
  • the cancer immunotherapy comprises administration of a cancer-specific chimeric antigen receptor (CAR).
  • CAR cancer-specific chimeric antigen receptor
  • the CAR is administered on the surface of a T cell.
  • the CAR binds specifically to a cancer-associated antigen.
  • the cancer immunotherapy comprises administration of a cancer-specific T cell to the subject.
  • the T cell is a CD4+ T cell.
  • the CD4+ T cell is a TH1 T cell, a TH2 T cell or a TH17 T cell.
  • the T cell expresses a T cell receptor specific for a cancer-associated antigen.
  • the cancer vaccine is administered with an adjuvant.
  • adjuvants include, but are not limited to, an immune modulatory protein, Adjuvant 65, ⁇ -GalCer, aluminum phosphate, aluminum hydroxide, calcium phosphate, ⁇ -Glucan Peptide, CpG ODN DNA, GPI-0100, lipid A, lipopolysaccharide, Lipovant, Montanide, N-acetyl-muramyl-L-alanyl-D-isoglutamine, Pam3CSK4, quil A, cholera toxin (CT) and heat-labile toxin from enterotoxigenic Escherichia coli (LT) including derivatives of these (CTB, mmCT, CTA1-DD, LTB, LTK63, LTR72, dmLT) and trehalose dimycolate.
  • CTB cholera toxin
  • LT heat-labile toxin from enterotoxigenic Escherichia coli
  • the immunotherapy agent is an immune modulating protein to the subject.
  • the immune modulatory protein is a cytokine or chemokine.
  • immune modulating proteins include, but are not limited to, B lymphocyte chemoattractant (“BLC”), C—C motif chemokine 11 (“Eotaxin-1”), Eosinophil chemotactic protein 2 (“Eotaxin-2”), Granulocyte colony-stimulating factor (“G-CSF”), Granulocyte macrophage colony-stimulating factor (“GM-CSF”), 1-309, Intercellular Adhesion Molecule 1 (“ICAM-1”), Interferon alpha (“IFN-alpha”), Interferon beta (“IFN-beta”) Interferon gamma (“IFN-gamma”), Interlukin-1 alpha (“IL-1 alpha”), Interlukin-1 beta (“IL-1 beta”), Interleukin 1 receptor antagonist (“IL-1 ra”), Interleukin-2 (“IL-2”)
  • BLC B lymphocyte
  • the cancer therapeutic agent is an anti-cancer compound.
  • anti-cancer compounds include, but are not limited to, Alemtuzumab (Campath®), Alitretinoin (Panretin®), Anastrozole (Arimidex®), Bevacizumab (Avastin®), Bexarotene (Targretin®), Bortezomib (Velcade®), Bosutinib (Bosulif®), Brentuximab vedotin (Adcetris®), Cabozantinib (CometriqTM), Carfilzomib (KyprolisTM), Cetuximab (Erbitux®), Crizotinib (Xalkori®), Dasatinib (Sprycel®), Denileukin diftitox (Ontak®), Erlotinib hydrochloride (Tarceva®), Everolimus (Afinitor®), Exemestane (A
  • anti-cancer compounds that modify the function of proteins that regulate gene expression and other cellular functions (e.g., HDAC inhibitors, retinoid receptor ligants) are Vorinostat (Zolinza®), Bexarotene (Targretin®) and Romidepsin (Istodax®), Alitretinoin (Panretin®), and Tretinoin (Vesanoid®).
  • anti-cancer compounds that induce apoptosis are Bortezomib (Velcade®), Carfilzomib (KyprolisTM), and Pralatrexate (Folotyn®).
  • anti-cancer compounds that deliver toxic agents to cancer cells are Tositumomab and 131I-tositumomab (Bexxar®) and Ibritumomab tiuxetan (Zevalin®), Denileukin diftitox (Ontak®), and Brentuximab vedotin (Adcetris®).
  • exemplary anti-cancer compounds are small molecule inhibitors and conjugates thereof of, e.g., Janus kinase, ALK, Bcl-2, PARP, PI3K, VEGF receptor, Braf, MEK, CDK, and HSP90.
  • platinum-based anti-cancer compounds include, for example, cisplatin, carboplatin, oxaliplatin, satraplatin, picoplatin, Nedaplatin, Triplatin, and Lipoplatin.
  • Other metal-based drugs suitable for treatment include, but are not limited to ruthenium-based compounds, ferrocene derivatives, titanium-based compounds, and gallium-based compounds.
  • the cancer therapeutic is a radioactive moiety that comprises a radionuclide.
  • radionuclides include, but are not limited to Cr-51, Cs-131, Ce-134, Se-75, Ru-97, 1-125, Eu-149, Os-189m, Sb-119, 1-123, Ho-161, Sb-117, Ce-139, In-111, Rh-103m, Ga-67, T1-201, Pd-103, Au-195, Hg-197, Sr-87m, Pt-191, P-33, Er-169, Ru-103, Yb-169, Au-199, Sn-121, Tm-167, Yb-175, In-113m, Sn-113, Lu-177, Rh-105, Sn-117m, Cu-67, Sc-47, Pt-195m, Ce-141, 1-131, Tb-161, As-77, Pt-197, Sm-153, Gd-159, Tm-173, Pr-143, Au-198, Tm-170
  • the methods and compositions described herein relate to the treatment or prevention of a disease or disorder associated with a pathological immune response, such as an autoimmune disease, an allergic reaction and/or an inflammatory disease.
  • the disease or disorder is an inflammatory bowel disease (e.g., Crohn's disease or ulcerative colitis).
  • the methods and compositions described herein relate to the treatment or prevention of delayed-type hypersensitivity, autoimmune myocarditis, granulomas, peripheral neuropathies, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, inflammation of the colon, colitis, microscopic colitis, collagenous colitis, diversion colitis, chemical colitis, ischemic colitis, indeterminate colitis, atypical colitis.
  • a “subject in need thereof” includes any subject that has a disease or disorder associated with a pathological immune response (e.g., an inflammatory bowel disease), as well as any subject with an increased likelihood of acquiring a such a disease or disorder.
  • a pathological immune response e.g., an inflammatory bowel disease
  • compositions described herein can be used, for example, as a pharmaceutical composition for preventing or treating (reducing, partially or completely, the adverse effects of) an autoimmune disease, such as chronic inflammatory bowel disease, systemic lupus erythematosus, psoriasis, muckle-wells syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, or Hashimoto's disease; an allergic disease, such as a food allergy, pollenosis, or asthma; an infectious disease, such as an infection with Clostridium difficile ; an inflammatory disease such as a TNF-mediated inflammatory disease (e.g., an inflammatory disease of the gastrointestinal tract, such as pouchitis, a cardiovascular inflammatory condition, such as atherosclerosis, or an inflammatory lung disease, such as chronic obstructive pulmonary disease); a pharmaceutical composition for suppressing rejection in organ transplantation or other situations in which tissue rejection might occur; a supplement, food, or beverage for improving immune functions; or a reagent for suppressing the proliferation or function of
  • the methods provided herein are useful for the treatment of inflammation.
  • the inflammation of any tissue and organs of the body including musculoskeletal inflammation, vascular inflammation, neural inflammation, digestive system inflammation, ocular inflammation, inflammation of the reproductive system, and other inflammation, as discussed below.
  • Immune disorders of the musculoskeletal system include, but are not limited, to those conditions affecting skeletal joints, including joints of the hand, wrist, elbow, shoulder, jaw, spine, neck, hip, knew, ankle, and foot, and conditions affecting tissues connecting muscles to bones such as tendons.
  • immune disorders which may be treated with the methods and compositions described herein include, but are not limited to, arthritis (including, for example, osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, acute and chronic infectious arthritis, arthritis associated with gout and pseudogout, and juvenile idiopathic arthritis), tendonitis, synovitis, tenosynovitis, bursitis, fibrositis (fibromyalgia), epicondylitis, myositis, and osteitis (including, for example, Paget's disease, osteitis pubis, and osteitis fibrosa cystic).
  • arthritis including, for example, osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, acute and chronic infectious arthritis, arthritis associated with gout and pseudogout, and juvenile idiopathic arthritis
  • tendonitis synovitis, ten
  • Ocular immune disorders refers to an immune disorder that affects any structure of the eye, including the eye lids.
  • ocular immune disorders which may be treated with the methods and compositions described herein include, but are not limited to, blepharitis, blepharochalasis, conjunctivitis, dacryoadenitis, keratitis, keratoconjunctivitis sicca (dry eye), scleritis, trichiasis, and uveitis
  • Examples of nervous system immune disorders which may be treated with the methods and compositions described herein include, but are not limited to, encephalitis, Guillain-Barre syndrome, meningitis, neuromyotonia, narcolepsy, multiple sclerosis, myelitis and schizophrenia.
  • Examples of inflammation of the vasculature or lymphatic system which may be treated with the methods and compositions described herein include, but are not limited to, arthrosclerosis, arthritis, phlebitis, vasculitis, and lymphangitis.
  • Examples of digestive system immune disorders which may be treated with the methods and compositions described herein include, but are not limited to, cholangitis, cholecystitis, enteritis, enterocolitis, gastritis, gastroenteritis, inflammatory bowel disease, ileitis, and proctitis.
  • Inflammatory bowel diseases include, for example, certain art-recognized forms of a group of related conditions.
  • Crohn's disease regional bowel disease, e.g., inactive and active forms
  • ulcerative colitis e.g., inactive and active forms
  • the inflammatory bowel disease encompasses irritable bowel syndrome, microscopic colitis, lymphocytic-plasmocytic enteritis, coeliac disease, collagenous colitis, lymphocytic colitis and eosinophilic enterocolitis.
  • Other less common forms of IBD include indeterminate colitis, pseudomembranous colitis (necrotizing colitis), ischemic inflammatory bowel disease, Behcet's disease, sarcoidosis, scleroderma, IBD-associated dysplasia, dysplasia associated masses or lesions, and primary sclerosing cholangitis.
  • reproductive system immune disorders which may be treated with the methods and compositions described herein include, but are not limited to, cervicitis, chorioamnionitis, endometritis, epididymitis, omphalitis, oophoritis, orchitis, salpingitis, tubo-ovarian abscess, urethritis, vaginitis, vulvitis, and vulvodynia.
  • autoimmune conditions having an inflammatory component.
  • Such conditions include, but are not limited to, acute disseminated alopecia universalise, Behcet's disease, Chagas' disease, chronic fatigue syndrome, dysautonomia, encephalomyelitis, ankylosing spondylitis, aplastic anemia, hidradenitis suppurativa, autoimmune hepatitis, autoimmune oophoritis, celiac disease, Crohn's disease, diabetes mellitus type 1, giant cell arteritis, goodpasture's syndrome, Grave's disease, Guillain-Barre syndrome, Hashimoto's disease, Henoch-Schonlein purpura, Kawasaki's disease, lupus erythematosus, microscopic colitis, microscopic polyarteritis, mixed connective tissue disease, Muckle-Wells syndrome, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, opsoclonus myo
  • T-cell mediated hypersensitivity diseases having an inflammatory component.
  • Such conditions include, but are not limited to, contact hypersensitivity, contact dermatitis (including that due to poison ivy), uticaria, skin allergies, respiratory allergies (hay fever, allergic rhinitis, house dustmite allergy) and gluten-sensitive enteropathy (Celiac disease).
  • immune disorders which may be treated with the methods and compositions include, for example, appendicitis, dermatitis, dermatomyositis, endocarditis, fibrositis, gingivitis, glossitis, hepatitis, hidradenitis suppurativa, ulceris, laryngitis, mastitis, myocarditis, nephritis, otitis, pancreatitis, parotitis, percarditis, peritonoitis, pharyngitis, pleuritis, pneumonitis, prostatistis, pyelonephritis, and stomatisi, transplant rejection (involving organs such as kidney, liver, heart, lung, pancreas (e.g., islet cells), bone marrow, cornea, small bowel, skin allografts, skin homografts, and heart valve xengrafts, sewrum sickness, and graft vs host disease),
  • Preferred treatments include treatment of transplant rejection, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, multiple sclerosis, Type 1 diabetes, asthma, inflammatory bowel disease, systemic lupus erythematosus, psoriasis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, and inflammation accompanying infectious conditions (e.g., sepsis).
  • the methods and compositions described herein may be used to treat metabolic disorders and metabolic syndromes. Such conditions include, but are not limited to, Type II Diabetes, Encephalopathy, Tay-Sachs disease, Krabbe disease, Galactosemia, Phenylketonuria (PKU), and Maple syrup urine disease.
  • the methods and compositions described herein may be used to treat neurodegenerative and neurological diseases.
  • Such conditions include, but are not limited to, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, prion disease, Huntington's disease, motor neurone diseases (MND), spinocerebellar ataxia, spinal muscular atrophy, dystonia, idiopathic intracranial hypertension, epilepsy, nervous system disease, central nervous system disease, movement disorders, multiple sclerosis, encephalopathy, and, post-operative cognitive dysfunction.
  • the methods and compositions described herein relate to the treatment of cancer.
  • any cancer can be treated using the methods described herein.
  • cancers that may treated by methods and compositions described herein include, but are not limited to, cancer cells from the bladder, blood, bone, bone marrow, brain, breast, colon, esophagus, gastrointestine, gum, head, kidney, liver, lung, nasopharynx, neck, ovary, prostate, skin, stomach, testis, tongue, or uterus.
  • the cancer may specifically be of the following histological type, though it is not limited to these: neoplasm, malignant; carcinoma; carcinoma, undifferentiated; giant and spindle cell carcinoma; small cell carcinoma; papillary carcinoma; squamous cell carcinoma; lymphoepithelial carcinoma; basal cell carcinoma; pilomatrix carcinoma; transitional cell carcinoma; papillary transitional cell carcinoma; adenocarcinoma; gastrinoma, malignant; cholangiocarcinoma; hepatocellular carcinoma; combined hepatocellular carcinoma and cholangiocarcinoma; trabecular adenocarcinoma; adenoid cystic carcinoma; adenocarcinoma in adenomatous polyp; adenocarcinoma, familial polyposis coli; solid carcinoma; carcinoid tumor, malignant; branchiolo-alveolar adenocarcinoma; papillary adenocarcinoma; chromophobe carcinoma; acid
  • the methods and compositions provided herein relate to the treatment of a leukemia.
  • leukemia is meant broadly progressive, malignant diseases of the hematopoietic organs/systems and is generally characterized by a distorted proliferation and development of leukocytes and their precursors in the blood and bone marrow.
  • Non-limiting examples of leukemia diseases include, acute nonlymphocytic leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, acute granulocytic leukemia, chronic granulocytic leukemia, acute promyelocytic leukemia, adult T-cell leukemia, aleukemic leukemia, a leukocythemic leukemia, basophilic leukemia, blast cell leukemia, bovine leukemia, chronic myelocytic leukemia, leukemia cutis, embryonal leukemia, eosinophilic leukemia, Gross' leukemia, Rieder cell leukemia, Schilling's leukemia, stem cell leukemia, subleukemic leukemia, undifferentiated cell leukemia, hairy-cell leukemia, hemoblastic leukemia, hemocytoblastic leukemia, histiocytic leukemia, stem cell leukemia, acute monocytic leukemia, leukopenic leukemia, lymphatic leuk
  • the methods and compositions provided herein relate to the treatment of a carcinoma.
  • carcinoma refers to a malignant growth made up of epithelial cells tending to infiltrate the surrounding tissues, and/or resist physiological and non-physiological cell death signals and gives rise to metastases.
  • Non-limiting exemplary types of carcinomas include, acinar carcinoma, acinous carcinoma, adenocystic carcinoma, adenoid cystic carcinoma, carcinoma adenomatosum, carcinoma of adrenal cortex, alveolar carcinoma, alveolar cell carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, carcinoma basocellulare, basaloid carcinoma, basosquamous cell carcinoma, bronchioalveolar carcinoma, bronchiolar carcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, cerebriform carcinoma, cholangiocellular carcinoma, chorionic carcinoma, colloid carcinoma, comedo carcinoma, corpus carcinoma, cribriform carcinoma, carcinoma en cuirasse, carcinoma cutaneum, cylindrical carcinoma, cylindrical cell carcinoma, duct carcinoma, carcinoma durum, embryonal carcinoma, encephaloid carcinoma, epiennoid carcinoma, carcinoma epitheliale adenoides, exophytic carcinoma, carcinoma ex ulcere, carcinoma fibrosum, gelatiniform carcinoma, gelatinous carcinoma, giant cell carcinoma, signet-ring cell carcinoma, carcinoma simplex, small-cell carcinoma, solanoid carcinoma,
  • the methods and compositions provided herein relate to the treatment of a sarcoma.
  • sarcoma generally refers to a tumor which is made up of a substance like the embryonic connective tissue and is generally composed of closely packed cells embedded in a fibrillar, heterogeneous, or homogeneous substance.
  • Sarcomas include, but are not limited to, chondrosarcoma, fibrosarcoma, lymphosarcoma, melanosarcoma, myxosarcoma, osteosarcoma, endometrial sarcoma, stromal sarcoma, Ewing's sarcoma, fascial sarcoma, fibroblastic sarcoma, giant cell sarcoma, Abemethy's sarcoma, adipose sarcoma, liposarcoma, alveolar soft part sarcoma, ameloblastic sarcoma, botryoid sarcoma, chloroma sarcoma, chorio carcinoma, embryonal sarcoma, Wilms' tumor sarcoma, granulocytic sarcoma, Hodgkin's sarcoma, idiopathic multiple pigmented hemorrhagic sar
  • Additional exemplary neoplasias that can be treated using the methods and compositions described herein include Hodgkin's Disease, Non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma, multiple myeloma, neuroblastoma, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, lung cancer, rhabdomyosarcoma, primary thrombocytosis, primary macroglobulinemia, small-cell lung tumors, primary brain tumors, stomach cancer, colon cancer, malignant pancreatic insulanoma, malignant carcinoid, premalignant skin lesions, testicular cancer, lymphomas, thyroid cancer, neuroblastoma, esophageal cancer, genitourinary tract cancer, malignant hypercalcemia, cervical cancer, endometrial cancer, and adrenal cortical cancer.
  • the cancer treated is a melanoma.
  • melanoma is taken to mean a tumor arising from the melanocytic system of the skin and other organs.
  • melanomas are Harding-Passey melanoma, juvenile melanoma, lentigo maligna melanoma, malignant melanoma, acral-lentiginous melanoma, amelanotic melanoma, benign juvenile melanoma, Cloudman's melanoma, S91 melanoma, nodular melanoma subungal melanoma, and superficial spreading melanoma.
  • tumors that can be treated using methods and compositions described herein include lymphoproliferative disorders, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, cervical cancer, endometrial cancer, bone cancer, liver cancer, stomach cancer, colon cancer, pancreatic cancer, cancer of the thyroid, head and neck cancer, cancer of the central nervous system, cancer of the peripheral nervous system, skin cancer, kidney cancer, as well as metastases of all the above.
  • tumors include hepatocellular carcinoma, hepatoma, hepatoblastoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, esophageal carcinoma, thyroid carcinoma, ganglioblastoma, fibrosarcoma, myxosarcoma, liposarcoma, chondrosarcoma, osteogenic sarcoma, chordoma, angiosarcoma, endotheliosarcoma, Ewing's tumor, leimyosarcoma, rhabdotheliosarcoma, invasive ductal carcinoma, papillary adenocarcinoma, melanoma, pulmonary squamous cell carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma (well differentiated, moderately differentiated, poorly differentiated or undifferentiated), bronchioloalveolar carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, hypernephroma, hypernephroid adenocarcinoma, bile duct carcinoma,
  • Cancers treated in certain embodiments also include precancerous lesions, e.g., actinic keratosis (solar keratosis), moles (dysplastic nevi), acitinic chelitis (farmer's lip), cutaneous horns, Barrett's esophagus, atrophic gastritis, dyskeratosis congenita, sideropenic dysphagia, lichen planus, oral submucous fibrosis, actinic (solar) elastosis and cervical dysplasia.
  • precancerous lesions e.g., actinic keratosis (solar keratosis), moles (dysplastic nevi), acitinic chelitis (farmer's lip), cutaneous horns, Barrett's esophagus, atrophic gastritis, dyskeratosis congenita, sideropenic dysphagia, lichen
  • Cancers treated in some embodiments include non-cancerous or benign tumors, e.g., of endodermal, ectodermal or mesenchymal origin, including, but not limited to cholangioma, colonic polyp, adenoma, papilloma, cystadenoma, liver cell adenoma, hydatidiform mole, renal tubular adenoma, squamous cell papilloma, gastric polyp, hemangioma, osteoma, chondroma, lipoma, fibroma, lymphangioma, leiomyoma, rhabdomyoma, astrocytoma, nevus, meningioma, and ganglioneuroma.
  • non-cancerous or benign tumors e.g., of endodermal, ectodermal or mesenchymal origin, including, but not limited to cholangioma, colonic
  • Example 1 Immune Modulation of Human Commensal Bacteria in a KLH-Based Delayed Type Hypersensitivity Model
  • Delayed-type hypersensitivity is an animal model of atopic dermatitis (or allergic contact dermatitis), as reviewed by Petersen et al. (In vivo pharmacological disease models for psoriasis and atopic dermatitis in drug discovery. Basic & Clinical Pharm & Toxicology. 2006. 99(2): 104-115; see also Irving C. Allen (ed.) Mouse Models of Innate Immunity: Methods and Protocols, Methods in Molecular Biology, 2013. vol. 1031, DOI 10.1007/978-1-62703-481-4_13).
  • DTH can be induced in a variety of mouse and rat strains using various haptens or antigens, for example an antigen emulsified with an adjuvant.
  • DTH is characterized by sensitization as well as an antigen-specific T cell-mediated reaction that results in erythema, edema, and cellular infiltration—especially infiltration of antigen presenting cells (APCs), eosinophils, activated CD4+ T cells, and cytokine-expressing Th2 cells.
  • APCs antigen presenting cells
  • eosinophils activated CD4+ T cells
  • cytokine-expressing Th2 cells cytokine-expressing Th2 cells.
  • the test formulations were prepared for KLH-based delayed type hypersensitivity model.
  • the delayed-type hypersensitivity (DTH) model provides an in vivo mechanism to study the cell-mediated immune response, and resulting inflammation, following exposure to a specific antigen to which the mice have been sensitized.
  • DTH delayed-type hypersensitivity
  • Several variations of the DTH model have been used and are well known in the art (Irving C. Allen (ed.). Mouse Models of Innate Immunity: Methods and Protocols , Methods in Molecular Biology. Vol. 1031, DOI 10.1007/978-1-62703-481-4_13, Springer Science+Business Media, LLC 2013).
  • KLH Keyhole Limpet Hemocyanin
  • CFA Complete Freund's Adjuvant
  • mice On day 0, C57Bl/6J female mice, approximately 7 weeks old, were primed with KLH antigen in CFA by subcutaneous immunization (4 sites, 50 ⁇ L per site).
  • Dexamethasone a corticosteroid
  • Dexamethasone a corticosteroid
  • Dexamethasone a corticosteroid
  • a positive control for suppressing inflammation in this model Taube and Carlsten, Action of dexamethasone in the suppression of delayed-type hypersensitivity in reconstituted SCID mice. Inflamm Res. 2000. 49(10): 548-512.
  • a stock solution of 17 mg/mL of Dexamethasone was prepared on by diluting 6.8 mg Dexamethasone in 400 ⁇ L 96% ethanol.
  • a working solution is prepared by diluting the stock solution 100 ⁇ in sterile PBS to obtain a final concentration of 0.17 mg/mL in a septum vial for intraperitoneal dosing.
  • Dexamethasone-treated mice received 100 ⁇ L Dexamethasone i.p. (5 mL/kg of a 0.17 mg/mL solution). Frozen sucrose served as the negative control (vehicle). Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A was dosed at 100 ul of bacterial cells at 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ circumflex over ( ) ⁇ 10 CFU/ml p.o. daily.
  • Dexamethasone (positive control), vehicle (negative control), and Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A were dosed daily.
  • mice were challenged intradermally (i.d.) with 10 ⁇ g KLH in saline (in a volume of 10 ⁇ L) in the right ear and a control in the left ear Inflammatory response were measured using methods known in the art. Ear pinna thickness was measured at 48 hours following antigen challenge ( FIGS. 1 and 3 ). As determined by ear thickness, Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A was as efficacious as Dexamethasone at suppressing inflammation compared to mice that received vehicle alone.
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A may be studied further using varied timing and varied doses. For instance, treatment with Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A-containing bacterial composition may be initiated at some point, either around the time of priming or around the time of DTH challenge. For example, Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A (1 ⁇ 10 9 CFU per mouse per day) may be administered at the same time as the subcutaneous injections (day 0), or they may be administered prior to, or upon, intradermal injection. Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A is administered at varied doses and at defined intervals.
  • mice are intravenously injected with Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A at a range of between 1 ⁇ 10 4 and 5 ⁇ 10 9 bacterial cells per mouse. While some mice will receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A through i.v. injection, other mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A through intraperitoneal (i.p.) injection, subcutaneous (s.c.) injection, nasal route administration, oral gavage, topical administration, intradermal (i.d.) injection, or other means of administration. Some mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A every day (e.g.
  • mice may receive some ratio of bacterial cells to Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A.
  • the bacterial cells may be live, dead, or weakened.
  • the bacterial cells may be harvested fresh (or frozen) and administered, or they may be irradiated or heat-killed prior to administration.
  • mice may receive between 1 ⁇ 10 4 and 5 ⁇ 10 9 bacterial cells in an administration separate from, or comingled with, the Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A administration.
  • bacterial cell administration may be varied by route of administration, dose, and schedule. This can include oral gavage, i.v. injection, i.p. injection, i.d. injection, topical administration, or nasal route administration.
  • mice may be treated with anti-inflammatory agent(s) (e.g. anti-CD154, blockade of members of the TNF family, or other treatment), and/or an appropriate control (e.g. vehicle or control antibody) at various time points and at effective doses.
  • anti-inflammatory agent(s) e.g. anti-CD154, blockade of members of the TNF family, or other treatment
  • an appropriate control e.g. vehicle or control antibody
  • mice are treated with antibiotics prior to treatment.
  • antibiotics for example, vancomycin (0.5 g/L), ampicillin (1.0 g/L), gentamicin (1.0 g/L) and amphotericin B (0.2 g/L) are added to the drinking water, and antibiotic treatment is halted at the time of treatment or a few days prior to treatment.
  • Some immunized mice are treated without receiving antibiotics.
  • Study animals may be sacrificed by exsanguination from the orbital plexus under CO 2 /O 2 anesthesia, followed by cervical dislocation on day 10.
  • the blood samples are allowed to clot before centrifuging.
  • the sera are transferred into clean tubes, each animal in a separate tube.
  • both ears each ear in a separate vial
  • the spleen the mesenteric lymph nodes (MLN)
  • the entire small intestine and the colon are collected in cryovials, snap frozen and stored at ⁇ 70° C.
  • Tissues may be dissociated using dissociation enzymes according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • Cells are stained for analysis by flow cytometry using techniques known in the art.
  • Staining antibodies can include anti-CD11c (dendritic cells), anti-CD80, anti-CD86, anti-CD40, anti-MHCII, anti-CD8a, anti-CD4, and anti-CD103.
  • markers that may be analyzed include pan-immune cell marker CD45, T cell markers (CD3, CD4, CD8, CD25, Foxp3, T-bet, Gata3, Roryt, Granzyme B, CD69, PD-1, CTLA-4), and macrophage/myeloid markers (CD11b, MHCII, CD206, CD40, CSF1R, PD-L1, Gr-1, F4/80).
  • serum cytokines are analyzed including, but not limited to, TNFa, IL-17, IL-13, IL-12p70, IL12p40, IL-10, IL-6, IL-5, IL-4, IL-2, IL-1b, IFNy, GM-CSF, G-CSF, M-CSF, MIG, IP10, MIP1b, RANTES, and MCP-1.
  • Cytokine analysis may be carried out on immune cells obtained from lymph nodes or other tissue, and/or on purified CD45+ infiltrated immune cells obtained ex vivo.
  • immunohistochemistry is carried out on various tissue sections to measure T cells, macrophages, dendritic cells, and checkpoint molecule protein expression.
  • Example 2 An Evaluation of Test Articles in the Modulation of DSS-Induced Colitis in C57BL/6 Mice
  • Dextran sulfate sodium (DSS)-induced colitis is a well-studied animal model of colitis, as reviewed by Randhawa et al. (A review on chemical-induced inflammatory bowel disease models in rodents. Korean J Physiol Pharmacol. 2014. 18(4): 279-288; see also Chassaing et al. Dextran sulfate sodium (DSS)-induced colitis in mice. Curr Protoc Immunol. 2014 Feb. 4; 104: Unit 15.25). In this model, mice are treated with DSS in drinking water, resulting in diarrhea and weight loss.
  • mice were treated with DSS to induce colitis as known in the art (Randhawa et al. 2014; Chassaing et al. 2014; see also Kim et al. Investigating intestinal inflammation in DSS-induced model of IBD. J Vis Exp. 2012. 60: 3678).
  • colitis was induced in mice by exposure to 3% DSS-treated drinking water from Day 0 to Day 5.
  • One group did not receive DSS and served as naive controls.
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A-containing bacterial composition may be initiated at some point, either on day 1 of DSS administration, or sometime thereafter.
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A may be administered at the same time as DSS initiation (day 1), or they may be administered upon the first signs of disease (e.g. weight loss or diarrhea), or during the stages of severe colitis. Mice may be observed daily for weight, morbidity, survival, presence of diarrhea and/or bloody stool.
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A is administered at varied doses, varied intervals, and/or varied routes of administration. For example, some mice are intravenously injected with Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A at a dose of between 1 ⁇ 10 4 and 5 ⁇ 10 9 bacterial cells per mouse. While some mice will receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A through i.v. injection, other mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A through intraperitoneal (i.p.) injection, subcutaneous (s.c.) injection, nasal route administration, oral gavage, or other means of administration. Some mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A every day (e.g.
  • mice may receive some ratio of bacterial cells to Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A.
  • the bacterial cells may be live, dead, or weakened.
  • the bacterial cells may be harvested fresh (or frozen) and administered, or they may be irradiated or heat-killed prior to administration.
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A-containing bacterial compositions may be tested for their efficacy in a mouse model of DSS-induced colitis, either alone or in combination with whole bacterial cells, with or without the addition of other anti-inflammatory agents.
  • mice may receive between 1 ⁇ 10 4 and 5 ⁇ 10 9 bacterial cells in an administration separate from, or comingled with, the Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A administration.
  • bacterial cell administration may be varied by route of administration, dose, and schedule. This can include oral gavage, i.v. injection, i.p. injection, or nasal route administration.
  • mice may be treated with additional anti-inflammatory agent(s) (e.g. anti-CD154, blockade of members of the TNF family, or other treatment), and/or an appropriate control (e.g. vehicle or control antibody) at various time points and at effective doses.
  • additional anti-inflammatory agent(s) e.g. anti-CD154, blockade of members of the TNF family, or other treatment
  • an appropriate control e.g. vehicle or control antibody
  • mice are treated with antibiotics prior to treatment.
  • antibiotics for example, vancomycin (0.5 g/L), ampicillin (1.0 g/L), gentamicin (1.0 g/L) and amphotericin B (0.2 g/L) are added to the drinking water, and antibiotic treatment is halted at the time of treatment or a few days prior to treatment.
  • Some mice receive DSS without receiving antibiotics beforehand.
  • mice undergo video endoscopy using a small animal endoscope (Karl Storz Endoskipe, Germany) under isoflurane anesthesia. Still images and video will be recorded to evaluate the extent of colitis and the response to treatment. Colitis will be scored using criteria known in the art. Fecal material will be collected for study.
  • GI gastrointestinal
  • lymph nodes and/or other tissues may be removed for ex vivo histological, cytokine and/or flow cytometric analysis using methods known in the art.
  • tissues are harvested and may be dissociated using dissociation enzymes according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • Cells are stained for analysis by flow cytometry using techniques known in the art.
  • Staining antibodies can include anti-CD11c (dendritic cells), anti-CD80, anti-CD86, anti-CD40, anti-MHCII, anti-CD8a, anti-CD4, and anti-CD103.
  • markers that may be analyzed include pan-immune cell marker CD45, T cell markers (CD3, CD4, CD8, CD25, Foxp3, T-bet, Gata3, Roryt, Granzyme B, CD69, PD-1, CTLA-4), and macrophage/myeloid markers (CD11b, MHCII, CD206, CD40, CSF1R, PD-L1, Gr-1, F4/80).
  • serum cytokines are analyzed including, but not limited to, TNFa, IL-17, IL-13, IL-12p70, IL12p40, IL-10, IL-6, IL-5, IL-4, IL-2, IL-1b, IFNy, GM-CSF, G-CSF, M-CSF, MIG, IP10, MIP1b, RANTES, and MCP-1.
  • Cytokine analysis may be carried out on immune cells obtained from lymph nodes or other tissue, and/or on purified CD45+ GI tract-infiltrated immune cells obtained ex vivo.
  • immunohistochemistry is carried out on various tissue sections to measure T cells, macrophages, dendritic cells, and checkpoint molecule protein expression.
  • mice In order to examine the impact and longevity of disease protection, rather than being sacrificed, some mice may be rechallenged with a disease trigger. Mice will be analyzed for susceptibility to colitis severity following rechallenge.
  • the colon, small intestine, spleen, and mesenteric lymph nodes may be collected from all animals, and blood collected for analysis.
  • Example 3 Lactococcus lactis Cremoris Strain A and/or EVs Derived from Lactococcus lactis Cremoris Strain A in a Mouse Model of Experimental Autoimmune Encephalomyelitis (EAE)
  • EAE is a well-studied animal model of multiple sclerosis, as reviewed by Constantinescu et al. (Experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis (EAE) as a model for multiple sclerosis (MS). Br J Pharmacol. 2011 October; 164(4): 1079-1106). It can be induced in a variety of mouse and rat strains using different myelin-associated peptides, by the adoptive transfer of activated encephalitogenic T cells, or the use of TCR transgenic mice susceptible to EAE, as discussed in Mangalam et al. (Two discreet subsets of CD8+ T cells modulate PLP 91-110 induced experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis in HLA-DR3 transgenic mice. J Autoimmun. 2012 June; 38(4): 344-353).
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A-containing bacterial compositions and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A are tested for their efficacy in the rodent model of EAE, either alone or in combination with whole bacterial cells, with or without the addition of other anti-inflammatory treatments.
  • female 6-8 week old C57Bl/6 mice are obtained from Taconic (Germantown, N.Y.).
  • mice will be administered two subcutaneous (s.c.) injections at two sites on the back (upper and lower) of 0.1 ml myelin oligodentrocyte glycoprotein 35-55 (MOG35-55; 100 ug per injection; 200 ug per mouse (total 0.2 ml per mouse)), emulsified in Complete Freund's Adjuvant (CFA; 2-5 mg killed Mycobacterium tuberculosis H37Ra/ml emulsion). Approximately 1-2 hours after the above, mice are intraperitoneally (i.p.) injected with 200 ng Pertussis toxin (PTx) in 0.1 ml PBS (2 ug/ml).
  • PTx Pertussis toxin
  • An additional IP injection of PTx is administered on day 2.
  • an appropriate amount of an alternative myelin peptide e.g. proteolipid protein (PLP)
  • PGP proteolipid protein
  • Some animals will serve as na ⁇ ve controls. EAE severity will be assessed and a disability score will be assigned daily beginning on day 4 according to methods known in the art (Mangalam et al. 2012).
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A-containing bacterial composition and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A is initiated at some point, either around the time of immunization or following EAE immunization.
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A-containing bacterial and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A composition may be administered at the same time as immunization (day 1), or they may be administered upon the first signs of disability (e.g. limp tail), or during severe EAE.
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A-containing bacterial compositions and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A are administered at varied doses and at defined intervals. For example, some mice are intravenously injected with effective doses of Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A. For example, mice may receive between 1 ⁇ 10 4 and 5 ⁇ 10 9 bacterial cells per mouse. While some mice will receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A through i.v.
  • mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A through intraperitoneal (i.p.) injection, subcutaneous (s.c.) injection, nasal route administration, oral gavage, or other means of administration.
  • Some mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A every day (e.g. starting on day 1), while others may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A at alternative intervals (e.g. every other day, or once every three days).
  • mice may receive some ratio of bacterial cells to Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A.
  • the bacterial cells may be live, dead, or weakened.
  • the bacterial cells may be harvested fresh (or frozen) and administered, or they may be irradiated or heat-killed prior to administration.
  • mice may receive between 1 ⁇ 10 4 and 5 ⁇ 10 9 bacterial cells in an administration separate from, or comingled with, the Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A administration.
  • bacterial cell administration may be varied by route of administration, dose, and schedule. This can include oral gavage, i.v. injection, i.p. injection, subcutaneous (s.c.) injection, or nasal route administration.
  • mice may be treated with additional anti-inflammatory agent(s) or EAE therapeutic(s) (e.g. anti-CD154, blockade of members of the TNF family, Vitamin D, or other treatment), and/or an appropriate control (e.g. vehicle or control antibody) at various time points and at effective doses.
  • additional anti-inflammatory agent(s) or EAE therapeutic(s) e.g. anti-CD154, blockade of members of the TNF family, Vitamin D, or other treatment
  • an appropriate control e.g. vehicle or control antibody
  • mice are treated with antibiotics prior to treatment.
  • antibiotics for example, vancomycin (0.5 g/L), ampicillin (1.0 g/L), gentamicin (1.0 g/L) and amphotericin B (0.2 g/L) are added to the drinking water, and antibiotic treatment is halted at the time of treatment or a few days prior to treatment.
  • Some immunized mice are treated without receiving antibiotics.
  • mice are sacrificed and sites of inflammation (e.g. brain and spinal cord), lymph nodes, or other tissues may be removed for ex vivo histological, cytokine and/or flow cytometric analysis using methods known in the art.
  • tissues are dissociated using dissociation enzymes according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • Cells are stained for analysis by flow cytometry using techniques known in the art.
  • Staining antibodies can include anti-CD11c (dendritic cells), anti-CD80, anti-CD86, anti-CD40, anti-MHCII, anti-CD8a, anti-CD4, and anti-CD103.
  • markers that may be analyzed include pan-immune cell marker CD45, T cell markers (CD3, CD4, CD8, CD25, Foxp3, T-bet, Gata3, Roryt, Granzyme B, CD69, PD-1, CTLA-4), and macrophage/myeloid markers (CD11b, MHCII, CD206, CD40, CSF1R, PD-L1, Gr-1, F4/80).
  • serum cytokines are analyzed including, but not limited to, TNFa, IL-17, IL-13, IL-12p70, IL12p40, IL-10, IL-6, IL-5, IL-4, IL-2, IL-1b, IFNy, GM-CSF, G-CSF, M-CSF, MIG, IP10, MIP1b, RANTES, and MCP-1.
  • Cytokine analysis may be carried out on immune cells obtained from lymph nodes or other tissue, and/or on purified CD45+ central nervous system (CNS)-infiltrated immune cells obtained ex vivo.
  • CNS central nervous system
  • immunohistochemistry is carried out on various tissue sections to measure T cells, macrophages, dendritic cells, and checkpoint molecule protein expression.
  • mice may be rechallenged with a disease trigger (e.g. activated encephalitogenic T cells or re-injection of EAE-inducing peptides). Mice will be analyzed for susceptibility to disease and EAE severity following rechallenge.
  • a disease trigger e.g. activated encephalitogenic T cells or re-injection of EAE-inducing peptides.
  • Example 4 Lactococcus lactis Cremoris Strain A and/or EVs Derived from Lactococcus lactis Cremoris Strain A in a Mouse Model of Collagen-Induced Arthritis (CIA)
  • Collagen-induced arthritis is an animal model commonly used to study rheumatoid arthritis (RA), as described by Caplazi et al. (Mouse models of rheumatoid arthritis. Veterinary Pathology. Sep. 1, 2015. 52(5): 819-826) (see also Brand et al. Collagen-induced arthritis. Nature Protocols. 2007. 2: 1269-1275; Pietrosimone et al. Collagen-induced arthritis: a model for murine autoimmune arthritis. Bio Protoc. 2015 Oct. 20; 5(20): e1626).
  • one model involves immunizing HLA-DQ8 Tg mice with chick type II collagen as described by Taneja et al. (J. Immunology. 2007. 56: 69-78; see also Taneja et al. J. Immunology 2008. 181: 2869-2877; and Taneja et al. Arthritis Rheum., 2007. 56: 69-78). Purification of chick CII has been described by Taneja et al. (Arthritis Rheum., 2007. 56: 69-78). Mice are monitored for CIA disease onset and progression following immunization, and severity of disease is evaluated and “graded” as described by Wooley, J. Exp. Med. 1981. 154: 688-700.
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A-containing bacterial compositions and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A are tested for their efficacy in CIA, either alone or in combination with whole bacterial cells, with or without the addition of other anti-inflammatory treatments.
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A-containing bacterial composition and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A is initiated either around the time of immunization with collagen or post-immunization.
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A may be administered at the same time as immunization (day 1), or Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A may be administered upon first signs of disease, or upon the onset of severe symptoms.
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A is administered at varied doses and at defined intervals.
  • mice are intravenously injected with Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A at a dose of between 1 ⁇ 10 4 and 5 ⁇ 10 9 bacterial cells per mouse. While some mice will receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A through i.v. injection, other groups of mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A through intraperitoneal (i.p.) injection, subcutaneous (s.c.) injection, nasal route administration, oral gavage, or other means of administration.
  • i.p. intraperitoneal
  • s.c. subcutaneous
  • mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A every day (e.g. starting on day 1), while others may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A at alternative intervals (e.g. every other day, or once every three days). Additional groups of mice may receive some ratio of bacterial cells to Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A.
  • the bacterial cells may be live, dead, or weakened.
  • the bacterial cells may be harvested fresh (or frozen) and administered, or they may be irradiated or heat-killed prior to administration.
  • mice may receive between 1 ⁇ 10 4 and 5 ⁇ 10 9 bacterial cells in an administration separate from, or comingled with, the Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A administration.
  • bacterial cell administration may be varied by route of administration, dose, and schedule. This can include oral gavage, i.v. injection, i.p. injection, subcutaneous (s.c.) injection, intradermal (i.d.) injection, or nasal route administration.
  • mice may be treated with additional anti-inflammatory agent(s) or CIA therapeutic(s) (e.g. anti-CD154, blockade of members of the TNF family, Vitamin D, or other treatment), and/or an appropriate control (e.g. vehicle or control antibody) at various time points and at effective doses.
  • additional anti-inflammatory agent(s) or CIA therapeutic(s) e.g. anti-CD154, blockade of members of the TNF family, Vitamin D, or other treatment
  • an appropriate control e.g. vehicle or control antibody
  • mice are treated with antibiotics prior to treatment.
  • antibiotics for example, vancomycin (0.5 g/L), ampicillin (1.0 g/L), gentamicin (1.0 g/L) and amphotericin B (0.2 g/L) are added to the drinking water, and antibiotic treatment is halted at the time of treatment or a few days prior to treatment.
  • Some immunized mice are treated without receiving antibiotics.
  • mice are sacrificed and sites of inflammation (e.g. synovium), lymph nodes, or other tissues may be removed for ex vivo histological, cytokine and/or flow cytometric analysis using methods known in the art.
  • the synovium and synovial fluid will be analyzed for plasma cell infiltration and the presence of antibodies using techniques known in the art.
  • tissues are dissociated using dissociation enzymes according to the manufacturer's instructions to examine the profiles of the cellular infiltrates.
  • Cells are stained for analysis by flow cytometry using techniques known in the art.
  • Staining antibodies can include anti-CD11c (dendritic cells), anti-CD80, anti-CD86, anti-CD40, anti-MHCII, anti-CD8a, anti-CD4, and anti-CD103.
  • markers that may be analyzed include pan-immune cell marker CD45, T cell markers (CD3, CD4, CD8, CD25, Foxp3, T-bet, Gata3, Roryt, Granzyme B, CD69, PD-1, CTLA-4), and macrophage/myeloid markers (CD11b, MHCII, CD206, CD40, CSF1R, PD-L1, Gr-1, F4/80).
  • serum cytokines are analyzed including, but not limited to, TNFa, IL-17, IL-13, IL-12p70, IL12p40, IL-10, IL-6, IL-5, IL-4, IL-2, IL-1b, IFNy, GM-CSF, G-CSF, M-CSF, MIG, IP10, MIP1b, RANTES, and MCP-1.
  • Cytokine analysis may be carried out on immune cells obtained from lymph nodes or other tissue, and/or on purified CD45+ synovium-infiltrated immune cells obtained ex vivo.
  • immunohistochemistry is carried out on various tissue sections to measure T cells, macrophages, dendritic cells, and checkpoint molecule protein expression.
  • mice may be rechallenged with a disease trigger (e.g. activated re-injection with CIA-inducing peptides). Mice will be analyzed for susceptibility to disease and CIA severity following rechallenge.
  • a disease trigger e.g. activated re-injection with CIA-inducing peptides.
  • Example 5 Lactococcus lactis Cremoris Strain a and/or EVs Derived from Lactococcus lactis Cremoris Strain a in a Mouse Model of Type 1 Diabetes (T1D)
  • Type 1 diabetes is an autoimmune disease in which the immune system targets the islets of Langerhans of the pancreas, thereby destroying the body's ability to produce insulin.
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A-containing bacterial compositions and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A are tested for their efficacy in a mouse model of T1D, either alone or in combination with whole bacterial cells, with or without the addition of other anti-inflammatory treatments.
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A is initiated at some point, either around the time of induction or following induction, or prior to the onset (or upon the onset) of spontaneously-occurring T1D.
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A is administered at varied doses and at defined intervals.
  • mice are intravenously injected with Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A at a dose of between 1 ⁇ 10 4 and 5 ⁇ 10 9 bacterial cells per mouse.
  • Other mice may receive 25, 50, or 100 mg of Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A per mouse.
  • While some mice will receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A through i.v.
  • mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A through intraperitoneal (i.p.) injection, subcutaneous (s.c.) injection, nasal route administration, oral gavage, or other means of administration.
  • Some mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A every day, while others may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A at alternative intervals (e.g. every other day, or once every three days).
  • Additional groups of mice may receive some ratio of bacterial cells to Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A.
  • the bacterial cells may be live, dead, or weakened.
  • the bacterial cells may be harvested fresh (or frozen) and administered, or they may be irradiated or heat-killed prior to administration.
  • mice may receive between 1 ⁇ 10 4 and 5 ⁇ 10 9 bacterial cells in an administration separate from, or comingled with, the Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A administration.
  • bacterial cell administration may be varied by route of administration, dose, and schedule. This can include oral gavage, i.v. injection, i.p. injection, or nasal route administration.
  • mice may be treated with additional treatments and/or an appropriate control (e.g. vehicle or control antibody) at various time points and at effective doses.
  • an appropriate control e.g. vehicle or control antibody
  • mice are treated with antibiotics prior to treatment.
  • antibiotics for example, vancomycin (0.5 g/L), ampicillin (1.0 g/L), gentamicin (1.0 g/L) and amphotericin B (0.2 g/L) are added to the drinking water, and antibiotic treatment is halted at the time of treatment or a few days prior to treatment.
  • Some immunized mice are treated without receiving antibiotics.
  • Blood glucose is monitored biweekly prior to the start of the experiment. At various time points thereafter, nonfasting blood glucose is measured. At various time points, mice are sacrificed and site the pancreas, lymph nodes, or other tissues may be removed for ex vivo histological, cytokine and/or flow cytometric analysis using methods known in the art. For example, tissues are dissociated using dissociation enzymes according to the manufacturer's instructions. Cells are stained for analysis by flow cytometry using techniques known in the art. Staining antibodies can include anti-CD11c (dendritic cells), anti-CD80, anti-CD86, anti-CD40, anti-MHCII, anti-CD8a, anti-CD4, and anti-CD103.
  • markers that may be analyzed include pan-immune cell marker CD45, T cell markers (CD3, CD4, CD8, CD25, Foxp3, T-bet, Gata3, Roryt, Granzyme B, CD69, PD-1, CTLA-4), and macrophage/myeloid markers (CD11b, MHCII, CD206, CD40, CSF1R, PD-L1, Gr-1, F4/80).
  • serum cytokines are analyzed including, but not limited to, TNFa, IL-17, IL-13, IL-12p70, IL12p40, IL-10, IL-6, IL-5, IL-4, IL-2, IL-1b, IFNy, GM-CSF, G-CSF, M-CSF, MIG, IP10, MIP1b, RANTES, and MCP-1.
  • Cytokine analysis may be carried out on immune cells obtained from lymph nodes or other tissue, and/or on purified tissue-infiltrating immune cells obtained ex vivo.
  • immunohistochemistry is carried out on various tissue sections to measure T cells, macrophages, dendritic cells, and checkpoint molecule protein expression. Antibody production may also be assessed by ELISA.
  • mice may be rechallenged with a disease trigger, or assessed for susceptibility to relapse. Mice will be analyzed for susceptibility to diabetes onset and severity following rechallenge (or spontaneously-occurring relapse).
  • Example 6 Lactococcus lactis Cremoris Strain A and/or EVs Derived from Lactococcus lactis Cremoris Strain A in a Mouse Model of Primary Sclerosing Cholangitis (PSC)
  • PSC Primary Sclerosing Cholangitis
  • PSC Primary Sclerosing Cholangitis
  • IBD inflammatory bowel disease
  • PSC primary sclerosing cholangitis
  • DDC 3,5-diethoxycarbonyl-1,4-dihydrocollidine
  • bile duct ligation is performed as described by Georgiev et al. (Characterization of time-related changes after experimental bile duct ligation. Br J Surg. 2008. 95(5): 646-56), or disease is induced by DCC exposure as described by Fickert et al. (A new xenobiotic-induced mouse model of sclerosing cholangitis and biliary fibrosis. Am J Path. Vol 171(2): 525-536.
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A-containing bacterial compositions and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A are tested for their efficacy in a mouse model of PSC, either alone or in combination with whole bacterial cells, with or without the addition of some other therapeutic agent.
  • mice 6-8 week old C57bl/6 mice are obtained from Taconic or other vendor. Mice are fed a 0.1% DCC-supplemented diet for various durations. Some groups will receive DCC-supplement food for 1 week, others for 4 weeks, others for 8 weeks. Some groups of mice may receive a DCC-supplemented diet for a length of time and then be allowed to recover, thereafter receiving a normal diet. These mice may be studied for their ability to recover from disease and/or their susceptibility to relapse upon subsequent exposure to DCC.
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A Treatment with Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A is initiated at some point, either around the time of DCC-feeding or subsequent to initial exposure to DCC.
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A may be administered on day 1, or they may be administered sometime thereafter.
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A is administered at varied doses and at defined intervals.
  • mice are intravenously injected with Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A at a range between 1 ⁇ 10 4 and 5 ⁇ 10 9 bacterial cells per mouse.
  • Other mice may receive 25, 50, 100 mg of Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A per mouse.
  • While some mice will receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A through i.v. injection, other mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A through i.p. injection, subcutaneous (s.c.) injection, nasal route administration, oral gavage, or other means of administration.
  • mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A every day (e.g. starting on day 1), while others may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A at alternative intervals (e.g. every other day, or once every three days). Additional groups of mice may receive some ratio of bacterial cells to Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A. The bacterial cells may be live, dead, or weakened.
  • the bacterial cells may be harvested fresh (or frozen), and administered, or they may be irradiated or heat-killed prior to administration.
  • some groups of mice may receive between 1 ⁇ 10 4 and 5 ⁇ 10 9 bacterial cells in an administration separate from, or comingled with, the Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A administration.
  • bacterial cell administration may be varied by route of administration, dose, and schedule. This can include oral gavage, i.v. injection, i.p. injection, or nasal route administration.
  • Some groups of mice may be treated with additional agents and/or an appropriate control (e.g. vehicle or antibody) at various time points and at effective doses.
  • mice are treated with antibiotics prior to treatment.
  • antibiotics for example, vancomycin (0.5 g/L), ampicillin (1.0 g/L), gentamicin (1.0 g/L) and amphotericin B (0.2 g/L) are added to the drinking water, and antibiotic treatment is halted at the time of treatment or a few days prior to treatment.
  • Some immunized mice are treated without receiving antibiotics.
  • serum samples are analyzed for ALT, AP, bilirubin, and serum bile acid (BA) levels.
  • mice are sacrificed, body and liver weight are recorded, and sites of inflammation (e.g. liver, small and large intestine, spleen), lymph nodes, or other tissues may be removed for ex vivo histolomorphological characterization, cytokine and/or flow cytometric analysis using methods known in the art (see Fickert et al. Characterization of animal models for primary sclerosing cholangitis (PSC)). J Hepatol. 2014. 60(6): 1290-1303). For example, bile ducts are stained for expression of ICAM-1, VCAM-1, MadCAM-1. Some tissues are stained for histological examination, while others are dissociated using dissociation enzymes according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • sites of inflammation e.g. liver, small and large intestine, spleen
  • lymph nodes e.g. liver, small and large intestine, spleen
  • Other tissues may be removed for ex vivo histolomorphological characterization, cytokine and/or
  • Staining antibodies can include anti-CD11c (dendritic cells), anti-CD80, anti-CD86, anti-CD40, anti-MHCII, anti-CD8a, anti-CD4, and anti-CD103.
  • markers that may be analyzed include pan-immune cell marker CD45, T cell markers (CD3, CD4, CD8, CD25, Foxp3, T-bet, Gata3, Roryt, Granzyme B, CD69, PD-1, CTLA-4), and macrophage/myeloid markers (CD11b, MHCII, CD206, CD40, CSF1R, PD-L1, Gr-1, F4/80), as well as adhesion molecule expression (ICAM-1, VCAM-1, MadCAM-1).
  • T cell markers CD3, CD4, CD8, CD25, Foxp3, T-bet, Gata3, Roryt, Granzyme B, CD69, PD-1, CTLA-4
  • macrophage/myeloid markers CD11b, MHCII, CD206, CD40, CSF1R, PD-L1, Gr-1, F4/80
  • IAM-1 adhesion molecule expression
  • VCAM-1 MadCAM-1
  • serum cytokines are analyzed including, but not limited to, TNFa, IL-17, IL-13, IL-12p70, IL12p40, IL-10, IL-6, IL-5, IL-4, IL-2, IL-1b, IFNy, GM-CSF, G-CSF, M-CSF, MIG, IP10, MIP1b, RANTES, and MCP-1.
  • Cytokine analysis may be carried out on immune cells obtained from lymph nodes or other tissue, and/or on purified CD45+ bile duct-infiltrated immune cells obtained ex vivo.
  • Liver tissue is prepared for histological analysis, for example, using Sirius-red staining followed by quantification of the fibrotic area.
  • blood is collected for plasma analysis of liver enzymes, for example, AST or ALT, and to determine Bilirubin levels.
  • the hepatic content of Hydroxyproline can be measured using established protocols.
  • Hepatic gene expression analysis of inflammation and fibrosis markers may be performed by qRT-PCR using validated primers. These markers may include, but are not limited to, MCP-1, alpha-SMA, Coll1a1, and TIMP. Metabolite measurements may be performed in plasma, tissue and fecal samples using established metabolomics methods.
  • immunohistochemistry is carried out on liver sections to measure neutrophils, T cells, macrophages, dendritic cells, or other immune cell infiltrates.
  • mice In order to examine the impact and longevity of disease protection, rather than being sacrificed, some mice may be rechallenged with DCC at a later time. Mice will be analyzed for susceptibility to cholangitis and cholangitis severity following rechallenge.
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A-containing bacterial compositions and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A are tested for their efficacy in BDL-induced cholangitis.
  • 6-8 week old C57Bl/6J mice are obtained from Taconic or other vendor. After an acclimation period the mice are subjected to a surgical procedure to perform a bile duct ligation (BDL). Some control animals receive a sham surgery. The BDL procedure leads to liver injury, inflammation and fibrosis within 7-21 days.
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A Treatment with Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A is initiated at some point, either around the time of surgery or some time following the surgery. Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A is administered at varied doses and at defined intervals. For example, some mice are intravenously injected with Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A at a range between 1 ⁇ 10 4 and 5 ⁇ 10 9 bacterial cells per mouse. Other mice may receive 25, 50, or 100 mg of Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A per mouse.
  • mice While some mice will receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A through i.v. injection, other mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A through i.p. injection, subcutaneous (s.c.) injection, nasal route administration, oral gavage, or other means of administration. Some mice receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A every day (e.g.
  • mice may receive some ratio of bacterial cells to Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A.
  • the bacterial cells may be live, dead, or weakened. They bacterial cells may be harvested fresh (or frozen), and administered, or they may be irradiated or heat-killed prior to administration.
  • some groups of mice may receive between 1 ⁇ 10 4 and 5 ⁇ 10 9 bacterial cells in an administration separate from, or comingled with, the Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A administration.
  • bacterial cell administration may be varied by route of administration, dose, and schedule. This can include oral gavage, i.v. injection, i.p. injection, or nasal route administration.
  • Some groups of mice may be treated with additional agents and/or an appropriate control (e.g. vehicle or antibody) at various time points and at effective doses.
  • mice are treated with antibiotics prior to treatment.
  • antibiotics for example, vancomycin (0.5 g/L), ampicillin (1.0 g/L), gentamicin (1.0 g/L) and amphotericin B (0.2 g/L) are added to the drinking water, and antibiotic treatment is halted at the time of treatment or a few days prior to treatment.
  • Some immunized mice are treated without receiving antibiotics.
  • serum samples are analyzed for ALT, AP, bilirubin, and serum bile acid (BA) levels.
  • mice are sacrificed, body and liver weight are recorded, and sites of inflammation (e.g. liver, small and large intestine, spleen), lymph nodes, or other tissues may be removed for ex vivo histolomorphological characterization, cytokine and/or flow cytometric analysis using methods known in the art (see Fickert et al. Characterization of animal models for primary sclerosing cholangitis (PSC)). J Hepatol. 2014. 60(6): 1290-1303). For example, bile ducts are stained for expression of ICAM-1, VCAM-1, MadCAM-1. Some tissues are stained for histological examination, while others are dissociated using dissociation enzymes according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • sites of inflammation e.g. liver, small and large intestine, spleen
  • lymph nodes e.g. liver, small and large intestine, spleen
  • Other tissues may be removed for ex vivo histolomorphological characterization, cytokine and/or
  • Staining antibodies can include anti-CD11c (dendritic cells), anti-CD80, anti-CD86, anti-CD40, anti-MHCII, anti-CD8a, anti-CD4, and anti-CD103.
  • markers that may be analyzed include pan-immune cell marker CD45, T cell markers (CD3, CD4, CD8, CD25, Foxp3, T-bet, Gata3, Roryt, Granzyme B, CD69, PD-1, CTLA-4), and macrophage/myeloid markers (CD11b, MHCII, CD206, CD40, CSF1R, PD-L1, Gr-1, F4/80), as well as adhesion molecule expression (ICAM-1, VCAM-1, MadCAM-1).
  • T cell markers CD3, CD4, CD8, CD25, Foxp3, T-bet, Gata3, Roryt, Granzyme B, CD69, PD-1, CTLA-4
  • macrophage/myeloid markers CD11b, MHCII, CD206, CD40, CSF1R, PD-L1, Gr-1, F4/80
  • IAM-1 adhesion molecule expression
  • VCAM-1 MadCAM-1
  • serum cytokines are analyzed including, but not limited to, TNFa, IL-17, IL-13, IL-12p70, IL12p40, IL-10, IL-6, IL-5, IL-4, IL-2, IL-1b, IFNy, GM-CSF, G-CSF, M-CSF, MIG, IP10, MIP1b, RANTES, and MCP-1.
  • Cytokine analysis may be carried out on immune cells obtained from lymph nodes or other tissue, and/or on purified CD45+ bile duct-infiltrated immune cells obtained ex vivo.
  • Liver tissue is prepared for histological analysis, for example, using Sirius-red staining followed by quantification of the fibrotic area.
  • blood is collected for plasma analysis of liver enzymes, for example, AST or ALT, and to determine Bilirubin levels.
  • the hepatic content of Hydroxyproline can be measured using established protocols.
  • Hepatic gene expression analysis of inflammation and fibrosis markers may be performed by qRT-PCR using validated primers. These markers may include, but are not limited to, MCP-1, alpha-SMA, Coll1a1, and TIMP. Metabolite measurements may be performed in plasma, tissue and fecal samples using established metabolomics methods.
  • immunohistochemistry is carried out on liver sections to measure neutrophils, T cells, macrophages, dendritic cells, or other immune cell infiltrates.
  • mice In order to examine the impact and longevity of disease protection, rather than being sacrificed, some mice may be analyzed for recovery.
  • Example 7 Lactococcus lactis Cremoris Strain A and/or EVs Derived from Lactococcus lactis Cremoris Strain A in a Mouse Model of Nonalcoholic Steatohepatitis (NASH)
  • NASH Nonalcoholic Steatohepatitis
  • Nonalcoholic Steatohepattiis is a severe form of Nonalcoholic Fatty Liver Disease (NAFLD), where buildup of hepatic fat (steatosis) and inflammation lead to liver injury and hepatocyte cell death (ballooning).
  • NASH Nonalcoholic Steatohepattiis
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A-containing bacterial compositions are tested for their efficacy in a mouse model of NASH, either alone or in combination with whole bacterial cells, with or without the addition of another therapeutic agent.
  • a mouse model of NASH either alone or in combination with whole bacterial cells, with or without the addition of another therapeutic agent.
  • 8-10 week old C57Bl/6J mice, obtained from Taconic (Germantown, N.Y.), or other vendor are placed on a methionine choline deficient (MCD) diet for a period of 4-8 weeks during which NASH features will develop, including steatosis, inflammation, ballooning and fibrosis.
  • MCD methionine choline deficient
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A Treatment with Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A is initiated at some point, either at the beginning of the diet, or at some point following diet initiation (for example, one week after).
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A may be administered starting in the same day as the initiation of the MCD diet.
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A is administered at varied doses and at defined intervals.
  • mice are intravenously injected with Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A at doses between 1 ⁇ 10 4 and 5 ⁇ 10 9 bacterial cells per mouse.
  • Other mice may receive 25, 50, or 100 mg of Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A per mouse.
  • While some mice will receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A through i.v.
  • mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A through intraperitoneal (i.p.) injection, subcutaneous (s.c.) injection, nasal route administration, oral gavage, or other means of administration.
  • Some mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A every day (e.g. starting on day 1), while others may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A at alternative intervals (e.g. every other day, or once every three days).
  • mice may receive some ratio of bacterial cells to Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A.
  • the bacterial cells may be live, dead, or weakened.
  • the bacterial cells may be harvested fresh (or frozen) and administered, or they may be irradiated or heat-killed prior to administration.
  • mice may receive between 1 ⁇ 10 4 and 5 ⁇ 10 9 bacterial cells in an administration separate from, or comingled with, the Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A administration.
  • bacterial cell administration may be varied by route of administration, dose, and schedule. This can include oral gavage, i.v. injection, i.p. injection, or nasal route administration.
  • Some groups of mice may be treated with additional NASH therapeutic(s) (e.g., FXR agonists, PPAR agonists, CCR2/5 antagonists or other treatment) and/or appropriate control at various time points and effective doses.
  • mice are sacrificed and liver, intestine, blood, feces, or other tissues may be removed for ex vivo histological, biochemical, molecular or cytokine and/or flow cytometry analysis using methods known in the art.
  • liver tissues are weighed and prepared for histological analysis, which may comprise staining with H&E, Sirius Red, and determination of NASH activity score (NAS).
  • NAS NASH activity score
  • blood is collected for plasma analysis of liver enzymes, for example, AST or ALT, using standards assays.
  • the hepatic content of cholesterol, triglycerides, or fatty acid acids can be measured using established protocols.
  • Hepatic gene expression analysis of inflammation, fibrosis, steatosis, ER stress, or oxidative stress markers may be performed by qRT-PCR using validated primers. These markers may include, but are not limited to, IL-6, MCP-1, alpha-SMA, Coll1a1, CHOP, and NRF2. Metabolite measurements may be performed in plasma, tissue and fecal samples using established biochemical and mass-spectrometry-based metabolomics methods.
  • Serum cytokines are analyzed including, but not limited to, TNFa, IL-17, IL-13, IL-12p70, IL12p40, IL-10, IL-6, IL-5, IL-4, IL-2, IL-1b, IFNy, GM-CSF, G-CSF, M-CSF, MIG, IP10, MIP1b, RANTES, and MCP-1.
  • Cytokine analysis may be carried out on immune cells obtained from lymph nodes or other tissue, and/or on purified CD45+ bile duct-infiltrated immune cells obtained ex vivo.
  • immunohistochemistry is carried out on liver or intestine sections to measure neutrophils, T cells, macrophages, dendritic cells, or other immune cell infiltrates.
  • mice In order to examine the impact and longevity of disease protection, rather than being sacrificed, some mice may be analyzed for recovery.
  • Example 8 Lactococcus lactis Cremoris Strain A and/or EVs Derived from Lactococcus lactis Cremoris Strain A in a Mouse Model of Psoriasis
  • Psoriasis is a T-cell-mediated chronic inflammatory skin disease.
  • plat-type psoriasis is the most common form of psoriasis and is typified by dry scales, red plaques, and thickening of the skin due to infiltration of immune cells into the dermis and epidermis.
  • Several animal models have contributed to the understanding of this disease, as reviewed by Gudjonsson et al. (Mouse models of psoriasis. J Invest Derm. 2007. 127: 1292-1308; see also van der Fits et al. Imiquimod-induced psoriasis-like skin inflammation in mice is mediated via the IL-23/IL-17 axis. J. Immunol. 2009 May 1. 182(9): 5836-45).
  • Psoriasis can be induced in a variety of mouse models, including those that use transgenic, knockout, or xenograft models, as well as topical application of imiquimod (IMQ), a TLR7/8 ligand.
  • IMQ imiquimod
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A-containing bacterial compositions and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A are tested for their efficacy in the mouse model of psoriasis, either alone or in combination with whole bacterial cells, with or without the addition of other anti-inflammatory treatments.
  • 6-8 week old C57Bl/6 or Balb/c mice are obtained from Taconic (Germantown, N.Y.), or other vendor. Mice are shaved on the back and the right ear. Groups of mice receive a daily topical dose of 62.5 mg of commercially available IMQ cream (5%) (Aldara; 3M Pharmaceuticals).
  • mice are scored for erythema, scaling, and thickening on a scale from 0 to 4, as described by van der Fits et al. (2009). Mice are monitored for ear thickness using a Mitutoyo micrometer.
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A Treatment with Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A is initiated at some point, either around the time of the first application of IMQ, or something thereafter.
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A may be administered at the same time as the subcutaneous injections (day 0), or they may be administered prior to, or upon, application.
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A is administered at varied doses and at defined intervals.
  • mice are intravenously injected with Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A at a dose of between 1 ⁇ 10 4 and 5 ⁇ 10 9 bacterial cells per mouse.
  • Other mice may receive 25, 50, or 100 mg of Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A per mouse.
  • While some mice will receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A through i.v.
  • mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A through intraperitoneal (i.p.) injection, nasal route administration, oral gavage, topical administration, intradermal (i.d.) injection, subcutaneous (s.c.) injection, or other means of administration.
  • Some mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A every day (e.g.
  • mice may receive some ratio of bacterial cells to Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A.
  • the bacterial cells may be live, dead, or weakened.
  • the bacterial cells may be harvested fresh (or frozen) and administered, or they may be irradiated or heat-killed prior to administration.
  • mice may receive between 1 ⁇ 10 4 and 5 ⁇ 10 9 bacterial cells in an administration separate from, or comingled with, the Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A administration.
  • bacterial cell administration may be varied by route of administration, dose, and schedule. This can include oral gavage, i.v. injection, i.p. injection, i.d. injection, s.c. injection, topical administration, or nasal route administration.
  • mice may be treated with anti-inflammatory agent(s) (e.g. anti-CD154, blockade of members of the TNF family, or other treatment), and/or an appropriate control (e.g. vehicle or control antibody) at various time points and at effective doses.
  • anti-inflammatory agent(s) e.g. anti-CD154, blockade of members of the TNF family, or other treatment
  • an appropriate control e.g. vehicle or control antibody
  • mice are treated with antibiotics prior to treatment.
  • antibiotics for example, vancomycin (0.5 g/L), ampicillin (1.0 g/L), gentamicin (1.0 g/L) and amphotericin B (0.2 g/L) are added to the drinking water, and antibiotic treatment is halted at the time of treatment or a few days prior to treatment.
  • Some immunized mice are treated without receiving antibiotics.
  • samples from back and ear skin are taken for cryosection staining analysis using methods known in the art.
  • Other groups of mice are sacrificed and lymph nodes, spleen, mesenteric lymph nodes (MLN), the small intestine, colon, and other tissues may be removed for histology studies, ex vivo histological, cytokine and/or flow cytometric analysis using methods known in the art.
  • Some tissues may be dissociated using dissociation enzymes according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • Cryosection samples, tissue samples, or cells obtained ex vivo are stained for analysis by flow cytometry using techniques known in the art.
  • Staining antibodies can include anti-CD11c (dendritic cells), anti-CD80, anti-CD86, anti-CD40, anti-MHCII, anti-CD8a, anti-CD4, and anti-CD103.
  • Other markers that may be analyzed include pan-immune cell marker CD45, T cell markers (CD3, CD4, CD8, CD25, Foxp3, T-bet, Gata3, Roryt, Granzyme B, CD69, PD-1, CTLA-4), and macrophage/myeloid markers (CD11b, MHCII, CD206, CD40, CSF1R, PD-L1, Gr-1, F4/80).
  • serum cytokines are analyzed including, but not limited to, TNFa, IL-17, IL-13, IL-12p70, IL12p40, IL-10, IL-6, IL-5, IL-4, IL-2, IL-1b, IFNy, GM-CSF, G-CSF, M-CSF, MIG, IP10, MIP1b, RANTES, and MCP-1.
  • Cytokine analysis may be carried out on immune cells obtained from lymph nodes or other tissue, and/or on purified CD45+ skin-infiltrated immune cells obtained ex vivo.
  • immunohistochemistry is carried out on various tissue sections to measure T cells, macrophages, dendritic cells, and checkpoint molecule protein expression.
  • mice may be studied to assess recovery, or they may be rechallenged with IMQ.
  • the groups of rechallenged mice will be analyzed for susceptibility to psoriasis and severity of response.
  • Example 9 A Study of the Safety, Tolerability and Efficacy of Lactococcus lactis Cremoris Strain A as an Oral Therapeutic for the Treatment of Mild to Moderate Psoriasis or Atopic Dermatitis
  • the study consists of six (6) cohorts and will test doses of Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A versus placebo.
  • the initial three (3) cohorts are in healthy volunteers and will establish the safety and tolerability of Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A. Once this has been established, the safety and tolerability in participants with psoriasis or atopic dermatitis will be tested, alongside pharmacodynamic effects on the systemic immune system and observation of any clinical effects.
  • the treatment arms are described in Table 7, and optional additional cohorts may be added to include dose expansion studies.
  • the study has at least three (3) outcome measures: 1) safety and tolerability; 2) clinical improvement in subjects with mild to moderate psoriasis; and 3) clinical improvement in subjects with mild to moderate atopic dermatitis.
  • SAE serious adverse events
  • EASI electrocardiogram
  • IGA investigators' global assessment
  • LSS lesion severity score
  • Anti-psoriasis and anti-atopic dermatitis activities are assessed by the Investigator according to disease specific response criteria and described in terms of objective response rate, duration of response, progression-free time-periods, clinical benefit rate, and disease control rate. Investigators will look for improvement from baseline at or around day 28 of dosing using the PASI and eczema activity scoring index (EASI), both of which are known in the art.
  • PASI PASI and eczema activity scoring index
  • a DLT is defined as an adverse event (AE) or abnormal laboratory value that occurs within the first 7 days of treatment with Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A, except for those that are clearly and incontrovertibly due to underlying disease, disease progression, or extraneous causes. Dose escalation decisions occur when the cohort of patients has met these criteria.
  • AE adverse event
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A
  • the available toxicity information i.e., all AEs and all laboratory abnormalities regardless of DLT assessment
  • the available toxicity information is evaluated by the enrolling Investigators and Sponsor medical monitor at a dose decision meeting or teleconference. Decisions are based on an evaluation of all relevant data available from all dose cohorts evaluated in the ongoing study. Drug administration at the next higher dose cohort may not proceed until the Investigator receives written confirmation from Sponsor indicating that the results of the previous dose cohort were evaluated and that it is permissible to proceed to the next higher dose cohort.
  • Intra-patient dose escalations are permitted for all cohorts after the intended dose level has been shown to be safe (i.e., all patients treated at the intended dose level completed DLT assessments and ⁇ 1 patient experienced a DLT).
  • L. lactis cremoris Strains that lacked certain plasmids was evaluated. Knockout strains were created using electroporation techniques known in the art. Briefly, electrocompetent cells were prepared by growing strain overnight in M17 media (5 g Pancreatic digest of casein, 5 g soy peptone, 5 g beef extract, 2.5 g yeast extract, 0.5 g ascorbic acid, 0.25 g MgSO4, 19 g Disodium- ⁇ -glycerophosphate per L) that included 1% glucose. 2 mL of overnight culture was inoculated with 50 mL of M17 media and allowed to grow to an optical density at 600 nm of 0.5-0.7 (about 5-7 hrs).
  • M17 media 5 g Pancreatic digest of casein, 5 g soy peptone, 5 g beef extract, 2.5 g yeast extract, 0.5 g ascorbic acid, 0.25 g MgSO4, 19 g Disodium- ⁇ -glycerophosphate per L
  • the culture was then cooled on ice for 10 min. Cells were spun down for 15 min at 3000 g and resuspended in electroporation buffer (0.5M Sucrose+10% glycerol) which was repeated 2 more times. Cells were then resuspended in 500 ⁇ L of electroporation buffer and separated into 100 ⁇ L aliquots and stored at ⁇ 80° C. until electroporation.
  • electroporation buffer 0.5M Sucrose+10% glycerol
  • Electroporation proceeded by defrosting cells on ice prior to transfer to an electroporation cuvette. Cell were then electroporated at 1.2 kV for in Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A and 2.5 kV for in Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain B. 900 ⁇ L of recovery solution (M17+0.5M(0.17 g)Sucrose+0.5%(15 ⁇ l)Glucose+20 mM(10 ⁇ l)MgCl2+0.2 mM(10 ⁇ l)CaCl2 per mL) was then immediately added. The cells were then kept on ice for 10 min. Electroporated cells were subcultuted 1:10 in M17 media and incubated for 20 min at 30° C. before diluting and plating. Cells were then screened for plasmid loss by PCR.
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strains A and B were evaluated in the mouse model of DTH.
  • mice were injected with KLH and CFA i.d at 4 locations along the back (50 ug per mouse of KLH prepared in a 1:1 ratio with CFA in a total volume of 50 ul per site).
  • mice were dosed for 9 days with 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ circumflex over ( ) ⁇ 9 viable cells per day as follows: 1) anaerobic PBS (vehicle); 2) Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A; 3) Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A minus a 13 kb plasmid; 4) Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain B; 5) Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strains B minus a 30 kb plasmid; and 6) Dexamethasone (positive control).
  • strains were then sequenced to determine the genes within the 13 kb plasmid from) Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A and the 30 kb plasmid from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain B. See Table 5 and Table 6.
  • Enriched media is used to grow and prepare the bacterium for in vitro and in vivo use.
  • media may contain sugar, yeast extracts, plant based peptones, buffers, salts, trace elements, surfactants, anti-foaming agents, and vitamins.
  • Composition of complex components such as yeast extracts and peptones may be undefined or partially defined (including approximate concentrations of amino acids, sugars etc.).
  • Microbial metabolism may be dependent on the availability of resources such as carbon and nitrogen. Various sugars or other carbon sources may be tested.
  • media may be prepared and the selected bacterium grown as shown by Saarela et al., J. Applied Microbiology. 2005. 99: 1330-1339, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Influence of fermentation time, cryoprotectant and neutralization of cell concentrate on freeze-drying survival, storage stability, and acid and bile exposure of the selected bacterium produced without milk-based ingredients.
  • the media is sterilized.
  • Sterilization may be by Ultra High Temperature (UHT) processing.
  • UHT processing is performed at very high temperature for short periods of time.
  • the UHT range may be from 135-180° C.
  • the medium may be sterilized from between 10 to 30 seconds at 135° C.
  • Inoculum can be prepared in flasks or in smaller bioreactors and growth is monitored.
  • the inoculum size may be between approximately 0.5 and 3% of the total bioreactor volume.
  • bioreactor volume can be at least 2 L, 10 L, 80 L, 100 L, 250 L, 1000 L, 2500 L, 5000 L, 10,000 L.
  • the bioreactor Before the inoculation, the bioreactor is prepared with medium at desired pH, temperature, and oxygen concentration.
  • the initial pH of the culture medium may be different that the process set-point. pH stress may be detrimental at low cell centration; the initial pH could be between pH 7.5 and the process set-point. For example, pH may be set between 4.5 and 8.0.
  • the pH can be controlled through the use of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, or ammonium hydroxide.
  • the temperature may be controlled from 25° C. to 45° C., for example at 37° C. Anaerobic conditions are created by reducing the level of oxygen in the culture broth from around 8 mg/L to 0 mg/L.
  • nitrogen or gas mixtures may be used in order to establish anaerobic conditions.
  • no gases are used and anaerobic conditions are established by cells consuming remaining oxygen from the medium.
  • the bioreactor fermentation time can vary. For example, fermentation time can vary from approximately 5 hours to 48 hours.
  • Reviving microbes from a frozen state may require special considerations.
  • Production medium may stress cells after a thaw; a specific thaw medium may be required to consistently start a seed train from thawed material.
  • the kinetics of transfer or passage of seed material to fresh medium may be influenced by the current state of the microbes (ex. exponential growth, stationary growth, unstressed, stressed).
  • Inoculation of the production fermenter(s) can impact growth kinetics and cellular activity.
  • the initial state of the bioreactor system must be optimized to facilitate successful and consistent production.
  • the fraction of seed culture to total medium (e.g. a percentage) has a dramatic impact on growth kinetics.
  • the range may be 1-5% of the fermenter's working volume.
  • the initial pH of the culture medium may be different from the process set-point. pH stress may be detrimental at low cell concentration; the initial pH may be between pH 7.5 and the process set-point. Agitation and gas flow into the system during inoculation may be different from the process set-points. Physical and chemical stresses due to both conditions may be detrimental at low cell concentration.
  • Process conditions and control settings may influence the kinetics of microbial growth and cellular activity. Shifts in process conditions may change membrane composition, production of metabolites, growth rate, cellular stress, etc.
  • Optimal temperature range for growth may vary with strain. The range may be 20-40° C.
  • Optimal pH for cell growth and performance of downstream activity may vary with strain. The range may be pH 5-8. Gasses dissolved in the medium may be used by cells for metabolism. Adjusting concentrations of O 2 , CO 2 , and N 2 throughout the process may be required. Availability of nutrients may shift cellular growth. Microbes may have alternate kinetics when excess nutrients are available.
  • microbes may be preconditioned shortly before harvest to better prepare them for the physical and chemical stresses involved in separation and downstream processing.
  • a change in temperature (often reducing to 20-5° C.) may reduce cellular metabolism, slowing growth (and/or death) and physiological change when removed from the fermenter.
  • Effectiveness of centrifugal concentration may be influenced by culture pH. Raising pH by 1-2 points can improve effectiveness of concentration but can also be detrimental to cells.
  • Microbes may be stressed shortly before harvest by increasing the concentration of salts and/or sugars in the medium. Cells stressed in this way may better survive freezing and lyophilization during downstream.
  • Separation methods and technology may impact how efficiently microbes are separated from the culture medium.
  • Solids may be removed using centrifugation techniques. Effectiveness of centrifugal concentration can be influenced by culture pH or by the use of flocculating agents. Raising pH by 1-2 points may improve effectiveness of concentration but can also be detrimental to cells.
  • Microbes may be stressed shortly before harvest by increasing the concentration of salts and/or sugars in the medium. Cells stressed in this way may better survive freezing and lyophilization during downstream. Additionally, Microbes may also be separated via filtration. Filtration is superior to centrifugation techniques for purification if the cells require excessive g-minutes to successfully centrifuge. Excipients can be added before after separation.
  • Excipients can be added for cryo protection or for protection during lyophilization.
  • Excipients can include, but are not limited to, sucrose, trehalose, or lactose, and these may be alternatively mixed with buffer and anti-oxidants.
  • droplets of cell pellets mixed with excipients are submerged in liquid nitrogen.
  • Harvesting can be performed by continuous centrifugation.
  • Product may be resuspended with various excipients to a desired final concentration.
  • Excipients can be added for cryo protection or for protection during lyophilization.
  • Excipients can include, but are not limited to, sucrose, trehalose, or lactose, and these may be alternatively mixed with buffer and anti-oxidants.
  • droplets of cell pellets mixed with excipients are submerged in liquid nitrogen.
  • Lyophilization of material begins with primary drying.
  • the ice is removed.
  • a vacuum is generated and an appropriate amount of heat is supplied to the material for the ice to sublime.
  • product bound water molecules are removed.
  • the temperature is raised higher than in the primary drying phase to break any physico-chemical interactions that have formed between the water molecules and the product material.
  • the pressure may also be lowered further to enhance desorption during this stage.
  • the chamber may be filled with an inert gas, such as nitrogen.
  • the product may be sealed within the freeze dryer under dry conditions, preventing exposure to atmospheric water and contaminants.
  • mice were purchased from Jackson Labs and allowed to acclimate in the vivarium for 1 week prior to start of experiment.
  • Mice are housed 5 animals per cage, in individually ventilated cages with standard bedding and enrichment.
  • Standard Purina rodent diet (5001) and autoclaved water is provided ad libitum and checked daily. Ventilated cages are changed once weekly.
  • Animal housing rooms undergoes a lighting cycle consisting of 12 hours on and 12 hours off.
  • Floors, walls, and ceilings are sanitized once a month and rooms maintain a humidity range between 30%-70%, and a temperature range between 68-79 degrees Fahrenheit. Animal health checks are done twice daily.
  • mice On day 0, mice were anesthetized with isoflurane (one at a time) and their back was shaved. Mice were injected subcutaneously at 4 sites on the back with 50 ⁇ l of Ovalbumin in CFA emulsion (Hooke Labs catalog #EK-0301).
  • a dexamethasone stock solution (17 mg/ml) was created by resuspending 6.8 mg of dexamethasone in 400 ⁇ l of 96% ethanol.
  • a working solution is prepared by diluting the stock solution 100 ⁇ in sterile PBS to obtain a final concentration of 0.17 mg/mL in a septum vial for intraperitoneal dosing.
  • Dexamethasone-treated mice received 100 ⁇ L Dexamethasone i.p. (5 mL/kg of a 0.17 mg/mL solution). Frozen sucrose served as the negative control (vehicle).
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A was dosed at 100 ul of bacterial cells at 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ circumflex over ( ) ⁇ 10 CFU/ml daily.
  • Dexamethasone positive control
  • vehicle negative control
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A were dosed daily.
  • mice On days 1-9 mice were orally gavaged (groups 1 and 3) or injected intraperitoneally (i.p. group 2).
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A reduces expression of IL-12p70 ( FIG. 6A ), IL-22 ( FIG. 6B ), and KC ( FIG. 6C ) in an Adoptive Transfer Delayed-Type Hypersensitivity (AdDTH) Mouse Model. Circle represents vehicle, square represents dexamethasone, and triangle represents Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A.
  • Imiquimod driven psoriasis model is a Th17 driven skin inflammation model. Mice develop flakiness of the skin and erythema which mimics some of the pathology associated with human psoriasis that is scored on a scale of 0-4. Additionally, an ear inflammation may be assessed similar to the DTH.
  • mice were purchased from Taconic Labs and allowed to acclimate in the vivarium for 1 week prior to start of experiment. Mice are housed 5 animals per cage, in individually ventilated cages with standard bedding and enrichment. Standard Purina rodent diet (5001) and autoclaved water is provided ad libitum and checked daily. Ventilated cages are changed once weekly. Animal housing rooms undergoes a lighting cycle consisting of 12 hours on and 12 hours off. Floors, walls, and ceilings are sanitized once a month and rooms maintain a humidity range between 30%-70%, and a temperature range between 68-79 degrees Fahrenheit. Animal health checks are done twice daily.
  • Standard Purina rodent diet 5001
  • autoclaved water is provided ad libitum and checked daily. Ventilated cages are changed once weekly. Animal housing rooms undergoes a lighting cycle consisting of 12 hours on and 12 hours off.
  • Floors, walls, and ceilings are sanitized once a month and rooms maintain
  • a dexamethasone stock solution (17 mg/ml) was created by resuspending 6.8 mg of dexamethasone in 400 ⁇ l of 96% ethanol.
  • a working solution is prepared by diluting the stock solution 100 ⁇ in sterile PBS to obtain a final concentration of 0.17 mg/mL in a septum vial for intraperitoneal dosing.
  • Dexamethasone-treated mice received 100 ⁇ L Dexamethasone i.p. (5 mL/kg of a 0.17 mg/mL solution). Frozen sucrose served as the negative control (vehicle).
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A was dosed at 100 ul of bacterial cells at 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ circumflex over ( ) ⁇ 10 CFU/ml p.o. daily.
  • Dexamethasone positive control
  • vehicle negative control
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A were dosed daily.
  • mice On Day 0, the backs of mice were shaved and the depilated with Nair ( ⁇ 25 sec). The Nair is then wiped off and backs of mice washed with warm water (2 ⁇ ).

Abstract

Provided herein are methods and compositions related to immune modulating Lactococcus strains useful as therapeutic agents. In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods of treating an immune disorder in a subject comprising administering to the subject a bacterial composition comprising Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A (ATCC Deposit Number PTA-125368).

Description

    RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application is a divisional application of U.S. application Ser. No. 16/192,172, filed Nov. 15, 2018, which claims the benefit of priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Applications having Ser. No. 62/586,604, filed Nov. 15, 2017, 62/660,693, filed Apr. 20, 2018, 62/661,459, filed Apr. 23, 2018, and 62/721,941 filed Aug. 23, 2018, the contents of each of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
    • SEQUENCE LISTING
  • The instant application contains a Sequence Listing which has been submitted electronically in ASCII format and is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Said ASCII copy, created on Apr. 2, 2019, is named ETB-01701_SL.txt and is 482,487 bytes in size.
    • SUMMARY
  • In certain aspects, provided herein are methods and compositions (e.g., bacterial compositions, pharmaceutical compositions) related to the treatment and/or prevention of disease (e.g., cancer, autoimmune disease, inflammatory disease, metabolic disease), in a subject (e.g., a human subject) comprising administering a bacterial composition comprising Lactococcus bacteria and/or a product of such bacteria (e.g., extracellular vesicles (EVs) and/or pharmaceutically active biomasses (PhABs)). In certain aspects, provided herein are methods and compositions related to the treatment and/or prevention of an immune disorder in a subject (e.g., a human subject) comprising administering a bacterial (pharmaceutical) composition comprising immune modulating Lactococcus bacteria disclosed herein and/or a product of immune modulating Lactococcus bacteria disclosed herein (e.g., extracellular vesicles (EVs) and/or pharmaceutically active biomasses (PhABs)). Also provided herein are methods of making and/or identifying such a bacterium and/or bacterial product. In some embodiments, provided here are bioreactors comprising Lactococcus bacteria disclosed herein.
  • In certain embodiments, provided herein are immune modulating Lactococcus bacteria. In some embodiments the immune modulating Lactococcus bacteria is an immune modulating strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris. In certain embodiments the immune modulating Lactococcus strain is Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A (ATCC Deposit Number PTA-125368). In some embodiments, the immune modulating bacteria is a strain of Lactococcus bacteria (e.g., a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris) comprising a protein listed in Table 1 and/or a gene encoding a protein listed in Table 1. In some embodiments, the immune modulating bacteria is a strain of Lactococcus bacteria (e.g., a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris) comprising a membrane associated protein listed in Table 2 and/or a gene encoding a membrane associated protein listed in Table 2. In some embodiments, the immune modulating bacteria is a strain of Lactococcus bacteria (e.g., a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris) free or substantially free of a protein listed in Table 3 and/or a gene encoding a protein listed in Table 3. In some embodiments, the immune modulating bacteria is a strain of Lactococcus bacteria (e.g., a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris) free or substantially free of an exopolysaccharide (EPS) synthesis protein listed in Table 4 and/or a gene encoding an EPS synthesis protein listed in Table 4. In some embodiments, the immune modulating bacteria is a strain of Lactococcus bacteria (e.g., a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris) free or substantially free of an EPS synthesized in whole or in part by a protein listed in Table 4. In some embodiments, the immune modulating bacteria is a strain of Lactococcus bacteria (e.g., a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris) free or substantially free of EPS. In some embodiments, the bacterial compositions provided herein comprise an immune modulating Lactococcus strain provided herein. In some embodiments, the immune modulating bacteria is a strain of Lactococcus bacteria (e.g., a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris) free or substantially free of a protein listed in Table 5 and/or a gene encoding a protein listed in Table 5. In some embodiments, the immune modulating bacteria is a strain of Lactococcus bacteria (e.g., a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris) comprising a protein listed in Table 6 and/or a gene encoding a protein listed in Table 6.
  • In some embodiments, provided herein are PhABs made from and/or comprising an immune modulating Lactococcus strain provided herein. In some embodiments, the PhABs comprise whole cells, fractions of cells, supernatant from fermentation, fractions of supernatant and/or extracellular vesicles made immune modulating bacteria described herein. In some embodiments, the bacterial compositions provided herein comprise an immune modulating Lactococcus strain PhAB provided herein.
  • In some embodiments, provided herein are EVs produced by and/or generated from and/or isolated from an immune modulating Lactococcus strain provided herein. In some embodiments, the bacterial compositions comprise both immune modulating Lactococcus strain EVs and whole immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria (e.g., live bacteria, killed bacteria, attenuated bacteria). In certain embodiments, provided herein are bacterial compositions comprising immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria (e.g., Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A) in the absence of immune modulating Lactococcus strain EVs. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions comprise immune modulating Lactococcus strain EVs in the absence of immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria.
  • In some embodiments, the immune modulating Lactococcus strain comprises at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% sequence identity (e.g., at least 99.5% sequence identity, at least 99.6% sequence identity, at least 99.7% sequence identity, at least 99.8% sequence identity, at least 99.9% sequence identity) to the nucleotide sequence (e.g., genomic sequence, 16S sequence, CRISPR sequence) of the Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A. In some embodiments, the administration of the bacterial composition treats the immune disorder in the subject. In some embodiments, the immune disorder is an autoimmune disease. In some embodiments, the immune disorder is an inflammatory disease. In some embodiments, the immune disorder is an allergy.
  • In certain embodiments, provided herein are methods of treating a subject who has an immune disorder (e.g., an autoimmune disease, an inflammatory disease, an allergy), comprising administering to the subject a bacterial composition comprising immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria provided herein (e.g., a killed bacterium, a live bacterium, a pharmaceutically active biomass and/or an attenuated bacterium). In some embodiments, immune modulating Lactococcus strain is Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A (ATCC Deposit Number PTA-125368). In some embodiments, immune modulating Lactococcus strain is a strain comprising at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% sequence identity (e.g., genomic sequence identity, 16S sequence identity, CRISPR sequence identity) (e.g., at least 99.5% sequence identity, at least 99.6% sequence identity, at least 99.7% sequence identity, at least 99.8% sequence identity, at least 99.9% sequence identity) to the corresponding nucleotide sequence of the Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A (ATCC Deposit Number PTA-125368). In some embodiments, at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% of the bacteria in the bacterial composition are the immune modulating Lactococcus strain. In some embodiments, all or substantially all of the bacteria in the bacterial formulation are the immune modulating Lactococcus strain. In some embodiments, the bacterial formulation comprises at least 1×105, 5×105, 1×106, 2×106, 3×106, 4×106, 5×106, 6×106, 7×106, 8×106, 9×106, 1×107, 2×107, 3×107, 4×107, 5×107, 6×107, 7×107, 8×107, 9×107, 1×108, 2×108, 3×108, 4×108, 5×108, 6×108, 7×108, 8×108, 9×108 or 1×109 colony forming units of the immune modulating Lactococcus strain. In some embodiments, the bacterial composition comprises EVs and/or PhABs (e.g., whole cells, fractions of cells, supernatant from fermentation, fractions of supernatant and/or extracellular vesicles) made from the immune modulating Lactococcus strain.
  • In certain embodiments, provided herein are bacterial compositions comprising an immune modulating Lactococcus strain provided herein (e.g., a killed bacterium, a live bacterium, a pharmaceutically active biomass and/or an attenuated bacterium). In some embodiments, immune modulating Lactococcus strain is Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A (ATCC Deposit Number PTA-125368). In some embodiments, immune modulating Lactococcus strain is a strain comprising at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% sequence identity (e.g., genomic sequence identity, 16S sequence identity, CRISPR sequence identity) (e.g., at least 99.5% sequence identity, at least 99.6% sequence identity, at least 99.7% sequence identity, at least 99.8% sequence identity, at least 99.9% sequence identity) to the corresponding nucleotide sequence of the Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A (ATCC Deposit Number PTA-125368). In some embodiments, at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% of the bacteria in the bacterial composition are the immune modulating Lactococcus strain. In some embodiments, all or substantially all of the bacteria in the bacterial formulation are the immune modulating Lactococcus strain. In some embodiments, the bacterial formulation comprises at least 1×105, 5×105, 1×106, 2×106, 3×106, 4×106, 5×106, 6×106, 7×106, 8×106, 9×106, 1×107, 2×107, 3×107, 4×107, 5×107, 6×107, 7×107, 8×107, 9×107, 1×108, 2×108, 3×108, 4×108, 5×108, 6×108, 7×108, 8×108, 9×108 or 1×109 colony forming units of the immune modulating Lactococcus strain. In some embodiments, the bacterial composition comprises EVs and/or PhABs (e.g., whole cells, fractions of cells, supernatant from fermentation, fractions of supernatant and/or extracellular vesicles) made from the immune modulating Lactococcus strain.
  • In certain embodiments, the bacterial compositions provided herein comprise a specific ratio of immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria to immune modulating Lactococcus strain EV particles. For example, in some embodiments, the bacterial composition comprises at least 1 immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacterium for every 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8. 4.9, 5, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 6, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 7, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 8, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 9, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18. 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28. 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38. 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48. 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58. 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68. 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78. 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88. 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98. 99, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, 1×103, 2×103, 3×103, 4×103, 5×103, 6×103, 7×103, 8×103, 9×103, 1×104, 2×104, 3×104, 4×104, 5×104, 6×104, 7×104, 8×104, 9×104, 1×105, 2×105, 3×105, 4×105, 5×105, 6×105, 7×105, 8×105, 9×105, 1×106, 2×106, 3×106, 4×106, 5×106, 6×106, 7×106, 8×106, 9×106, 1×107, 2×107, 3×107, 4×107, 5×107, 6×107, 7×107, 8×107, 9×107, 1×108, 2×108, 3×108, 4×108, 5×108, 6×108, 7×108, 8×108, 9×108, 1×109, 2×109, 3×109, 4×109, 5×109, 6×109, 7×109, 8×109, 9×109, 1×1010, 2×1010, 3×1010, 4×1010, 5×1010, 6×1010, 7×1010, 8×1010, 9×1010, 1×1011, 2×1011, 3×1011, 4×1011, 5×1011, 6×1011, 7×1011, 8×1011, 9×1011, and/or 1×1012 immune modulating Lactococcus strain EV particles. In some embodiments, the bacterial composition comprises about 1 immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacterium for every 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 5, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 6, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 7, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 8, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 9, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18. 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28. 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38. 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48. 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58. 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68. 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78. 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88. 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98. 99, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, 1×103, 2×103, 3×103, 4×103, 5×103, 6×103, 7×103, 8×103, 9×103, 1×104, 2×104, 3×104, 4×104, 5×104, 6×104, 7×104, 8×104, 9×104, 1×105, 2×105, 3×105, 4×105, 5×105, 6×105, 7×105, 8×105, 9×105, 1×106, 2×106, 3×106, 4×106, 5×106, 6×106, 7×106, 8×106, 9×106, 1×107, 2×107, 3×107, 4×107, 5×107, 6×107, 7×107, 8×107, 9×107, 1×108, 2×108, 3×108, 4×108, 5×108, 6×108, 7×108, 8×108, 9×108, 1×109, 2×109, 3×109, 4×109, 5×109, 6×109, 7×109, 8×109, 9×109, 1×1010, 2×1010, 3×1010, 4×1010, 5×1010, 6×1010, 7×1010, 8×1010, 9×1010, 1×1011, 2×1011, 3×1011, 4×1011, 5×1011, 6×1011, 7×1011, 8×1011, 9×1011, and/or 1×1012 immune modulating Lactococcus strain EV particles. In some embodiments, the bacterial composition comprises no more than 1 Lactococcus lactis cremoris bacterium for every 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8. 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 5, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8. 5.9, 6, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 7, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 8, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 9, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18. 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28. 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38. 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48. 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58. 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68. 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78. 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88. 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98. 99, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, 1×103, 2×103, 3×103, 4×103, 5×103, 6×103, 7×103, 8×103, 9×103, 1×104, 2×104, 3×104, 4×104, 5×104, 6×104, 7×104, 8×104, 9×104, 1×105, 2×105, 3×105, 4×105, 5×105, 6×105, 7×105, 8×105, 9×105, 1×106, 2×106, 3×106, 4×106, 5×106, 6×106, 7×106, 8×106, 9×106, 1×107, 2×107, 3×107, 4×107, 5×107, 6×107, 7×107, 8×107, 9×107, 1×108, 2×108, 3×108, 4×108, 5×108, 6×108, 7×108, 8×108, 9×108, 1×109, 2×109, 3×109, 4×109, 5×109, 6×109, 7×109, 8×109, 9×109, 1×1010, 2×1010, 3×1010, 4×1010, 5×1010, 6×1010, 7×1010, 8×1010, 9×1010, 1×1011, 2×1011, 3×1011, 4×1011, 5×1011, 6×1011, 7×1011, 8×1011, 9×1011, and/or 1×1012 immune modulating Lactococcus strain EV particles. In some embodiments, the bacterial composition comprises at least 1 immune modulating Lactococcus strain EV particle for every 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8. 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 5, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 6, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 7, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 8, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 9, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18. 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28. 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38. 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48. 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58. 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68. 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78. 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88. 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98. 99, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, 1×103, 2×103, 3×103, 4×103, 5×103, 6×103, 7×103, 8×103, 9×103, 1×104, 2×104, 3×104, 4×104, 5×104, 6×104, 7×104, 8×104, 9×104, 1×105, 2×105, 3×105, 4×105, 5×105, 6×105, 7×105, 8×105, 9×105, 1×106, 2×106, 3×106, 4×106, 5×106, 6×106, 7×106, 8×106, 9×106, 1×107, 2×107, 3×107, 4×107, 5×107, 6×107, 7×107, 8×107, 9×107, 1×108, 2×108, 3×108, 4×108, 5×108, 6×108, 7×108, 8×108, 9×108, 1×109, 2×109, 3×109, 4×109, 5×109, 6×109, 7×109, 8×109, 9×109, 1×1010, 2×1010, 3×1010, 4×1010, 5×1010, 6×1010, 7×1010, 8×1010, 9×1010, 1×1011, 2×1011, 3×1011, 4×1011, 5×1011, 6×1011, 7×1011, 8×1011, 9×1011, and/or 1×1012 immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria. In some embodiments, the bacterial composition comprises about 1 immune modulating Lactococcus strain EV particle for every 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8. 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8. 4.9, 5, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 6, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 7, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 8, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 9, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18. 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28. 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38. 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48. 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58. 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68. 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78. 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88. 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98. 99, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, 1×103, 2×103, 3×103, 4×103, 5×103, 6×103, 7×103, 8×103, 9×103, 1×104, 2×104, 3×104, 4×104, 5×104, 6×104, 7×104, 8×104, 9×104, 1×105, 2×105, 3×105, 4×105, 5×105, 6×105, 7×105, 8×105, 9×105, 1×106, 2×106, 3×106, 4×106, 5×106, 6×106, 7×106, 8×106, 9×106, 1×107, 2×107, 3×107, 4×107, 5×107, 6×107, 7×107, 8×107, 9×107, 1×108, 2×108, 3×108, 4×108, 5×108, 6×108, 7×108, 8×108, 9×108, 1×109, 2×109, 3×109, 4×109, 5×109, 6×109, 7×109, 8×109, 9×109, 1×1010, 2×1010, 3×1010, 4×1010, 5×1010, 6×1010, 7×1010, 8×1010, 9×1010, 1×1011, 2×1011, 3×1011, 4×1011, 5×1011, 6×1011, 7×1011, 8×1011, 9×1011, and/or 1×1012 immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria. In some embodiments, the bacterial composition comprises no more than 1 immune modulating Lactococcus strain EV particle for every 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8. 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 5, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 6, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, 7, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9, 8, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 9, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18. 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28. 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38. 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48. 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58. 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68. 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78. 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88. 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98. 99, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, 1×103, 2×103, 3×103, 4×103, 5×103, 6×103, 7×103, 8×103, 9×103, 1×104, 2×104, 3×104, 4×104, 5×104, 6×104, 7×104, 8×104, 9×104, 1×105, 2×105, 3×105, 4×105, 5×105, 6×105, 7×105, 8×105, 9×105, 1×106, 2×106, 3×106, 4×106, 5×106, 6×106, 7×106, 8×106, 9×106, 1×107, 2×107, 3×107, 4×107, 5×107, 6×107, 7×107, 8×107, 9×107, 1×108, 2×108, 3×108, 4×108, 5×108, 6×108, 7×108, 8×108, 9×108, 1×109, 2×109, 3×109, 4×109, 5×109, 6×109, 7×109, 8×109, 9×109, 1×1010, 2×1010, 3×1010, 4×1010, 5×1010, 6×1010, 7×1010, 8×1010, 9×1010, 1×1011, 2×1011, 3×1011, 4×1011, 5×1011, 6×1011, 7×1011, 8×1011, 9×1011, and/or 1×1012 immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria.
  • In some embodiments, the bacterial composition is administered orally, intravenously, intratumorally, or subcutaneously. In some embodiments, the bacterial composition is administered in 2 or more (e.g., 3 or more, 4 or more or 5 or more doses). In some embodiments, the administration to the subject of the two or more doses are separated by at least 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 5 hours, 6 hours, 7 hours, 8 hours, 9 hours, 10 hours, 11 hours, 12 hours, 13 hours, 14 hours, 15 hours, 16 hours, 17 hours, 18 hours, 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7 days, 8 days, 9 days, 10 days, 11 days, 12 days, 13 days, 14 days, 15 days, 16 days, 17 days, 18 days, 19 days, 20 days or 21 days. In some embodiments, a second bacterium is administered as part of an ecological consortium.
  • In some embodiments, the subject has mild to moderate atopic dermatitis. In some embodiments, the subject has mild atopic dermatitis. In some embodiments, the subject has moderate atopic dermatitis.
  • In some embodiments, the subject has mild to moderate psoriasis. In some embodiments, the subject has mild psoriasis. In some embodiments the subject has moderate psoriasis.
  • In some embodiments, the subject is administered a daily dose of between about 66 mg and about 3.3 g of an immune modulating Lactococcus strain provided herein (e.g., Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A (ATCC Deposit Number PTA-125368) or a strain comprising at least 99% sequence identity (e.g., genomic sequence identity, 16S sequence identity, CRISPR sequence identity) (e.g., at least 99.5% sequence identity, at least 99.6% sequence identity, at least 99.7% sequence identity, at least 99.8% sequence identity, at least 99.9% sequence identity) to the nucleotide sequence of the Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A (ATCC Deposit Number PTA-125368)). In some embodiments, the subject is administered a daily dose of about 66 mg of an immune modulating Lactococcus strain provided herein. In some embodiments, the subject is administered a daily dose of about 660 mg of an immune modulating Lactococcus strain provided herein. In some embodiments, the subject is administered a daily dose of about 3.3 g of an immune modulating Lactococcus strain provided herein. In some embodiments, the daily dose is formulated in a capsule. In some embodiments, the subject is administered the dose of an immune modulating Lactococcus strain provided herein for at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29 or 30 days.
  • In some embodiments, the subject has a body mass index of 18 kg/m2 to 35 kg/m2. In some embodiments, the subject has a confirmed diagnosis of mild to moderate plaque-type psoriasis for at least 6 months involving ≤5% of body surface area (BSA) (excluding the scalp). In some embodiments, the subject ha a minimum of 2 psoriatic lesions. In some embodiments, the subject has mild to moderate atopic dermatitis with a minimum of 3 to a maximum of 15% BSA involvement. In some embodiments, the subject has had a confirmed diagnosis of mild to moderate atopic dermatitis for at least 6 months with an IGA score of 2 or 3. In some embodiments, the subject has at least 2 atopic dermatitis lesions.
  • In some embodiments, the subject is not pregnant. In some embodiments, the subject is not breastfeeding. In some embodiments, the subject is not being treated with an anti-inflammatory drug. In some embodiments, the subject does not have an active infection (e.g., sepsis, pneumonia, abscess). In some embodiments, the subject does not have renal or liver impairment (e.g., for women a serum creatinine level ≥125 μmol/L, for men a serum creatinine level of ≥125 μmol/L, an alanine aminotransferase (ALT) and aspartate aminotransferase (AST) ≥1.5× or 2× the upper limit of normal (ULN), alkaline phosphatase (ALP) and/or bilirubin >1.5×ULN.
  • In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition suppresses the immune response in delayed-type hypersensitivity (DTH). In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition induces a regulatory T cell or an anti-inflammatory response. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition inhibits antigen-specific responses. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats allergic contact dermatitis. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats autoimmune myocarditis. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats diabetes mellitus type 1. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats granulomas. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats peripheral neuropathies. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats Hashimoto's thyroiditis. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats multiple sclerosis. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats rheumatoid arthritis.
  • In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats inflammation of the colon. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats colitis. Colitis may be acute and self-limited or long-term. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats ulcerative colitis. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats digestive diseases. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats Crohn's disease. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats inflammatory bowel disease (IBD). In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats microscopic colitis. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats collagenous colitis. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats diversion colitis. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats chemical colitis. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats ischemic colitis. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats indeterminate colitis. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition treats atypical colitis. In some embodiments, the method further comprises administering to the subject an additional therapeutic (e.g., an antibiotic an immune suppressant, an anti-inflammatory agent). In some embodiments, the method further comprises administering to the subject is a second therapeutic bacterium.
  • In some embodiments, the subject is a mammal. In some embodiments, the subject is a human. In some embodiments, the subject is a non-human mammal (e.g., a dog, a cat, a cow, a horse, a pig, a donkey, a goat, a camel, a mouse, a rat, a guinea pig, a sheep, a llama, a monkey, a gorilla or a chimpanzee).
    • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
  • FIG. 1 shows the efficacy of orally administered Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A in reducing antigen-specific ear swelling (ear thickness) compared to vehicle (negative control), anti-inflammatory Dexamethasone (positive control), and Bacteria A, B, and C in a delayed type hypersensitivity mouse model.
  • FIG. 2 is a line graphing showing percent weight change in acute DSS-induced colitis model over a 12 day period for Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A in comparison to Bacteria A, B, and C, positive control (anti-p40), and negative control (Sucrose vehicle). The Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A group showed less weight change than the anti-p40 antibody (positive control).
  • FIG. 3A and FIG. 3B are plots showing that orally administered Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A reduces antigen-specific ear swelling (ear thickness) compared to vehicle (negative control) and Dexamethasone (FIG. 3A) and Fingolimod (FIG. 3B).
  • FIG. 4 is a plot showing the efficacy of Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A (with and without a 13 kb plasmid) and Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain B (with and without a 30 kb plasmid) in reducing antigen-specific ear swelling (ear thickness) compared to vehicle and Dexamethasone in a KLH-based delayed type hypersensitivity mouse model. Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A without a 13 kb plasmid has reduced efficacy compared Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A with a 13 kb plasmid. Conversely, removal of a 30 kb plasmid from L. lactis cremoris Strain B enhances efficacy compared to L. lactis cremoris Strain B with the 30 kb plasmid.
  • FIG. 5 shows the efficacy of Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A in reducing antigen-specific ear swelling (ear thickness) compared to vehicle (negative control), and anti-inflammatory Dexamethasone (positive control) in an OVA based adoptive transfer delayed-type hypersensitivity (AdDTH) Mouse Model.
  • FIGS. 6A, 6B, and 6C show the ability of Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A in reducing expression of IL-12p70 (FIG. 6A), IL-22 (FIG. 6B), and KC (FIG. 6C) in an Adoptive Transfer Delayed-Type Hypersensitivity (AdDTH) Mouse Model. Circle represents vehicle, square represents dexamethasone, and triangle represents Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A.
  • FIG. 7 shows the efficacy of Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A in improving the skin inflammation scores in an imiquimod model of psoriasis compared to control cream, vehicle, and dexamethasone.
  • FIG. 8 shows the efficacy of gamma-irradiated Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A in reducing antigen-specific ear swelling (ear thickness) at 24 hours compared to vehicle (negative control) and anti-inflammatory Dexamethasone (positive control) in a KLH-based delayed type hypersensitivity mouse model. As shown, gamma-irradiated Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A retains efficacy.
  • FIGS. 9A, 9B, 9C, and 9D show the ability of gamma-irradiated Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A to reduce expression of IL-12p′70 (FIG. 9A), TNF (FIG. 9B), IL-6 (FIG. 9C), and IL-13 (FIG. 9D) in a KLH-based delayed type hypersensitivity mouse model. Circle represents vehicle, square represents dexamethasone, and triangle represents gamma-irradiated Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A. Gamma-irradiated Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A decreases pro-inflammatory cytokine responses in leukocytes from the site-draining lymph node. Circle represents vehicle, square represents dexamethasone, and triangle represents Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A.
  • FIGS. 10A and 10B show the ability of gamma-irradiated Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A to reduce the secretion of pro-inflammatory cytokines (IL-6 and TNFa) from gut-draining lymph nodes (FIG. 10A), while gamma-irradiated Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A induces peripheral immune cells to secrete more IL-10 (FIG. 10B).
    •  DETAILED DESCRIPTION General
  • In certain aspects, provided herein are methods and compositions (e.g., bacterial compositions, pharmaceutical compositions) related to the treatment and/or prevention of disease (e.g., cancer, autoimmune disease, inflammatory disease, metabolic disease), in a subject (e.g., a human subject) comprising administering a bacterial composition comprising Lactococcus bacteria and/or a product of such bacteria (e.g., extracellular vesicles (EVs) and/or pharmaceutically active biomasses (PhABs)). In certain aspects, also provided herein are methods of treating an immune disorder (e.g., an autoimmune disease, an inflammatory disease, an allergy) in a subject comprising administering to the subject a bacterial composition comprising an immune modulating Lactococcus strain provided herein, EVs generated by or isolated from an immune modulating Lactococcus strain provided herein and/or a PhAB made from or comprising an immune modulating Lactococcus strain provided herein.
    • Definitions
  • “Administration” broadly refers to a route of administration of a composition to a subject. Examples of routes of administration include oral administration, rectal administration, topical administration, inhalation (nasal) or injection. Administration by injection includes intravenous (IV), intramuscular (IM), intratumoral (IT) and subcutaneous (SC) administration. The pharmaceutical compositions described herein can be administered in any form by any effective route, including but not limited to intratumoral, oral, parenteral, enteral, intravenous, intraperitoneal, topical, transdermal (e.g., using any standard patch), intradermal, ophthalmic, (intra)nasally, local, non-oral, such as aerosol, inhalation, subcutaneous, intramuscular, buccal, sublingual, (trans)rectal, vaginal, intra-arterial, and intrathecal, transmucosal (e.g., sublingual, lingual, (trans)buccal, (trans)urethral, vaginal (e.g., trans- and perivaginally), intravesical, intrapulmonary, intraduodenal, intragastrical, and intrabronchial. In preferred embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions described herein are administered orally, rectally, intratumorally, topically, intravesically, by injection into or adjacent to a draining lymph node, intravenously, by inhalation or aerosol, or subcutaneously.
  • As used herein, the term “antibody” may refer to both an intact antibody and an antigen binding fragment thereof. Intact antibodies are glycoproteins that include at least two heavy (H) chains and two light (L) chains inter-connected by disulfide bonds. Each heavy chain includes a heavy chain variable region (abbreviated herein as VH) and a heavy chain constant region. Each light chain includes a light chain variable region (abbreviated herein as VL) and a light chain constant region. The VH and VL regions can be further subdivided into regions of hypervariability, termed complementarity determining regions (CDR), interspersed with regions that are more conserved, termed framework regions (FR). Each VH and VL is composed of three CDRs and four FRs, arranged from amino-terminus to carboxy-terminus in the following order: FR1, CDR1, FR2, CDR2, FR3, CDR3, FR4. The variable regions of the heavy and light chains contain a binding domain that interacts with an antigen. The term “antibody” includes, for example, monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, chimeric antibodies, humanized antibodies, human antibodies, multispecific antibodies (e.g., bispecific antibodies), single-chain antibodies and antigen-binding antibody fragments.
  • The terms “antigen binding fragment” and “antigen-binding portion” of an antibody, as used herein, refers to one or more fragments of an antibody that retain the ability to bind to an antigen. Examples of binding fragments encompassed within the term “antigen-binding fragment” of an antibody include Fab, Fab′, F(ab′)2, Fv, scFv, disulfide linked Fv, Fd, diabodies, single-chain antibodies, NANOBODIES®, isolated CDRH3, and other antibody fragments that retain at least a portion of the variable region of an intact antibody. These antibody fragments can be obtained using conventional recombinant and/or enzymatic techniques and can be screened for antigen binding in the same manner as intact antibodies.
  • “Cellular augmentation” broadly refers to the influx of cells or expansion of cells in an environment that are not substantially present in the environment prior to administration of a composition and not present in the composition itself. Cells that augment the environment include immune cells, stromal cells, bacterial and fungal cells. Environments of particular interest are the microenvironments where cancer cells reside or locate. In some instances, the microenvironment is a tumor microenvironment or a tumor draining lymph node. In other instances, the microenvironment is a pre-cancerous tissue site or the site of local administration of a composition or a site where the composition will accumulate after remote administration.
  • “Clade” refers to the OTUs or members of a phylogenetic tree that are downstream of a statistically valid node in a phylogenetic tree. The clade comprises a set of terminal leaves in the phylogenetic tree that is a distinct monophyletic evolutionary unit and that share some extent of sequence similarity. “Operational taxonomic units,” “OTU” (or plural, “OTUs”) refer to a terminal leaf in a phylogenetic tree and is defined by a nucleic acid sequence, e.g., the entire genome, or a specific genetic sequence, and all sequences that share sequence identity to this nucleic acid sequence at the level of species. In some embodiments the specific genetic sequence may be the 16S sequence or a portion of the 16S sequence. In other embodiments, the entire genomes of two entities are sequenced and compared. In another embodiment, select regions such as multilocus sequence tags (MLST), specific genes, or sets of genes may be genetically compared. In 16S embodiments, OTUs that share ≥97% average nucleotide identity across the entire 16S or some variable region of the 16S are considered the same OTU (see e.g. Claesson M J, Wang Q, O'Sullivan O, Greene-Diniz R, Cole J R. Ros R P, and O'Toole P W. 2010. Comparison of two next-generation sequencing technologies for resolving highly complex microbiota composition using tandem variable 16S rRNA gene regions. Nucleic Acids Res 38: e200. Konstantinidis K T, Ramette A, and Tiedje J M. 2006. The bacterial species definition in the genomic era. Philos Trans R Soc Lond B Biol Sci 361: 1929-1940). In embodiments involving the complete genome. MLSTs, specific genes, or sets of genes OTUs that share ≥95% average nucleotide identity are considered the same OTU (see e.g. Achtman M, and Wagner M. 2008. Microbial diversity and the genetic nature of microbial species. Nat. Rep. Microbiol. 6: 431-440. Konstantinidis K T, Ramette A, and Tiedje J M. 2006. The bacterial species definition in the genomic era. Philos Trans R Sew Lond B Biol Sci 361: 1929-1940). OTUs are frequently defined by comparing sequences between organisms. Generally, sequences with less than 95% sequence identity are not considered to form part of the same OTU. OTUs may also be characterized by any combination of nucleotide markers or genes, in particular highly conserved genes (e.g., “house-keeping” genes), or a combination thereof. Such characterization employs, e.g., WGS data or a whole genome sequence.
  • A “combination” of two or more microbial strains includes the physical co-existence of the two microbial strains, either in the same material or product or in physically connected products, as well as the temporal co-administration or co-localization of the monoclonal microbial strains.
  • The term “decrease” or “deplete” means a change, such that the difference is, depending on circumstances, at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 1/100, 1/1000, 1/10,000, 1/100,000, 1/1,000,000 or undetectable after treatment when compared to a pre-treatment state.
  • The term “ecological consortium” is a group of bacteria which trades metabolites and positively co-regulates one another, in contrast to two bacteria which induce host synergy through activating complementary host pathways for improved efficacy.
  • The term “epitope” means a protein determinant capable of specific binding to an antibody. Epitopes usually consist of chemically active surface groupings of molecules such as amino acids or sugar side chains. Certain epitopes can be defined by a particular sequence of amino acids to which an antibody is capable of binding.
  • As used herein, “engineered bacteria” are any bacteria that have been genetically altered from their natural state by human intervention and the progeny of any such bacteria. Engineered bacteria include, for example, the products of targeted genetic modification, the products of random mutagenesis screens and the products of directed evolution.
  • As used herein, the term “extracellular vesicle” or “EV” or refers to a composition derived from a bacteria that comprises bacterial lipids, and bacterial proteins and/or bacterial nucleic acids and/or carbohydrate moieties contained in a nanoparticle. These EVs may contain 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, or more than 10 different lipid species. EVs may contain 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, or more than 10 different protein species. EVs may contain 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, or more than 10 different nucleic acid species. EVs may contain 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, or more than 10 different carbohydrate species.
  • The term “gene” is used broadly to refer to any nucleic acid associated with a biological function. The term “gene” applies to a specific genomic sequence, as well as to a cDNA or an mRNA encoded by that genomic sequence.
  • “Identity” as between nucleic acid sequences of two nucleic acid molecules can be determined as a percentage of identity using known computer algorithms such as the “FASTA” program, using for example, the default parameters as in Pearson et al. (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:2444 (other programs include the GCG program package (Devereux, J., et al., Nucleic Acids Research 12(I):387 (1984)), BLASTP, BLASTN, FASTA Atschul, S. F., et al., J Molec Biol 215:403 (1990); Guide to Huge Computers, Martin J. Bishop, ed., Academic Press, San Diego, 1994, and Carillo et al. (1988) SIAM J Applied Math 48:1073). For example, the BLAST function of the National Center for Biotechnology Information database can be used to determine identity. Other commercially or publicly available programs include, DNAStar “MegAlign” program (Madison, Wis.) and the University of Wisconsin Genetics Computer Group (UWG) “Gap” program (Madison Wis.)).
  • As used herein, the term “immune disorder” refers to any disease, disorder or disease symptom caused by an activity of the immune system, including autoimmune diseases, inflammatory diseases and allergies. Immune disorders include, but are not limited to, autoimmune diseases (e.g., Lupus, Scleroderma, hemolytic anemia, vasculitis, type one diabetes, Grave's disease, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, Goodpasture's syndrome, pernicious anemia and/or myopathy), inflammatory diseases (e.g., acne vulgaris, asthma, celiac disease, chronic prostatitis, glomerulonephritis, inflammatory bowel disease, pelvic inflammatory disease, reperfusion injury, rheumatoid arthritis, sarcoidosis, transplant rejection, vasculitis and/or interstitial cystitis), and/or an allergies (e.g., food allergies, drug allergies and/or environmental allergies).
  • The term “increase” means a change, such that the difference is, depending on circumstances, at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 2-fold, 4-fold, 10-fold, 100-fold, 10{circumflex over ( )}3 fold, 10{circumflex over ( )}4 fold, 10{circumflex over ( )}5 fold, 10{circumflex over ( )}6 fold, and/or 10{circumflex over ( )}7 fold greater after treatment when compared to a pre-treatment state. Properties that may be increased include immune cells, bacterial cells, stromal cells, myeloid derived suppressor cells, fibroblasts, metabolites, and cytokines.
  • The “internal transcribed spacer” or “ITS” is a piece of non-functional RNA located between structural ribosomal RNAs (rRNA) on a common precursor transcript often used for identification of eukaryotic species in particular fungi. The rRNA of fungi that forms the core of the ribosome is transcribed as a signal gene and consists of the 8S, 5.8S and 28S regions with ITS4 and 5 between the 8S and 5.8S and 5.8S and 28S regions, respectively. These two intercistronic segments between the 18S and 5.8S and 5.8S and 28S regions are removed by splicing and contain significant variation between species for barcoding purposes as previously described (Schoch et al Nuclear ribosomal internal transcribed spacer (ITS) region as a universal DNA barcode marker for Fungi. PNAS 109:6241-6246. 2012). 18S rDNA is traditionally used for phylogenetic reconstruction however the ITS can serve this function as it is generally highly conserved but contains hypervariable regions that harbor sufficient nucleotide diversity to differentiate genera and species of most fungus.
  • The term “isolated” or “enriched” encompasses a microbe, bacteria or other entity or substance that has been (1) separated from at least some of the components with which it was associated when initially produced (whether in nature or in an experimental setting), and/or (2) produced, prepared, purified, and/or manufactured by the hand of man. Isolated microbes may be separated from at least about 10%, about 20%, about 30%, about 40%, about 50%, about 60%, about 70%, about 80%, about 90%, or more of the other components with which they were initially associated. In some embodiments, isolated microbes are more than about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 91%, about 92%, about 93%, about 94%, about 95%, about 96%, about 97%, about 98%, about 99%, or more than about 99% pure. As used herein, a substance is “pure” if it is substantially free of other components. The terms “purify,” “purifying” and “purified” refer to a microbe or other material that has been separated from at least some of the components with which it was associated either when initially produced or generated (e.g., whether in nature or in an experimental setting), or during any time after its initial production. A microbe or a microbial population may be considered purified if it is isolated at or after production, such as from a material or environment containing the microbe or microbial population, and a purified microbe or microbial population may contain other materials up to about 10%, about 20%, about 30%, about 40%, about 50%, about 60%, about 70%, about 80%, about 90%, or above about 90% and still be considered “isolated.” In some embodiments, purified microbes or microbial population are more than about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 91%, about 92%, about 93%, about 94%, about 95%, about 96%, about 97%, about 98%, about 99%, or more than about 99% pure. In the instance of microbial compositions provided herein, the one or more microbial types present in the composition can be independently purified from one or more other microbes produced and/or present in the material or environment containing the microbial type. Microbial compositions and the microbial components thereof are generally purified from residual habitat products.
  • “Metabolite” as used herein refers to any and all molecular compounds, compositions, molecules, ions, co-factors, catalysts or nutrients used as substrates in any cellular or microbial metabolic reaction or resulting as product compounds, compositions, molecules, ions, co-factors, catalysts or nutrients from any cellular or microbial metabolic reaction.
  • “Microbe” refers to any natural or engineered organism characterized as a bacterium, fungus, microscopic alga, protozoan, and the stages of development or life cycle stages (e.g., vegetative, spore (including sporulation, dormancy, and germination), latent, biofilm) associated with the organism. Examples of gut microbes include: Actinomyces graevenitzii, Actinomyces odontolyticus, Akkermansia muciniphila, Bacteroides caccae, Bacteroides fragilis, Bacteroides putredinis, Bacteroides thetaiotaomicron, Bacteroides vultagus, Bifidobacterium adolescentis, Bifidobacterium bifidum, Bilophila wadsworthia, Lactococcus lactis, Butyrivibrio, Campylobacter gracilis, Clostridia cluster III, Clostridia cluster IV, Clostridia cluster IX (Acidaminococcaceae group), Clostridia cluster XI, Clostridia cluster XIII (Peptostreptococcus group), Clostridia cluster XIV, Clostridia cluster XV, Collinsella aerofaciens, Coprococcus, Corynebacterium sunsvallense, Desulfomonas pigra, Dorea formicigenerans, Dorea longicatena, Escherichia coli, Eubacterium hadrum, Eubacterium rectale, Faecalibacteria prausnitzii, Gemella, Lactococcus, Lanchnospira, Mollicutes cluster XVI, Mollicutes cluster XVIII, Prevotella, Rothia mucilaginosa, Ruminococcus callidus, Ruminococcus gnavus, Ruminococcus torques, and Streptococcus.
  • “Microbiome” broadly refers to the microbes residing on or in body site of a subject or patient. Microbes in a microbiome may include bacteria, viruses, eukaryotic microorganisms, and/or viruses. Individual microbes in a microbiome may be metabolically active, dormant, latent, or exist as spores, may exist planktonically or in biofilms, or may be present in the microbiome in sustainable or transient manner. The microbiome may be a commensal or healthy-state microbiome or a disease-state microbiome. The microbiome may be native to the subject or patient, or components of the microbiome may be modulated, introduced, or depleted due to changes in health state (e.g., precancerous or cancerous state) or treatment conditions (e.g., antibiotic treatment, exposure to different microbes). In some aspects, the microbiome occurs at a mucosal surface. In some aspects, the microbiome is a gut microbiome. In some aspects, the microbiome is a tumor microbiome.
  • A “microbiome profile” or a “microbiome signature” of a tissue or sample refers to an at least partial characterization of the bacterial makeup of a microbiome. In some embodiments, a microbiome profile indicates whether at least 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100 or more bacterial strains are present or absent in a microbiome.
  • “Modified” in reference to a bacteria broadly refers to a bacteria that has undergone a change from its wild-type form. Examples of bacterial modifications include genetic modification, gene expression, phenotype modification, formulation, chemical modification, and dose or concentration. Examples of improved properties are described throughout this specification and include, e.g., attenuation, auxotrophy, homing, or antigenicity. Phenotype modification might include, by way of example, bacteria growth in media that modify the phenotype of a bacterium that increase or decrease virulence.
  • As used herein, a gene is “overexpressed” in a bacteria if it is expressed at a higher level in an engineered bacteria under at least some conditions than it is expressed by a wild-type bacteria of the same species under the same conditions. Similarly, a gene is “underexpressed” in a bacteria if it is expressed at a lower level in an engineered bacteria under at least some conditions than it is expressed by a wild-type bacteria of the same species under the same conditions.
  • The terms “polynucleotide” and “nucleic acid” are used interchangeably. They refer to a polymeric form of nucleotides of any length, either deoxyribonucleotides or ribonucleotides, or analogs thereof. Polynucleotides may have any three-dimensional structure, and may perform any function. The following are non-limiting examples of polynucleotides: coding or non-coding regions of a gene or gene fragment, loci (locus) defined from linkage analysis, exons, introns, messenger RNA (mRNA), transfer RNA, ribosomal RNA, ribozymes, cDNA, recombinant polynucleotides, branched polynucleotides, plasmids, vectors, isolated DNA of any sequence, isolated RNA of any sequence, nucleic acid probes, and primers. A polynucleotide may comprise modified nucleotides, such as methylated nucleotides and nucleotide analogs. If present, modifications to the nucleotide structure may be imparted before or after assembly of the polymer. A polynucleotide may be further modified, such as by conjugation with a labeling component. In all nucleic acid sequences provided herein, U nucleotides are interchangeable with T nucleotides.
  • As used herein, a substance is “pure” if it is substantially free of other components. The terms “purify,” “purifying” and “purified” refer to a EV or other material that has been separated from at least some of the components with which it was associated either when initially produced or generated (e.g., whether in nature or in an experimental setting), or during any time after its initial production. An EV may be considered purified if it is isolated at or after production, such as from one or more other bacterial components, and a purified microbe or microbial population may contain other materials up to about 10%, about 20%, about 30%, about 40%, about 50%, about 60%, about 70%, about 80%, about 90%, or above about 90% and still be considered “purified.” In some embodiments, purified EVs are more than about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 91%, about 92%, about 93%, about 94%, about 95%, about 96%, about 97%, about 98%, about 99%, or more than about 99% pure. EV compositions and the microbial components thereof are, e.g., purified from residual habitat products.
  • As used herein, the term “purified EV composition” or “EV composition” refer to a preparation that includes EVs that have been separated from at least one associated substance found in a source material (e.g. separated from at least one other bacterial component) or any material associated with the EVs in any process used to produce the preparation. It also refers to a composition that has been significantly enriched or concentrated. In some embodiments the EVs are concentrated by 2 fold, 3-fold, 4-fold, 5-fold, 10-fold, 100-fold, 1000-fold, 10,000-fold or more than 10,000 fold.
  • “Operational taxonomic units” and “OTU(s)” refer to a terminal leaf in a phylogenetic tree and is defined by a nucleic acid sequence, e.g., the entire genome, or a specific genetic sequence, and all sequences that share sequence identity to this nucleic acid sequence at the level of species. In some embodiments the specific genetic sequence may be the 16S sequence or a portion of the 16S sequence. In other embodiments, the entire genomes of two entities are sequenced and compared. In another embodiment, select regions such as multilocus sequence tags (MLST), specific genes, or sets of genes may be genetically compared. For 16S, OTUs that share ≥97% average nucleotide identity across the entire 16S or some variable region of the 16S are considered the same OTU. See e.g. Claesson M J, Wang Q, O'Sullivan O, Greene-Diniz R, Cole J R, Ross R P, and O'Toole P W. 2010. Comparison of two next-generation sequencing technologies for resolving highly complex microbiota composition using tandem variable 16S rRNA gene regions. Nucleic Acids Res 38: e200. Konstantinidis K T, Ramette A, and Tiedje J M. 2006. The bacterial species definition in the genomic era. Philos Trans R Soc Lond B Biol Sci 361: 1929-1940. For complete genomes, MLSTs, specific genes, other than 16S, or sets of genes OTUs that share ≥95% average nucleotide identity are considered the same OTU. See e.g., Achtman M, and Wagner M. 2008. Microbial diversity and the genetic nature of microbial species. Nat. Rev. Microbiol. 6: 431-440. Konstantinidis K T, Ramette A, and Tiedje J M. 2006. The bacterial species definition in the genomic era. Philos Trans R Soc Lond B Biol Sci 361: 1929-1940. OTUs are frequently defined by comparing sequences between organisms. Generally, sequences with less than 95% sequence identity are not considered to form part of the same OTU. OTUs may also be characterized by any combination of nucleotide markers or genes, in particular highly conserved genes (e.g., “house-keeping” genes), or a combination thereof. Operational Taxonomic Units (OTUs) with taxonomic assignments made to, e.g., genus, species, and phylogenetic clade are provided herein.
  • As used herein, “specific binding” refers to the ability of an antibody to bind to a predetermined antigen or the ability of a polypeptide to bind to its predetermined binding partner. Typically, an antibody or polypeptide specifically binds to its predetermined antigen or binding partner with an affinity corresponding to a KD of about 10−7 M or less, and binds to the predetermined antigen/binding partner with an affinity (as expressed by KD) that is at least 10 fold less, at least 100 fold less or at least 1000 fold less than its affinity for binding to a non-specific and unrelated antigen/binding partner (e.g., BSA, casein). Alternatively, specific binding applies more broadly to a two component system where one component is a protein, lipid, or carbohydrate or combination thereof and engages with the second component which is a protein, lipid, carbohydrate or combination thereof in a specific way.
  • The terms “subject” or “patient” refers to any animal. A subject or a patient described as “in need thereof” refers to one in need of a treatment for a disease. Mammals (i.e., mammalian animals) include humans, laboratory animals (e.g., primates, rats, mice), livestock (e.g., cows, sheep, goats, pigs), and household pets (e.g., dogs, cats, rodents). For example, the subject may be a non-human mammal including but not limited to of a dog, a cat, a cow, a horse, a pig, a donkey, a goat, a camel, a mouse, a rat, a guinea pig, a sheep, a llama, a monkey, a gorilla or a chimpanzee. The subject or patient may be healthy, or may be suffering from an immune disorder at any developmental stage.
  • “Strain” refers to a member of a bacterial species with a genetic signature such that it may be differentiated from closely-related members of the same bacterial species. The genetic signature may be the absence of all or part of at least one gene, the absence of all or part of at least on regulatory region (e.g., a promoter, a terminator, a riboswitch, a ribosome binding site), the absence (“curing”) of at least one native plasmid, the presence of at least one recombinant gene, the presence of at least one mutated gene, the presence of at least one foreign gene (a gene derived from another species), the presence at least one mutated regulatory region (e.g., a promoter, a terminator, a riboswitch, a ribosome binding site), the presence of at least one non-native plasmid, the presence of at least one antibiotic resistance cassette, or a combination thereof. Genetic signatures between different strains may be identified by PCR amplification optionally followed by DNA sequencing of the genomic region(s) of interest or of the whole genome. In the case in which one strain (compared with another of the same species) has gained or lost antibiotic resistance or gained or lost a biosynthetic capability (such as an auxotrophic strain), strains may be differentiated by selection or counter-selection using an antibiotic or nutrient/metabolite, respectively.
  • As used herein, the term “treating” a disease in a subject or “treating” a subject having or suspected of having a disease refers to subjecting the subject to a pharmaceutical treatment, e.g., the administration of one or more agents, such that at least one symptom of the disease is decreased or prevented from worsening. Thus, in one embodiment, “treating” refers inter alia to delaying progression, expediting remission, inducing remission, augmenting remission, speeding recovery, increasing efficacy of or decreasing resistance to alternative therapeutics, or a combination thereof.
    • Bacteria
  • In certain aspects, provided herein are methods of using a bacterial composition comprising an immune modulating Lactococcus strain provided herein, EVs generated by or isolated from an immune modulating Lactococcus strain provided herein and/or a PhAB made from or comprising an immune modulating Lactococcus strain provided herein. In some embodiments, the immune modulating Lactococcus strain is a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris. In some embodiments, the immune modulating Lactococcus strain is Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A (ATCC Deposit Number PTA-125368). In some embodiments, the immune modulating Lactococcus strain is a strain comprising at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% sequence identity (e.g., at least 99.5% sequence identity, at least 99.6% sequence identity, at least 99.7% sequence identity, at least 99.8% sequence identity, at least 99.9% sequence identity) to the nucleotide sequence (e.g., genomic, 16S or CRISPR nucleotide sequence) of the Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A (ATCC Deposit Number PTA-125368).
  • Under the terms of the Budapest Treaty on the International Recognition of the Deposit of Microorganisms for the Purpose of Patent Procedure, the Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A was deposited on Oct. 11, 2018, with the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) of 10801 University Boulevard, Manassas, Va. 20110-2209 USA and was assigned ATCC Accession Number PTA-125368.
  • Applicant represents that the ATCC is a depository affording permanence of the deposit and ready accessibility thereto by the public if a patent is granted. All restrictions on the availability to the public of the material so deposited will be irrevocably removed upon the granting of a patent. The material will be available during the pendency of the patent application to one determined by the Commissioner to be entitled thereto under 37 CFR 1.14 and 35 U.S.C. 122. The deposited material will be maintained with all the care necessary to keep it viable and uncontaminated for a period of at least five years after the most recent request for the furnishing of a sample of the deposited plasmid, and in any case, for a period of at least thirty (30) years after the date of deposit or for the enforceable life of the patent, whichever period is longer. Applicant acknowledges its duty to replace the deposit should the depository be unable to furnish a sample when requested due to the condition of the deposit.
  • In some embodiments, the bacteria described herein are modified to improve colonization and/or engraftment in the mammalian gastrointestinal tract (e.g., modified metabolism, such as improved mucin degradation, enhanced competition profile, increased motility, increased adhesion to gut epithelial cells, modified chemotaxis). In some embodiments, the bacteria described herein are modified to enhance their immunomodulatory and/or therapeutic effect (e.g., either alone or in combination with another therapeutic agent). In some embodiments, the bacteria described herein are modified to enhance immune activation (e.g., through modified production of polysaccharides, pili, fimbriae, adhesins). In some embodiments, the bacteria described herein are modified to improve bacterial manufacturing (e.g., higher oxygen tolerance, improved freeze-thaw tolerance, shorter generation times).
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A can be cultured according to methods known in the art. For example, Lactococcus lactis cremoris can be grown in ATCC Medium 2722, ATCC Medium 1490, or other medium using methods disclosed, for example in Caballero et al., 2017. “Cooperating Commensals Restore Colonization Resistance to Vancomycin-Resistant Enterococcus faecium” Cell Host & Microbe 21:592-602, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • In some embodiments, the immune modulating Lactococcus bacteria is a strain of Lactococcus bacteria (e.g., a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris) comprising one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 or more) proteins listed in Table 1 and/or one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 or more) genes encoding proteins listed in Table 1. In some embodiments, the immune modulating bacteria comprises all of the proteins listed in Table 1 and/or all of the genes encoding the proteins listed in Table 1.
  • In some embodiments, the immune modulating Lactococcus bacteria is a strain of Lactococcus bacteria (e.g., a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris) comprising one or more (e.g., one, two or three) membrane associated proteins listed in Table 2 and/or one or more (e.g., one, two or three) genes encoding membrane associated proteins listed in Table 2. In some embodiments, the immune modulating bacteria comprises all of the proteins listed in Table 2 and/or all of the genes encoding the proteins listed in Table 2.
  • In some embodiments, the immune modulating Lactococcus bacteria is a strain of Lactococcus bacteria (e.g., a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris) free or substantially free of one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 or more) proteins listed in Table 3 and/or one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 or more) genes encoding proteins listed in Table 3. In some embodiments, the immune modulating bacteria is free of all of the proteins listed in Table 2 and/or all of the genes encoding the proteins listed in Table 2.
  • In some embodiments, the immune modulating Lactococcus bacteria is a strain of Lactococcus bacteria (e.g., a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris) free or substantially free of one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17) exopolysaccharide (EPS) synthesis proteins listed in Table 4 and/or one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17) genes encoding EPS synthesis proteins listed in Table 4. In some embodiments, the immune modulating bacteria is free of all of the proteins listed in Table 4 and/or all of the genes encoding the proteins listed in Table 4. In some embodiments, the immune modulating bacteria is a strain of Lactococcus bacteria (e.g., a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris) free or substantially free of an EPS synthesized in whole or in part by a protein listed in Table 4. In some embodiments, the immune modulating bacteria is a strain of Lactococcus bacteria (e.g., a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris) free or substantially free of EPS.
  • In certain aspects, the immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria described herein are substantially free of exopolysaccharides.
  • In some embodiments, the immune modulating Lactococcus bacteria is a strain of Lactococcus bacteria (e.g., a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris) comprising one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 or more) proteins listed in Table 6 and/or one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 or more) genes encoding proteins listed in Table 6. In some embodiments, the immune modulating bacteria comprises all of the proteins listed in Table 6 and/or all of the genes encoding the proteins listed in Table 6.
  • In some embodiments, the immune modulating Lactococcus bacteria is a strain of Lactococcus bacteria (e.g., a strain of Lactococcus lactis cremoris) free or substantially free of one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or more) proteins listed in Table 5 and/or one or more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or more) genes encoding proteins listed in Table 5. In some embodiments, the immune modulating bacteria is free of all of the proteins listed in Table 5 and/or all of the genes encoding the proteins listed in Table 5.
  • TABLE 1
    Exemplary Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A Proteins
    SEQ ID
    NO. name uniprot_id Protein Sequence
    1 Cluster: P35881 MTQFTTELLNFLAQKQDIDEFFRTSLETAMNDLLQAE
    Transposase LSAFLGYEPYDKVGYNSGNSRNGSYSRQFETKYGT
    for insertion VQLSIPRDRNGNFSPALLPAYGRRDDHLEEMVIKLY
    sequence QTGVTTREISDIIERMYGHHYSPATISNISKATQENVA
    element TFHERSLEANYSVLFLDGTYLPLRRGTVSKECIHIAL
    IS905 GITPEGQKAVLGYEIAPNENNASWSTLLDKLQNQGI
    QQVSLVVTDGFKGLEQIISQAYPLAKQQRCLIHISRNL
    ASKVKRADRAVILEQFKTIYRAENLEMAVQALENFIA
    EWKPKYRKVMESLENTDNLLTFYQFPYQIWHSIYST
    NLIESLNKEIKRQTKKKVLFPNEEALERYLVTLFEDYN
    FKQSQRIHKGFGQCADTLESLFD
    2 Cluster: Q9CB06 MKVTGFPKATYYYWVNCFERVNKDELIEKEMLKIRQ
    Transposase EHANAGYRPMSELLKQRGYHVNHKKVQRLMKKLGL
    of IS1077E RVTSYWHKSRKYNSYKGKVGTVAKNKLHRRFRTSIP
    HQKITTDTTEFKYYEDGIQKKCYLNPYIDLFNSEVISY
    HISKQPSYQSIDIALNQALAVTSDCPYRRTFHSDQG
    WGYQMRDYVSKLKSHRIFQSMSRKGNCHDNSVME
    NFFGLLKQEIYYGHIFSSFEELEQVIVIWIRYYNTKRIK
    QKLNWMSPIQFRLNYQNN
    3 Cluster: T0VLJ3 MTQFTTELLNFLAQKQDIDEFFRTSLETAMNDLLQAE
    Transposase LSAFLGYEPYDKVGYNSGNSRNGSYSRQFETKYGT
    IS256 VQLSIPRDRNGNFSPALLPAYGRRDDHLEEMGYQTL
    SNRCNDSRNL
    4 Cluster: A2RKL1 MTKYSFELKLKVVQDYDNGVGGCDYLAKKYHVTNE
    Uncharacterized AIVRRWVKAYKELGAVGIQRKRQNTVYSTQFKLNAV
    protein NLYLTSEKSYRELAHELGMNNPPLLTRWVSNYRKKG
    EFAFSNVQGRPRKESELLEISIKKAKDVVNETEQELA
      RLQNDNLNLRMEVEYLKGLRRLRQEQHKRENPEWS
    VNSDENSSSHLSNS
    5 Cluster: S6EVX2 MVCELRREFKFPLKQLLAISELSKATYYYWVNRFER
    Transposase PNKDEMIEQVMLEIRQEHTNAGYRPMVELLKQRGIY
    VNHKKVQRLMKKLGLRVTTFWHKSRKYNSYKGKVG
    TVAKNKLHRRFNTSIPHQKITTDTTEFKYYDKGVQKK
    LYLTPYLDLFNNEVISYEISKQPTYQAIATALQEALELT
    SDCLYRRTFHSDQGWAYQMKNYVFKLKSQKIIQSM
    SRKGNCHDNSVMENFFGLLKQEIYYGHVFNSFEELE
    QAITKWIHYYNTKRIKKKLNWMSPIQYRLTYSK
    6 Cluster: G0WJR5 MMINYQGEVFTETEFYGREILEAIQLTNKFPTPKKVLI
    PIL4_5 DRLEEMIHEQLDLIDKEELNNYIHAKK
    7 Cluster: T0W7Q8 MKIIENRERSIQKKFFVNEKENERIKLMMKKTGITNFS
    Molybdopterin- VFARRACCNKEIFTLDFSEYKNIISEISATKSELKRIGN
    guanine NINQIAKHLNENKNNQTESLMSDYQNQLESLEEKIQK
    dinucleotide VVHYISEG
    biosynthesis
    protein
    MobC
    8 ESAT-6 Q2G188 MMLKKEWQAILKHKFFIIVIIALALVPAIYNYIFLGSMW
    secretion_ DPSGKLNDLPVAVVNLDKTSELNGKKFKLGDDVITE
      accessory_ MKKSKDLDYHFVSKDKASEGIKKGDYYMVITFPENF
    factor_EsaA SENATTLMNKEPKTVQLDYQTTRGHNYISSKMSESA
    MNQLKSEVSKNITQTYTKTRIAS
    9 Foldase_protein_ P0C2B5 MKKKMRLKVLLASTATALLLLSGCQSNQTDQTVATY
    PrsA SGGKVTESSFYKELKQSPTTKTMLANMLIYRALNHA
    YGKSVSTKTVNDAYDSYKQQYGENFDAFLSQNGFS
    RSSFKESLRTNFLSEVALKKLKKVSESQLKAAWKTY
    QPKVTVQHILTSDEDTAKQVISDLAAGKDFAMLAKTD
    SIDTATKDNGGKISFELNNKTLDATFKDAAYKLKNGD
    YTQTPVKVTDGYEVIKMINHPAKGTFTSSKKVLTASV
    YAKWSRDSSIMQRVISQVLKNQHVTIKDKDLADALD
    SYKKLATTN
    10 PIII- P15292 MQRKKKGLSFLLAGTVALGALAVLPVGEIQAKAAISQ
    type_proteinase QTKGSSLANTVTAATAKQAATDTTAATTNQAIATQLA
    AKGIDYNKLNKVQQQDIYVDVIVQMSAAPASENGTL
    RTDYSSTAEIQQETNKVIAAQASVKAAVEQVTQQTA
    GESYGYVVNGFSTKVRVVDIPKLKQIAGVKTVTLAKV
    YYPTDAKANSMANVQAVWSNYKYKGEGTVVSVIDS
    GIDPTHKDMRLSDDKDVKLTKSDVEKFTDTVKHGRY
    FNSKVPYGFNYADNNDTITDDKVDEQHGMHVAGIIG
    ANGTGDDPAKSVVGVAPEAQLLAMKVFTNSDTSATT
    GSDTLVSAIEDSAKIGADVLNMSLGSDSGNQTLEDP
    EIAAVQNANESGTAAVISAGNSGTSGSATEGVNKDY
    YGLQDNEMVGTPGTSRGATTVASAENTDVITQAVTI
    TDGTGLQLGPETIQLSSNDFTGSFDQKKFYVVKDAS
    GNLSKGKVADYTADAKGKIAIVKRGELTFDDKQKYA
    QAAGAAGLIIVNNDGTATPVTSMALTTTFPTFGLSSV
    TGQKLVDWVTAHPDDSLGVKIALTLVPNQKYTEDKM
    SDFTSYGPVSNLSFKPDITAPGGNIWSTQNNNGYTN
    MSGTSMASPFIAGSQALLKQALNNKNNPFYAYYKQL
    KGTALTDFLKTVEMNTAQPINDINYNNVIVSPRRQGA
    GLVDVKAAIDALEKNPSTVVAENGYPAVELKDFTSTD
    KTFKLTFTNRTTHELTYQMDSNTDTNAVYTSATDPN
    SGVLYDKKIDGAAIKAGSNITVPAGKTAQIEFTLSLPK
    SFDQQQFVEGFLNFKGSDGSRLNLPYMGFFGDWN
    DGKIVDSLNGITYSPAGGNFGTVPLLTNKNTGTQYY
    GGMVIDADGNQTVDDQA1AFSSDKNALYNDISMKYY
    LLRNISNVQVDILDGQGNKVTTLSSSTNLTKTYYNAH
    SQQYIYYHAPAWDGTYYDQRDGNIKTADDGSYTYRI
    SGVPEGGDKRQVFDVPFKLDSKAPTVRHVALSAKTK
    NGKTQYYLTAEVKDDLSGLDATKSVKTAINEVTNLDA
    TFTDAGTTADGYTKIETPLSDEQAQALGNGDNSAEL
    YLTDNASNATDQDASVQKPGSTSFDLIVNGSGIPDKI
    SSTTTGYEANTQGGGTYTFSGTYPAAVDGTYTDAQ
    GKKHDLNTTYDAATNSFTASMPVTNADYAAQVDLYA
    DKAHTQLLKHFDTKVRLTAPTFTDLKFNNGSDQTSE
    ATIKVTGTVSADTKTVNVGDTVAALDAQHHFSVDVP
    VNYGDNTIKVIATDEDGNTTTEQKTITSSYDPDMLKN
    PVTFDQGVTFGSNEFNATSAKFYDPKTGIATITGKVK
    HPTTTLQVDGKQIPIKDDLTFSFTLDLGTLGQKPFGV
    VVGDTTQNKTFQEALTFILDAVAPTLSLDSSTDAPVY
    TNDPNFQITGTATDNAQYLSLSINGSSVASQYADININ
    SGKPGHMAIDQPVKLLEGKNVLTVAVTDSEDNTTTK
    NITVYYEPKKTLAAPTVTPSTTEPAQTVTLTANAAAT
    GETVQYSADGGKTYQDVPAAGVTITANGTFKFKSTD
    LYGNESPAVDYVVTNIKADDPAQLQAAKQALTNLIAS
    AKTLSASGKYDDATTTALAAATQKAQTALDQTNASV
    DSLTGANRDLQTAINQLAAKLPADKKTSLLNQLQSVK
    DALGTDLGNQTDPSTGKTFTAALDDLVAQAQAGTQT
    DDQLQATLAKILDEVLAKLAEGIKAATPAEVGNAKDA
    ATGKTWYADIADTLTSGQASADASDKLAHLQALQSL
    KTKVAAAVEADKTVGKGDDTTGTSDKGSGQGTPAP
    ATGDTGKDKGDEGSQPSSGGNIPTNPATTTSTSAD
    DTTDRNGQHTTGTSDKGGGQGTPAPATGDTGKDK
    GDEGSQPSSGGNIPTNPATTTSTSADDTTDRNGQH
    TTGTSDKGGGQGTPAPATGDTGKDKGDEGSQPSS
    GGNIPTNPATTTSTSTDDTTDRNGQHTTGKGALPKT
    GETTERPAFGFLGVIVVILMGVLGLKRKQREE
    11 Cluster: T0V9Y4 MRAAEGLFVYNKTNFHYLPQNIAFADFKSGKFATSG
    Uncharacterized MSMILIDSVNHRILDVMKDRGAGQLRAYFNQYSPSA
    protein RAAVKTITVDLFTPYRAMIKDLFPNANIVADRFHVVTQ
    AYRELNKVRISVMKQFGSDSKEYRQLKRFWKLLMK
    HENALDYMTSKNRINFKHAYLTDKEVIDRLLALSDEL
    RDAYAFYQVIL
    12 Cluster: T0UTW8 MDNDIRILIGLTDLNIDFDAKAEQHFNETNLNGTAPIT
    Uncharacterized WNLLLTYATNCEKFGTPMVHNGIKMVTHKGPRIAFK
    protein FQNYRIRKQKFL
    13 Cluster: T0UZT2 MIENTINIAYARKFYKTKDYHSFCNLIKGNKGLFGNKT
    Uncharacterized VNQKANISFVKSEGEKHTHIYLDYQETCKVAHPNFLQ
    protein LINLLKNYDPEFSEEKLPTFDLNDKIFGEYEIKVIPISKT
    KIVNTIDDVMNEIAKEIVLKYNQDMFKVTSKLGEISLT
    PIQEKFDKLKDI
    14 Cluster: Q9AIQ4 MIIPEKQNKQKQVLTLNELEKRKVVEHNALIQSVAKM
    RepB QKTALKMFELAVSCIDTEEPPKNNTVYLSKSELFKFF
    EVSSSSKHSQFKEAVNYMQKQAFFNIKADKKLGIEY
    ESIVPIPYVKWNDYNDEVTIRFDQAIMPYLIDLKAEFT
    QYKISELQKLNSKYSIILYRWLSMNYNQYEHYSVKGG
    RRADQVEAYRTPSIKVKELREITDTINEHQHFPHFET
    RVLKKAIEEINAHTSFNVTYEKVKKGRSIDSIVFHIEKK
    RMADDNSYKLEDKVYQEDKARKAETEKDLVFQAMQ
    SPYTRLLIENMFLNVYETTDSQIMAGLQKNVYPLYDE
    LKELRGLNGVKDHLSYVSSKQEAYSKRNVAKYLKKA
    IEQYLPTVKRQDLNHE
    15 Cluster: Q7BLH6 MSEDLKTIKELADELGVSKSYVDKIIRILKLHTKLDKV
    Uncharacterized GNKYVISKKQEKSIITRIENSKSTTETHTESTTQSHTK
    protein VDAEVDFLKEEIAYLKSNHDKQLTNKDKQIETLSNLL
    DQQQRLALQDKKWLEEYKAEINDLKALKMPSEDTKE
      EQSNYRSLEKEKDFVQTIQESYESEIKVLNQKLAEQE
    EQIQEIQKEKETKEKKWFQFWK
    16 Cluster: Q05547 MAQTFDRKILRALQDNGVREIRAYEVVSKRLTIFQTD
    RepC RGTFKYSDSLYRLVAPRQELWRNCTTGFISEEKYHF
    YKK
    17 Hypothetical MNHFKGKQFKKDVIIVAVGYYLRYNLSYREIQELLYD
    protein RGINVCHTTIYRWVQEYSKVLYHLWKKKNRQSFYS
    WKMDETYIKIKGRWHYLYRAIDADGLTLDIWLRKKRD
    TQAAYAFLKRLHKQFGQPRVIVTDKAPSIGSAFRKLQ
    SNGLYTKTEHRTVKYLNNLIEQDHRPIKRRNKFYRSL
    RTASTTIKGMETIRGIYKKNRRNGTLFGFSVSTEIKVL
    MGILA
    18 Cluster: Q52233 MKEYFQGDEFKDISKNGKDRKWKERKINNLNLAKIF
    Replication DSLDYPDSFIFNIKSCAEYLNFKRSSDGSLRLFQMYT
    protein CKNKQCAICSWRRSMKYQVQISKIVEEAMIRKPKGR
    FLFLTLTVENVSGEGLNNELSLLSEAFNRLMKYKKVS
    KNILGFLRATEVTINESMDTYHPHIHVLLFISPTYFKNK
    NNYISQDEWTELWKKSAKLDYRPIVDVRSIKPKNEKT
    SDIRSAILETAKYPVKPMELNYDSAKVVDDLQKGLYR
    KRQIAFGGLFKQIKKELELDDIENGDLINIGDEENPISD
    GEIISVLWNHERQNYYVR
    19 Cluster: T0VLA4 MINYQGEDFTETEFYGREILEAIQLTNKFPTPKKVLID
    Uncharacterized MLEEMIHEQLDFIDKEELNNYINAKKYVQTLTEDEVK
    protein NLCFEVKDLYEDVLKEFEIKL
    20 Cluster: T0VQK1 MTCSNLTIHLHAKNRSKLFGSKKYALQELEAESTAFV
    Uncharacterized VANHLNIDTKDYSIGYLNSWGFDKISDEQLENVIKND
    protein KLSNNKIKGENE
    (Fragment)
  • TABLE 2
    Selected membrane associated Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain
    A Proteins
    SEQ ID
    NO. name uniprot_id Protein Sequence
    21 ESAT-6_ Q2G188 MMLKKEWQAILKHKFFIIVIIALALVPAIYNYIFLGSMW
    secretion_ DPSGKLNDLPVAVVNLDKTSELNGKKFKLGDDVITE
    accessory_ MKKSKDLDYHFVSKDKASEGIKKGDYYMVITFPENF
    factor_EsaA SENATTLMNKEPKTVQLDYQTTRGHNYISSKMSESA
    MNQLKSEVSKNITQTYTKTRIAS
    22 Foldase_ P0C2B5 MKKKMRLKVLLASTATALLLLSGCQSNQTDQTVATY
    protein_PrsA SGGKVTESSFYKELKQSPTTKTMLANMLIYRALNHA
    YGKSVSTKTVNDAYDSYKQQYGENFDAFLSQNGFS
    RSSFKESLRTNFLSEVALKKLKKVSESQLKAAWKTY
    QPKVTVQHILTSDEDTAKQVISDLAAGKDFAMLAKTD
    SIDTATKDNGGKISFELNNKTLDATFKDAAYKLKNGD
    YTQTPVKVTDGYEVIKMINHPAKGTFTSSKKVLTASV
    YAKWSRDSSIMQRVISQVLKNQHVTIKDKDLADALD
    SYKKLATTN
    23 PIII- P15292 MQRKKKGLSFLLAGTVALGALAVLPVGEIQAKAAISQ
    type_ QTKGSSLANTVTAATAKQAATDTTAATTNQAIATQLA
    proteinase AKGIDYNKLNKVQQQDIYVDVIVQMSAAPASENGTL
    RTDYSSTAEIQQETNKVIAAQASVKAAVEQVTQQTA
    GESYGYVVNGFSTKVRVVDIPKLKQIAGVKTVTLAKV
    YYPTDAKANSMANVQAVWSNYKYKGEGTVVSVIDS
    GIDPTHKDMRLSDDKDVKLTKSDVEKFTDTVKHGRY
    FNSKVPYGFNYADNNDTITDDKVDEQHGMHVAGIIG
    ANGTGDDPAKSVVGVAPEAQLLAMKVFTNSDTSATT
    GSDTLVSAIEDSAKIGADVLNMSLGSDSGNQTLEDP
    EIAAVQNANESGTAAVISAGNSGTSGSATEGVNKDY
    YGLQDNEMVGTPGTSRGATTVASAENTDVITQAVTI
    TDGTGLQLGPETIQLSSNDFTGSFDQKKFYVVKDAS
    GNLSKGKVADYTADAKGKIAIVKRGELTFDDKQKYA
    QAAGAAGLIIVNNDGTATPVTSMALTTTFPTFGLSSV
    TGQKLVDWVTAHPDDSLGVKIALTLVPNQKYTEDKM
    SDFTSYGPVSNLSFKPDITAPGGNIWSTQNNNGYTN
    MSGTSMASPFIAGSQALLKQALNNKNNPFYAYYKQL
    KGTALTDFLKTVEMNTAQPINDINYNNVIVSPRRQGA
    GLVDVKAAIDALEKNPSTVVAENGYPAVELKDFTSTD
    KTFKLTFTNRTTHELTYQMDSNTDTNAVYTSATDPN
    SGVLYDKKIDGAAIKAGSNITVPAGKTAQIEFTLSLPK
    SFDQQQFVEGFLNFKGSDGSRLNLPYMGFFGDWN
    DGKIVDSLNGITYSPAGGNFGTVPLLTNKNTGTQYY
    GGMVIDADGNQTVDDQA1AFSSDKNALYNDISMKYY
    LLRNISNVQVDILDGQGNKVTTLSSSTNLTKTYYNAH
    SQQYIYYHAPAWDGTYYDQRDGNIKTADDGSYTYRI
    SGVPEGGDKRQVFDVPFKLDSKAPTVRHVALSAKTK
    NGKTQYYLTAEVKDDLSGLDATKSVKTAINEVTNLDA
    TFTDAGTTADGYTKIETPLSDEQAQALGNGDNSAEL
    YLTDNASNATDQDASVQKPGSTSFDLIVNGSGIPDKI
    SSTTTGYEANTQGGGTYTFSGTYPAAVDGTYTDAQ
    GKKHDLNTTYDAATNSFTASMPVTNADYAAQVDLYA
    DKAHTQLLKHFDTKVRLTAPTFTDLKFNNGSDQTSE
    ATIKVTGTVSADTKTVNVGDTVAALDAQHHFSVDVP
    VNYGDNTIKVIATDEDGNTTTEQKTITSSYDPDMLKN
    PVTFDQGVTFGSNEFNATSAKFYDPKTGIATITGKVK
    HPTTTLQVDGKQIPIKDDLTFSFTLDLGTLGQKPFGV
    VVGDTTQNKTFQEALTFILDAVAPTLSLDSSTDAPVY
    TNDPNFQITGTATDNAQYLSLSINGSSVASQYADININ
    SGKPGHMAIDQPVKLLEGKNVLTVAVTDSEDNTTTK
    NITVYYEPKKTLAAPTVTPSTTEPAQTVTLTANAAAT
    GETVQYSADGGKTYQDVPAAGVTITANGTFKFKSTD
    LYGNESPAVDYVVTNIKADDPAQLQAAKQALTNLIAS
    AKTLSASGKYDDATTTALAAATQKAQTALDQTNASV
    DSLTGANRDLQTAINQLAAKLPADKKTSLLNQLQSVK
    DALGTDLGNQTDPSTGKTFTAALDDLVAQAQAGTQT
    DDQLQATLAKILDEVLAKLAEGIKAATPAEVGNAKDA
    ATGKTWYADIADTLTSGQASADASDKLAHLQALQSL
    KTKVAAAVEADKTVGKGDDTTGTSDKGSGQGTPAP
    ATGDTGKDKGDEGSQPSSGGNIPTNPATTTSTSAD
    DTTDRNGQHTTGTSDKGGGQGTPAPATGDTGKDK
    GDEGSQPSSGGNIPTNPATTTSTSADDTTDRNGQH
    TTGTSDKGGGQGTPAPATGDTGKDKGDEGSQPSS
    GGNIPTNPATTTSTSTDDTTDRNGQHTTGKGALPKT
    GETTERPAFGFLGVIVVILMGVLGLKRKQREE
  • TABLE 3
    Exemplary Lactococcus lactis cremoris proteins not
    found in Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A
    SEQ ID
    NO. name uniprot_id Protein Sequence
    24 Cluster: J7TTI4 MTQFTTELLNFLAQKQDIDEFFRTSLETAMNDLLQAE
    Transposase LSAFLGYEPYDKVGYNSGNSRNGSYSRQFETKYGT
    VQLSIPRDRNGNFSPALLPAYGRRDDHLEEMVIKLY
    QTGVTTREISDIIERMYGHHYSPATISNISKATQENVA
    TFHERSLEANYSVLFLDGTYLPLRRGTVSKECIHIAHL
    ALHQKDRRLFLDMKSPQMKTMLLGPPC
    25 Cluster: T0USG6 MQKRYSKEFKETLIVFYHSGQSVTQLSKEYDVAPATI
    Transposase YKWIDLYSKSNESSVSKADFLELKRQLAKVKEERDIL
    KKY
    26 Cluster: A0A1V0NYX4 MTYNSTLPKVFVYLLTTIETLYQTRVPLEVQNRKNVH
    Transposase LATSDCLVIACYLWGVLHFSETLKAKHQLAQSLFPNF
    LEYYRFVRRCNALLPSIQVIRQALVFKEVEGMSVSIID
    SFPIPLCQPIRNFRSKVLGDYANVGYNATKGQYFYG
    CKCHALVSESGYVIDYTITPASMADSSMTEEVLNQF
    GTPTVLGDMGYLG
    27 Cluster: T0UZJ0 MISYHISKQPSYQSIDIALNQALAVTSDCPYRRTFHS
    Transposase DQGWGYQMRDYVSKLKSHRIFQSMSRKGNCHDNS
    IS1077 VMENFFGLLKQEIYYGHIFSSFEELEQVIVIWIRYYNT
    (Fragment) KRIKQKLNWMSPIQFRLNYQNN
    28 Cluster: S6EVX7 MPENKNFSRRSKKETGKKSLKIPKIRPKKQKNLKK
    Penicillin-
    binding
    protein 2A
    29 Cluster: G8P734 MKVTGFPKATYYYWVNCFERVNKDELIEKEMLKIRQ
    Transposase EHANAGYRPMSELLKQRGYHVNHKKVQPLMKKLGL
    RVTSYWHKSRKYNSYKGNVGTVAKNKLHRRFRTSIP
    HQKITTDTTEFKYYEDGIQKKCYLNPYIDLFNSEVISY
    HISKQPSYQSIDIALNQALAVTSDCPYRRTFHSDQG
    WGYQMRDYVSKLKSHRIF
    30 Cluster: A0A1V0PJ39 MAKNKLHRRFNTSIPHQKITTDTTEFKYYDKGVQKKL
    Transposase YLTPYLDLFNNEVISYEISKQPTYQAIATALQEALELT
    SDCLYRRTFHSDQGWAYQMKNYVFKLKSQKIIQSM
    SRKGNCHDNSVMENFFGLLKQEIYYGHVFNSFEELE
    QAITKWIHYYNTKRIKKKLNWMSPIQYRLTYSK
    31 Inner_ P75788 MEHSATQRESQKIWTAIKNWFLVDKVFLISFIIAIIAISL
    membrane_ GGVTTRFFNYHVIVTVSGLMLVIGGFKETGLLQYLGQ
    protein_ TLVKRSTTTRQLVRFTTLLTFFLAVFFTNDLTILTVLPL
    YbiR YLAITKEIKNRKSVYIGAALIVPACHIGSALLPQGNPH
    NLYLYSFYKVAAHHGGVPLTNLDFFKGTGALWILGLL
    ILMIACQFIDNEPLVIETKVNQFNKVETSIFVVLMLLMA
    ASVFGYVNFYLAGAVVALVVLIYRPRLFKGIDYHLLFT
    FIFFFLIVGNIANIHVLTDFISNTLVGPQASFLGTVIMS
    QFISNIAAPILISPFTPHAVSLVLGADIGGIGTIVSSMAT
    LIAYKVIRMNARGETRGFVKYFIIVNAGFVLILTLIGLIIV
    TLVG
    32 Cluster: G8PA31 MTYNSTLPKVFVYLLTTIDTLYQTRVPLEVQNRKNVH
    Transposase LATSDCLVIACYLWGVLHFSETLKAKHQLAQSLFPNF
    LEYSRFVRRCNALLPSIQVIRQALVFKEVEGMSVSIID
    SFPIPLCQPIRNFRSKVLGDYANVGYNATKGQYFYG
    CKCHALVTVNQAMS
    33 Cluster: A0A1V0PFP4 MAQSLFPNFLEYYRFVRRCNALLPSIQVIRQALVFKE
    Transposase VEGISVSIIDNFPIPLCQPIRNFRSKVLGDYANVGYNA
    for insertion TKGQYFYGCKCHALVTVNQAMS
    sequence
    element
    IS982B
    34 Cluster: A0A0E2QIB2 MARRKFDKQFKNSAVKLILEEGYSVKEVSQELEVHA
    Transposase NSLYRWV
    35 Cluster: G0WKP8 MQSYDLLDELDSEDKFRKDIKYSRQLPEMFSTEDINA
    Replication ASENITYAILGELRDRYNGSEPVTFSYQELAELGGLW
    protein VTRKNGVKSLYNGKRLQKIMYDLNEALKNFSYYQVR
    ETNDDGTPKSWKTINIFSVIDFDGTKKEVKLTISNAQI
    SSEQVDAKGHVIDKPLYVYDLINSKDWRTVKHLQYN
    RGINNSLPSKYSKRVYRFISEFRSFPKGTKMRIDDFD
    KKILKILKTQEDSFNTKEVFDLRKNRKKYLETAVKEIS
    ELNTPEGTQIVKNLDYIYHTSGRRIQSIEFTYTPFNAD
    LSGSNHISMNSRTSSPGTDSPFINEARMVLEYFNYLS
    KVNFNLDENGIIKHLPNYYDIQFELDDIQLLQPIHKLLE
    SGVAIDELLQVAEMKAIDWKLDSNQMINNFRPSVVF
    GNKFSEYRAFLTTYKAQNIHKLVFDSSSDFYVPMNG
    PWDSK
    36 Cluster: G0WKP9 MTYNSTLPKVFVYLLTTIETLYQTKVPLEVQNRKNVH
    Transposase LATSDCLVIACYLWGVLHFSETLKAKHQLAQSLFPNF
    for insertion LEYSRFVRRCNALLLSIQLIRQALVFKEFEGIDVSIIDS
    sequence FPIPLCQPIRNFRSKVLGDYANIGYNATKGQYFYGCK
    element CHALVSESGYVIDYVISPASIADSTMAEEVLSQFGTPI
    IS982B VLGDMGYLGQVLHDRLELKEIELITPVRMNMKKKDIT
    FPNFSKRRKVIERVFSFLTNLGAERCKSRSSYGFLVK
    LEMTLLTYSLILKSAKTVNSMTLRYSTGYQVMAE
    37 Cluster: A0A0V8DWK8 MEKVTDEIKNVVQRLLDDDENFSGWYIEKELEKIGIK
    Uncharacterized VSRMTISNLRNKKTTLGNTKFETLEGLYHFAKTHENI
    protein NKE
    38 Sporulation_ P37522 MKTISLLNLKGGVAKTTTGGNIAKGLANRGFKTLLIDT
    initiation_ DMQANATSIFLEDKRSKEDYKGFAELIVDEKLDDVD
    inhibitor_ QYVYNVSENLDMIGSSLAVAESELKVRNSFNRNSSNIVK
    protein_Soj KVLKKLDSKYDYCIIDCAPTINLITLNIIIASDEIIIPIK
    IDKFALEGYRTTLKNINQIIDDYELDTEVTVLYTMVNRN
    NIDKQFIQEISGNRFETTIRHQAKPVTESALKNEVLID
    SSKSSKVKDDYLNLIDEIVKRG
    39 Nucleoid_ MF_02015 MSNSFGFTDLMNKDEHKRKKTNTKNIPIEEIKENENN
    occlusion_ NYDLVDIDKLADSIDELGLLQPVLVKQRDKYSYELIAG
    protein HRRFNAIKKLISENRLPEDYEVLAKKVDEDEDELVTR
    LKLHETNLQTRSLLKMPEEEKIAIIDDYMDILDKAKKQ
    GLQINGKPVKGKTRDLIAERFGISHYTAQKLIRKAKE
    QGGEEEGAKISPQKKTAKKPITQLKKIETQLEKLEFE
    GTEEEQEIKKKLIELLMK
    40 Cluster: Q2VHI9 MSVDRSYSPYEVIRAYHDRGMMKWGAFATGELTEA
    Uncharacterized QNTFEKEKKDDKVIQTLPHHVVLHLLNQSFSNQVQIK
    protein VKYQSKDKLTEVYGFVSEFINNQVRVKSTDKIYLISIE
    QIINIS
    41 DNA_ P9WNT3 MEQLKLNKYFDYSLEPRRAILFQDVKSNYASIECVQR
    polymerase_ NLNPLTTSLCVMSRADHSKGLTLASSPTFKKVFGMK
    IV_1 NVSRASDLPFLIETRKFNYPQWYRTHTDIHGQRTEP
    TLQYVAFIESWAKRTWIVPPQMQLYVDYKIEVTDILT
    NYTSIDEIHSYSIDESFLDITESLNFFYPEIKNRYEQMN
    RIALDLQREIRDKLGLYVTVGMGDNPLLAKLAMDNYA
    KHNDNMRALIRYEDVPNKLWTIPKMTDFWGIGKRTE
    KRLNKLGITSIKELANADPLLLKQKLGTIGLQHFFHAN
    GIDESNVREKYTPKSTSFSNSQILPRDYHKQREIELVI
    KEMAENLAIRLRKGGKLASNLSLYAGAASTSEYSSV
    KVSRNIEATQNTKELQDLAISLFREKYQGGAIRQIGIS
    GNQLSDSSVKQLSLFESVQENQTNKKQESLQKAIDE
    IRETFDFLSIQKASSLSEGSRVIYRNKLIGGHAASQDK
    EEKDVS
    42 Cluster: G8P9Y4 MDKYIRRAYQRMNQMSFGGQALAWFLSIRLSDLVLK
    Uncharacterized K
    protein
    43 Cluster: A0A1V0P5K1 MAEAKFEAALIKKLEAEGWTYRKDLSYVSIKVLEGH
    HsdR type I WREVLNENNAYKLNGKPLSDVEFGLVIQEVQRIKTP
    restriction YDAQLLLVGAGGVGSIPITRDDGSNLEVWTNVKYLD
    enzyme R TK
    protein
    44 Cluster: G8P9Y1 MIFKLRNRTEIAINKRKPKEPIIFHSDHGSHFKSASFR
    Transposase KLLDEHQLLASYSKPGYPYGNAVTEVFFKYLKHREIN
    TnpA RRTYHSIQEVQLSCFEYIEQFYNNYNPHSANNGLTP
    N
    45 nan MKVTGFPKATYYYWVNCFERVNKDELVEKEMLKIRQ
    EHANAGYRPMSELLKQRGYHVNNKKVQRLMKKLGL
    RVTSYWHKSRKYNSYKGNVGTVAKNKLHRRFRTSIP
    HQKITTDTTEFKYYEDGIQKKCYLNPYIDLFNSEVISY
    HISKHPSYQSIETALNQALAVTSDCPYRRTFHSDQG
    WGYQMRDYVSKLKSHRIFQSMSRKGNCHDNSVME
    NFFGLLKQEIYYGHIFSSFEELEQVIVIWIRYYNTKRIK
    QKLNWMSPIQFRLNYQNN
    46 nan MVKYSIELKQRVIQDYLSGKGGSTYLAKLHNVGSSS
    QVRRWIRNYRAEGLHTAHSKVNKNYSMELKENAVQ
    CYLTTDLTYEAVARKFEITNFTLLASWVNHFKIYGEV
    PISKKRGRRKKLESIASSMTQNPNDSQRIKELEQELR
    YAQIEVAYLKGLRRLEKNALMNKNQDSSTVSVKPSN
    SKKS
    47 nan MKHHGKIKIKHAVKVLKVSRSGFYEYMHRRPSKQQV
    EREILSEKIKAVFHEHKGRYGAVRITKVLHNTGIMTNT
    KRVGKLMHLMGLYAKGSRYKYKHYNRKGASLSRPN
    LINQIFKATAPNKVWLGDMTYIPTKEGTLYLAVNIDVF
    SRKIVGWSMSSRMQDKLVRDCFLQACGKEHPQPGL
    IVHTDQGSQYTSSRYQSTLRQVGAQSSMSRKGNPY
    DNAMMESFYKTLKRELINDAHFETRAEATQEIFKYIE
    TYYNTKRMHSGLDYKSPKDFEKYNS
    48 Cluster: A0A1V0PDS7 MNHFKGKQFKKDVIIVAVGYYLRYNLSYREVQELLYD
    Transposase RGINVCHTTIYRWVQEYSKVLYDLWKKKNRQSFYS
    WKMDETYIKIKGRGHYLYRAIDADGLTLDIWLRKKRD
    TQAAYAFLKRLHNQFGEPKAIVTDKAPSLGSAFRKL
    QSVGLYTKTEHRTVKYLNNLIEQDHRPIKRRNKFYQS
    LRTASSTIKGMETLRGIYKKNRRNGTLCSDPQNIDFS
    NLYFWKGYNKLDTKLREIVERFIMARRKFDKQFKNS
    AVKLILEEGYSVKEVSQELEVHANSLYRWVQEVEEY
    GESAFPGNGTALADAQHKIKLLEKENRYLQEELELLK
    KFRVFLKRSK
    tRNA-Met nan RNA
    49 Cluster: D2BMP1 MKTGDKITLSNGEQATVVSGDINLYKYALIVELENHD
    Cold-shock VRVVDRETLTLAKENPHENLGNHKKINKF
    protein
    50 Cold_shock- P0A355 MNKGTINWFNADKGYGFIMADDMQDVFAYLLSIQGN
    like_protein_ DFKKYDEGQKVTFDIKMTSRGRYASNVHKR
    CspLA
    51 Cold_shock_ P96349 MANGTVKWFNADKGFGFITSEEGKDLFAHFSAIQSD
    protein_2 GFKTLDEGQKVEFDVEEGQRGPQAVNITKA
    52 Cluster: Q2VHI5 MARRKFDKQFKNSAVKLILEEGYSVKEVSQELEVHA
    Uncharacterized NSLYRWVQEVEEYGESAFPGNGTALADAQHKIKLLE
    protein KENRYLQEELELLKKFRVFLKRSK
    53 nan MKHHGKIKIKHAVKVLKVSRSGFYEYMHRRPSKQQV
    EREILSEKIKAVFHEHKGRYGAVRITKVLHNTGIMTNT
    KRVGKLMHLMGLYAKGSRYKYKHYNRKGASLSRPN
    LINQIFKATAPNKVWLGDMTYIPTKEGTLYLAVNIDVF
    SLKIVGWSMSSRMQDKLVRDCFLQACGKEHPQPGL
    IVHTDQGSQYTSSRYQSTLRQVGAQSSMSRKGNPY
    ENAMMESFYKTLKRELINDAHFETRAEATQEIFKYIET
    YYNTKRMHSGLDYKSPKDFEKYNS
    54 Cluster: A0A0V8EKB0 MLENEYFVFTSTLTTMIRKQAQSIITGLKGHNQNSVT
    DNA- KNTTRLVTGYFPIDLIKGYRPSQKLSEAKQAEQRGQ
    directed DNA QIIMMTEKQFIDFLAQSFYLLSQGL
    polymerase
    55 Cluster: A0A0V8EK89 MKLREIIKEIPDDDWLEIIEQSSINYRSFIGRAPKKYIV
    Uncharacterized GELLDYEALYIGEVKKNKNYQNHRFLVEDKFIEHSGR
    protein
    56 Cluster: A0A1V0PE50 MKKTIIFILHIPFILLLWLCITSPFFIKNSLLNSSFGHIFK
    Uncharacterized GVENISHSGPLATVLLLFVIPLLSLISCLYLAFKKNQSG
    protein RKYVIYILMSLFSLVCLSVFSVIMIIGLGNYL
    57 nan MNHFKGKQFKKDVIIVAVGYYLRYNLSYREVQELLYD
    CGINVCHTTIYRWVQEYSKVLYDLCKKKNRQSFYSW
    KMDESYIKIKGRGHYLYRAIDADGLTLDIWLRKKRDT
    QAAYAFLKRLHKQFGEPKAIVTDKAPSLGSAFRKLQ
    SVGLYTKTEHRTVNYLNNLIEQDHRPIKRRNKFYQSL
    RTASSTIKGMETLRGIYKKNRRNGTLFGFSVSTEIKV
    LMGITA
    58 Cluster: G8P9W7 MKTQELNLKQFVMLSEKELQEISGGGGWGSAFAGW
    Uncharacterized LGGIGVNSGQTAQQVVNQLNGVTDFHAYNHNPYGS
    protein GGTPND
    59 Cluster: Q2VHK7 MFTLIFSNLTGGIIIKAIYKDKTVDVWEISKNNEQPDW
    Uncharacterized VKNAFKENYLSWYDERLKILMNGIKPSAKSSLKLGIM
    protein GSVAGSLAGGLAGNNIYVMGEIGDYLDITNRKVVSK
    EKFLKKYSV
    60 Cluster: Q2VHK6 MKYFVTFLSPTQNMGILNWQTMILDDYLVDDSYWEN
    Uncharacterized TKLELSKEVEWITQSELYKKVKRNDGSGNDIILSVPV
    protein SAVLETIKSFFILGHS
    61 Transcriptional_ Q3J6K8 MRNTKEKILTATEQUYKKGYTGTSINDILDETATGKG
    regulator_AcuR QFYYYFDSKKEACLAVIDNHVKIWQKHLLNGILSRDE
    SPLANLKEMLDWIYSDHAQKKIYYGCPVGNLVIELSA
    LDEDFRKPLEQLFSDLQKKIAENLSGLTGLLVKQNLP
    AAHAIIAQIQGSLLLLKVTQDLNVLESNFDLLKTIFEKV
    GEK
    62 Cluster: Q2VHK4 MKKLDMIVIGPGPAPPTAVIRRKSLCQQLNLKKKSKL
    Uncharacterized LQVDAIRREYTIADVQKRWQSCQTFIDVLRKGILKQLI
    protein AELS
    63 Cluster: A0A0D6E0F2 MQNNYTSKGKHLTESERLLIERWHNKEKVSNREIAY
    Transposase RLGKAPQTIHNEIQRGTVQLKYKTKYSAKIAQESYKT
    LRTHSKRSTKLNAQLDDQISKAVKNKISLEVIHQELK
    GVVCLRTLYNWISSGILSVAYHELLYPQYRKPKKQRV
    TQPKHMLGQSIEERPESVDERSEYGHWEIDTVLLTK
    EKGECLLTLTERKTRLEIIRLIPNKTTHSVNQALRGIEF
    LALSVTSDNGREFAKLSEALDCPVYYCHAYASHERG
    TNENHNRMIRRHLPKGTKKTTKQVVAYIENWMNNYP
    RKMFNFKTPNQMLIESI
    64 Isochorismatase_ P0ADI7 MFNNKNTAFVVTDPQVEFLKPKGAGYGLTKDILRKY
    family_protein_ HTTENLTELFKHAKAKGYKIFISPHYFYDHDQNWKFG
    YecD GQGEQMMLNNKMFHREHQYQETVKGSGADFVEEL
    KPYLDENTIITSPHKIFGPESNDLALQLRKNGIDTVILA
    GMNANLCVDSHLRELVESGFHVHVAADATGAPGQE
    AYDAAITNFGFVADRTMSTAKVLEEL
    65 putative_ P77212 MKKIDVKNIVVGFGKGGKTLAKFLSGKGESVVVIEQS
    pyridine_ TLMYGGTCINIGCIPSKFLIVNGEKGLKFTEASEKKAM
    nucleotide- LTGNLNLKNYHMIADEATAEVIDGKAKFVSDHEIEVM
    disulfide DAEGEVIAQLIGERIFINTGATPVLPPIPGLVDSRNVV
    TSTELMDLKQLPEHLTIIGSGYIGLEFASMFASYGSKV
    TVLDIFDNFLPRDDEDISKLVRSDLESRGIIFKLGVKID
    AITDNSVEIINKEGKKVSILSDKILVATGRKPNTAGLGL
    ENTNIQLGQRGEIVVNDKLETTVQNVWALGDVHGGL
    QFTYTSLDDFRIVSNNLYGDGKRSLSDRKNVPTSVFI
    TPALSKVGLNEKDAKAAGIDYRLFKLAATAIPKSAVLN
    QSKGLLKALVDPETDKILGITIYAEESYETINLVSLAIE
    VGLPYTLLRDKIYTHPTMTEALNDLFAAKNEVK
    66 nan MELKENAVQCYLTTDLTYEAVARKFEITNFTLLASWV
    NHFKIYGEVPISKKRGWRKKLESIASSMTQNPNDSQ
    RIKEPEQELRYAQIEVAYLKGLRRLEKNALMNKNQD
    SSTVSVKPSNSKKS
    67 Cluster: G8P734 MKVTGFPKATYYYWVNCFERVNKDELIEKEMLKIRQ
    Transposase EHANAGYRPMSELLKQRGYHVNHKKVQPLMKKLGL
    RVTSYWHKSRKYNSYKGNVGTVAKNKLHRRFRTSIP
    HQKITTDTTEFKYYEDGIQKKCYLNPYIDLFNSEVISY
    HISKHPSYQSIDIALNQALAVTSDCPYRRTFHSDQG
    WGYQMRDYVSKLKSHRIF
    68 Cluster: I7LSK3 MSHKGNCQDNSVMENFFGLLKQEIYYGHIFSSFEEL
    Transposase EQVIVIWIRYYNTKRIKQKLNWMSPIQFRLNYQDN
    69 nan MTYNSTLPKVFVYLLTTIETLYQTRVPLEVQNRKNVH
    LATSDCLVIACYLWGVLHFSETLKAKHQLAQSLFPNF
    LEYSRFVRRCNALLPIIQVIRQALVFKEVEGMSVSIID
    SFPIPLCQPIRNFRSKVLGDYANVGYNATKGQYFYG
    CKCHALVSESGYVIDYTITPASMADSSMTEEVLSQF
    GTPTVLGDMGYLGQSLHDRLELKEIDLMTPVRKNMK
    QKKILFPNFSKRRKVIERVFSFLTNLGAERCKSRSPQ
    GFQLKLEMILLAYSLLLKSAKSLEPETLRYSIGYQVMA
    K
    70 Putative_ Q5XD45 MIKLVAIDLDGTLLDPNRQITAEVKTAVKKAKAAGVKI
    phosphatase VITTGRPLPGVVDILKALELTDQSDYVITYNGGLVQQ
    ATGEEFIKETLSSEDWLDLDAAARKIGLPIHAITREGIY
    TPNHDVGRYTVQEAQMVKMPLYIRQPEDIAALEIAKV
    MMVDEPAALDDGIAYLPFEFFERYNVVKSTPFYLEF
    MNKKASKGSAVQHLAEKLSFDLDEVMAIGDEENDRS
    MLEVAVCSVVMENGKSKLKKIAKYVTKSNAKSGVAY
    AINEWVLKDYQD
    71 nan MKITFDEKTADKIKAFGDVDLVFDFDHTLSEVNTEVD
    ACAGGISRYRIVAVEKGNVPEVFDASIDSEFGPIYYK
    GYGSYFFQDEMYTKINPSYNLIELHSTAELLSPNLLIV
    DFRGKQKAS
    72 Cluster: T0SFW4 MLSAGLLGIDPGHYIEHAFIGLVADKLRSFDLGVKIYE
    Uncharacterized SQEKTNPFYDI
    protein
    73 Cluster: IS30 Q47803 MTYTHLTSNELAMIEAYYNNHQSVAKTAVLLNRSRQ
    family TIHKVYQFFKTGHNALDYFNQYKKNKTRCGRRPIVLS
    transposase DEQTEYIQKRVVQGWTPDVIVGRAEFSISCSMRTLY
    IS1062 RMFKQGVFEVTHLPMKGKRKANGHKETRGKQSFR
    RSLRDRGNDYSKFNQEFGHLEGDTIVGKKHKSAVIT
    LVERLSKVIITLQPEGRRAIDIENRLNQWMQSVPKHL
    FKSMTFDCGKEFSNWKSISNINDIDIYFADPGTPSQR
    GLNENSNGLLRKDGLPKQMDFNEVDESFIQSIASKR
    NNIPRKSLNYKTPIEVFLSHICKEELSNLI
    74 Cold_shock- P0A355 MANGTVKWFNATKGFGFITSEDGQDLFAHFSSIQSD
    like_protein_ GFKSLDEGQKVEFDVEEGQRGPQAVNITKA
    CspLA
    75 nan MNYFKGKQFQKDVIIVAVGYYLRYNLSYREIQELLYD
    LGINVCHTTIYRWVQEYSKVLYHLWKKKNRPSFYSW
    KMDETYIKIKGRWHYLYRAIDADGLTLDIWLRKKRDT
    QAAYAFLKRLHKQFGQPRVIVTDKAPSIGSAFRKLQS
    NGLYTKTEHRTVKYLNNLIEQDHRPIKRRNKFYRSLR
    TASTTIKGMETIRGIYKKNRRNGTLFGFSVSTEIKVLM
    GILA
    76 Cluster: G0WKN9 MVTYTDLLPKPTENQQAFILDHGKTEDDGQLKYADD
    PIL7_11 AKSYGWNMRQYGKLKAGAVVLNRHPGKITKDRKWE
    IYGGGYVESVSDEDENGNVTAVITHAFTIEPPIKQGD
    SFIENFDWNTPNKKKRKKPNSWAYFWDQYGMNEIS
    YTDFVGLIENRHLSPIDDTQSLPVEKDLTNAEVEEIEE
    ASSKGFTVLVDEVGPNRPNGTQKRKFTGRHTDWER
    VNKAKQKTGALGEEIVLDFLIQKAEKNKTKLPEHVSK
    TEGDGHGYDIRAFDQSGNEIHIEVKASKTNFSDGFE
    MSANEVASSLEDTPYKIYFVHDLDVTSKVCKIKIYDG
    PFTEENFMMVPTNYKIFKK
    77 Cluster: Q2VHL9 MFWTNVKYLDAHILKQNEQLKYENPTEENKLKIKALQ
    Uncharacterized LERKDLQAQYRKVIKKMKTYDAGQEIVQEKLKEKEIN
    protein KEKTQDIPS
    78 Cluster: S6EPX4 MIYTIGYYIAVIGLVIMMFGFKSFYSQMNKWSRFGFIF
    Uncharacterized LALGLAFPIVYDFIVGFINGLLKNVN
    protein
    79 Aminodeoxy P28819 MKLLLIDNYDSFTYLLVQYFEELDCSVTVVNDQDKM
    chorismate/ SQKIRISPDFICENYDAITISPGPKTPKEAVFSRDVVQ
    anthranilate_ LYAGKIPMLGICLGQQVIAECFGGNVVLGERPMHGKI
    synthase SVIRHNCQGIFKGLPQNLKVARYHSLIVDKLPNDFEID
    AQSEDGVIQAMHQPKLKLWALQFHPESLVTEYGHE
    MLNNFLKVV
    80 Aminodeoxy P05041 MKEFIIKNTDIWKIFLKYYRSDEEIVFLHSSQATENEH
    chorismate_ YSILAHKPYKKVSKYKGQVFFNGEKKKFNFLDAVDLL
    synthase_ KNEKVERPKNWPFYPELLGFVSYEQDPAYFAAYDE
    component_1 VLLFDHRTKRLRVVQFEQTDGQYWLTESEEIEVDSEI
    EFDGQNGIGAVFIDQTRQEYIASIKRLQDYMKAGDIY
    VANLTQQFEIWSDQKPIDVFKKTRNQIPAPFSSFLQY
    PEWKMTQISSSVERFVSIHDGALISKPIKGTIARGEDV
    VTDRLQKEILSNSIKERTELLMVTDLLRNDIARISQPF
    SLSVPKFAEIETFSHVHQLVTSIKSRIKEDLTFSEFMT
    ALFPGGSITGTPKKRAMEIIKEVEKQPRGIYTGMQG
    WLSREMDLDMNIVIRTLVHDGEHYQLGVGGGITFES
    EAEAEFSEILLKAKPFLDILGLKDVPSILFTTGLVKNGE
    LLNLEGHVNRLKKQYHHPDLEEKLRKFAQNVTDGVL
    RVSTDGDSLNPEIRQLTHSNESYRVKLSSINDKPSPL
    SNFKLSGPDFQKVFRQEVLDVKKEGFQDILFHTDGL
    VSELSIGNFVAKKGNQYETPAKYALKGTFLDLFAKNH
    TLIYKDIAISDLKNYDCFYMTNAVRGLVEIKIDGISGSV
    AKFSKKSILV
    81 nan MNYFKGKQFQKDVIIVAVGYYLRYNLSYREIQELLYD
    RGINVCHTTIYRWVQEYSKVLYHLWKKKNRQSFYS
    WKMDETYIKIKGRWHYLYRAIDADGLTLDIWLRKKRD
    TQAAYAFLKRLHKQFGQPRVIVTDKAPSIGSAFRKLQ
    SNGLYTKTEHRTVKYLNNLIEQDHRPIKRRNKFYRSL
    RTASTTIKGMETIRGIYKKNRRNGTLFGFSVSTEIKVL
    MGILA
    82 Cluster: Q8GAR6 MDNKDIELIQQMENKYDTFMPVLTNLIDSVEKFNSIY
    Uncharacterized NNYIELRNFYGSEKWFEYMEIEKIPVKCGVLTEDQLF
    protein DMISDHNELLGVLLDLTSKMYKNF
    83 Cluster: Q7BLP2 MVQDTLLDSFRAGRRNYTIFQVGKATLLRVSDVMKL
    Integrase KKTDVFNLDGTVKQTAFIHDQKTGKGNTLYLKPVQQ
    DLMLYHAWLIQQNMNSEWLFPSTSRPYRPITEKQFY
    KIMARVGDLLGINYLGTHTMRKTGAYRVYTQSNYYW
    LSYAFIKPFK
    84 nan MNHFKGKQFQQDVIIVAVGYYLRYNLSYREVQELLY
    DRGINVCHTTIYRWVKEYSKILYHLWKKKNKQSFYS
    WKMDETYIKIKGRWHYLYRAIDADGLTLDIWLRKKRD
    TQAAYAFLKRLHKQFGQPRVIVTDKAPSIGSAFRKLQ
    RNGLYTKTEHRTVKYLNNLIEQDHRPIKRRNKFYRSL
    RTASSTIKGMETIRGIYKKNRRNGTLFGFSVSTEIKIL
    MGIPA
    85 Bis(5′- MF_00199 MYNEVFVVSDIHGEYKKFKEILKYWDSNRQQLILLGD
    nucleosyl)- LCDRGLQSYECFYLAKYLCDNYGAILIKGNHEDLFLK
    tetraphosphatase,_ FLNKTEDFKENYIKNGGLKTLESFGYSENNTFKDIVL
    symmetrical DIKKNNDKLIEFLTYLPNFYEWNDYIFVHAGVNLKINN
    WKDTSIRDFMWIREDFHFTPNRLNKTIVFGHTETKIL
    NKNNKYDIWIHDNKIGIDGGAVYGGYLYGVILDVHGI
    KDYVYV
    86 Cluster: T0VLA4 MINYQGEVFTETEFYGREILEAIQLTNKFPTPKKVLID
    Uncharacterized MLEEMIHEQLDLIDKEELNNYINAKKYVQTLTEDEVK
    protein NLCFEVKDLYEDVLKEFEIKL
    87 Cluster: T0V569 MKKTGITNFSVFARRACCNKEIFTLDFSEYKNIISEISA
    Molybdopterin- TKSELKRIGNNINQIAKHLNENKNNQTESLMSDYQN
    guanine QLESLEEKIQKVVHYISEG
    dinucleotide
    biosynthesis
    protein
    MobC
    88 Cluster: Q9FB66 MTVIYMPKQSNGTVHSAKDLKQLIDYVMNSEKTNDF
    Relaxase EYVSGQNILDIHSTCDEMLATRTMANALKNKPQKNE
    Mob DEI RFGYHFVQSFSPDDHLTPEQVHEIGCKTMKEYLGSS
    AEFIIATHTDKPHLHNVRPDRVLSQVV
    89 Group_II_ P0A3U0 MKPTMAILERISKNSQENIDEVFTRLYRYLLRPDIYYV
    intron- AYQNLYSNKGASTKGILDDTADGFSEEKIKKIIQSLKD
    encoded_ GTYYPQPVRRMYIAKKNSKKMRPLGIPTFTDKLIQEA
    protein_ VRIILESIYEPVFEDVSHGFRPQRSCHTALKTIKREFG
    LtrA GARWFVEGDIKGCFDNIDHVTLIGLINLKIKDMKMSQ
    LIYKFLKAGYLENWQYHKTYSGTPQGGILSPLLANIYL
    HELDKFVLQLKMKFDRESPERITPEYRELHNEIKRIS
    HRLKKLEGEEKAKVLLEYQEKRKRLPTLPCTSQTNK
    VLKYVRYADDFIISVKGSKEDCQWIKEQLKLFIHNKLK
    MELSEEKTLITHSSQPARFLGYDIRVRRSGTIKRSGK
    VKKRTLNGSVELLIPLQDKIRQFIFDKKIAIQKKDSSW
    FPVHRKYLIRSTDLEIITIYNSELRGICNYYGLASNFNQ
    LNYFAYLMEYSCLKTIASKHKGTLSKTISMFKDGSGS
    WGIPYEIKQGKQRRYFANFSECKSPYQFTDKISQAP
    VLYGYARNTLENRLKAKCCELCGTSDENTSYEIHHV
    NKVKNLKGKEKWEMAMIAKQRKTLVVCFHCHRHVIH
    KHK
    90 Cluster: T0UZ98 MKEISDNISKEYGCKIIVRPEQKLGNSHKNYLVYLAK
    Primosome NSYRKEIKNKLDFLMNHSHTWEDFKEKARALNLKVD
    assembly DTKKYTTYLLEGSEQTKKIRDRSLKNDKFLKENLKER
    protein PriA IEKNTIGYSVDEVVKLWKDKESIQEKGREKEIEILLEH
    WQVTKETEKDLVVTIDTAFDNEATIKIPARCVDKLEN
    GQYKIFIKKGDRFSYLDKKSPANHKIMYGATVAKNLQ
    RQSGNIPLYSDNVNIKLKQVFHEFDFLISQGLSFDRS
    FETIGEELKATYQETQHQLDKLDTKILEYVETTKTLPY
    EDTSIRDTIKNLTKERDDLRDTLYKVDKNIQYYQKSE
    QRLEAYQKNQSPKHKARDDDFEI
    91 Cluster: A0A1B1RSI6 MSKNVKTIKELADELGTNKTRISRIINKNSIPTQKIKNKI
    Replication- VLEDNSVSLIRQYFKNETVSILRTELDKAHSHIEKLSN
    associated LSDQQQRLALQDKKLLEEYKAENDSLKALKMPTEGS
    protein QAEQANSQPKEEVKALKFEIRALQEELNKQKIHSQE
    RepX, RepB EREKLKAELTTPKKWYQFWK
    family
    92 Cluster: G0WJT7 MSGFKRYDEDFKQSLVNLYQTGKTQTELCKDYGVS
    Transposase SSALAKWIKQYSQVRLEDNTVLTAKQIQELQKRNAQ
    LEEENLILKKASAIFMQNSK
    93 Cluster: F9VEW3 MKAKKRIGTRAFKIILLRDYGVNISEGRILRLLKSMTLP
    Transposase KMSTIKPRFKSNKSPVFSSDNLLKQEFNPNSPNQVW
    TTDFTYISIGPKRHVYLCAILDLYSRKCIAWKVSDKID
    AQLACDTLEIALNKRKPKEPIIFHSDQGSQFKSASFR
    KLLDEHQLLASYSKPGYPYDNAVTEVFFKYLKQREIN
    RRTYHSIQEVQLSCFEYIEQFYNNYNPHSANNGLTP
    N
    94 Cluster: G0WKP7 MRQLADALNVSFEYLTDTEILPIYQELSDDNKQQTIN
    Putative YAEDKLKSQKEQENIIHFRNSLIPYKQATEQALSAGL
    transcriptional GEGYTDNIETCTVYWDKQVNYDIGIPIKGDSMEPEFH
    regulator YGQTALIKYQSSPDYDGQVCAVDNVSMGNGFIKCVT
    VEEDGLLLQSLNIEEGQNGERKFPDIKLYWDDNPRII
    GKVVAAFTPIEIDFLFKNLEL
    95 Cluster: A0A218PFY7 MERKKKKKENIWAIIVPILIIISLIGAWAYALRDSLIPND
    Exopolysaccharide YTKTNSSDQPTKTSVSNGYVEQKGVEAAVGSIALVD
    biosynthesis DAGVPEWVKVPSKVNLDKFTDLSTNNITIYRINNPEV
    protein EpsL LKTVTNRTDQRMKMSEVIAKYPNALIMNASAFDMQT
    GQVAGFQINNGKLIQDWSPGTTTQYAFVINKDGSCKI
    YDSSTPASTIIKNGGQQAYDFGTAIIRDGKIQPSDGS
    VDWKIHIFIANDKDNNLYAILSDTNAGYDNIMKSVSNL
    KLQNMLLLDSGGSSQLSVNGKTIVASQDDRAVPDYI
    VMK
    96 hypothetical_ MAQTIQTLALNVRLSCQLLDVPESSYYERINRHPSKT
    protein QLRRQYLSLKISQLFNANRGIYGAPKIHHLLLKQGEK
    VGLKLVQKLMKQLQLKSVVIKKFKPGYSLSDHINRKN
    LIQTEPTKKNKVWSTDITYIPTQQGWAYLSTIMDRYT
    KKVIAWDLGKRMTVELVQRTLNKAIKSQDYPEAVILH
    SDQGSQYTSLEYEELLKYYGMTHSFSRRGYPYHNA
    SLESWHGHLKREWVYQFKYKNFEEAYQSIFWYIEAF
    YNSKRIHQSLGYLTPNQFEKVSA
    97 Cluster: A0A0M2ZR43 MVDAYLDNNLGDDLMIRYFASYFYQHKIYLVESREHI
    Polysaccharide RKTFYDIPNIYFYSEEDYKMNEYDFQLHVTIGGSMFIL
    pyruvyl DDFKKLIRFRHRIKNSRKIKKRNIPSAIIGCNLGPFDKR
    transferase NFGLKLAKFELKYKNLVTVRDKQSKELLLRGFKRKKI
    CsaB, csaB NIKLFPDIIFSKVLYKSIPKYGLGMTLSQVFRVTNVEF
    98 putative_ P71059 MKNKFSIIVPVYNGESHIKKCIDTLLKQTYNDFEIIIIND
    glycosyltransferase_ GSTDDTKSVLTKFYAKNLKVKIVNTSNKGVSFARNLG
    EpsJ INQSSGQYLLFVDSDDELSINALKYLSIMLNKKDRDLI
    LFGFSLTGDNNRKNDTSILKSIANQNTDCKMNILKSIL
    STKNNILGYVWRAVYSLDFIKKNNIFFETHLKISEDYL
    FLLQSVEHSNNLFVITEEFYKYNLGETSMSNKFVPTL
    LNDMVWVNNWIESNILTVYPQFFVGFNCLVANTYIRY
    VQNAIRNKEENFMLKYREIKINKRKYNFQRSINQVIFH
    LDKFDFKSKIGVILFRIHLDIVYELLFNIKERKN
    99 Cluster: Q3ZK44 MTNLNRKKFFINFQSLVFFILIIIYGLTTKNVMGGSGIF
    EpsH SIDSILKYGILFICISVEGYIFLKNGNERRETSENYNNF
    KYYFIIITFLSLFASFKQVHFSFRTVQSFIFIFIPMLYSY
    LILNNWTFRQINFSMKIALFLSVIEYLFSIRMGFSQIISS
    LASINYNNTNASALESSTFALLSLGFAAYFGYYKKNF
    LCKIVSLLFVIMTFKRVITLSGCILVILGILKIKNLRVNRF
    FLIVSTITLVSFSLIYYYSIQPQNILEISEKIGFSIRDFST
    NRTDRLAWLSMTDFKSYGLGSTTDFMYKLWGVDLE
    MDIVQLILEVGAFGVIVFIYFYLRFSKSNLYAFSFMALL
    LLNSILSSGMMSTFSWIIILIAMSTIMEYKEGM
    100 Cluster: A0A0M2ZW08 MKKLKISVIIRTYNEVKHIGEVLKSLTDQTYLNHEIIIVD
    Transferase SGSVDGTLDIIERYPVKLVSINKEDFNYSYASNVGVQ
    2, NSSGDIVCFLSGHSVPVYKNYLEKINEIFQETEIGACY
    rSAM/seleno GEVIALPDGSITEKIFNRIGYLKSKLSLNNKRFFLENKI
    domain- HPGIFSCSNACARKKLLLKYPFKVELGHGGEDVEVA
    associated YRIIQDGYFVAKSVELLVMHSHGSSLKKFIKEYKAWG
    KMYEDVLKFIKKNNDKSQ
    101 Cluster: Q3ZK46 MIFVTVGTHEQPFNRLIQKIDELVRDGQIKDDVFMQI
    EpsF GYSTYEPKYTKWASVIGYNDMTAYFNKADIVITHGG
    PSTYMQVLQHGKIPIVVPRQEKFGEHINDHQLRVSK
    QVIKKGYPLILCEDVSALKICIESSRIRTDEFIKSNNKN
    FISNFKKIIAFEE
    102 Cluster: Q9X491 MKIALVGSSGGHLTHLYLLKKFWENEDRFWVTFDKT
    EpsE DAKSILKEERFYPCYYPTNRNVKNTIKNTILAFKILRKE
    KPDLIISSGAAVAVPFFWIGKLFGAKTVYIEIFDRIDKP
    TLTGKLVYPVTDKFIVQWEELKKVYPKAINLGGIF
    103 putative_ P71062 MEFFEDASSPESEEPKLVELKNFSYRELIIKRAIDILG
    sugar_ GLAGSVLFLIAAALLYVPYKMSSKKDQGPMFYKQKR
    transferase_ YGKNGKIFYILKFRTMIFNAEQYLELNPDVKAAYHAN
    EpsL GNKLENDPRVTKIGSFIRRHSIDELPQFINVLKGDMAL
    VGPRPILLFEAKEYGERLSYLLMCKPGITGYWTTHG
    RSKVLFPQRADLELYYLQYHSTKNDIKLLSLTIVQSIN
    GSDAY
    104 Tyrosine- P96717 MIDIHCHILPGIDDGAKTSGDTLTMLKSAIDEGITTITA
    protein_ TPHHNPQFNNESPLILKKVKEVQNIIDEHQLPIEVLPG
    phosphatase_ QEVRIYGDLLKEFSEGKLLTAAGTSSYILIEFPSNHVP
    YwqE AYAKELFYNIKLEGLQPILVHPERNSGIIENPDILFDFIE
    QGVLSQITASSVTGHFGKKIQKLSFKMIENHLTHFVA
    SDAHNVISRAFKMKEAFEIIEDSYGSDVSRMFQNNA
    ESVILNESFYQEKPTKIKTKKLLGLF
    105 Tyrosine- P96716 MAKNKRSIDNNRYIITSVNPQSPISEQYRTIRTTIDFK
    protein_ MADQGIKSFLVTSSEAAAGKSTVSANIAVAFAQQGK
    kinase_ KVLLIDGDLRKPTVNITFKVQNRVGLTNILMHQSSIED
    YwqD AIQGTRLSENLTIITSGPIPPNPSELLASSAMKNLIDSV
    SDFFDVVLIDTPPLSAVTDAQILSSYVGGVVLVVRAY
    ETKKESLAKTKKMLEQVNANILGVVLHGVDSSDSPS
    YYYYGVE
    106 putative_ P96715 MQETQEQTIDLRGIFKIIRKRLSLILFSALIVTILGSIYTF
    capsular_ FIASPVYTASTQLVVKLPNSDNSDAYAGQVSGNIQM
    polysaccharide_ ANTINQVIVSPVILDKVQSNLNLSDDSFQKQVTAANQ
    biosynthesis TNSQVITLTVKYSNPYIAQKIADETAKIFSSDAAKLLNV
    TNVNILSKAKAQTTPISPKPKLYLAISVIAGLVLGLAIAL
    LKELFDNKINKEEDIEALGLTVLGVTSLCSNE
    107 Cluster: A9QSJ2 MMKKGIFVITIVISIALIIGGFYSYNSRINNLSKADKGKE
    Polysaccharide VVKNSSEKNQIDLTYKKYYKNLPKSVQNKIDDISSKN
    biosynthesis KEVTLTCIWQSDSVISEQFQQNLQKYYGNKFWNIKNI
    protein TYNGETSEQLLAEKVQNQVLATNPDVVLYEAPLFND
    NONIEATASWTSNEQLITNLASTGAEVIVQPSPPIYG
    GVVYPVQEEQFKQSLSTKYPYIDYWASYPDKNSDE
    MKGLFSDDGVYRTLNASGNKVWLDYITKYFTAN
    108 Cluster: O06027 MNNLFYHRLKELVESSGKSANQIERELGYPRNSLNN
    EpsR YKLGGEPSGTRLIGLSEYFNVSPKYLMGIIDEPNDSS
    AINLFKTLTQEEKKEMFIICQKWLFLEYQIEL
    109 hypothetical_ MSVSIIDSFPIPLCQPIRNFRSKGLGDYANVGYNATK
    protein GQYFYGCKCHALVSESGYVIDYTITPASMADSSMTE
    EVLSQFGTPTVLGDMGYLGQSLHDRLELKGIDLMTP
    VRKNMKQKKILFPNFSKRRKVIERVFSFLTNLGAERC
    KSRSPQGFQLKLEMILLAYSLLLKSAKSLEPETLRYSI
    GYQVMAK
    110 Cluster: A0A0B8QXZ2 MTIKNKKDLSSSIEQLEKAINQQETILKKFDNEQLDFE
    Signal QIKKLENLLIQEREKAKQVQIKINRSVLQNNSENYKER
    transduction KKRTRQLIQKGALLEKYLEAKHLTVDETEQLLQIFAN
    histidine MINKPELLVNFIGK
    kinase
    111 Cluster: B1N0G0 MVQQIVLPIKDSNILKMVQDTLLDSFRAGRRNYTIFQ
    Tyrosine VGKATLLRVSDVMKLKKTDVFNSDGTVKQTAFIHDQ
    recombinase KTGKANTLYLKPVQQDLVVYHDWMVQQNLNSEWLF
    PSTSRPDRPITEKQFYKIMARVGDLLSINYLGTHTMR
    KTGAYRVYTQSNYNIGLVIHLLNHSSEAMTLTYLGLD
    QASRETMLDQIDFG
    112 Cluster: G1FE57 MDQKEVSQNQTKYIQFRLSEEQYNKLKISGETYGLS
    Uncharacterized PNLYAKKLAQKSHLKKPYLEHDQAKSLLLELSKQGT
    protein NLNQIAKKLNQFDRMDNQDKELIEALRYTYGVLAQA
    QKGYQELWQQLQK
    113 Cluster: H2A9L4 MATIAKISNGASAASALNYALGQDRPMHEKTEQWLQ
    Mobilization DHQLERPVELTNCRAVAVGGTNGIDPFIAKEQFDVV
    protein RQLHNQTKESNQVMRITQSFALDELNPKVQKDWQK
    ANDLGVELAENLYPNHQSAVYTHLDGKNHVLHNHIIV
    NKVNLETGKKLREQKGESVQRAREMNDRLASREN
    WHILEPPKERQTETEKELIAKNEYSYMDDLRERINKS
    LQDVSVSSYETFKERLSDNGVILSERGQTFSYAFLDA
    NNKQRRARETRLGSDFGKETILHELENRARQNEFSA
    VEQREPAITPLERDTQQRESEIVSLEQAIEPRKSEAL
    KRESKINRFIDTIKQFAGRVPELTQRVTRKLKQTKDKI
    LDDFERRFSKDMKNYEQEQQKSLEKQANRDVQSEK
    KPTKDHDRGMSR
    114 Cluster: S6EPU9 MNKDEQLVVQVLNAYKNGKIDFSNVPELDRLVRQEV
    Putative NKDFRDYQEKIEAVANQKIESAIQEQLHRLEAENLKA
    mobilization TILKDIQVEKQALLALKKELNEQKEQIKADRKREIVER
    protein YGILIANIVCLFCFLVVGILIGRWIYKGIWDGWGLHILY
    DTVMEIKPKHPYGAVILGLGGFGLIGAGIYGSFRLMY
    TASTWFDQRPKIFKRIFPKK
    115 Adenosine_ Q7DDR9 MVLDNKLGLTNSAELAKQEELLTKKRAKELFESGKIE
    monophosphate- DLEIGTFQGLSDIHQFLFQDIYDFAGKIREVNIAKGNF
    protein_ QFAPRIFLAQTLEYIDKLPQETFDEIIDKYSDMNVAHP
    transferase FREGNGRATRIWLDLILKNKLHKIVDWNQIDKDEYLN
    AMIRSTVSTNELKYLIQKALTDDLGKEQFFKGIDASYY
    YEGYYEIKTEDL
    116 Cluster: O54680 MSIITEFEKNQKQVKALNELSKRKVVEHNSLITSIAKM
    RepB DKTPLKMFELAVSCINTEAPPKDHTVYLSKTELFAFF
    KVSDNDKHSRFKQAVENMQKQAFFKIQEKKEYGFE
    FENIVPIPYVKWADYHDEVTIRFSPEIMPYLINLKQNF
    TQHALSDIAELNSKYSIILYRWLSMNYNQYEHYSAKG
    GRREEQVETYRNPSISIRELREMTDTMKDYPRFQSL
    ESYIIKNSLKEINEHTSFKVTYEKVKKGRSINSIVFHIT
    KKRRADDNSYKLEDKVYQKAKVQKEQKENLLYAEA
    MQSKYTKLLLEHFLLSPYEMTNPATMAGLQRNVYPK
    YDELKDLMGIDGVKKHLSYIYDKQEPYSKGNIAKYLK
    KAIEQYLPTVKRRGL
    117 Cluster: G0WJS1 MSDNLKTIKELADELGVSKTAINKKVTDRERKLWFSK
    Replication- IGNKFVINEDGQKSIKRMFEGLTENQESQTENLEQKP
    associated NSQTENFRNNNESNADIKYILDIIEYQKEQIKDLQNTK
    protein RepX DEQFKQLSNMQNLLDQQQRLALQDKKLLEEYKSEN
    DRLKVLKMPSQETKEEQANIQPQEELETLKEQTRAL
    NDKIKGQEELNNKSSKKWYQFWK
    118 Cluster: G0WJS2 MFSYIYIILSYNTIKVKEVLKFEYRICTSFNWTSKFAEE
    Truncated MKTCFFNSGFKFKNFKGLDNRNAKEKSELISEAEVVI
    peptidase E LAGGHVPTQNIFFQQINLKNMSPVRIF
    119 Putative_O- P37746 MQIAKNYLYNAIYQVFIIIVPLLTIPYLSRILGPSGIGINS
    antigen_ YINSIVQYFVLFGSIGVGLYGNRQIAFVRDNQVKMSK
    transporter VFYEIFILRLFTICLAYFLFVAFLIINGQYHAYYLSQSIAI
    VAAAFDISWFFMGIENFKVTVLRNFIVKLLALFSIFLFV
    KSYNDLNIYILITVLSTLIGNLTFFPSLHRYLVKVNYRE
    LRPIKHLKQSLVMFIPQIAVQIYWVLNKTMLGSLDSVT
    SSGFFDQSDKIVKLVLAIATATGTVMLPRVANAFAHR
    EYSKIKEYMYAGFSFVSAISIPMMFGLIAITPKFVPLFF
    TSQFSDVIPVLMIESIAIIFIAWSNAIGNQYLLPTNQNK
    SYTVSVIIGAIVNLMLNIPLIIYLGTVGASIATVISEMSVT
    VYQLFIIHKQLNLHTLFSDLSKYLIAGLVMFLIVFKISLL
    TPTSWIFILLEITVGIIIYVVLLIFLKAEIINKLKFIMHK
    120 Cluster: O50546 MNLFGDSDYLEKLSSKGDPLERLEKVVDFECFRPTL
    Transposase NRIFKYDLKNKSHGGRPPYDLVLMLKILILQRLYNLSD
    DAMEYQMIDRISFRRFLKIDDKVPDAKTIWNFRNQLS
    KSNRGNWLFSAFQEKLESQGMIAHKGQIVDATFIEA
    PKQRNPKDENELIKANRVPVNWTKNKRAQKDTAAR
    WTIKGNERHYGYKNHIAIDTKSKFVKNYQTTPANVH
    DSQVIGVLVDPDEITLADSAYQNKATPKGAELFTFLK
    NTRSKSLKADDKMFNKIISKIRVRIEHVFGFVENSMH
    GSSLRSIGFDRAVLNTDLTNLTYNLLRHEQVKRLNLK
    TWR
    121 Cluster: Q9RCJ9 MRKYMIYLSSLLVTFILSYATITWLIMPVLTRYQSLARL
    Orf14.9 INHFDYTALTLILLLTLIIWLFGIQYHLKHFSVIYLYLAFS
    VYLLLLFMVIFNKTTDFQAISLNPFDFIKADTRTIQEAV
    LNIIYFIPLGGLYCINTDFKQFVIISLVTLLGIETIQFIFYL
    GTFAISDIILNFLGCLIGYYCCWEIKKS
    122 hypothetical_ MDETYIKIKGRGHYLYRTIDADGLTLDIWLRKKRDTQ
    protein AAYAFLKRLHKQFGEPKAIVTDKAPSLGSAFRKLQSV
    GLYTKTEHRTVKYLNNLIEQDHRPIKRRNKFYQSLRT
    ASSTIKGMETLRGIYKNNRRNGTLFGFSVSTEIKVLM
    GITA
    123 Putative_ P71057 MKKNVLLSIIVPIYNVEKYIGSLVNSLVKQTNKNFEVIF
    glycosyltransferase_ IDDGSTDESMQILKEIIAGSEQEFSLKLLQQVNQGLS
    EpsH SARNIGILNATGEYIFFLDSDDEIEINFVETILTSCYKYS
    QPDTLIFDYSSIDEFGNALDSNYGHGSIYRQKDLCTS
    EQILTALYKDEIPITAWSFVTKRSVIEKHNLLFSVGKK
    FEDNNFTPKVFYFSKNIGVISLRLYRYRKRSGSIMSN
    HPEKFFSDDAIFVTYDLLDFYDQYKIRELGAVVGKLV
    MTRLAFFPDSKKLYNELNPIIKKVFKDYISIEKRHTKRI
    KMYVKMYVFSSYVGYKLYRLVKGKHWK
    124 hypothetical_ MNHFKGKQFKKDVIIVAVGYYLRYNLSYREVQELLYD
    protein RGINVCHTTIYRWVQEYSKVLYDLCKKKNRQSFYSW
    KMDETYIKIKGRWHYLYRAIDADGLTLDIWLQKKRDT
    QAAYAFLKRLHKQFGEPKAIVTDKAPSLGSAFRKLQ
    SVGLYTKTEHRTVKYLNNLIEQDHWPIKRRNKFYQSL
    RTASSTIKGMETLRGIYKNNRRNGTLFGFSVSTEIKV
    LMGITA
    125 Cluster: H5SYB4 MQQNLLKYYGMTHSFSRRGYPYHNASLESWHGHL
    Transposase KREWVYQFKYKNFEEAYQSIFWYIEAFYNSKRIHQSL
    GYLTPNQFEKVSA
    126 Replication_ P03856 MNDLEKRKVVEHNSLITSIAKMQKTALKMFELAVSCI
    initiation_ DTENPPKDNIIYLSKKELFAFFDVSSASKHTRFKEAIE
    protein LMQKQAFFQIKEVKDKGYEMTSIVPIPTVKWNSYND
    DVMIQFNQFIMPYLIDLKAEFTQYKISELKELNSKYSII
    LYRWLSMNYNQYEHYNVKGGRRAEQVENYRKPSIS
    VKELREITDTVNEYKEIYDFEKRVLKKSLAEINAHTSF
    NVNYEKIKKGRSIDSIVFHIEKKRMADDNSYKLGDKD
    YQDDKKQKSRNEADLLKQAMESKYTRLLSENFLIGM
    NDIMDTTTMVGLQKNVYPLYDELKELRGLNGVKDHL
    SYVSSKREEYSKHNIAKYLKKAIEQYLPTVKRQDLEN
    E
    127 Cluster: A0A0D4CCQ1 MNDNLKTIKEVADELGVSKKKIENKLSYIKKKGNTLG
    RepX-like KVIGGVRYLNKQEIKILNISPETSKAPETSKVPETSKV
    protein PETSKVPETSKVPETSKAPETSEVPETSKVPDKHVF
    SSSFDLLREQTAYLLKELEEKNKHIEKLIDNEKSMQN
    LLDQQQRLALQDKKLLEEYKSEINELKALKMPQEDM
    KDDSSIRGEAQEEIVRLKAQLKLSEEERNKAKEKEPV
    KTESKKWWQLWK
    128 Cluster: G6FEV8 MNFGEVLQTKRKSMGLTQEDLADKLFVSSKTISNWE
    Uncharacterized TNKTTPDIDNVIRISQLFDISLNNLLLEGSNMVENIKKK
    protein AEINNLKKYSYCTVITDLVFLFIILSSHYGAELPISILIAT
    CIGIGVNIAVMFYFLNRIKILEDKTKKQQRKEIFITIILCI
    LAFVVTILVSWFKH
    129 Cluster: G6FEV7 MIDLEEEGFLVLWGISIASSYTETISTLQQSGGSAIFT
    Uncharacterized FLTYAIGLLFFILTVLPTNAVTTKSDNGFILFFLRAK
    protein
    130 Cluster: A0A0B8R3X5 MNYIKKFFIVLRLAILSQIGVAVYGGAKGFSLENGAHK
    Exosortase LSLLAVLILIIFIVGNIYLLMYLGKKLGFLTLSKDFLTKK
    E/protease, NIIYILVGTLIARTAGIGGTLLLNATGVTQTANDETIGQ
    VPEID- LFTGENPLLIILLIGIAAPIMEEIVFRGGIVGYLFKDLPV
    CTERM VGIIVSSVLFGLMHSPTNIISFLIYGLIGLTCAIAYFKTR
    system, xrtE RLEVSIAIHFLNNILPALVLAFGIS
    131 Cluster: S6FVR0 MKKIKNRERIIQKKFFVNEKEDERIKLMMRKTGITNFS
    Mobilization IFARRACCNKEIFSIDFSEYKNIISEISATKSELKRIGNN
    protein INQIAKHLNENKNNQTKELMSDYQKQLENLEDKIQKV
    VHYISEG
    132 Cluster: Q93T03 MAKKQNYIWRNDRNFALDEYEQQQYYYVVESNDIIN
    Replication KARHDLTARELKLMDFVISKIQPEDTQFNVIKTSMYE
    protein LTKVLNIKQNGKNYGDMAKAIGDLRKKEVLIYDDVHR
    TVTQTGWVQSAKYQENGQVEIKLNEDLAPHLLGLKT
    HYTQHLLIDTTKLKSRYSILLYKLMREADKDKGNSIAIL
    QGTPEEFKEWLGAPKDYEYKDLKRNILKKAVEEINLK
    IDDMDLEILQGRCGRKVVQVEIHNNWTVQRAIEENS
    EYVESITTHDWLKGDSK
    133 Cluster: G9ZK11 MIYTSGYFIAFLGLIIMLFNFKDLYPKLNIWCRLGFILL
    Uncharacterized CLGLILPMLFGFITGFINNH
    protein
    134 Cluster: O53072 MAREKSDIEYQVVTVRFPKEIYQEYKKILKSEGKIPTY
    Uncharacterized DLRNYIFSVVDEYEKGQR
    protein
    135 hypothetical_ MNYFKGKQFQKDVIIVAVGYYLRYNLSYREIQELLYD
    protein RGINVCHTTIYRWVQEYSKVLYHLWKKKNRQSFYS
    WKMDETYIKIKGRWHYLYRAIDVDGLTLDIWLRKKRD
    TQAAYAFLKRLHKQFGQPRVIVKDKAPSIGSAFRKLQ
    SNGLYTKTEHRTVKYLNNLIEQDHRPIKRRNKFYQSL
    RTASTTIKGMETIRGIYKKNRRNGTLFGFSVSTEIKVL
    MGILA
    136 Cluster: A0A0E2UHK8 MAGYNVLDDAKARNLGLDILEVKETEYAVVPVKGSV
    AraC family PDSIHQAWKYLLEEFFPENGYKHSGLPDFEVYTENDI
    transcriptional HDPNYEMELWVPISKQ
    regulator
    137 Cluster: D2BRG5 MIIVAVGYYLRYNLSYREVQDLLYDRGINVCHTTIYR
    Transposase WVQEYGKLLYQNGFYQGTEHRTIKYLNNLIEQDHRP
    of IS1216E, VKRRNKFYRSLRTASPTIKGMEAIRGLYKKTRKEGTL
    IS6 family FGFSVCTEIKVLLGIPA
    138 Cluster: Q48724 MIKNHWMKKLKYLSLFFLLFAIYWFPDVILAYPEVYLK
    UPF0177 SLVGYERQVVATWIFLGNMSISLFLGILICYKLGYYKNTIS
    protein in IFKIKNLLFLLITTIILFVIYFFSYTYYNSHFITPGIAKT
    abiGi QAAFSIQIVFPFVQFITIAICAPIFEEAAFRTTIYRFFKN
    5′region DKIAYIVSCVGFAWMHTGPNPILIVYLPMSIVLTSIYHR
    RRVLGESILVHGVFNALLPIVIPLLQVITGLYYL
    139 Cluster: A0A0M2ZU19 MKYFVTTLSPSKNMGTMNWQTMILSDYCVNDSYWE
    Uncharacterized KAKRELSEEVQWVTQSDLYKKIKWNHDSNDDIILSKP
    protein VSIILETVKSDFPHANVWVYQ
    140 Cluster: A0A0M2ZU05 MEIQTNFQIISDEELSEIVGGGYPNNQSMNDVLHWL
    Bacteriocin- NGHNDGNPKQLPKWMCGLG
    type signal
    sequence
    141 Cluster: A0A0M2ZV61 MTKYIYPNLKDNQKYLLKIIDGILTSNNISSEEKKLFLIA
    Uncharacterized KSNIEKGRNFDPQISELISSLQYLVHSDDVLVFFEEAR
    protein KIMQINPGTGGSPYGWSNFESK
    142 putative_ Q60048 MAKITLNFQKRLQQHSNHLVILSAILIVLGYLGKYGVNQIW
    cadmium- IWNSTMIIASIIGFIPVAIHAYQAIKVKQISIDLLVSIA
    transporting_ VIGALFIGEYEESAIVTFLFAFGGFLEKKTLEKTRSSIK
    ATPase ELTNMAPRTALSADGEEMDIDEVEIGDKLLVKTGRQ
    VPVDGRIYQGSGYVNEASITGESREIRKEAGTKVFA
    GSILENGTIYVEAEKVGEDTTFGKIIELVEEAQDTKSP
    AEKFIDRFAKYYTPAVLVIAAITWVFSHNLELAITILVL
    GCPGALVIGAPVSNVAGIGNGAKRGVLIKGGDVMNT
    FSHIDTLLFDKTGTLTKGNTEVVVVKNYGASKELIDA
    VASAENESDHPLATAVVRMIGKFNPIKFEKTDVVKG
    QGIIADNLLIGNEKMMVVNHITISPEQKQDITEITDSGA
    SVVLVAADNRLQLIYGIADEIRSGVKESLEELRHEGIS
    RMIMLTGDNETTAKAVAAQLGIDEVRANLMPEEKAE
    VVKSLKNSGKKIAFIGDGVNDSPSLALANIGIAMGSG
    TDTAIETSDIVLMRSSFDELVHAYGLSKRTVANMTQN
    IVIAIVVVLFLLASLILGGTGLVPSFVNMGTGMFVHEA
    SILIVIVNGMRLIRYREK
    143 Cluster: A0A0D6E0F2 MQNNYTSKGKHLTESERLLIERWHNKEKVSNREIAY
    Transposase RLGKAPQTIHNEIQRGTVQLKYKTKYSAKIAQESYKT
    LRTHSKRSTKLNAQLDDQISKAVKNKISLEVIHQELK
    GVVCLRTLYNWISSGILSVAYHELLYPQYRKPKKQRV
    TQPKHMLGQSIEERPESVDERSEYGHWEIDTVLLTK
    EKGECLLTLTERKTRLEIIRLIPNKTTHSVNQALRGIEF
    LALSVTSDNGREFAKLSEALDCPVYYCHAYASHERG
    TNENHNRMIRRHLPKGTKKTTKQVVAYIENWMNNYP
    RKMFNFKTPNQMLIESI
    144 Cluster: P94884 MNHFKGKQFQQDVIIVAVGYYLRYNLSYREVQEILYD
    Transposase RGINVSHTTIYRWVQEYGKLLYQIWKKKNKKSFYSW
    KMDETYIKIKGKWHYLYRAIDADGLTLDIWLRKKRDT
    QAAYAFLKRLVKQFDEPKVVVTDKAPSITSAFKKLKE
    YGFYQGTEHRTIKYLNNLIEQDHRPVKRRNKFYRSL
    RTASTTIKGMEAIRGLYKKTRKEGTLFGFSVCTEIKVL
    LGIPA
    145 Alpha- Q8L208 MNSRIFQHNTFTTLSIGFYKGTITLKEALTHGKVGIGT
    acetolactate_ LDTANGEVTIIDGIAYHGDSENQVRLVEENETMPYVA
    decarboxylase MVEHQPIVKFTDNSVSNSEDFLSALTKRFPTANTAYT
    IVMTGQFKEVTVSSKPANNTRPYDEIMADQPYFTKE
    NISGTMLGVWAPKHLTDLFGIGFHLHFVSEDKTFTAH
    VQNFITENLAIELGKITQIEQEFPDEDENFDQHLFQ
    146 DNA- P03013 MNIGYARVSTGLQNLDLQKDSLKKYNCEKIFTDHMS
    invertase_ GSKRERPGLKSAIEFSRPGDTIVVWRLDRLGRNMED
    hin LINIVNSLNNKGVSFHSLQENITMDKSSSTGQLMFHL
    FAAFAEFERNLILERSAAGREAARARGRLGGRPEKF
    SEQDVKLLKTLVESGTPIKSIADSWGVSRTTIYRYINK
    F
    147 Cluster: D2BPF3 MKIITATLLLVISLLGILGTAFLYLGELTQGKGGGFLFIL
    Uncharacterized GCFLILGIQSFTWLEILFGKRQNGEVKKYDYFLFNILK
    protein VIFSIGALQLFIQRCFF
    148 Nitrogen_ P29286 MSKYKHHFSHHEHHCVQLVPLFGLLSESELVQVEQV
    fixation_ VNHKIFEKGETVISPFAVPQLAIVAHGTLKIYQLSSAG
    regulation_ KEQLLRVIEPGGYAGEDALFGVMNDNLYGETLEETQ
    protein_ ICFLRQQDFKNLLLKYPELSLKLLETTVRRAAEMQYQ
    FixK AQFLMMEDVESRIANYLLQLVKVVDSNSVMIPMKMK
    DLATFIGTTPETISRKFKILEEKGFIERRGKIIKILDID
    SLEDDYA
    149 Cluster: Non- A0A161UM95 MMTKLMIDEKYAKELDKAEIDHHKPTAGAMLGHVLS
    specific NLFIENIRLTQAGIYAKSPVKCEYLREIAQKEVEYFFKI
    DNA-binding SDLLLDENEIVPSTTEEFLKYHKFITEDPKAKYWTDE
    protein Dps/ DLLESFIVDFQAQNMFITRAIKLANKEEKFALAAGVVE
    Iron-binding LYGYNLQVIRNLAGDLGKSVADFHDEDEDNDN
    ferritin-like
    antioxidant
    protein/
    Ferroxidase
    150 Cluster: A0A0M2ZU22 MSKVIMRLNELSCPSCMAKIEAAMTTTKGVANAKVL
    Copper ion FNASKVKAEFDENVVSADELISKVEKLGYPVLSSKVT
    binding VV
    protein
    151 Cluster: P94884 MNHFKGKQFQQDVIIVAVGYYLRYNLSYREVQEILYD
    Transposase RGINVSHTTIYRWVQEYGKLLYQIWKKKNKKSFYSW
    KMDETYIKIKGKWHYLYRAIDADGLTLDIWLRKKRDT
    QAAYAFLKRLVKQFDEPKVVVTDKAPSITSAFKKLKE
    YGFYQGTEHRTIKYLNNLIEQDHRPVKRRNKFYRSL
    RTASTTIKGMEAIRGLYKKTRKEGTLFGFSVCTEIKVL
    LGIPA
    152 hypothetical_ MKMLRVQKPLLFKFSQIQVLQYTKTQDAVYKVNSNTI
    protein CSVYKLSFTLVQLRL
    153 Tyrosine_ MF_01808 MTYIELNPVNNVVLPKHNSSVEDFEISENKTITYDELK
    recombinase_ IVLEYCHKHNKNQRLTLIIEFLFLTGLRLEELGGLQKS
    XerC SVDFKKQTIKIKHVIDTKAIGDNSRKLYLPKTFASRREI
    YVNDRCIEILKWFFDNSLDDDFVFTTMIGTTVKQSAT
    YLFVRNVCEASLGKQKNRKYNVHMLRHAHISLLAEL
    DIPIKATMKRVGHSQESTTLRIYSHVSQKMNDSIMRK
    LNEI
    154 Cluster: P94884 MNHFKGKQFQQDVIIVAVGYYLRYNLSYREVQEILYD
    Transposase RGINVSHTTIYRWVQEYGKLLYQIWKKKNKKSFYSW
    KMDETYIKIKGKWHYLYRAIDADGLTLDIWLRKKRDT
    QAAYAFLKRLVKQFDEPKVVVTDKAPSITSAFKKLKE
    YGFYQGTEHRTIKYLNNLIEQDHRPVKRRNKFYRSL
    RTASTTIKGMEAIRGLYKKTRKEGTLFGFSVCTEIKVL
    LGIPA
    155 Replication_ P13921 MKQKKREQRSNKWAFLIYQESVPEDYLNLLEELHVP
    protein_ FILSPWHDKDVNRTTGEFKKPHKHGVFFFESLKSYS
    RepB QVSELISDKLNSPEHVEVVMSPKGMYDYFTHAENPE
    KSPYNIEDIESGAGFELDKFLAENNEDLLNQVYEVMR
    DSGIKEFADFTDLIAKQFPDLLYFVFSKSYFFKIYLDS
    KRYIEIKQKDDEDNHGK
    156 hypothetical_ MENNYPYLLNREQASKFIGIRDDTFSVFFIVKIS
    protein
    157 Na(+)/H(+)_ P26235 MEDIFQITIILFFSMLATLLSKKLKIPEVVGQMLIGIILAP
    antiporter SVLGLINGGHTIEVMSEIGVILLMFLAGLESDLEVLKK
    NLKPSILVVLLQSLKIKRALSELQIS
    158 hypothetical_ MNHFKGKQFKKDVIIVAVGYYLRYNLSYREIQELLYD
    protein RGINVCHTTIYRWVQEYSKVLYHLWKKKNRQSFYS
    WKMDETYIKIKGRWHYLYRAIDADGLTLDIWLRKKRD
    TQAAYAFLKRLHKQFGQPRVIVTDKAPSIGSAFRKLQ
    SNGLYTKTEHRTVKYLNNLIEQDHRPIKRRNKFYRSL
    RTASTTIKGMETIRGIYKKNRRNGTLFGFSVSTEIKVL
    MGIPA
    159 Cluster: I6TH45 MSEHLNMASIKKKQPNRKERKQISFRVSEPEYLNLE
    MobC RSAKVLNISVPAFVKKKAQGARVVAPKINPDDSKEM
    mobilization ARQLAALGNNVNQLAKRVNQIEFADKDTQERLSADL
    protein RRTLHGLGEIWRQLT
    160 Cluster: A0A1V0PDY6 MATTHIKRSNGASRLVNYAEKRAVQKDGYNLDIEYA
    Relaxase/ KSELKQVREIYGNKGATQAYASRVAFSPKEFDPKNV
    Mobilization KDQLKALEIAKEIYSTAYPNQQIAMYVHNDTDSLHVH
    nuclease AVIGAINLLTGKKMHGNWQEYRERLVKITDKVVEKH
    domain GLTVTVPHPRPEKRTMAELKMKARGQVTWKDKIRQ
    AVDTTMREAHISDFKSFKEKLGELAVNVIERGRDLTY
    TLTGTDYKSRGAKLGEDYKKETIFYELDRRNQLQYG
    TSRQRQGRAWLEGRGERLEQEQRARQNLAKRAED
    LQRRTLESTEQSIQPSHQRPQKSKERGLGGPSL
    161 Cluster: A0A1V0PDZ8 MVHEIVQYHNDFNTVPLRGFNERERRIVMALLHQVK
    Replication NKDVEVVQLDFDTLRGLSGWNDTLAKSENSNAKFN
    initiator RYLENLSDKIMTLRGTLRSEDGLQVVKFSLFPTFIIDG
    protein KNTMTLKVQINPTFKYLTNIFDMFTAFELDDYNRMNT
    SYGQELYRLLKQYRTSGFYRVKIEDLRHLLSVPESYT
    NAKMDQKVFSKTTVTDLTNAFPNFKIKQERGTGRGR
    PIIGYTFTFDKEAPNKYELDRKKQEQIAQFWKSNDPE
    PMPNAVAQTEYQNPELRKEKEELEKHNASFGDLLK
    GWFKK
    162 Cluster: A0A1V0PDX6 MKFKKKNYTPQVDEKDCGCAALSMILKTYETEKSLA
    CAAX amino SFLLNQRIKMHKVFEKIITIFFAFFLFFISQIPIYYVNYK
    terminal NKENNLYGISNKISLPFIFIALFVIIIAVALGKKRGFYHHSK
    protease KTLEFKNIMLILVLVTISIILNILINRFIIFHHLGIMNNQI
    family protein NIDSILSSLSCLGKIFGIALLAPILEESIFRASIYQIFNND
    KVSFLISSLLFAFLHSGYSWVFFTYLPVSLCMTFIYHR
    RKILTDSILFHSLFNLLVLGLNFLI
    163 Cluster: A0A1V0PES5 MLDILNKARIHKKWFLFSYSIISFCITIIYIVFNHTFFKVN
    Putative WAKYNSDDSYKNKVDEILKHGVFWINGNLTSISSPLL
    transporter ICLFLLGAFFSLTIFFLTWRNLSTRTWTPIISFLGFLIPF
    IHSDGNFINLLILSFILILFGAISSVPSLRYF
    164 hypothetical_ MNHFKGKQFKKDVIIVAVGYYLRYNLSYREIQELLYD
    protein RGINVCHTTIYRWVQEYSKVLYHLWKKKNRQSFYS
    WKMDETYIKIKGRWHYLYRAIDADGLTLDIWLRKKRD
    TQAAYAFLKRLHKQFGQPRVIVTDKAPSIGSAFRKLQ
    SNGLYTKTEHRTVKYLNNLIEQDHRPIKRRNKFYRSL
    RTASTTIKGMETIRGIYKKNRRNGTLFGFSVSTEIKVL
    MGIPA
    165 Cluster: O54674 MSIIPEKQNNQKQVLTLNELSKRKVVEHNSLITSIAKM
    RepB DKTPLKMFELAVSCIDTEKPLEDNTVYLSKRDLFAFF
    KVSDNDKHSRFKQAVEKMQKQAFFQIKEEAGKGFK
    FKSIVPIPYVEWTDYNDEVKIEFHREIMPYLINLKKNF
    TQHALSDIAELNSKYSLILYRWLSMNYNQYEHYSVK
    GGRRAEQVEAYRNPSIKVKEMRLMTDTVNEYHKYN
    DWDRYILKNSLKEINAHTSFNVTYDKIKKGRSIDSIVF
    HIEKKRMADDNSYKLGDKDYQEDKARKAETEDMLTL
    QALKSPYTKLLMEHFLLSYLDLTDTKILSGLQAHVYPL
    YDELKDLRGLNGVKDHLSYVRAKREDYSKKNITKYL
    KKAIEQYLPTVKRQDL
    166 Cluster: Q2VHR8 MSEKLKTIKELADEIGVSKQAVWQKIKKESSIDLRQFT
    Replication- SKKGNTVYVDVDGQKVIKSAFF
    associated
    protein RepX
    167 Cluster: G9BNK7 MVKKLLRVLFFNKTSTKKRQQKVFVDDNVNNSVDG
    Replication NPEGNEEILFLRNLVSELQSEKKDLHKLLDQQQRLAL
    protein X QDKKLLEEYKAENDSLKALKMPTEGSQAEQANSQP
    KEEVKALKFEIRTLQEELNKQKIHSQEEREKLKAELTT
    PKKWYQFWK
    168 Cluster: A0A0H1RR04 MNKLKKLQELEAKSDKQAELMGELEARLGLIENKQI
    Uncharacterized
    protein
    169 Cluster: G8P721 MANTETVIWKSVKGFEGQYEVSNTGLVKSFKGKTER
    Uncharacterized IDRFDSNVQEILKRLSYDDCRRYKR
    protein 
    170 Cluster: G8P722 MNMKNKTNENFVQIPNKMFMNINNDEKLVYVKLLQ
    Uncharacterized SQMIGYLDKDNRTTMTTVSLLVTLLGWSKGQYSNKK
    protein VVKALNGLKDKKYINFESIQDVFTVQINKWNDKEEHI
    VPVDWKQSGVKFSGHTQIRLSVIDNLLEGKDFTLYA
    YTEYRKMKTHQYRICYEEWGFVLRMTKDGAFKNVN
    SSEVIIKVSNGFDSDTKRRETNSYLTFDSVEDVKEVS
    LKPTYKAQSSKSVVKEQEPELVEDDFDNFEEEELSF
    KAEAKKPLIKEKKITKKQANELKDEINKFFGNTMEDNI
    FKKMASDKRITSVEQAMEIQDINKPMSLEMWKVVQD
    SDNFFVRESGNKKLKNKAWQKKFWSDLKEEIDKAK
    ELAYKTKFTSKYLYNTITEYYVDGGECVISSDKLYDY
    VHNRRVYSNDEYTYFTPTNMVPHLKFIKVTEKY
    171 Cluster: A0A0V8EN50 MYFCYSNKQKDFLNQKGIDSLFSARHAKTNKLFYVF
    Uncharacterized YQSEELGQALTEFTEKKAEFFKNN
    protein
    172 Carbon_ P15078 MKDIGNSSNFTEDEELFLLRNKQGKIVGIKDLKQANF
    starvation_ QETMKDWKKHLPKPSLLSIIIWVAVALLGGLAWSLIAL
    protein_A AQGETINAIWFVIAAVCSYLIGYRFYALYIQRKIMRPN
    DLRATPSESHNDGKEFDPTNRVVLFGHHFASIAGAG
    PLVGPVLAAQMGYLPGTIWIIFGVIFAGGVQDMLVLW
    YSHRRRAKSIGAMAHDEVGRFAGGLTSFIVFIMTMIV
    LAVLALICVTAMANSAWAVFSIGMTIPIALLMGIYLKYI
    RPGHVNEISAIGFILLLVAIFGGRWVSESSFAHIFMLS
    PTALVWWVMGYTFIAAIIPAWILLTPRDYLSMFMKIGT
    IAVLAIAVVGVRPDVTIPALTNFAHNTDGPAFAGSLFP
    FLFVTIACGALSGFHVMMSSGTTPHLIAKESQTRMIG
    YGGMLFESFVAIMALVAAISLNPGIYYSMNTPQASIQ
    KLAASSYQADKSAEYNAAKAIPNVAMMPDGSKLSID
    WEGTTGEKALEQVAKDVGEQSIVSRTGGAPTLAVS
    MSNILHKVPLIGGTNMMGFWYHFAIMFEALFILSAVS
    AATKSTRYLLNDALRGFKKLGRLGDDDWLPSKIITTA
    VIVGVWGALLLMGVSDPNGGIKIMYPLFGISNQLIAAV
    ALAIVCVMVIRKGYLKWVWIPALPLVWDVCVTFAAS
    WQKIFSNDVNIGYFASYSAAKAQVASGKISGLALTNT
    QATMRNTMIQGSLSVIFLLCVAILLVICALKVAKILRTN
    EVGDKFSSEEVFEESNLFETSSFWPSKLEHKVLKSK
    VNE
    173 hypothetical_ MNYFKGKQFQKDVIIVAVGYYLRYNLSYREIQELLYD
    protein RGINVCHTTIYRWVQEYSKVLYHLWKKKNRQSFYS
    WKMDETYIKIKGRWHYLYRAIDVDGLTLDIWLRKKRD
    TQAAYAFLKRLHKQFGQPRVIVKDKAPSIGSAFRKLQ
    SNGLYTKTEHRTVKYLNNLIEQDHRPIKRRNKFYQSL
    RTASTTIKGMETIRGIYKKNRRNGTLFGFSVSTEIKVL
    MGILA
    174 Cluster: G8PA25 MKTLIHEDLRGKIIYLQEEIPFGOGRLIEQLRLPFLSQK
    Putative LLTIPLIVDLKLAEFIRRQLYYCSPKWLKLQEKYYQRG
    competence ENLLNLTFERSFIAPLGLNLLEVFDDEIPLHKFTQIKQ
    protein/ NINLYYENFLINFQQNSFKAVYPPRFYAIMKKQKKDM
    transcription NE
    factor
    175 Oligoendopeptidase_ P54124 MAKNRNEIPEKLTWDLTTIYKTDKEWEAELTRIKSEL
    F,_plasmid SLVEETDPGHLLDSAESLLTITEKMLSISQQVEKLYVY
    ASMKNDQDTREAKYQEYQSKATALYVKFGEVYAFY
    EPEFLKISKEVYNKWLGELQKLKNYDHMFERLFAKK
    AHILSQKEEKLLAAAGEIFESPSETFEIFDNADIKLPM
    VKNESDEMIQLTHGNYSSLMESKNRGVRKAAYKALY
    SNYEQYQHTYAKTLQTNVKVHNLNAQIRSYDSARQA
    ALANNFVPEKVYDVLMEAIHQHLPLLHRYIELRKKILG
    ITDLKMYDIYTPLSNLDYKFNYEDGVKKAEEVLAIFGK
    EYKGKVKAAFEQRWIDVEENIGKRSGAYSGGSYDT
    NAFMLLNWQETLDDLFTLVHETGHSMHSAFTRENQ
    PYVYGNYPIFLAEIASTTNENILTETLLKESKDDKERF
    ALLNHWLDSFRGTVFRQSQFAEFEQKIHEADAAGEV
    LTSEYLNSLYGEINEKYYNLAVKENPEIQYEWARIPH
    FYYNFYVFQYATGFAAATFLAEKVVHGSTEDRQKYL
    EYLKAGSSAYPLEVIAKAGVDMESTDYLDAAFELFEN
    RLSELEKLVEKGVHL
    176 Cluster: P94881 MVETYKRTSNPMMNRPVVKAELVEWMRSSQTQITG
    ORF4 ELASLASVPVLTRLFPLV
    protein
    177 Cluster: Q48667 MQKRYSKEFKETLIAFYHSGOSVTQLSKEYDVAPATI
    Insertion YKWIDLYSKSNESSVSKADFLELKRQLAKVKEERDIL
    sequence KKVLTIFAEKKK
    IS981
    178 Serine_ P0ADI0 MKIGYARVSTFEQKLESQIEVLKEAGAEEVFQEKFTG
    recombinase_ TTVERPQFNLVFKKLKDGDTLIVTKLDRLARNTREVL
    PinR EIVQSLFNRGIKVHILNIGLIDNTPTGQLIFTIFSAFAQF
    ERDLIVIRTQEGKNFAKLHDPSFREGRPQKFTEEQI
    QFAYELKQQGMTYKMIERKTGISIATQKRRFIKAKNQ
    AIDKDY
    179 Cluster: Q52233 MKEYFQGDEFKDISKNGKDRKWKERKINNLNLAKIF
    Replication DSLDYPDSFIFNIKSCAEYLNFKRSSDGSLRLFQMYT
    protein CKNKQCAICSWRRSMKYQVQISKIVEEAMIRKPKGR
    FLFLTLTVENVSGEGLNNELSLLSEAFNRLMKYKKVS
    KNILGFLRATEVTINESMDTYHPHIHVLLFISPTYFKNK
    NNYISQDEWTELWKKSAKLDYRPIVDVRSIKPKNEKT
    SDIRSAILETAKYPVKPMELNYDSAKVVDDLQKGLYR
    KRQIAFGGLFKQIKKELELDDIENGDLINIGDEENPISD
    GEIISVLWNHERQNYYVR
    180 Cluster: T0VQK1 MTCSNLTIHLHAKNRSKLFGSKKYALQELEAESTAFV
    Uncharacterized VANHLNIDTKDYSIGYLNSWGFDKISDEQLENVIKND
    protein KLSNNKIKGENE
    (Fragment)
    181 Cluster: T0VLA4 MINYQGEDFTETEFYGREILEAIQLTNKFPTPKKVLID
    Uncharacterized MLEEMIHEQLDFIDKEELNNYINAKKYVQTLTEDEVK
    protein NLCFEVKDLYEDVLKEFEIKL
  • TABLE 4
    Selected Exopolysaccharide producing
    Lactococcus lactis cremoris Proteins not found
    in Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A
    SEQ ID
    NO. name uniprot_id Protein Sequence
    182 Cluster: A0A218PFY7 MERKKKKKENIWAIIVPILIIISLIGAWAYALRDSLIPND
    Exopolysaccharide YTKTNSSDQPTKTSVSNGYVEQKGVEAAVGSIALVD
    biosynthesis DAGVPEWVKVPSKVNLDKFTDLSTNNITIYRINNPEV
    protein EpsL LKTVTNRTDQRMKMSEVIAKYPNALIMNASAFDMQT
    GQVAGFQINNGKLIQDWSPGTTTQYAFVINKDGSCKI
    YDSSTPASTIIKNGGQQAYDFGTAIIRDGKIQPSDGS
    VDWKIHIFIANDKDNNLYAILSDTNAGYDNIMKSVSNL
    KLQNMLLLDSGGSSQLSVNGKTIVASQDDRAVPDYI
    VMK
    183 Cluster: A0A0M2ZR43 MVDAYLDNNLGDDLMIRYFASYFYQHKIYLVESREHI
    Polysaccharide RKTFYDIPNIYFYSEEDYKMNEYDFQLHVTIGGSMFIL
    pyruvyl DDFKKLIRFRHRIKNSRKIKKRNIPSAIIGCNLGPFDKR
    transferase NFGLKLAKFELKYKNLVTVRDKQSKELLLRGFKRKKI
    CsaB, csaB NIKLFPDIIFSKVLYKSIPKYGLGMTLSQVFRVTNVEF
    184 putative_ P71059 MKNKFSIIVPVYNGESHIKKCIDTLLKQTYNDFEIIIIND
    glycosyltransferase_ GSTDDTKSVLTKFYAKNLKVKIVNTSNKGVSFARNLG
    EpsJ INQSSGQYLLFVDSDDELSINALKYLSIMLNKKDRDLI
    LFGFSLTGDNNRKNDTSILKSIANQNTDCKMNILKSIL
    STKNNILGYVWRAVYSLDFIKKNNIFFETHLKISEDYL
    FLLQSVEHSNNLFVITEEFYKYNLGETSMSNKFVPTL
    LNDMVWVNNWIESNILTVYPQFFVGFNCLVANTYIRY
    VQNAIRNKEENFMLKYREIKINKRKYNFQRSINQVIFH
    LDKFDFKSKIGVILFRIHLDIVYELLFNIKERKN
    185 Cluster: Q3ZK44 MTNLNRKKFFINFQSLVFFILIIIYGLTTKNVMGGSGIF
    EpsH SIDSILKYGILFICISVEGYIFLKNGNERRETSENYNNF
    KYYFIIITFLSLFASFKQVHFSFRTVQSFIFIFIPMLYSY
    LILNNWTFRQINFSMKIALFLSVIEYLFSIRMGFSQIISS
    LASINYNNTNASALESSTFALLSLGFAAYFGYYKKNF
    LCKIVSLLFVIMTFKRVITLSGCILVILGILKIKNLRVNRF
    FLIVSTITLVSFSLIYYYSIQPQNILEISEKIGFSIRDFST
    NRTDRLAWLSMTDFKSYGLGSTTDFMYKLWGVDLE
    MDIVQLILEVGAFGVIVFIYFYLRFSKSNLYAFSFMALL
    LLNSILSSGMMSTFSWIIILIAMSTIMEYKEGM
    186 Cluster: Q3ZK46 MIFVTVGTHEQPFNRLIQKIDELVRDGQIKDDVFMQI
    EpsF GYSTYEPKYTKWASVIGYNDMTAYFNKADIVITHGG
    PSTYMQVLQHGKIPIVVPRQEKFGEHINDHQLRVSK
    QVIKKGYPLILCEDVSALKICIESSRIRTDEFIKSNNKN
    FISNFKKIIAFEE
    187 Cluster: Q9X491 MKIALVGSSGGHLTHLYLLKKFWENEDRFWVTFDKT
    EpsE DAKSILKEERFYPCYYPTNRNVKNTIKNTILAFKILRKE
    KPDLIISSGAAVAVPFFWIGKLFGAKTVYIEIFDRIDKP
    TLTGKLVYPVTDKFIVQWEELKKVYPKAINLGGIF
    188 putative_sugar_ P71062 MEFFEDASSPESEEPKLVELKNFSYRELIIKRAIDILG
    transferase_ GLAGSVLFLIAAALLYVPYKMSSKKDQGPMFYKQKR
    EpsL YGKNGKIFYILKFRTMIFNAEQYLELNPDVKAAYHAN
    GNKLENDPRVTKIGSFIRRHSIDELPQFINVLKGDMAL
    VGPRPILLFEAKEYGERLSYLLMCKPGITGYWTTHG
    RSKVLFPQRADLELYYLQYHSTKNDIKLLSLTIVQSIN
    GSDAY
    189 Tyrosine- P96716 MAKNKRSIDNNRYIITSVNPQSPISEQYRTIRTTIDFK
    protein_ MADQGIKSFLVTSSEAAAGKSTVSANIAVAFAQQGK
    kinase_YwqD KVLLIDGDLRKPTVNITFKVQNRVGLTNILMHQSSIED
    AIQGTRLSENLTIITSGPIPPNPSELLASSAMKNLIDSV
    SDFFDVVLIDTPPLSAVTDAQILSSYVGGVVLVVRAY
    ETKKESLAKTKKMLEQVNANILGVVLHGVDSSDSPS
    YYYYGVE
    190 putative_ P96715 MQETQEQTIDLRGIFKIIRKRLSLILFSALIVTILGSIYTF
    capsular_ FIASPVYTASTQLVVKLPNSDNSDAYAGQVSGNIQM
    polysaccharide_ ANTINQVIVSPVILDKVQSNLNLSDDSFQKQVTAANQ
    biosynthesis TNSQVITLTVKYSNPYIAQKIADETAKIFSSDAAKLLNV
    TNVNILSKAKAQTTPISPKPKLYLAISVIAGLVLGLAIAL
    LKELFDNKINKEEDIEALGLTVLGVTSLCSNE
    191 Cluster: A9QSJ2 MMKKGIFVITIVISIALIIGGFYSYNSRINNLSKADKGKE
    Polysaccharide VVKNSSEKNQIDLTYKKYYKNLPKSVQNKIDDISSKN
    biosynthesis KEVTLTCIWQSDSVISEQFQQNLQKYYGNKFWNIKNI
    protein TYNGETSEQLLAEKVQNQVLATNPDVVLYEAPLFND
    NQNIEATASWTSNEQLITNLASTGAEVIVQPSPPIYG
    GVVYPVQEEQFKQSLSTKYPYIDYWASYPDKNSDE
    MKGLFSDDGVYRTLNASGNKVWLDYITKYFTAN
    192 Cluster: O06027 MNNLFYHRLKELVESSGKSANQIERELGYPRNSLNN
    EpsR YKLGGEPSGTRLIGLSEYFNVSPKYLMGIIDEPNDSS
    AINLFKTLTQEEKKEMFIICQKWLFLEYQIEL
    193 Putative_O- P37746 MQIAKNYLYNAIYQVFIIIVPLLTIPYLSRILGPSGIGINS
    antigen_ YINSIVQYFVLFGSIGVGLYGNRQIAFVRDNQVKMSK
    transporter VFYEIFILRLFTICLAYFLFVAFLIINGQYHAYYLSQSIAI
    VAAAFDISWFFMGIENFKVTVLRNFIVKLLALFSIFLFV
    KSYNDLNIYILITVLSTLIGNLTFFPSLHRYLVKVNYRE
    LRPIKHLKQSLVMFIPQIAVQIYWVLNKTMLGSLDSVT
    SSGFFDQSDKIVKLVLAIATATGTVMLPRVANAFAHR
    EYSKIKEYMYAGFSFVSAISIPMMFGLIAITPKFVPLFF
    TSQFSDVIPVLMIESIAIIFIAWSNAIGNQYLLPTNQNK
    SYTVSVIIGAIVNLMLNIPLIIYLGTVGASIATVISEMSVT
    VYQLFIIHKQLNLHTLFSDLSKYLIAGLVMFLIVFKISLL
    TPTSWIFILLEITVGIIIYVVLLIFLKAEIINKLKFIMHK
    194 Putative_ P71057 MKKNVLLSIIVPIYNVEKYIGSLVNSLVKQTNKNFEVIF
    glycosyltransferase_  IDDGSTDESMQILKEIIAGSEQEFSLKLLQQVNQGLS
    EpsH SARNIGILNATGEYIFFLDSDDEIEINFVETILTSCYKYS
    QPDTLIFDYSSIDEFGNALDSNYGHGSIYRQKDLCTS
    EQILTALYKDEIPITAWSFVTKRSVIEKHNLLFSVGKK
    FEDNNFTPKVFYFSKNIGVISLRLYRYRKRSGSIMSN
    HPEKFFSDDAIFVTYDLLDFYDQYKIRELGAVVGKLV
    MTRLAFFPDSKKLYNELNPIIKKVFKDYISIEKRHTKRI
    KMYVKMYVFSSYVGYKLYRLVKGKHWK
  • TABLE 5
    Select Proteins from 13 kb plasmid of
    Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A
    SEQ
    ID
    NO. name uniprot_id Protein Sequence
    195 Foldase_ P0C2B5 MKKKMRLKVLLASTATALLLLSGCQSNQTDQT
    protein_ VATYSGGKVTESSFYKELKQSPTTKTMLANMLI
    PrsA YRALNHAYGKSVSTKTVNDAYDSYKQQYGENF
    DAFLSQNGFSRSSFKESLRTNFLSEVALKKLKKV
    SESQLKAAWKTYQPKVTVQHILTSDEDTAKQVI
    SDLAAGKDFAMLAKTDSIDTATKDNGGKISFEL
    NNKTLDATFKDAAYKLKNGDYTQTPVKVTDG
    YEVIKMINHPAKGTFTSSKKVLTASVYAKWSRD
    SSIMQRVISQVLKNQHVTIKDKDLADALDSYKK
    LATTN
    196 PIII- P15292 MQRKKKGLSFLLAGTVALGALAVLPVGEIQAK
    type_ AAISQQTKGSSLANTVTAATAKQAATDTTAATT
    proteinase NQAIATQLAAKGIDYNKLNKVQQQDIYVDVIVQ
    MSAAPASENGTLRTDYSSTAEIQQETNKVIAAQ
    ASVKAAVEQVTQQTAGESYGYVVNGFSTKVRV
    VDIPKLKQIAGVKTVTLAKVYYPTDAKANSMA
    NVQAVWSNYKYKGEGTVVSVIDSGIDPTHKDM
    RLSDDKDVKLTKSDVEKFTDTVKHGRYFNSKV
    PYGFNYADNNDTITDDKVDEQHGMHVAGIIGA
    NGTGDDPAKSVVGVAPEAQLLAMKVFTNSDTS
    ATTGSDTLVSAIEDSAKIGADVLNMSLGSDSGN
    QTLEDPEIAAVQNANESGTAAVISAGNSGTSGS
    ATEGVNKDYYGLQDNEMVGTPGTSRGATTVAS
    AENTDVITQAVTITDGTGLQLGPETIQLSSNDFT
    GSFDQKKFYVVKDASGNLSKGKVADYTADAK
    GKIAIVKRGELTFDDKQKYAQAAGAAGLIIVNN
    DGTATPVTSMALTTTFPTFGLSSVTGQKLVDWV
    TAHPDDSLGVKIALTLVPNQKYTEDKMSDFTSY
    GPVSNLSFKPDITAPGGNIWSTQNNNGYTNMSG
    TSMASPFIAGSQALLKQALNNKNNPFYAYYKQL
    KGTALTDFLKTVEMNTAQPINDINYNNVIVSPR
    RQGAGLVDVKAAIDALEKNPSTVVAENGYPAV
    ELKDFTSTDKTFKLTFTNRTTHELTYQMDSNTD
    TNAVYTSATDPNSGVLYDKKIDGAAIKAGSNIT
    VPAGKTAQIEFTLSLPKSFDQQQFVEGFLNFKGS
    DGSRLNLPYMGFFGDWNDGKIVDSLNGITYSPA
    GGNFGTVPLLTNKNTGTQYYGGMVTDADGNQ
    TVDDQAIAFSSDKNALYNDISMKYYLLRNISNV
    QVDILDGQGNKVTTLSSSTNLTKTYYNAHSQQY
    IYYHAPAWDGTYYDQRDGNIKTADDGSYTYRIS
    GVPEGGDKRQVFDVPFKLDSKAPTVRHVALSA
    KTKNGKTQYYLTAEVKDDLSGLDATKSVKTAI
    NEVTNLDATFTDAGTTADGYTKIETPLSDEQAQ
    ALGNGDNSAELYLTDNASNATDQDASVQKPGS
    TSFDLIVNGSGIPDKISSTTTGYEANTQGGGTYTF
    SGTYPAAVDGTYTDAQGKKHDLNTTYDAATNS
    FTASMPVTNADYAAQVDLYADKAHTQLLKHFD
    TKVRLTAPTFTDLKFNNGSDQTSEATIKVTGTVS
    ADTKTVNVGDTVAALDAQHHFSVDVPVNYGD
    NTIKVIATDEDGNTTTEQKTITSSYDPDMLKNPV
    TFDQGVTFGSNEFNATSAKFYDPKTGIATITGKV
    KHPTTTLQVDGKQIPIKDDLTFSFTLDLGTLGQK
    PFGVVVGDTTQNKTFQEALTFILDAVAPTLSLDS
    STDAPVYTNDPNFQITGTATDNAQYLSLSINGSS
    VASQYADININSGKPGHMAIDQPVKLLEGKNVL
    TVAVTDSEDNTTTKNITVYYEPKKTLAAPTVTP
    STTEPAQTVTLTANAAATGETVQYSADGGKTY
    QDVPAAGVTITANGTFKFKSTDLYGNESPAVDY
    VVTNIKADDPAQLQAAKQALTNLIASAKTLSAS
    GKYDDATTTALAAATQKAQTALDQTNASVDSL
    TGANRDLQTAINQLAAKLPADKKTSLLNQLQSV
    KDALGTDLGNQTDPSTGKTFTAALDDLVAQAQ
    AGTQTDDQLQATLAKILDEVLAKLAEGIKAATP
    AEVGNAKDAATGKTWYADIADTLTSGQASADA
    SDKLAHLQALQSLKTKVAAAVEADKTVGKGD
    DTTGTSDKGSGQGTPAPATGDTGKDKGDEGSQ
    PSSGGNIPTNPATTTSTSADDTTDRNGQHTTGTS
    DKGGGQGTPAPATGDTGKDKGDEGSQPSSGGN
    IPTNPATTTSTSADDTTDRNGQHTTGTSDKGGG
    QGTPAPATGDTGKDKGDEGSQPSSGGNIPTNPA
    TTTSTSTDDTTDRNGQHTTGKGALPKTGETTER
    PAFGFLGVIVVILMGVLGLKRKQREE
    197 Cluster: T0V9Y4 MRAAEGLFVYNKTNFHYLPQNIAFADFKSGKFA
    Uncharacterized TSGMSMILIDSVNHRILDVMKDRGAGQLRAYFN
    protein QYSPSARAAVKTITVDLFTPYRAMIKDLFPNANI
    VADRFHVVTQAYRELNKVRISVMKQFGSDSKE
    YRQLKRFWKLLMKHENALDYMTSKNRINFKHA
    YLTDKEVIDRLLALSDELRDAYAFYQVIL
    198 Cluster: T0UTW8 MDNDIRILIGLTDLNIDFDAKAEQHFNETNLNGT
    Uncharacterized APITWNLLLTYATNCEKFGTPMVHNGIKMVTH
    protein KGPRIAFKFQNYRIRKQKFL
    199 Cluster: T0UZT2 MIENTINIAYARKFYKTKDYHSFCNLIKGNKGLF
    Uncharacterized GNKTVNQKANISFVKSEGEKHTHIYLDYQETCK
    protein VAHPNFLQLINLLKNYDPEFSEEKLPTFDLNDKI
    FGEYEIKVIPISKTKIVNTIDDVMNEIAKEIVLKY
    NQDMFKVTSKLGEISLTPIQEKFDKLKDI
    200 Cluster: RepB Q9AIQ4 MIIPEKQNKQKQVLTLNELEKRKVVEHNALIQS
    VAKMQKTALKMFELAVSCIDTEEPPKNNTVYLS
    KSELFKFFEVSSSSKHSQFKEAVNYMQKQAFFNI
    KADKKLGIEYESIVPIPYVKWNDYNDEVTIRFDQ
    AIMPYLIDLKAEFTQYKISELQKLNSKYSIILYRW
    LSMNYNQYEHYSVKGGRRADQVEAYRTPSIKV
    KELREITDTINEHQHFPHFETRVLKKAIEEINAHT
    SFNVTYEKVKKGRSIDSIVFHIEKKRMADDNSY
    KLEDKVYQEDKARKAETEKDLVFQAMQSPYTR
    LLIENMFLNVYETTDSQIMAGLQKNVYPLYDEL
    KELRGLNGVKDHLSYVSSKQEAYSKRNVAKYL
    KKAIEQYLPTVKRQDLNHE
    201 Cluster: Q7BLH6 MSEDLKTIKELADELGVSKSYVDKIIRILKLHTK
    Uncharacterized LDKVGNKYVISKKQEKSIITRIENSKSTTETHTES
    protein TTQSHTKVDAEVDFLKEEIAYLKSNHDKQLTNK
    DKQIETLSNLLDQQQRLALQDKKWLEEYKAEIN
    DLKALKMPSEDTKEEQSNYRSLEKEKDFVQTIQ
    ESYESEIKVLNQKLAEQEEQIQEIQKEKETKEKK
    WFQFWK
    202 Cluster: RepC O05547 MAQTFDRKILRALQDNGVREIRAYEVVSKRLTI
    FQTDRGTFKYSDSLYRLVAPRQELWRNCTTGFI
    SEEKYHFYKK
    203 Cluster: Q2VHJ0 MNHFKGKQFKKDVIIVAVGYYLRYNLSYREIQE
    Transposase LLYDRGINVCHTTIYRWVQEYSKVLYHLWKKK
    NRQSFYSWKMDETYIKIKGRWHYLYRAIDADG
    LTLDIWLRKKRDTQAAYAFLKRLHKQFGQPRVI
    VTDKAPSIGSAFRKLQSNGLYTKTEHRTVKYLN
    NLIEQDHRPIKRRNKFYRSLRTASTTIKGMETIR
    GIYKKNRRNGTLFGFSVSTEIKVLMGILA
  • TABLE 6
    Select Proteins from 30 kb plasmid of
    Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain B
    SEQ
    ID
    NO. name uniprot_id Protein Sequence
    204 Cluster: A0A218PFY7 MERKKKKKENIWAIIVPILIIISLIGAWAYALRD
    Exopolysaccharide SLIPNDYTKTNSSDQPTKTSVSNGYVEQKGVEA
    biosynthesis AVGSIALVDDAGVPEWVKVPSKVNLDKFTDLS
    protein EpsL TNNITIYRINNPEVLKTVTNRTDQRMKMSEVIA
    KYPNALIMNASAFDMQTGQVAGFQINNGKLIQ
    DWSPGTTTQYAFVINKDGSCKIYDSSTPASTIIK
    NGGQQAYDFGTAIIRDGKIQPSDGSVDWKIHIFI
    ANDKDNNLYAILSDTNAGYDNIMKSVSNLKLQ
    NMLLLDSGGSSQLSVNGKTIVASQDDRAVPDY
    IVMK
    205 Cluster: A4VC87 MAQTIQTLALNVRLSCQLLDVPESSYYERINRH
    Transposase B PSKTQLRRQYLSLKISQLFNANRGIYGAPKIHHL
    of IS981 LLKQGEKVGLKLVQKLMKQLQLKSVVIKKFKP
    GYSLSDHINRKNLIQTEPTKKNKVWSTDITYIPT
    QQGWAYLSTIMDRYTKKVIAWDLGKRMTVEL
    VQRTLNKAIKSQDYPEAVILHSDQGSQYTSLEY
    EELLKYYGMTHSFSRRGYPYHNASLESWHGHL
    KREWVYQFKYKNFEEAYQSIFWYIEAFYNSKRI
    HQSLGYLTPNQFEKVSA
    206 Cluster: A0A0M2ZR43 MVDAYLDNNLGDDLMIRYFASYFYQHKIYLVE
    Polysaccharide SREHIRKTFYDIPNIYFYSEEDYKMNEYDFQLH
    pyruvyl VTIGGSMFILDDFKKLIRFRHRIKNSRKIKKRNIP
    transferase SAIIGCNLGPFDKRNFGLKLAKFELKYKNLVTV
    CsaB, csaB RDKQSKELLLRGFKRKKINIKLFPDIIFSKVLYK
    SIPKYGLGMTLSQVFRVTNVEF
    207 putative_ P71059 MKNKFSIIVPVYNGESHIKKCIDTLLKQTYNDF
    glycosyltransferase_ EIIIINDGSTDDTKSVLTKFYAKNLKVKIVNTSN
    EpsJ KGVSFARNLGINQSSGQYLLFVDSDDELSINAL
    KYLSIMLNKKDRDLILFGFSLTGDNNRKNDTSI
    LKSIANQNTDCKMNILKSILSTKNNILGYVWRA
    VYSLDFIKKNNIFFETHLKISEDYLFLLQSVEHS
    NNLFVITEEFYKYNLGETSMSNKFVPTLLNDM
    VWVNNWIESNILTVYPQFFVGFNCLVANTYIR
    YVQNAIRNKEENFMLKYREIKINKRKYNFQRSI
    NQVIFHLDKFDFKSKIGVILFRIHLDIVYELLFNI
    KERKN
    208 Cluster: EpsH Q3ZK44 MTNLNRKKFFINFQSLVFFILIIIYGLTTKNVMG
    GSGIFSIDSILKYGILFICISVEGYIFLKNGNERRE
    TSENYNNFKYYFIIITFLSLFASFKQVHFSFRTVQ
    SFIFIFIPMLYSYLILNNWTFRQINFSMKIALFLS
    VIEYLFSIRMGFSQIISSLASINYNNTNASALESS
    TFALLSLGFAAYFGYYKKNFLCKIVSLLFVIMT
    FKRVITLSGCILVILGILKIKNLRVNRFFLIVSTIT
    LVSFSLIYYYSIQPQNILEISEKIGFSIRDFSTNRT
    DRLAWLSMTDFKSYGLGSTTDFMYKLWGVDL
    EMDIVQLILEVGAFGVIVFIYFYLRFSKSNLYAF
    SFMALLLLNSILSSGMMSTFSWIIILIAMSTIMEY
    KEGM
    209 Cluster: A0A0M2ZW08 MKKLKISVIIRTYNEVKHIGEVLKSLTDQTYLN
    Transferase 2, HEIIIVDSGSVDGTLDIIERYPVKLVSINKEDFNY
    rSAM/selenodo SYASNVGVQNSSGDIVCFLSGHSVPVYKNYLE
    main-associated KINEIFQETEIGACYGEVIALPDGSITEKIFNRIG
    YLKSKLSLNNKRFFLENKIHPGIFSCSNACARK
    KLLLKYPFKVELGHGGEDVEVAYRIIQDGYFV
    AKSVELLVMHSHGSSLKKFIKEYKAWGKMYE
    DVLKFIKKNNDKSQ
    210 Cluster: EpsF Q3ZK46 MIFVTVGTHEQPFNRLIQKIDELVRDGQIKDDV
    FMQIGYSTYEPKYTKWASVIGYNDMTAYFNK
    ADIVITHGGPSTYMQVLQHGKIPIVVPRQEKFG
    EHINDHQLRVSKQVIKKGYPLILCEDVSALKICI
    ESSRIRTDEFIKSNNKNFISNFKKIIAFEE
    211 Cluster: EpsE Q9X491 MKIALVGSSGGHLTHLYLLKKFWENEDRFWV
    TFDKTDAKSILKEERFYPCYYPTNRNVKNTIKN
    TILAFKILRKEKPDLIISSGAAVAVPFFWIGKLFG
    AKTVYIEIFDRIDKPTLTGKLVYPVTDKFIVQW
    EELKKVYPKAINLGGIF
    212 putative_sugar_ P71062 MEFFEDASSPESEEPKLVELKNFSYRELIIKRAID
    transferase_EpsL ILGGLAGSVLFLIAAALLYVPYKMSSKKDQGP
    MFYKQKRYGKNGKIFYILKFRTMIFNAEQYLEL
    NPDVKAAYHANGNKLENDPRVTKIGSFIRRHSI
    DELPQFINVLKGDMALVGPRPILLFEAKEYGER
    LSYLLMCKPGITGYWTTHGRSKVLFPQRADLE
    LYYLQYHSTKNDIKLLSLTIVQSINGSDAY
    213 Tyrosine- P96717 MIDIHCHILPGIDDGAKTSGDTLTMLKSAIDEGI
    protein_ TTITATPHHNPQFNNESPLILKKVKEVQNIIDEH
    phosphatase_YwqE QLPIEVLPGQEVRIYGDLLKEFSEGKLLTAAGTS
    SYILIEFPSNHVPAYAKELFYNIKLEGLQPILVHP
    ERNSGIIENPDILFDFIEQGVLSQITASSVTGHFG
    KKIQKLSFKMIENHLTHFVASDAHNVTSRAFK
    MKEAFEIIEDSYGSDVSRMFQNNAESVILNESF
    YQEKPTKIKTKKLLGLF
    214 Tyrosine- P96716 MAKNKRSIDNNRYIITSVNPQSPISEQYRTIRTTI
    protein_kinase_ DFKMADQGIKSFLVTSSEAAAGKSTVSANIAV
    YwqD AFAQQGKKVLLIDGDLRKPTVNITFKVQNRVG
    LTNILMHQSSIEDAIQGTRLSENLTIITSGPIPPNP
    SELLASSAMKNLIDSVSDFFDVVLIDTPPLSAVT
    DAQILSSYVGGVVLVVRAYETKKESLAKTKKM
    LEQVNANILGVVLHGVDSSDSPSYYYYGVE
    215 putative_ P96715 MQETQEQTIDLRGIFKIIRKRLSLILFSALIVTILG
    capsular_ SIYTFFIASPVYTASTQLVVKLPNSDNSDAYAG
    polysaccharide_ QVSGNIQMANTINQVIVSPVILDKVQSNLNLSD
    biosynthesis DSFQKQVTAANQTNSQVITLTVKYSNPYIAQKI
    ADETAKIFSSDAAKLLNVTNVNILSKAKAQTTP
    ISPKPKLYLAISVIAGLVLGLAIALLKELFDNKIN
    KEEDIEALGLTVLGVTSLCSNE
    216 Cluster: A9QSJ2 MMKKGIFVITIVISIALIIGGFYSYNSRINNLSKA
    Polysaccharide DKGKEVVKNSSEKNQIDLTYKKYYKNLPKSVQ
    biosynthesis NKIDDISSKNKEVTLTCIWQSDSVISEQFQQNLQ
    protein KYYGNKFWNIKNITYNGETSEQLLAEKVQNQV
    LATNPDVVLYEAPLFNDNQNIEATASWTSNEQ
    LITNLASTGAEVIVQPSPPIYGGVVYPVQEEQFK
    QSLSTKYPYIDYWASYPDKNSDEMKGLFSDDG
    VYRTLNASGNKVWLDYITKYFTAN
    217 Cluster: EpsR O06027 MNNLFYHRLKELVESSGKSANQIERELGYPRNS
    LNNYKLGGEPSGTRLIGLSEYFNVSPKYLMGII
    DEPNDSSAINLFKTLTQEEKKEMFIICQKWLFLE
    YQIEL
    218 Cluster: Q2VHJ5 MSVSIIDSFPIPLCQPIRNFRSKGLGDYANVGYN
    Transposase A ATKGQYFYGCKCHALVSESGYVIDYTITPASM
    ADSSMTEEVLSQFGTPTVLGDMGYLGQSLHDR
    LELKGIDLMTPVRKNMKQKKILFPNFSKRRKVI
    ERVFSFLTNLGAERCKSRSPQGFQLKLEMILLA
    YSLLLKSAKSLEPETLRYSIGYQVMAK
    219 Cluster: Signal A0A0B8QXZ2 MTIKNKKDLSSSIEQLEKAINQQETILKKFDNEQ
    transduction  LDFEQIKKLENLLIQEREKAKQVQIKINRSVLQN
    histidine kinase NSENYKERKKRTRQLIQKGALLEKYLEAKHLT
    VDETEQLLQIFANMINKPELLVNFIGK
    220 Cluster: B1N0G0 MVQQIVLPIKDSNILKMVQDTLLDSFRAGRRN
    Tyrosine YTIFQVGKATLLRVSDVMKLKKTDVFNSDGTV
    recombinase KQTAFIHDQKTGKANTLYLKPVQQDLVVYHD
    WMVQQNLNSEWLFPSTSRPDRPITEKQFYKIM
    ARVGDLLSINYLGTHTMRKTGAYRVYTQSNY
    NIGLVIHLLNHSSEAMTLTYLGLDQASRETMLD
    QIDFG
    221 Cluster: G1FE57 MDQKEVSQNQTKYIQFRLSEEQYNKLKISGET
    Uncharacterized YGLSPNLYAKKLAQKSHLKKPYLEHDQAKSLL
    protein LELSKQGTNLNQIAKKLNQFDRMDNQDKELIE
    ALRYTYGVLAQAQKGYQELWQQLQK
    222 Cluster: H2A9L4 MATIAKISNGASAASALNYALGQDRPMHEKTE
    Mobilization QWLQDHQLERPVELTNCRAVAVGGTNGIDPFI
    protein AKEQFDVVRQLHNQTKESNQVMRITQSFALDE
    LNPKVQKDWQKANDLGVELAENLYPNHQSAV
    YTHLDGKNHVLHNHIIVNKVNLETGKKLREQK
    GESVQRAREMNDRLASRENWHILEPPKERQTE
    TEKELIAKNEYSYMDDLRERINKSLQDVSVSSY
    ETFKERLSDNGVILSERGQTFSYAFLDANNKQR
    RARETRLGSDFGKETILHELENRARQNEFSAVE
    QREPAITPLERDTQQRESEIVSLEQAIEPRKSEAL
    KRESKINRFIDTIKQFAGRVPELTQRVTRKLKQT
    KDKILDDFERRFSKDMKNYEQEQQKSLEKQAN
    RDVQSEKKPTKDHDRGMSR
    223 Cluster: S6EPU9 MNKDEQLVVQVLNAYKNGKIDFSNVPELDRL
    Putative VRQEVNKDFRDYQEKIEAVANQKIESAIQEQLH
    mobilization RLEAENLKATILKDIQVEKQALLALKKELNEQK
    protein EQIKADRKREIVERYGILIANIVCLFCFLVVGILI
    GRWIYKGIWDGWGLHILYDTVMEIKPKHPYGA
    VILGLGGFGLIGAGIYGSFRLMYTASTWFDQRP
    KIFKRIFPKK
    224 Adenosine_ Q7DDR9 MVLDNKLGLTNSAELAKQEELLTKKRAKELFE
    monophosphate- SGKIEDLEIGTFQGLSDIHQFLFQDIYDFAGKIRE
    protein_ VNIAKGNFQFAPRIFLAQTLEYIDKLPQETFDEII
    transferase DKYSDMNVAHPFREGNGRATRIWLDLILKNKL
    HKIVDWNQIDKDEYLNAMIRSTVSTNELKYLIQ
    KALTDDLGKEQFFKGIDASYYYEGYYEIKTEDL
    225 Cluster: RepB O54680 MSIITEFEKNQKQVKALNELSKRKVVEHNSLIT
    SIAKMDKTPLKMFELAVSCINTEAPPKDHTVYL
    SKTELFAFFKVSDNDKHSRFKQAVENMQKQAF
    FKIQEKKEYGFEFENIVPIPYVKWADYHDEVTI
    RFSPEIMPYLINLKQNFTQHALSDIAELNSKYSII
    LYRWLSMNYNQYEHYSAKGGRREEQVETYRN
    PSISIRELREMTDTMKDYPRFQSLESYIIKNSLKE
    INEHTSFKVTYEKVKKGRSINSIVFHITKKRRAD
    DNSYKLEDKVYQKAKVQKEQKENLLYAEAM
    QSKYTKLLLEHFLLSPYEMTNPATMAGLQRNV
    YPKYDELKDLMGIDGVKKHLSYIYDKQEPYSK
    GNIAKYLKKAIEQYLPTVKRRGL
    226 Cluster: G0WJS1 MSDNLKTIKELADELGVSKTAINKKVTDRERK
    Replication- LWFSKIGNKFVINEDGQKSIKRMFEGLTENQES
    associated QTENLEQKPNSQTENFRNNNESNADIKYILDIIE
    protein RepX YQKEQIKDLQNTKDEQFKQLSNMQNLLDQQQ
    RLALQDKKLLEEYKSENDRLKVLKMPSQETKE
    EQANIQPQEELETLKEQTRALNDKIKGQEELNN
    KSSKKWYQFWK
    227 Cluster: G0WJS2 MFSYIYIILSYNTIKVKEVLKFEYRICTSFNWTS
    Truncated KFAEEMKTCFFNSGFKFKNFKGLDNRNAKEKS
    peptidase E ELISEAEVVILAGGHVPTQNIFFQQINLKNMSPV
    RIF
    228 Putative_O- P37746 MQIAKNYLYNAIYQVFIIIVPLLTIPYLSRILGPS
    antigen_ GIGINSYTNSIVQYFVLFGSIGVGLYGNRQIAFV
    transporter RDNQVKMSKVFYEIFILRLFTICLAYFLFVAFLII
    NGQYHAYYLSQSIAIVAAAFDISWFFMGIENFK
    VTVLRNFIVKLLALFSIFLFVKSYNDLNIYILITV
    LSTLIGNLTFFPSLHRYLVKVNYRELRPIKHLKQ
    SLVMFIPQIAVQIYWVLNKTMLGSLDSVTSSGF
    FDQSDKIVKLVLAIATATGTVMLPRVANAFAH
    REYSKIKEYMYAGFSFVSAISIPMMFGLIAITPK
    FVPLFFTSQFSDVIPVLMIESIAIIFIAWSNAIGNQ
    YLLPTNQNKSYTVSVIIGAIVNLMLNIPLIIYLGT
    VGASIATVISEMSVTVYQLFIIHKQLNLHTLFSD
    LSKYLIAGLVMFLIVFKISLLTPTSWIFILLEITVG
    IIIYVVLLIFLKAEIINKLKFIMHK
    229 Cluster: O50546 MNLFGDSDYLEKLSSKGDPLERLEKVVDFECF
    Transposase RPTLNRIFKYDLKNKSHGGRPPYDLVLMLKILI
    LQRLYNLSDDAMEYQMIDRISFRRFLKIDDKVP
    DAKTIWNFRNQLSKSNRGNWLFSAFQEKLESQ
    GMIAHKGQIVDATFIEAPKQRNPKDENELIKAN
    RVPVNWTKNKRAQKDTAARWTIKGNERHYG
    YKNHIAIDTKSKFVKNYQTTPANVHDSQVIGVL
    VDPDEITLADSAYQNKATPKGAELFTFLKNTRS
    KSLKADDKMFNKIISKIRVRIEHVFGFVENSMH
    GSSLRSIGFDRAVLNTDLTNLTYNLLRHEQVKR
    LNLKTWR
    230 Cluster: Orf14.9 Q9RCJ9 MRKYMIYLSSLLVTFILSYATITWLIMPVLTRY
    QSLARLINHFDYTALTLILLLTLIIWLFGIQYHLK
    HFSVIYLYLAFSVYLLLLFMVIFNKTTDFQAISL
    NPFDFIKADTRTIQEAVLNIIYFIPLGGLYCINTD
    FKQFVIISLVTLLGIETIQFIFYLGTFAISDIILNFL
    GCLIGYYCCWEIKKS
    231 Cluster: Q2VHJ0 MDETYIKIKGRGHYLYRTIDADGLTLDIWLRK
    Transposase KRDTQAAYAFLKRLHKQFGEPKAIVTDKAPSL
    GSAFRKLQSVGLYTKTEHRTVKYLNNLIEQDH
    RPIKRRNKFYQSLRTASSTIKGMETLRGIYKNN
    RRNGTLFGFSVSTEIKVLMGITA
    232 Putative_ P71057 MKKNVLLSIIVPIYNVEKYIGSLVNSLVKQTNK
    glycosyltransferase_ NFEVIFIDDGSTDESMQILKEIIAGSEQEFSLKLL
    EpsH QQVNQGLSSARNIGILNATGEYIFFLDSDDEIEI
    NFVETILTSCYKYSQPDTLIFDYSSIDEFGNALD
    SNYGHGSIYRQKDLCTSEQILTALYKDEIPITAW
    SFVTKRSVIEKHNLLFSVGKKFEDNNFTPKVFY
    FSKNIGVISLRLYRYRKRSGSIMSNHPEKFFSDD
    AIFVTYDLLDFYDQYKIRELGAVVGKLVMTRL
    AFFPDSKKLYNELNPIIKKVFKDYISIEKRHTKRI
    KMYVKMYVFSSYVGYKLYRLVKGKHWK
    233 Cluster: Q2VHJ0 MNHFKGKQFKKDVIIVAVGYYLRYNLSYREVQ
    Transposase ELLYDRGINVCHTTIYRWVQEYSKVLYDLCKK
    KNRQSFYSWKMDETYIKIKGRWHYLYRAIDAD
    GLTLDIWLQKKRDTQAAYAFLKRLHKQFGEPK
    AIVTDKAPSLGSAFRKLQSVGLYTKTEHRTVK
    YLNNLIEQDHWPIKRRNKFYQSLRTASSTIKGM
    ETLRGIYKNNRRNGTLFGFSVSTEIKVLMGITA
    234 Cluster: H5SYB4 MQQNLLKYYGMTHSFSRRGYPYHNASLESWH
    Transposase GHLKREWVYQFKYKNFEEAYQSIFWYIEAFYN
    SKRIHQSLGYLTPNQFEKVSA
    • Production of Immune Modulating Lactococcus Strain EVs
  • In certain aspects, the immune modulating Lactococcus strain EVs described herein can be prepared using any method known in the art.
  • In some embodiments, the immune modulating Lactococcus strain EVs are prepared without an EV purification step. For example, in some embodiments, immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria comprising the EVs described herein are killed using a method that leaves the immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacterial EVs intact and the resulting bacterial components, including the EVs, are used in the methods and compositions described herein. In some embodiments, the immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria are killed using an antibiotic (e.g., using an antibiotic described herein). In some embodiments, the immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria are killed using UV irradiation.
  • In some embodiments, the EVs described herein are purified from one or more other bacterial components. Methods for purifying EVs from bacteria are known in the art. In some embodiments EVs are prepared from bacterial cultures using methods described in S. Bin Park, et al. PLoS ONE. 6(3):e17629 (2011) or G. Norheim, et al. PLoS ONE. 10(9): e0134353 (2015), each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. In some embodiments, the bacteria are cultured to high optical density and then centrifuged to pellet bacteria (e.g., at 10,000×g for 30 min at 4° C.). In some embodiments, the culture supernatants are then passed through filter to exclude intact bacterial cells (e.g., a 0.22 μm filter). In some embodiments, filtered supernatants are centrifuged to pellet bacterial EVs (e.g., at 100,000-150,000×g for 1-3 hours at 4° C.). In some embodiments, the EVs are further purified by resuspending the resulting EV pellets (e.g., in PBS), and applying the resuspended EVs to sucrose gradient (e.g., a 30-60% discontinuous sucrose gradient), followed by centrifugation (e.g., at 200,000×g for 20 hours at 4° C.). EV bands can be collected, washed with (e.g., with PBS), and centrifuged to pellet the EVs (e.g., at 150,000×g for 3 hours at 4° C.). The purified EVs can be stored, for example, at −80° C. until use. In some embodiments, the EVs are further purified by treatment with DNase and/or proteinase K.
  • For example, in some embodiments, cultures of immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria disclosed herein can be centrifuged at 11,000×g for 20-40 min at 4° C. to pellet bacteria. Culture supernatants may be passed through a 0.22 μm filter to exclude intact bacterial cells. Filtered supernatants may then be concentrated using methods that may include, but are not limited to, ammonium sulfate precipitation, ultracentrifugation, or filtration. For example, for ammonium sulfate precipitation, 1.5-3 M ammonium sulfate can be added to filtered supernatant slowly, while stirring at 4° C. Precipitations can be incubated at 4° C. for 8-48 hours and then centrifuged at 11,000×g for 20-40 min at 4° C. The resulting pellets contain immune modulating Lactococcus strain EVs and other debris. Using ultracentrifugation, filtered supernatants can be centrifuged at 100,000-200,000×g for 1-16 hours at 4° C. The pellet of this centrifugation contains immune modulating Lactococcus strain EVs and other debris. In some embodiments, using a filtration technique, such as through the use of an Amicon Ultra spin filter or by tangential flow filtration, supernatants can be filtered so as to retain species of molecular weight >50 or 100 kDa.
  • Alternatively, EVs can be obtained from immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacterial cultures continuously during growth, or at selected time points during growth, by connecting a bioreactor to an alternating tangential flow (ATF) system (e.g., XCell ATF from Repligen). The ATF system retains intact cells (>0.22 um) in the bioreactor, and allows smaller components (e.g., EVs, free proteins) to pass through a filter for collection. For example, the system may be configured so that the <0.22 um filtrate is then passed through a second filter of 100 kDa, allowing species such as EVs between 0.22 um and 100 kDa to be collected, and species smaller than 100 kDa to be pumped back into the bioreactor. Alternatively, the system may be configured to allow for medium in the bioreactor to be replenished and/or modified during growth of the culture. EVs collected by this method may be further purified and/or concentrated by ultracentrifugation or filtration as described above for filtered supernatants.
  • EVs obtained by methods provided herein may be further purified by size based column chromatography, by affinity chromatography, and by gradient ultracentrifugation, using methods that may include, but are not limited to, use of a sucrose gradient or Optiprep gradient. Briefly, using a sucrose gradient method, if ammonium sulfate precipitation or ultracentrifugation were used to concentrate the filtered supernatants, pellets are resuspended in 60% sucrose, 30 mM Tris, pH 8.0. If filtration was used to concentrate the filtered supernatant, the concentrate is buffer exchanged into 60% sucrose, 30 mM Tris, pH 8.0, using an Amicon Ultra column. Samples are applied to a 35-60% discontinuous sucrose gradient and centrifuged at 200,000×g for 3-24 hours at 4° C. Briefly, using an Optiprep gradient method, if ammonium sulfate precipitation or ultracentrifugation were used to concentrate the filtered supernatants, pellets are resuspended in 35% Optiprep in PBS. In some embodiments, if filtration was used to concentrate the filtered supernatant, the concentrate is diluted using 60% Optiprep to a final concentration of 35% Optiprep. Samples are applied to a 35-60% discontinuous sucrose gradient and centrifuged at 200,000×g for 3-24 hours at 4° C.
  • In some embodiments, to confirm sterility and isolation of the EV preparations, EVs are serially diluted onto agar medium used for routine culture of the bacteria being tested, and incubated using routine conditions. Non-sterile preparations are passed through a 0.22 um filter to exclude intact cells. To further increase purity, isolated EVs may be DNase or proteinase K treated.
  • In some embodiments, for preparation of EVs used for in vivo injections, purified EVs are processed as described previously (G. Norheim, et al. PLoS ONE. 10(9): e0134353 (2015)). Briefly, after sucrose gradient centrifugation, bands containing EVs are resuspended to a final concentration of 50 μg/mL in a solution containing 3% sucrose or other solution suitable for in vivo injection known to one skilled in the art. This solution may also contain adjuvant, for example aluminum hydroxide at a concentration of 0-0.5% (w/v).
  • In certain embodiments, to make samples compatible with further testing (e.g. to remove sucrose prior to TEM imaging or in vitro assays), samples are buffer exchanged into PBS or 30 mM Tris, pH 8.0 using filtration (e.g. Amicon Ultra columns), dialysis, or ultracentrifugation (200,000×g, ≥3 hours, 4° C.) and resuspension.
  • In some embodiments, the sterility of the EV preparations can be confirmed by plating a portion of the EVs onto agar medium used for standard culture of the bacteria used in the generation of the EVs and incubating using standard conditions.
  • In some embodiments select EVs are isolated and enriched by chromatography and binding surface moieties on EVs. In other embodiments, select EVs are isolated and/or enriched by fluorescent cell sorting by methods using affinity reagents, chemical dyes, recombinant proteins or other methods known to one skilled in the art.
    • Bacterial Compositions
  • In certain aspects, provided herein are bacterial compositions comprising an immune modulating Lactococcus strain provided herein, an immune modulating Lactococcus strain EVs provided herein, and/or an immune modulating Lactococcus strain PhAB provided herein. In some embodiments, the bacterial formulation further comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • In some embodiments, the bacterial composition comprises a killed bacterium, a live bacterium and/or an attenuated bacterium. Bacteria may be heat-killed by pasteurization, sterilization, high temperature treatment, spray cooking and/or spray drying (heat treatments can be performed at 50° C., 65° C., 85° C. or a variety of other temperatures and/or a varied amount of time). Bacteria may also be killed or inactivated using γ-irradiation (gamma irradiation), exposure to UV light, formalin-inactivation, and/or freezing methods, or a combination thereof. For example, the bacteria may be exposed to 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, or 50 kGy of radiation prior to administration. In some embodiments, bacteria (e.g., Lactococcus strain) are killed using gamma irradiation. In some embodiments, the bacteria are killed or inactivated using electron irradiation (e.g., beta radiation) or x-ray irradiation.
  • In certain embodiments, at least 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% of the bacteria in the bacterial composition are the immune modulating Lactococcus strain. In certain embodiments, substantially all of the bacteria in the bacterial composition are the immune modulating Lactococcus strain. In certain embodiments, the bacterial composition comprises at least 1×103 colony forming units (CFUs), 1×104 colony forming units (CFUs), 1×105 colony forming units (CFUs), 5×105 colony forming units (CFUs), 1×106 colony forming units (CFUs), 2×106 colony forming units (CFUs), 3×106 colony forming units (CFUs), 4×106 colony forming units (CFUs), 5×106 colony forming units (CFUs), 6×106 colony forming units (CFUs), 7×106 colony forming units (CFUs), 8×106 colony forming units (CFUs), 9×106 colony forming units (CFUs), 1×107 colony forming units (CFUs), 2×107 colony forming units (CFUs), 3×107 colony forming units (CFUs), 4×107 colony forming units (CFUs), 5×107 colony forming units (CFUs), 6×107 colony forming units (CFUs), 7×107 colony forming units (CFUs), 8×107 colony forming units (CFUs), 9×107 colony forming units (CFUs), 1×108 colony forming units (CFUs), 2×108 colony forming units (CFUs), 3×108 colony forming units (CFUs), 4×108 colony forming units (CFUs), 5×108 colony forming units (CFUs), 6×108 colony forming units (CFUs), 7×108 colony forming units (CFUs), 8×108 colony forming units (CFUs), 9×108 colony forming units (CFUs), 1×109 colony forming units (CFUs), 5×109 colony forming units (CFUs), 1×1010 colony forming units (CFUs) 5×1010 colony forming units (CFUs), 1×1011 colony forming units (CFUs) 5×1011 colony forming units (CFUs), 1×1012 colony forming units (CFUs) 5×1012 colony forming units (CFUs), 1×1013 colony forming units (CFUs) of the immune modulating Lactococcus strain.
  • In some embodiments, at least 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% of the bacteria in the composition are of the immune modulating Lactococcus strain. 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% of the bacteria in the composition are of the immune modulating Lactococcus strain.
  • In some embodiments, the compositions described herein may include only one strains of the immune modulating Lactococcus described herein. For example, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or 20 of the immune modulating Lactococcus strains described herein, in any combination, can be included in the compositions provided herein.
  • In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions comprise immune modulating Lactococcus strain EVs substantially or entirely free of bacteria. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions comprise both immune modulating Lactococcus strain EVs and whole immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria (e.g., live bacteria, killed bacteria, attenuated bacteria). In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions comprise immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria that is substantially or entirely free of EVs.
  • In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises at least 1 immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacterium for every 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8. 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8. 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8. 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8. 4.9, 5, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8. 5.9, 6, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8. 6.9, 7, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8. 7.9, 8, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8. 8.9, 9, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8. 9.9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18. 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28. 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38. 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48. 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58. 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68. 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78. 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88. 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98. 99, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, 1×103, 2×103, 3×103, 4×103, 5×103, 6×103, 7×103, 8×103, 9×103, 1×104, 2×104, 3×104, 4×104, 5×104, 6×104, 7×104, 8×104, 9×104, 1×105, 2×105, 3×105, 4×105, 5×105, 6×105, 7×105, 8×105, 9×105, 1×106, 2×106, 3×106, 4×106, 5×106, 6×106, 7×106, 8×106, 9×106, 1×107, 2×107, 3×107, 4×107, 5×107, 6×107, 7×107, 8×107, 9×107, 1×108, 2×108, 3×108, 4×108, 5×108, 6×108, 7×108, 8×108, 9×108, 1×109, 2×109, 3×109, 4×109, 5×109, 6×109, 7×109, 8×109, 9×109, 1×1010, 2×1010, 3×1010, 4×1010, 5×1010, 6×1010, 7×1010, 8×1010, 9×1010, 1×1011, 2×1011, 3×1011, 4×1011, 5×1011, 6×1011, 7×1011, 8×1011, 9×1011, and/or 1×1012 immune modulating Lactococcus strain EV particles.
  • In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises about 1 immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacterium for every 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8. 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8. 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8. 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8. 4.9, 5, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8. 5.9, 6, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8. 6.9, 7, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8. 7.9, 8, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8. 8.9, 9, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8. 9.9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18. 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28. 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38. 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48. 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58. 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68. 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78. 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88. 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98. 99, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, 1×103, 2×103, 3×103, 4×103, 5×103, 6×103, 7×103, 8×103, 9×103, 1×104, 2×104, 3×104, 4×104, 5×104, 6×104, 7×104, 8×104, 9×104, 1×105, 2×105, 3×105, 4×105, 5×105, 6×105, 7×105, 8×105, 9×105, 1×106, 2×106, 3×106, 4×106, 5×106, 6×106, 7×106, 8×106, 9×106, 1×107, 2×107, 3×107, 4×107, 5×107, 6×107, 7×107, 8×107, 9×107, 1×108, 2×108, 3×108, 4×108, 5×108, 6×108, 7×108, 8×108, 9×108, 1×109, 2×109, 3×109, 4×109, 5×109, 6×109, 7×109, 8×109, 9×109, 1×1010, 2×1010, 3×1010, 4×1010, 5×1010, 6×1010, 7×1010, 8×1010, 9×1010, 1×1011, 2×1011, 3×1011, 4×1011, 5×1011, 6×1011, 7×1011, 8×1011, 9×1011, and/or 1×1012 immune modulating Lactococcus strain EV particles.
  • In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a certain ratio of immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria particles to immune modulating Lactococcus strain EV particles. The number of immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria particles can be based on actual particle number or (if the bacteria is live) the number of CFUs. The particle number can be established by combining a set number of purified immune modulating Lactococcus strain EVs with a set number of purified immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacterium, by modifying the growth conditions under which the immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria are cultured, or by modifying the immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria itself to produce more or fewer immune modulating Lactococcus strain EVs.
  • In some embodiments, to quantify the numbers of immune modulating Lactococcus strain EVs and/or immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria present in a bacterial sample, electron microscopy (e.g., EM of ultrathin frozen sections) can be used to visualize the vesicles and bacteria and count their relative numbers. Alternatively, combinations of nanoparticle tracking analysis (NTA), Coulter counting, and dynamic light scattering (DLS) or a combination of these techniques can be used. NTA and the Coulter counter count particles and show their sizes. DLS gives the size distribution of particles, but not the concentration. Bacteria frequently have diameters of 1-2 um. The full range is 0.2-20 um. Combined results from Coulter counting and NTA can reveal the numbers of bacteria in a given sample. Coulter counting reveals the numbers of particles with diameters of 0.7-10 um. NTA reveals the numbers of particles with diameters of 50-1400 nm. For most bacterial samples, the Coulter counter alone can reveal the number of bacteria in a sample. EVs are 20-250 nm in diameter. NTA will allow us to count the numbers of particles that are 50-250 nm in diameter. DLS reveals the distribution of particles of different diameters within an approximate range of 1 nm-3 um.
  • In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises no more than 1 immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacterium for every 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8. 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8. 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8. 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8. 4.9, 5, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8. 5.9, 6, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8. 6.9, 7, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8. 7.9, 8, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8. 8.9, 9, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8. 9.9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18. 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28. 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38. 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48. 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58. 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68. 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78. 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88. 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98. 99, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, 1×103, 2×103, 3×103, 4×103, 5×103, 6×103, 7×103, 8×103, 9×103, 1×104, 2×104, 3×104, 4×104, 5×104, 6×104, 7×104, 8×104, 9×104, 1×105, 2×105, 3×105, 4×105, 5×105, 6×105, 7×105, 8×105, 9×105, 1×106, 2×106, 3×106, 4×106, 5×106, 6×106, 7×106, 8×106, 9×106, 1×107, 2×107, 3×107, 4×107, 5×107, 6×107, 7×107, 8×107, 9×107, 1×108, 2×108, 3×108, 4×108, 5×108, 6×108, 7×108, 8×108, 9×108, 1×109, 2×109, 3×109, 4×109, 5×109, 6×109, 7×109, 8×109, 9×109, 1×1010, 2×1010, 3×1010, 4×1010, 5×1010, 6×1010, 7×1010, 8×1010, 9×1010, 1×1011, 2×1011, 3×1011, 4×1011, 5×1011, 6×1011, 7×1011, 8×1011, 9×1011, and/or 1×1012 immune modulating Lactococcus strain EV particles.
  • In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises at least 1 immune modulating Lactococcus strain EV particle for every 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8. 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8. 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8. 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8. 4.9, 5, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8. 5.9, 6, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8. 6.9, 7, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8. 7.9, 8, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8. 8.9, 9, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8. 9.9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18. 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28. 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38. 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48. 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58. 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68. 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78. 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88. 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98. 99, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, 1×103, 2×103, 3×103, 4×103, 5×103, 6×103, 7×103, 8×103, 9×103, 1×104, 2×104, 3×104, 4×104, 5×104, 6×104, 7×104, 8×104, 9×104, 1×105, 2×105, 3×105, 4×105, 5×105, 6×105, 7×105, 8×105, 9×105, 1×106, 2×106, 3×106, 4×106, 5×106, 6×106, 7×106, 8×106, 9×106, 1×107, 2×107, 3×107, 4×107, 5×107, 6×107, 7×107, 8×107, 9×107, 1×108, 2×108, 3×108, 4×108, 5×108, 6×108, 7×108, 8×108, 9×108, 1×109, 2×109, 3×109, 4×109, 5×109, 6×109, 7×109, 8×109, 9×109, 1×1010, 2×1010, 3×1010, 4×1010, 5×1010, 6×1010, 7×1010, 8×1010, 9×1010, 1×1011, 2×1011, 3×1011, 4×1011, 5×1011, 6×1011, 7×1011, 8×1011, 9×1011, and/or 1×1012 immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacterium.
  • In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises about 1 immune modulating Lactococcus strain EV particle for every 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8. 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8. 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8. 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8. 4.9, 5, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8. 5.9, 6, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8. 6.9, 7, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8. 7.9, 8, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8. 8.9, 9, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8. 9.9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18. 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28. 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38. 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48. 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58. 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68. 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78. 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88. 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98. 99, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, 1×103, 2×103, 3×103, 4×103, 5×103, 6×103, 7×103, 8×103, 9×103, 1×104, 2×104, 3×104, 4×104, 5×104, 6×104, 7×104, 8×104, 9×104, 1×105, 2×105, 3×105, 4×105, 5×105, 6×105, 7×105, 8×105, 9×105, 1×106, 2×106, 3×106, 4×106, 5×106, 6×106, 7×106, 8×106, 9×106, 1×107, 2×107, 3×107, 4×107, 5×107, 6×107, 7×107, 8×107, 9×107, 1×108, 2×108, 3×108, 4×108, 5×108, 6×108, 7×108, 8×108, 9×108, 1×109, 2×109, 3×109, 4×109, 5×109, 6×109, 7×109, 8×109, 9×109, 1×1010, 2×1010, 3×1010, 4×1010, 5×1010, 6×1010, 7×1010, 8×1010, 9×1010, 1×1011, 2×1011, 3×1011, 4×1011, 5×1011, 6×1011, 7×1011, 8×1011, 9×1011, and/or 1×1012 immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacterium. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprises no more than 1 immune modulating Lactococcus strain EV particle for every 1, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8. 1.9, 2, 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8. 2.9, 3, 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8. 3.9, 4, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8. 4.9, 5, 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8. 5.9, 6, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8. 6.9, 7, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8. 7.9, 8, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8. 8.9, 9, 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8. 9.9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18. 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28. 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38. 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48. 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58. 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68. 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78. 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88. 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98. 99, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800, 850, 900, 950, 1×103, 2×103, 3×103, 4×103, 5×103, 6×103, 7×103, 8×103, 9×103, 1×104, 2×104, 3×104, 4×104, 5×104, 6×104, 7×104, 8×104, 9×104, 1×105, 2×105, 3×105, 4×105, 5×105, 6×105, 7×105, 8×105, 9×105, 1×106, 2×106, 3×106, 4×106, 5×106, 6×106, 7×106, 8×106, 9×106, 1×107, 2×107, 3×107, 4×107, 5×107, 6×107, 7×107, 8×107, 9×107, 1×108, 2×108, 3×108, 4×108, 5×108, 6×108, 7×108, 8×108, 9×108, 1×109, 2×109, 3×109, 4×109, 5×109, 6×109, 7×109, 8×109, 9×109, 1×1010, 2×1010, 3×1010, 4×1010, 5×1010, 6×1010, 7×1010, 8×1010, 9×1010, 1×1011, 2×1011, 3×1011, 4×1011, 5×1011, 6×1011, 7×1011, 8×1011, 9×1011, and/or 1×1012 immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacterium.
  • In some embodiments, at least 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 21%, 22%, 23%, 24%, 25%, 26%, 27%, 28%, 29%, 30%, 31%, 32%, 33%, 34%, 35%, 36%, 37%, 38%, 39%, 40%, 41%, 42%, 43%, 44%, 45%, 46%, 47%, 48%, 49%, 50%, 51%, 52%, 53%, 54%, 55%, 56%, 57%, 58%, 59%, 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% of the particles in the pharmaceutical composition are immune modulating Lactococcus strain EVs.
  • In some embodiments, at least 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 21%, 22%, 23%, 24%, 25%, 26%, 27%, 28%, 29%, 30%, 31%, 32%, 33%, 34%, 35%, 36%, 37%, 38%, 39%, 40%, 41%, 42%, 43%, 44%, 45%, 46%, 47%, 48%, 49%, 50%, 51%, 52%, 53%, 54%, 55%, 56%, 57%, 58%, 59%, 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% of the particles in the pharmaceutical composition are immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria.
  • In some embodiments, no more than 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 21%, 22%, 23%, 24%, 25%, 26%, 27%, 28%, 29%, 30%, 31%, 32%, 33%, 34%, 35%, 36%, 37%, 38%, 39%, 40%, 41%, 42%, 43%, 44%, 45%, 46%, 47%, 48%, 49%, 50%, 51%, 52%, 53%, 54%, 55%, 56%, 57%, 58%, 59%, 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% of the particles in the pharmaceutical composition are immune modulating Lactococcus strain EVs.
  • In some embodiments, no more than 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 21%, 22%, 23%, 24%, 25%, 26%, 27%, 28%, 29%, 30%, 31%, 32%, 33%, 34%, 35%, 36%, 37%, 38%, 39%, 40%, 41%, 42%, 43%, 44%, 45%, 46%, 47%, 48%, 49%, 50%, 51%, 52%, 53%, 54%, 55%, 56%, 57%, 58%, 59%, 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% of the particles in the pharmaceutical composition are immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria.
  • In some embodiments, about 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 21%, 22%, 23%, 24%, 25%, 26%, 27%, 28%, 29%, 30%, 31%, 32%, 33%, 34%, 35%, 36%, 37%, 38%, 39%, 40%, 41%, 42%, 43%, 44%, 45%, 46%, 47%, 48%, 49%, 50%, 51%, 52%, 53%, 54%, 55%, 56%, 57%, 58%, 59%, 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% of the particles in the pharmaceutical composition are immune modulating Lactococcus strain EVs.
  • In some embodiments, about 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 21%, 22%, 23%, 24%, 25%, 26%, 27%, 28%, 29%, 30%, 31%, 32%, 33%, 34%, 35%, 36%, 37%, 38%, 39%, 40%, 41%, 42%, 43%, 44%, 45%, 46%, 47%, 48%, 49%, 50%, 51%, 52%, 53%, 54%, 55%, 56%, 57%, 58%, 59%, 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% of the particles in the pharmaceutical composition are immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria.
  • In some embodiments, at least 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 21%, 22%, 23%, 24%, 25%, 26%, 27%, 28%, 29%, 30%, 31%, 32%, 33%, 34%, 35%, 36%, 37%, 38%, 39%, 40%, 41%, 42%, 43%, 44%, 45%, 46%, 47%, 48%, 49%, 50%, 51%, 52%, 53%, 54%, 55%, 56%, 57%, 58%, 59%, 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% of the protein in the pharmaceutical composition is immune modulating Lactococcus strain EV protein.
  • In some embodiments, at least 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 21%, 22%, 23%, 24%, 25%, 26%, 27%, 28%, 29%, 30%, 31%, 32%, 33%, 34%, 35%, 36%, 37%, 38%, 39%, 40%, 41%, 42%, 43%, 44%, 45%, 46%, 47%, 48%, 49%, 50%, 51%, 52%, 53%, 54%, 55%, 56%, 57%, 58%, 59%, 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% of the protein in the pharmaceutical composition is immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria protein.
  • In some embodiments, no more than 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 21%, 22%, 23%, 24%, 25%, 26%, 27%, 28%, 29%, 30%, 31%, 32%, 33%, 34%, 35%, 36%, 37%, 38%, 39%, 40%, 41%, 42%, 43%, 44%, 45%, 46%, 47%, 48%, 49%, 50%, 51%, 52%, 53%, 54%, 55%, 56%, 57%, 58%, 59%, 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% of the protein in the pharmaceutical composition is immune modulating Lactococcus strain EV protein.
  • In some embodiments, no more than 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 21%, 22%, 23%, 24%, 25%, 26%, 27%, 28%, 29%, 30%, 31%, 32%, 33%, 34%, 35%, 36%, 37%, 38%, 39%, 40%, 41%, 42%, 43%, 44%, 45%, 46%, 47%, 48%, 49%, 50%, 51%, 52%, 53%, 54%, 55%, 56%, 57%, 58%, 59%, 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% of the protein in the pharmaceutical composition is immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria protein.
  • In some embodiments, about 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 21%, 22%, 23%, 24%, 25%, 26%, 27%, 28%, 29%, 30%, 31%, 32%, 33%, 34%, 35%, 36%, 37%, 38%, 39%, 40%, 41%, 42%, 43%, 44%, 45%, 46%, 47%, 48%, 49%, 50%, 51%, 52%, 53%, 54%, 55%, 56%, 57%, 58%, 59%, 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% of the protein in the pharmaceutical composition is immune modulating Lactococcus strain EV protein.
  • In some embodiments, about 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 21%, 22%, 23%, 24%, 25%, 26%, 27%, 28%, 29%, 30%, 31%, 32%, 33%, 34%, 35%, 36%, 37%, 38%, 39%, 40%, 41%, 42%, 43%, 44%, 45%, 46%, 47%, 48%, 49%, 50%, 51%, 52%, 53%, 54%, 55%, 56%, 57%, 58%, 59%, 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% of the protein in the pharmaceutical composition is immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria protein.
  • In some embodiments, at least 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 21%, 22%, 23%, 24%, 25%, 26%, 27%, 28%, 29%, 30%, 31%, 32%, 33%, 34%, 35%, 36%, 37%, 38%, 39%, 40%, 41%, 42%, 43%, 44%, 45%, 46%, 47%, 48%, 49%, 50%, 51%, 52%, 53%, 54%, 55%, 56%, 57%, 58%, 59%, 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% of the lipids in the pharmaceutical composition are immune modulating Lactococcus strain EV lipids.
  • In some embodiments, at least 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 21%, 22%, 23%, 24%, 25%, 26%, 27%, 28%, 29%, 30%, 31%, 32%, 33%, 34%, 35%, 36%, 37%, 38%, 39%, 40%, 41%, 42%, 43%, 44%, 45%, 46%, 47%, 48%, 49%, 50%, 51%, 52%, 53%, 54%, 55%, 56%, 57%, 58%, 59%, 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% of the lipids in the pharmaceutical composition are immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria lipids.
  • In some embodiments, no more than 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 21%, 22%, 23%, 24%, 25%, 26%, 27%, 28%, 29%, 30%, 31%, 32%, 33%, 34%, 35%, 36%, 37%, 38%, 39%, 40%, 41%, 42%, 43%, 44%, 45%, 46%, 47%, 48%, 49%, 50%, 51%, 52%, 53%, 54%, 55%, 56%, 57%, 58%, 59%, 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% of the lipids in the pharmaceutical composition are immune modulating Lactococcus strain EV lipids.
  • In some embodiments, no more than 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 21%, 22%, 23%, 24%, 25%, 26%, 27%, 28%, 29%, 30%, 31%, 32%, 33%, 34%, 35%, 36%, 37%, 38%, 39%, 40%, 41%, 42%, 43%, 44%, 45%, 46%, 47%, 48%, 49%, 50%, 51%, 52%, 53%, 54%, 55%, 56%, 57%, 58%, 59%, 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% of the lipids in the pharmaceutical composition are immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria lipids.
  • In some embodiments, about 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 21%, 22%, 23%, 24%, 25%, 26%, 27%, 28%, 29%, 30%, 31%, 32%, 33%, 34%, 35%, 36%, 37%, 38%, 39%, 40%, 41%, 42%, 43%, 44%, 45%, 46%, 47%, 48%, 49%, 50%, 51%, 52%, 53%, 54%, 55%, 56%, 57%, 58%, 59%, 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% of the lipids in the pharmaceutical composition are immune modulating Lactococcus strain EV lipids.
  • In some embodiments, about 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, 20%, 21%, 22%, 23%, 24%, 25%, 26%, 27%, 28%, 29%, 30%, 31%, 32%, 33%, 34%, 35%, 36%, 37%, 38%, 39%, 40%, 41%, 42%, 43%, 44%, 45%, 46%, 47%, 48%, 49%, 50%, 51%, 52%, 53%, 54%, 55%, 56%, 57%, 58%, 59%, 60%, 61%, 62%, 63%, 64%, 65%, 66%, 67%, 68%, 69%, 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% of the lipids in the pharmaceutical composition are immune modulating Lactococcus strain bacteria lipids.
  • In some embodiments, the immune modulating Lactococcus strain EVs in the pharmaceutical composition are purified from one or more other bacterial components. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition further comprises other bacterial components. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition comprise bacteria cells.
  • As described in detail below, the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein may be specially formulated for administration in solid or liquid form, including those adapted for oral or rectal administration.
  • In some embodiments, the composition described herein may be a pharmaceutical composition, a dietary supplement, or a food product (e.g., a food or beverage). In some embodiments, the food product is an animal feed.
  • In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition for oral administration described herein comprises an additional component that enables efficient delivery of the bacteria to the colon. In some embodiments, pharmaceutical preparation that enables the delivery of the bacteria to the colon can be used. Examples of such formulations include pH sensitive compositions, such as buffered sachet formulations or enteric polymers that release their contents when the pH becomes alkaline after the enteric polymers pass through the stomach. When a pH sensitive composition is used for formulating the pharmaceutical preparation, the pH sensitive composition can be a polymer whose pH threshold of the decomposition of the composition is between about 6.8 and about 7.5.
  • Another embodiment of a pharmaceutical composition useful for delivery of the bacteria to the colon is one that ensures the delivery to the colon by delaying the release of the bacteria by approximately 3 to 5 hours, which corresponds to the small intestinal transit time. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition for delayed release includes a hydrogel shell. The hydrogel is hydrated and swells upon contact with gastrointestinal fluid, with the result that the contents are effectively released (released predominantly in the colon). Delayed release dosage units include bacteria-containing compositions having a material which coats or selectively coats the bacteria. Examples of such a selective coating material include in vivo degradable polymers, gradually hydrolyzable polymers, gradually water-soluble polymers, and/or enzyme degradable polymers. A wide variety of coating materials for efficiently delaying the release is available and includes, for example, cellulose-based polymers such as hydroxypropyl cellulose, acrylic acid polymers and copolymers such as methacrylic acid polymers and copolymers, and vinyl polymers and copolymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone.
  • Examples of composition enabling the delivery to the colon further include bioadhesive compositions which specifically adhere to the colonic mucosal membrane (for example, a polymer described in the specification of U.S. Pat. No. 6,368,586, hereby incorporated by reference) and compositions into which a protease inhibitor is incorporated for protecting particularly a biopharmaceutical preparation in the gastrointestinal tracts from decomposition due to an activity of a protease.
  • An example of a system enabling the delivery to the colon is a system of delivering a composition to the colon by pressure change in such a way that the contents are released by utilizing pressure change caused by generation of gas in bacterial fermentation at a distal portion of the stomach. Such a system is not particularly limited, and a more specific example thereof is a capsule which has contents dispersed in a suppository base and which is coated with a hydrophobic polymer (for example, ethyl cellulose).
  • Another example of the system enabling the delivery to the colon is a system of delivering a composition to the colon, the system being specifically decomposed by an enzyme (for example, a carbohydrate hydrolase or a carbohydrate reductase) present in the colon. Such a system is not particularly limited, and more specific examples thereof include systems which use food components such as non-starch polysaccharides, amylose, xanthan gum, and azopolymers.
  • In some embodiments, Probiotic formulations are provided as encapsulated, enteric coated, or powder forms, with doses ranging up to 1011 cfu (e.g., up to 1010 cfu). In some embodiments, the composition comprises 5×1011 cfu of immune modulating Lactococcus strain and 10% (w/w) corn starch in a capsule. The capsule is enteric coated for duodenal release at pH 5.5 In some embodiments, the capsule is enteric coated for duodenal release at pH 5.5. In some embodiments, the composition comprises a powder of freeze-dried immune modulating Lactococcus strain which is deemed “Qualified Presumption of Safety” (QPS) status. In some embodiments, the composition is stable at frozen or refrigerated temperature.
  • Methods for producing microbial compositions may include three main processing steps. The steps are: organism banking, organism production, and preservation. In certain embodiments, a sample that contains an abundance of immune modulating Lactococcus strain may be cultured by avoiding an isolation step.
  • For banking, the strains included in the microbial composition may be (1) isolated directly from a specimen or taken from a banked stock, (2) optionally cultured on a nutrient agar or broth that supports growth to generate viable biomass, and (3) the biomass optionally preserved in multiple aliquots in long-term storage.
  • In embodiments using a culturing step, the agar or broth may contain nutrients that provide essential elements and specific factors that enable growth. An example would be a medium composed of 20 g/L glucose, 10 g/L yeast extract, 10 g/L soy peptone, 2 g/L citric acid, 1.5 g/L sodium phosphate monobasic, 100 mg/L ferric ammonium citrate, 80 mg/L magnesium sulfate, 10 mg/L hemin chloride, 2 mg/L calcium chloride, 1 mg/L menadione. Another example would be a medium composed of 10 g/L beef extract, 10 g/L peptone, 5 g/L sodium chloride, 5 g/L dextrose, 3 g/L yeast extract, 3 g/L sodium acetate, 1 g/L soluble starch, and 0.5 g/L L-cysteine HCl, at pH 6.8. A variety of microbiological media and variations are well known in the art (e.g., R. M. Atlas, Handbook of Microbiological Media (2010) CRC Press). Culture media can be added to the culture at the start, may be added during the culture, or may be intermittently/continuously flowed through the culture. The strains in the bacterial composition may be cultivated alone, as a subset of the microbial composition, or as an entire collection comprising the microbial composition. As an example, a first strain may be cultivated together with a second strain in a mixed continuous culture, at a dilution rate lower than the maximum growth rate of either cell to prevent the culture from washing out of the cultivation.
  • The inoculated culture is incubated under favorable conditions for a time sufficient to build biomass. For microbial compositions for human use this is often at 37° C. temperature, pH, and other parameter with values similar to the normal human niche. The environment may be actively controlled, passively controlled (e.g., via buffers), or allowed to drift. For example, for anaerobic bacterial compositions, an anoxic/reducing environment may be employed. This can be accomplished by addition of reducing agents such as cysteine to the broth, and/or stripping it of oxygen. As an example, a culture of a bacterial composition may be grown at 37° C., pH 7, in the medium above, pre-reduced with 1 g/L cysteine-HCl.
  • When the culture has generated sufficient biomass, it may be preserved for banking. The organisms may be placed into a chemical milieu that protects from freezing (adding ‘cryoprotectants’), drying (‘lyoprotectants’), and/or osmotic shock (‘osmoprotectants’), dispensing into multiple (optionally identical) containers to create a uniform bank, and then treating the culture for preservation. Containers are generally impermeable and have closures that assure isolation from the environment. Cryopreservation treatment is accomplished by freezing a liquid at ultra-low temperatures (e.g., at or below −80° C.). Dried preservation removes water from the culture by evaporation (in the case of spray drying or ‘cool drying’) or by sublimation (e.g., for freeze drying, spray freeze drying). Removal of water improves long-term microbial composition storage stability at temperatures elevated above cryogenic conditions. If the microbial composition comprises, for example, spore forming species and results in the production of spores, the final composition may be purified by additional means such as density gradient centrifugation and preserved using the techniques [?]described above[?]. Microbial composition banking may be done by culturing and preserving the strains individually, or by mixing the strains together to create a combined bank. As an example of cryopreservation, a microbial composition culture may be harvested by centrifugation to pellet the cells from the culture medium, the supernatant decanted and replaced with fresh culture broth containing 15% glycerol. The culture can then be aliquoted into 1 mL cryotubes, sealed, and placed at −80° C. for long-term viability retention. This procedure achieves acceptable viability upon recovery from frozen storage.
  • Microbial production may be conducted using similar culture steps to banking, including medium composition and culture conditions described above. It may be conducted at larger scales of operation, especially for clinical development or commercial production. At larger scales, there may be several subcultivations of the microbial composition prior to the final cultivation. At the end of cultivation, the culture is harvested to enable further formulation into a dosage form for administration. This can involve concentration, removal of undesirable medium components, and/or introduction into a chemical milieu that preserves the microbial composition and renders it acceptable for administration via the chosen route. For example, a microbial composition may be cultivated to a concentration of 1010 CFU/mL, then concentrated 20-fold by tangential flow microfiltration; the spent medium may be exchanged by diafiltering with a preservative medium consisting of 2% gelatin, 100 mM trehalose, and 10 mM sodium phosphate buffer. The suspension can then be freeze-dried to a powder and titrated.
  • After drying, the powder may be blended to an appropriate potency, and mixed with other cultures and/or a filler such as microcrystalline cellulose for consistency and ease of handling, and the bacterial composition formulated as provided herein.
  • In certain aspects, provided are bacterial compositions for administration subjects. In some embodiments, the bacterial compositions are combined with additional active and/or inactive materials in order to produce a final product, which may be in single dosage unit or in a multi-dose format.
  • In some embodiments, the composition comprises at least one carbohydrate. A “carbohydrate” refers to a sugar or polymer of sugars. The terms “saccharide,” “polysaccharide,” “carbohydrate,” and “oligosaccharide” may be used interchangeably. Most carbohydrates are aldehydes or ketones with many hydroxyl groups, usually one on each carbon atom of the molecule. Carbohydrates generally have the molecular formula CnH2nOn. A carbohydrate may be a monosaccharide, a disaccharide, trisaccharide, oligosaccharide, or polysaccharide. The most basic carbohydrate is a monosaccharide, such as glucose, sucrose, galactose, mannose, ribose, arabinose, xylose, and fructose. Disaccharides are two joined monosaccharides. Exemplary disaccharides include sucrose, maltose, cellobiose, and lactose. Typically, an oligosaccharide includes between three and six monosaccharide units (e.g., raffinose, stachyose), and polysaccharides include six or more monosaccharide units. Exemplary polysaccharides include starch, glycogen, and cellulose. Carbohydrates may contain modified saccharide units such as 2′-deoxyribose wherein a hydroxyl group is removed, 2′-fluororibose wherein a hydroxyl group is replaced with a fluorine, or N-acetylglucosamine, a nitrogen-containing form of glucose (e.g., 2′-fluororibose, deoxyribose, and hexose). Carbohydrates may exist in many different forms, for example, conformers, cyclic forms, acyclic forms, stereoisomers, tautomers, anomers, and isomers.
  • In some embodiments, the composition comprises at least one lipid. As used herein, a “lipid” includes fats, oils, triglycerides, cholesterol, phospholipids, fatty acids in any form including free fatty acids. Fats, oils and fatty acids can be saturated, unsaturated (cis or trans) or partially unsaturated (cis or trans). In some embodiments the lipid comprises at least one fatty acid selected from lauric acid (12:0), myristic acid (14:0), palmitic acid (16:0), palmitoleic acid (16:1), margaric acid (17:0), heptadecenoic acid (17:1), stearic acid (18:0), oleic acid (18:1), linoleic acid (18:2), linolenic acid (18:3), octadecatetraenoic acid (18:4), arachidic acid (20:0), eicosenoic acid (20:1), eicosadienoic acid (20:2), eicosatetraenoic acid (20:4), eicosapentaenoic acid (20:5) (EPA), docosanoic acid (22:0), docosenoic acid (22:1), docosapentaenoic acid (22:5), docosahexaenoic acid (22:6) (DHA), and tetracosanoic acid (24:0). In some embodiments the composition comprises at least one modified lipid, for example a lipid that has been modified by cooking.
  • In some embodiments, the composition comprises at least one supplemental mineral or mineral source. Examples of minerals include, without limitation: chloride, sodium, calcium, iron, chromium, copper, iodine, zinc, magnesium, manganese, molybdenum, phosphorus, potassium, and selenium. Suitable forms of any of the foregoing minerals include soluble mineral salts, slightly soluble mineral salts, insoluble mineral salts, chelated minerals, mineral complexes, non-reactive minerals such as carbonyl minerals, and reduced minerals, and combinations thereof.
  • In some embodiments, the composition comprises at least one supplemental vitamin. The at least one vitamin can be fat-soluble or water soluble vitamins. Suitable vitamins include but are not limited to vitamin C, vitamin A, vitamin E, vitamin B12, vitamin K, riboflavin, niacin, vitamin D, vitamin B6, folic acid, pyridoxine, thiamine, pantothenic acid, and biotin. Suitable forms of any of the foregoing are salts of the vitamin, derivatives of the vitamin, compounds having the same or similar activity of the vitamin, and metabolites of the vitamin.
  • In some embodiments, the composition comprises an excipient. Non-limiting examples of suitable excipients include a buffering agent, a preservative, a stabilizer, a binder, a compaction agent, a lubricant, a dispersion enhancer, a disintegration agent, a flavoring agent, a sweetener, and a coloring agent.
  • In some embodiments, the excipient is a buffering agent. Non-limiting examples of suitable buffering agents include sodium citrate, magnesium carbonate, magnesium bicarbonate, calcium carbonate, and calcium bicarbonate.
  • In some embodiments, the excipient comprises a preservative. Non-limiting examples of suitable preservatives include antioxidants, such as alpha-tocopherol and ascorbate, and antimicrobials, such as parabens, chlorobutanol, and phenol.
  • In some embodiments, the composition comprises a binder as an excipient. Non-limiting examples of suitable binders include starches, pregelatinized starches, gelatin, polyvinylpyrolidone, cellulose, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, ethylcellulose, polyacrylamides, polyvinyloxoazolidone, polyvinylalcohols, C12-C18 fatty acid alcohol, polyethylene glycol, polyols, saccharides, oligosaccharides, and combinations thereof.
  • In some embodiments, the composition comprises a lubricant as an excipient. Non-limiting examples of suitable lubricants include magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, zinc stearate, hydrogenated vegetable oils, sterotex, polyoxyethylene monostearate, talc, polyethyleneglycol, sodium benzoate, sodium lauryl sulfate, magnesium lauryl sulfate, and light mineral oil.
  • In some embodiments, the composition comprises a dispersion enhancer as an excipient. Non-limiting examples of suitable dispersants include starch, alginic acid, polyvinylpyrrolidones, guar gum, kaolin, bentonite, purified wood cellulose, sodium starch glycolate, isoamorphous silicate, and microcrystalline cellulose as high HLB emulsifier surfactants.
  • In some embodiments, the composition comprises a disintegrant as an excipient. In some embodiments the disintegrant is a non-effervescent disintegrant. Non-limiting examples of suitable non-effervescent disintegrants include starches such as corn starch, potato starch, pregelatinized and modified starches thereof, sweeteners, clays, such as bentonite, microcrystalline cellulose, alginates, sodium starch glycolate, gums such as agar, guar, locust bean, karaya, pectin, and tragacanth. In some embodiments the disintegrant is an effervescent disintegrant. Non-limiting examples of suitable effervescent disintegrants include sodium bicarbonate in combination with citric acid, and sodium bicarbonate in combination with tartaric acid.
  • In some embodiments, the bacterial formulation comprises an enteric coating or micro encapsulation. In certain embodiments, the enteric coating or micro encapsulation improves targeting to a desired region of the gastrointestinal tract. For example, in certain embodiments, the bacterial composition comprises an enteric coating and/or microcapsules that dissolves at a pH associated with a particular region of the gastrointestinal tract. In some embodiments, the enteric coating and/or microcapsules dissolve at a pH of about 5.5-6.2 to release in the duodenum, at a pH value of about 7.2-7.5 to release in the ileum, and/or at a pH value of about 5.6-6.2 to release in the colon. Exemplary enteric coatings and microcapsules are described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Pub. No. 2016/0022592, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • In some embodiments, the composition is a food product (e.g., a food or beverage) such as a health food or beverage, a food or beverage for infants, a food or beverage for pregnant women, athletes, senior citizens or other specified group, a functional food, a beverage, a food or beverage for specified health use, a dietary supplement, a food or beverage for patients, or an animal feed. Specific examples of the foods and beverages include various beverages such as juices, refreshing beverages, tea beverages, drink preparations, jelly beverages, and functional beverages; alcoholic beverages such as beers; carbohydrate-containing foods such as rice food products, noodles, breads, and pastas; paste products such as fish hams, sausages, paste products of seafood; retort pouch products such as curries, food dressed with a thick starchy sauces, and Chinese soups; soups; dairy products such as milk, dairy beverages, ice creams, cheeses, and yogurts; fermented products such as fermented soybean pastes, yogurts, fermented beverages, and pickles; bean products; various confectionery products, including biscuits, cookies, and the like, candies, chewing gums, gummies, cold desserts including jellies, cream caramels, and frozen desserts; instant foods such as instant soups and instant soy-bean soups; microwavable foods; and the like. Further, the examples also include health foods and beverages prepared in the forms of powders, granules, tablets, capsules, liquids, pastes, and jellies.
  • In certain embodiments, the bacteria disclosed herein are administered in conjunction with a prebiotic to the subject. Prebiotics are carbohydrates which are generally indigestible by a host animal and are selectively fermented or metabolized by bacteria. Prebiotics may be short-chain carbohydrates (e.g., oligosaccharides) and/or simple sugars (e.g., mono- and di-saccharides) and/or mucins (heavily glycosylated proteins) that alter the composition or metabolism of a microbiome in the host. The short chain carbohydrates are also referred to as oligosaccharides, and usually contain from 2 or 3 and up to 8, 9, 10, 15 or more sugar moieties. When prebiotics are introduced to a host, the prebiotics affect the bacteria within the host and do not directly affect the host. In certain aspects, a prebiotic composition can selectively stimulate the growth and/or activity of one of a limited number of bacteria in a host. Prebiotics include oligosaccharides such as fructooligosaccharides (FOS) (including inulin), galactooligosaccharides (GOS), trans-galactooligosaccharides, xylooligosaccharides (XOS), chitooligosaccharides (COS), soy oligosaccharides (e.g., stachyose and raffinose) gentiooligosaccharides, isomaltooligosaccharides, mannooligosaccharides, maltooligosaccharides and mannanoligosaccharides. Oligosaccharides are not necessarily single components, and can be mixtures containing oligosaccharides with different degrees of oligomerization, sometimes including the parent disaccharide and the monomeric sugars. Various types of oligosaccharides are found as natural components in many common foods, including fruits, vegetables, milk, and honey. Specific examples of oligosaccharides are lactulose, lactosucrose, palatinose, glycosyl sucrose, guar gum, gum Arabic, tagalose, amylose, amylopectin, pectin, xylan, and cyclodextrins. Prebiotics may also be purified or chemically or enzymatically synthesized.
    • Production of PhABs
  • In certain aspects, the PhABs described herein can be prepared using any method known in the art.
  • In some embodiments, the PhABs described herein are prepared by fractionation. Bacterial cells and/or supernatants from cultured bacteria cells are fractionated into various pharmacologically active biomass (PhABs) and/or products derived therefrom. Bacterial cells and/or supernatants are fractionated using materials and methods known in the art (see e.g. Sandrini et al. Fractionation by ultracentrifugation of gram negative cytoplasmic and membrane proteins. 2014. Bio-Protocol. 4(21); Scholler et al. Protoplast and cytoplasmic membrane preparations from Streptococcus sanguis and Streptococcus mutans. 1983. J Gen Micro. 129: 3271-3279; Thein et al. Efficient subfractionation of gram-negative bacteria for proteomics studies. 2010. Am Chem Society. 9: 6135-6147; Hobb et al. Evaluation of procedures for outer membrane isolation from Campylobacter jejuni. 2009. 155(Pt. 3): 979-988).
  • Additionally, PhABs obtained by methods provided herein may be further purified by size based column chromatography, by affinity chromatography, and by gradient ultracentrifugation, using methods that may include, but are not limited to, use of a sucrose gradient or Optiprep gradient. Briefly, using a sucrose gradient method, if ammonium sulfate precipitation or ultracentrifugation were used to concentrate the filtered supernatants, pellets are resuspended in 60% sucrose, 30 mM Tris, pH 8.0. If filtration was used to concentrate the filtered supernatant, the concentrate is buffer exchanged into 60% sucrose, 30 mM Tris, pH 8.0, using an Amicon Ultra column. Samples are applied to a 35-60% discontinuous sucrose gradient and centrifuged at 200,000×g for 3-24 hours at 4° C. Briefly, using an Optiprep gradient method, if ammonium sulfate precipitation or ultracentrifugation were used to concentrate the filtered supernatants, pellets are resuspended in 35% Optiprep in PBS. In some embodiments, if filtration was used to concentrate the filtered supernatant, the concentrate is diluted using 60% Optiprep to a final concentration of 35% Optiprep. Samples are applied to a 35-60% discontinuous sucrose gradient and centrifuged at 200,000×g for 3-24 hours at 4° C.
  • In some embodiments, to confirm sterility and isolation of the PhAB preparations, PhABs are serially diluted onto agar medium used for routine culture of the bacteria being tested, and incubated using routine conditions. Non-sterile preparations are passed through a 0.22 um filter to exclude intact cells. To further increase purity, isolated PhABs may be DNase or proteinase K treated.
  • In some embodiments, for preparation of PhABs used for in vivo injections, purified PhABs are processed as described previously (G. Norheim, et al. PLoS ONE. 10(9): e0134353 (2015)). Briefly, after sucrose gradient centrifugation, bands containing PhABs are resuspended to a final concentration of 50 μg/mL in a solution containing 3% sucrose or other solution suitable for in vivo injection known to one skilled in the art. This solution may also contain adjuvant, for example aluminum hydroxide at a concentration of 0-0.5% (w/v).
  • In certain embodiments, to make samples compatible with further testing (e.g. to remove sucrose prior to TEM imaging or in vitro assays), samples are buffer exchanged into PBS or 30 mM Tris, pH 8.0 using filtration (e.g. Amicon Ultra columns), dialysis, or ultracentrifugation (200,000×g, ≥3 hours, 4° C.) and resuspension.
  • In some embodiments, the sterility of the PhAB preparations can be confirmed by plating a portion of the PhABs onto agar medium used for standard culture of the bacteria used in the generation of the PhABs and incubating using standard conditions.
  • In some embodiments select PhABs are isolated and enriched by chromatography and binding surface moieties on PhABs. In other embodiments, select PhABs are isolated and/or enriched by fluorescent cell sorting by methods using affinity reagents, chemical dyes, recombinant proteins or other methods known to one skilled in the art.
    • Administration
  • In certain aspects, provided herein is a method of delivering a bacterium and/or a bacterial composition described herein to a subject. In some embodiments of the methods provided herein, the bacteria are administered in conjunction with the administration of an additional therapeutic. In some embodiments, the bacteria is co-formulated in a pharmaceutical composition with the additional therapeutic. In some embodiments, the bacteria is co-administered with the additional therapeutic. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic is administered to the subject before administration of the bacteria (e.g., about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 or 55 minutes before, about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22 or 23 hours before, or about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 or 14 days before). In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic is administered to the subject after administration of the bacteria (e.g., about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 or 55 minutes after, about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22 or 23 hours after, or about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 or 14 days after). In some embodiments, the same mode of delivery is used to deliver both the bacteria and the additional therapeutic. In some embodiments different modes of delivery are used to administer the bacteria and the additional therapeutic. For example, in some embodiments, the bacteria is administered orally while the additional therapeutic is administered via injection (e.g., an intravenous, intramuscular and/or intratumoral injection).
  • In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions, dosage forms, and kits described herein can be administered in conjunction with any other conventional anti-immune disorder treatment. These treatments may be applied as necessary and/or as indicated and may occur before, concurrent with or after administration of the pharmaceutical compositions, dosage forms, and kits described herein.
  • The dosage regimen can be any of a variety of methods and amounts, and can be determined by one skilled in the art according to known clinical factors. As is known in the medical arts, dosages for any one patient can depend on many factors, including the subject's species, size, body surface area, age, sex, immunocompetence, and general health, the particular microorganism to be administered, duration and route of administration, the kind and stage of the disease, for example, tumor size, and other compounds such as drugs being administered concurrently. In addition to the above factors, such levels can be affected by the infectivity of the microorganism, and the nature of the microorganism, as can be determined by one skilled in the art. In the present methods, appropriate minimum dosage levels of microorganisms can be levels sufficient for the microorganism to survive, grow and replicate. The methods of treatment described herein may be suitable for the treatment of an immune disorder (e.g., an autoimmune disease, an inflammatory disease, an allergy). The dose of the pharmaceutical compositions described herein may be appropriately set or adjusted in accordance with the dosage form, the route of administration, the degree or stage of a target disease, and the like. For example, the general effective dose of the agents may range between 0.01 mg/kg body weight/day and 1000 mg/kg body weight/day, between 0.1 mg/kg body weight/day and 1000 mg/kg body weight/day, 0.5 mg/kg body weight/day and 500 mg/kg body weight/day, 1 mg/kg body weight/day and 100 mg/kg body weight/day, or between 5 mg/kg body weight/day and 50 mg/kg body weight/day. The effective dose may be 0.01, 0.05, 0.1, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 200, 500, or 1000 mg/kg body weight/day or more, but the dose is not limited thereto.
  • In some embodiments, the dose administered to a subject is sufficient to prevent the immune disorder, delay its onset, or slow or stop its progression or prevent a relapse of the immune disorder. One skilled in the art will recognize that dosage will depend upon a variety of factors including the strength of the particular compound employed, as well as the age, species, condition, and body weight of the subject. The size of the dose will also be determined by the route, timing, and frequency of administration as well as the existence, nature, and extent of any adverse side-effects that might accompany the administration of a particular compound and the desired physiological effect.
  • Suitable doses and dosage regimens can be determined by conventional range-finding techniques known to those of ordinary skill in the art. Generally, treatment is initiated with smaller dosages, which are less than the optimum dose of the compound. Thereafter, the dosage is increased by small increments until the optimum effect under the circumstances is reached. An effective dosage and treatment protocol can be determined by routine and conventional means, starting e.g., with a low dose in laboratory animals and then increasing the dosage while monitoring the effects, and systematically varying the dosage regimen as well. Animal studies are commonly used to determine the maximal tolerable dose (“MTD”) of bioactive agent per kilogram weight. Those skilled in the art regularly extrapolate doses for efficacy, while avoiding toxicity, in other species, including humans.
  • In accordance with the above, in therapeutic applications, the dosages of the active agents used in accordance with the invention vary depending on the active agent, the age, weight, and clinical condition of the recipient patient, and the experience and judgment of the clinician or practitioner administering the therapy, among other factors affecting the selected dosage. Generally, the dose should be sufficient to result in slowing, and preferably regressing, the advancement of an immune disorder.
  • Separate administrations can include any number of two or more administrations (e.g., doses), including two, three, four, five or six administrations. One skilled in the art can readily determine the number of administrations to perform, or the desirability of performing one or more additional administrations, according to methods known in the art for monitoring therapeutic methods and other monitoring methods provided herein. In some embodiments, the doses may be separated by at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29 or 30 days or 1, 2, 3, or 4 weeks. Accordingly, the methods provided herein include methods of providing to the subject one or more administrations of a bacterium, where the number of administrations can be determined by monitoring the subject, and, based on the results of the monitoring, determining whether or not to provide one or more additional administrations. Deciding on whether or not to provide one or more additional administrations can be based on a variety of monitoring results, including, but not limited to, indication of tumor growth or inhibition of tumor growth, appearance of new metastases or inhibition of metastasis, the subject's anti-bacterium antibody titer, the subject's anti-tumor antibody titer, the overall health of the subject and/or the weight of the subject.
  • The time period between administrations can be any of a variety of time periods. The time period between administrations can be a function of any of a variety of factors, including monitoring steps, as described in relation to the number of administrations, the time period for a subject to mount an immune response and/or the time period for a subject to clear the bacteria from normal tissue. In one example, the time period can be a function of the time period for a subject to mount an immune response; for example, the time period can be more than the time period for a subject to mount an immune response, such as more than about one week, more than about ten days, more than about two weeks, or more than about a month; in another example, the time period can be less than the time period for a subject to mount an immune response, such as less than about one week, less than about ten days, less than about two weeks, or less than about a month. In another example, the time period can be a function of the time period for a subject to clear the bacteria from normal tissue; for example, the time period can be more than the time period for a subject to clear the bacteria from normal tissue, such as more than about a day, more than about two days, more than about three days, more than about five days, or more than about a week.
  • In some embodiments, the delivery of an immune disorder therapeutic in combination with the bacteria described herein reduces the adverse effects and/or improves the efficacy of the immune disorder therapeutic.
  • The effective dose of an immune disorder therapeutic described herein is the amount of the therapeutic agent that is effective to achieve the desired therapeutic response for a particular patient, composition, and mode of administration, with the least toxicity to the patient. The effective dosage level can be identified using the methods described herein and will depend upon a variety of pharmacokinetic factors including the activity of the particular compositions administered, the route of administration, the time of administration, the rate of excretion of the particular compound being employed, the duration of the treatment, other drugs, compounds and/or materials used in combination with the particular compositions employed, the age, sex, weight, condition, general health and prior medical history of the patient being treated, and like factors well known in the medical arts. In general, an effective dose of an immune disorder therapy will be the amount of the therapeutic agent, which is the lowest dose effective to produce a therapeutic effect. Such an effective dose will generally depend upon the factors described above.
  • The toxicity of an immune disorder therapy is the level of adverse effects experienced by the subject during and following treatment. Adverse events associated with immune disorder therapy toxicity include, but are not limited to, abdominal pain, acid indigestion, acid reflux, allergic reactions, alopecia, anaphylaxis, anemia, anxiety, lack of appetite, arthralgias, asthenia, ataxia, azotemia, loss of balance, bone pain, bleeding, blood clots, low blood pressure, elevated blood pressure, difficulty breathing, bronchitis, bruising, low white blood cell count, low red blood cell count, low platelet count, cardiotoxicity, cystitis, hemorrhagic cystitis, arrhythmias, heart valve disease, cardiomyopathy, coronary artery disease, cataracts, central neurotoxicity, cognitive impairment, confusion, conjunctivitis, constipation, coughing, cramping, cystitis, deep vein thrombosis, dehydration, depression, diarrhea, dizziness, dry mouth, dry skin, dyspepsia, dyspnea, edema, electrolyte imbalance, esophagitis, fatigue, loss of fertility, fever, flatulence, flushing, gastric reflux, gastroesophageal reflux disease, genital pain, granulocytopenia, gynecomastia, glaucoma, hair loss, hand-foot syndrome, headache, hearing loss, heart failure, heart palpitations, heartburn, hematoma, hemorrhagic cystitis, hepatotoxicity, hyperamylasemia, hypercalcemia, hyperchloremia, hyperglycemia, hyperkalemia, hyperlipasemia, hypermagnesemia, hypernatremia, hyperphosphatemia, hyperpigmentation, hypertriglyceridemia, hyperuricemia, hypoalbuminemia, hypocalcemia, hypochloremia, hypoglycemia, hypokalemia, hypomagnesemia, hyponatremia, hypophosphatemia, impotence, infection, injection site reactions, insomnia, iron deficiency, itching, joint pain, kidney failure, leukopenia, liver dysfunction, memory loss, menopause, mouth sores, mucositis, muscle pain, myalgias, myelosuppression, myocarditis, neutropenic fever, nausea, nephrotoxicity, neutropenia, nosebleeds, numbness, ototoxicity, pain, palmar-plantar erythrodysesthesia, pancytopenia, pericarditis, peripheral neuropathy, pharyngitis, photophobia, photosensitivity, pneumonia, pneumonitis, proteinuria, pulmonary embolus, pulmonary fibrosis, pulmonary toxicity, rash, rapid heart beat, rectal bleeding, restlessness, rhinitis, seizures, shortness of breath, sinusitis, thrombocytopenia, tinnitus, urinary tract infection, vaginal bleeding, vaginal dryness, vertigo, water retention, weakness, weight loss, weight gain, and xerostomia. In general, toxicity is acceptable if the benefits to the subject achieved through the therapy outweigh the adverse events experienced by the subject due to the therapy.
  • In some embodiments, the administration of the bacterial composition treats the immune disorder.
    • Therapeutic Agents
  • In certain aspects, the methods provided herein include the administration to a subject of a bacterium and/or a bacterial composition described herein (e.g., an immune modulating Lactococcus strain-containing bacterial composition) either alone or in combination with another therapeutic. In some embodiments, the bacterial composition and the other therapy can be administered to the subject in any order. In some embodiments, the bacterial composition and the other therapy are administered conjointly.
  • In some embodiments the bacterium is administered to the subject before the additional therapeutic is administered (e.g., at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 or 24 hours before or at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29 or 30 days before). In some embodiments the bacterium is administered to the subject after the additional therapeutic is administered (e.g., at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 or 24 hours after or at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29 or 30 days after). In some embodiments, the bacterium and the additional therapeutic are administered to the subject simultaneously or nearly simultaneously (e.g., administrations occur within an hour of each other). In some embodiments, the subject is administered an antibiotic before the bacterium is administered to the subject (e.g., at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 or 24 hours before or at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29 or 30 days before). In some embodiments, the subject is administered an antibiotic after the bacterium is administered to the subject (e.g., at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23 or 24 hours before or at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29 or 30 days after). In some embodiments, the bacterium and the antibiotic are administered to the subject simultaneously or nearly simultaneously (e.g., administrations occur within an hour of each other).
  • In certain embodiments, the subject may undergo surgery. Types of surgery include but are not limited to preventative, diagnostic or staging, curative and palliative surgery.
  • In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic is an antibiotic. For example, if the presence of a immune-disorder-associated bacteria and/or an immune-disorder-associated microbiome profile is detected according to the methods provided herein, antibiotics can be administered to eliminate the immune-disorder-associated bacteria from the subject. “Antibiotics” broadly refers to compounds capable of inhibiting or preventing a bacterial infection. Antibiotics can be classified in a number of ways, including their use for specific infections, their mechanism of action, their bioavailability, or their spectrum of target microbe (e.g., Gram-negative vs. Gram-positive bacteria, aerobic vs. anaerobic bacteria, etc.) and these may be used to kill specific bacteria in specific areas of the host (“niches”) (Leekha, et al 2011. General Principles of Antimicrobial Therapy. Mayo Clin Proc. 86(2): 156-167). In certain embodiments, antibiotics can be used to selectively target bacteria of a specific niche. In some embodiments, antibiotics known to treat a particular infection that includes an immune disorder niche may be used to target immune-disorder-associated microbes, including immune-disorder-associated bacteria in that niche. In other embodiments, antibiotics are administered after the bacterial treatment. In some embodiments, antibiotics are administered after the bacterial treatment to remove the engraftment.
  • In some aspects, antibiotics can be selected based on their bactericidal or bacteriostatic properties. Bactericidal antibiotics include mechanisms of action that disrupt the cell wall (e.g., β-lactams), the cell membrane (e.g., daptomycin), or bacterial DNA (e.g., fluoroquinolones). Bacteriostatic agents inhibit bacterial replication and include sulfonamides, tetracyclines, and macrolides, and act by inhibiting protein synthesis. Furthermore, while some drugs can be bactericidal in certain organisms and bacteriostatic in others, knowing the target organism allows one skilled in the art to select an antibiotic with the appropriate properties. In certain treatment conditions, bacteriostatic antibiotics inhibit the activity of bactericidal antibiotics. Thus, in certain embodiments, bactericidal and bacteriostatic antibiotics are not combined.
  • Antibiotics include, but are not limited to aminoglycosides, ansamycins, carbacephems, carbapenems, cephalosporins, glycopeptides, lincosamides, lipopeptides, macrolides, monobactams, nitrofurans, oxazolidonones, penicillins, polypeptide antibiotics, quinolones, fluoroquinolone, sulfonamides, tetracyclines, and anti-mycobacterial compounds, and combinations thereof.
  • Aminoglycosides include, but are not limited to Amikacin, Gentamicin, Kanamycin, Neomycin, Netilmicin, Tobramycin, Paromomycin, and Spectinomycin. Aminoglycosides are effective, e.g., against Gram-negative bacteria, such as Escherichia coli, Klebsiella, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, and Francisella tularensis, and against certain aerobic bacteria but less effective against obligate/facultative anaerobes. Aminoglycosides are believed to bind to the bacterial 30S or 50S ribosomal subunit thereby inhibiting bacterial protein synthesis.
  • Ansamycins include, but are not limited to, Geldanamycin, Herbimycin, Rifamycin, and Streptovaricin. Geldanamycin and Herbimycin are believed to inhibit or alter the function of Heat Shock Protein 90.
  • Carbacephems include, but are not limited to, Loracarbef. Carbacephems are believed to inhibit bacterial cell wall synthesis.
  • Carbapenems include, but are not limited to, Ertapenem, Doripenem, Imipenem/Cilastatin, and Meropenem. Carbapenems are bactericidal for both Gram-positive and Gram-negative bacteria as broad-spectrum antibiotics. Carbapenems are believed to inhibit bacterial cell wall synthesis.
  • Cephalosporins include, but are not limited to, Cefadroxil, Cefazolin, Cefalotin, Cefalothin, Cefalexin, Cefaclor, Cefamandole, Cefoxitin, Cefprozil, Cefuroxime, Cefixime, Cefdinir, Cefditoren, Cefoperazone, Cefotaxime, Cefpodoxime, Ceftazidime, Ceftibuten, Ceftizoxime, Ceftriaxone, Cefepime, Ceftaroline fosamil, and Ceftobiprole. Selected Cephalosporins are effective, e.g., against Gram-negative bacteria and against Gram-positive bacteria, including Pseudomonas, certain Cephalosporins are effective against methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA). Cephalosporins are believed to inhibit bacterial cell wall synthesis by disrupting synthesis of the peptidoglycan layer of bacterial cell walls.
  • Glycopeptides include, but are not limited to, Teicoplanin, Vancomycin, and Telavancin. Glycopeptides are effective, e.g., against aerobic and anaerobic Gram-positive bacteria including MRSA and Clostridium difficile. Glycopeptides are believed to inhibit bacterial cell wall synthesis by disrupting synthesis of the peptidoglycan layer of bacterial cell walls.
  • Lincosamides include, but are not limited to, Clindamycin and Lincomycin. Lincosamides are effective, e.g., against anaerobic bacteria, as well as Staphylococcus, and Streptococcus. Lincosamides are believed to bind to the bacterial 50S ribosomal subunit thereby inhibiting bacterial protein synthesis.
  • Lipopeptides include, but are not limited to, Daptomycin. Lipopeptides are effective, e.g., against Gram-positive bacteria. Lipopeptides are believed to bind to the bacterial membrane and cause rapid depolarization.
  • Macrolides include, but are not limited to, Azithromycin, Clarithromycin, Dirithromycin, Erythromycin, Roxithromycin, Troleandomycin, Telithromycin, and Spiramycin. Macrolides are effective, e.g., against Streptococcus and Mycoplasma. Macrolides are believed to bind to the bacterial or 50S ribosomal subunit, thereby inhibiting bacterial protein synthesis.
  • Monobactams include, but are not limited to, Aztreonam. Monobactams are effective, e.g., against Gram-negative bacteria. Monobactams are believed to inhibit bacterial cell wall synthesis by disrupting synthesis of the peptidoglycan layer of bacterial cell walls.
  • Nitrofurans include, but are not limited to, Furazolidone and Nitrofurantoin.
  • Oxazolidonones include, but are not limited to, Linezolid, Posizolid, Radezolid, and Torezolid. Oxazolidonones are believed to be protein synthesis inhibitors.
  • Penicillins include, but are not limited to, Amoxicillin, Ampicillin, Azlocillin, Carbenicillin, Cloxacillin, Dicloxacillin, Flucloxacillin, Mezlocillin, Methicillin, Nafcillin, Oxacillin, Penicillin G, Penicillin V, Piperacillin, Temocillin and Ticarcillin. Penicillins are effective, e.g., against Gram-positive bacteria, facultative anaerobes, e.g., Streptococcus, Borrelia, and Treponema. Penicillins are believed to inhibit bacterial cell wall synthesis by disrupting synthesis of the peptidoglycan layer of bacterial cell walls.
  • Penicillin combinations include, but are not limited to, Amoxicillin/clavulanate, Ampicillin/sulbactam, Piperacillin/tazobactam, and Ticarcillin/clavulanate.
  • Polypeptide antibiotics include, but are not limited to, Bacitracin, Colistin, and Polymyxin B and E. Polypeptide Antibiotics are effective, e.g., against Gram-negative bacteria. Certain polypeptide antibiotics are believed to inhibit isoprenyl pyrophosphate involved in synthesis of the peptidoglycan layer of bacterial cell walls, while others destabilize the bacterial outer membrane by displacing bacterial counter-ions.
  • Quinolones and Fluoroquinolone include, but are not limited to, Ciprofloxacin, Enoxacin, Gatifloxacin, Gemifloxacin, Levofloxacin, Lomefloxacin, Moxifloxacin, Nalidixic acid, Norfloxacin, Ofloxacin, Trovafloxacin, Grepafloxacin, Sparfloxacin, and Temafloxacin. Quinolones/Fluoroquinolone are effective, e.g., against Streptococcus and Neisseria. Quinolones/Fluoroquinolone are believed to inhibit the bacterial DNA gyrase or topoisomerase IV, thereby inhibiting DNA replication and transcription.
  • Sulfonamides include, but are not limited to, Mafenide, Sulfacetamide, Sulfadiazine, Silver sulfadiazine, Sulfadimethoxine, Sulfamethizole, Sulfamethoxazole, Sulfanilimide, Sulfasalazine, Sulfisoxazole, Trimethoprim-Sulfamethoxazole (Co-trimoxazole), and Sulfonamidochrysoidine. Sulfonamides are believed to inhibit folate synthesis by competitive inhibition of dihydropteroate synthetase, thereby inhibiting nucleic acid synthesis.
  • Tetracyclines include, but are not limited to, Demeclocycline, Doxycycline, Minocycline, Oxytetracycline, and Tetracycline. Tetracyclines are effective, e.g., against Gram-negative bacteria. Tetracyclines are believed to bind to the bacterial 30S ribosomal subunit thereby inhibiting bacterial protein synthesis.
  • Anti-mycobacterial compounds include, but are not limited to, Clofazimine, Dapsone, Capreomycin, Cycloserine, Ethambutol, Ethionamide, Isoniazid, Pyrazinamide, Rifampicin, Rifabutin, Rifapentine, and Streptomycin.
  • Suitable antibiotics also include arsphenamine, chloramphenicol, fosfomycin, fusidic acid, metronidazole, mupirocin, platensimycin, quinupristin/dalfopristin, tigecycline, tinidazole, trimethoprim amoxicillin/clavulanate, ampicillin/sulbactam, amphomycin ristocetin, azithromycin, bacitracin, buforin II, carbomycin, cecropin Pl, clarithromycin, erythromycins, furazolidone, fusidic acid, Na fusidate, gramicidin, imipenem, indolicidin, josamycin, magainan II, metronidazole, nitroimidazoles, mikamycin, mutacin B-Ny266, mutacin B-JH1 140, mutacin J-T8, nisin, nisin A, novobiocin, oleandomycin, ostreogrycin, piperacillin/tazobactam, pristinamycin, ramoplanin, ranalexin, reuterin, rifaximin, rosamicin, rosaramicin, spectinomycin, spiramycin, staphylomycin, streptogramin, streptogramin A, synergistin, taurolidine, teicoplanin, telithromycin, ticarcillin/clavulanic acid, triacetyloleandomycin, tylosin, tyrocidin, tyrothricin, vancomycin, vemamycin, and virginiamycin.
  • In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic is an immunosuppressive agent, a DMARD, a pain-control drug, a steroid, a non-steroidal antiinflammatory drug (NSAID), or a cytokine antagonist, and combinations thereof. Representative agents include, but are not limited to, cyclosporin, retinoids, corticosteroids, propionic acid derivative, acetic acid derivative, enolic acid derivatives, fenamic acid derivatives, Cox-2 inhibitors, lumiracoxib, ibuprophen, cholin magnesium salicylate, fenoprofen, salsalate, difunisal, tolmetin, ketoprofen, flurbiprofen, oxaprozin, indomethacin, sulindac, etodolac, ketorolac, nabumetone, naproxen, valdecoxib, etoricoxib, MK0966; rofecoxib, acetominophen, Celecoxib, Diclofenac, tramadol, piroxicam, meloxicam, tenoxicam, droxicam, lornoxicam, isoxicam, mefanamic acid, meclofenamic acid, flufenamic acid, tolfenamic, valdecoxib, parecoxib, etodolac, indomethacin, aspirin, ibuprophen, firocoxib, methotrexate (MTX), antimalarial drugs (e.g., hydroxychloroquine and chloroquine), sulfasalazine, Leflunomide, azathioprine, cyclosporin, gold salts, minocycline, cyclophosphamide, D-penicillamine, minocycline, auranofin, tacrolimus, myocrisin, chlorambucil, TNF alpha antagonists (e.g., TNF alpha antagonists or TNF alpha receptor antagonists), e.g., ADALIMUMAB (Humira®), ETANERCEPT (Enbrel®), INFLIXIMAB (Remicade®; TA-650), CERTOLIZUMAB PEGOL (Cimzia®; CDP870), GOLIMUMAB (Simpom®; CNTO 148), ANAKINRA (Kineret®), RITUXIMAB (Rituxan®; MabThera®), ABATACEPT (Orencia®), TOCILIZUMAB (RoActemra/Actemra®), integrin antagonists (TYSABRI® (natalizumab)), IL-1 antagonists (ACZ885 (Ilaris)), Anakinra (Kineret®)), CD4 antagonists, IL-23 antagonists, IL-20 antagonists, IL-6 antagonists, BLyS antagonists (e.g., Atacicept, Benlysta®/LymphoStat-B® (belimumab)), p38 Inhibitors, CD20 antagonists (Ocrelizumab, Ofatumumab (Arzerra®)), interferon gamma antagonists (Fontolizumab), prednisolone, Prednisone, dexamethasone, Cortisol, cortisone, hydrocortisone, methylprednisolone, betamethasone, triamcinolone, beclometasome, fludrocortisone, deoxycorticosterone, aldosterone, Doxycycline, vancomycin, pioglitazone, SBI-087, SC10-469, Cura-100, Oncoxin+Viusid, TwHF, Methoxsalen, Vitamin D—ergocalciferol, Milnacipran, Paclitaxel, rosig tazone, Tacrolimus (Prograf®), RADOO1, rapamune, rapamycin, fostamatinib, Fentanyl, XOMA 052, Fostamatinib disodium, rosightazone, Curcumin (Longvida™) Rosuvastatin, Maraviroc, ramipnl, Milnacipran, Cobiprostone, somatropin, tgAAC94 gene therapy vector, MK0359, GW856553, esomeprazole, everolimus, trastuzumab, JAK1 and JAK2 inhibitors, pan JAK inhibitors, e.g., tetracyclic pyridone 6 (P6), 325, PF-956980, denosumab, IL-6 antagonists, CD20 antagonistis, CTLA4 antagonists, IL-8 antagonists, IL-21 antagonists, IL-22 antagonist, integrin antagonists (Tysarbri® (natalizumab)), VGEF antagnosits, CXCL antagonists, MMP antagonists, defensin antagonists, IL-1 antagonists (including IL-1 beta antagonsits), and IL-23 antagonists (e.g., receptor decoys, antagonistic antibodies, etc.).
  • In some embodiments, the agent is an immunosuppressive agent. Examples of immunosuppressive agents include, but are not limited to, corticosteroids, mesalazine, mesalamine, sulfasalazine, sulfasalazine derivatives, immunosuppressive drugs, cyclosporin A, mercaptopurine, azathiopurine, prednisone, methotrexate, antihistamines, glucocorticoids, epinephrine, theophylline, cromolyn sodium, anti-leukotrienes, anti-cholinergic drugs for rhinitis, TLR antagonists, inflammasome inhibitors, anti-cholinergic decongestants, mast-cell stabilizers, monoclonal anti-IgE antibodies, vaccines (e.g., vaccines used for vaccination where the amount of an allergen is gradually increased), cytokine inhibitors, such as anti-IL-6 antibodies, TNF inhibitors such as infliximab, adalimumab, certolizumab pegol, golimumab, or etanercept, and combinations thereof.
  • In some embodiments, the immune disorder therapy comprises administering a therapeutic bacteria and/or a therapeutic combination of bacteria to the subject so a healthy microbiome can be reconstituted in the subject. In some embodiments, the therapeutic bacteria is a non-immune-disorder-associated bacteria. In some embodiments the therapeutic bacteria is a probiotic bacteria.
  • In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic is a cancer therapeutic. In some embodiments, the cancer therapeutic is a chemotherapeutic agent. Examples of such chemotherapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, alkylating agents such as cyclosphosphamide; alkyl sulfonates such as busulfan, improsulfan and piposulfan; aziridines such as benzodopa, carboquone, meturedopa, and uredopa; ethylenimines and methylamelamines including altretamine, triethylenemelamine, trietylenephosphoramide, triethiylenethiophosphoramide and trimethylolomelamine; acetogenins (especially bullatacin and bullatacinone); a camptothecin (including the synthetic analogue topotecan); bryostatin; callystatin; CC-1065 (including its adozelesin, carzelesin and bizelesin synthetic analogues); cryptophycins (particularly cryptophycin 1 and cryptophycin 8); dolastatin; duocarmycin (including the synthetic analogues, KW-2189 and CB1-TM1); eleutherobin; pancratistatin; a sarcodictyin; spongistatin; nitrogen mustards such as chlorambucil, chlornaphazine, cholophosphamide, estramustine, ifosfamide, mechlorethamine, mechlorethamine oxide hydrochloride, melphalan, novembichin, phenesterine, prednimustine, trofosfamide, uracil mustard; nitrosureas such as carmustine, chlorozotocin, fotemustine, lomustine, nimustine, and ranimnustine; antibiotics such as the enediyne antibiotics (e.g., calicheamicin, especially calicheamicin gammalI and calicheamicin omegal1; dynemicin, including dynemicin A; bisphosphonates, such as clodronate; an esperamicin; as well as neocarzinostatin chromophore and related chromoprotein enediyne antibiotic chromophores, aclacinomysins, actinomycin, authrarnycin, azaserine, bleomycins, cactinomycin, carabicin, caminomycin, carzinophilin, chromomycinis, dactinomycin, daunorubicin, detorubicin, 6-diazo-5-oxo-L-norleucine, doxorubicin (including morpholino-doxorubicin, cyanomorpholino-doxorubicin, 2-pyrrolino-doxorubicin and deoxydoxorubicin), epirubicin, esorubicin, idarubicin, marcellomycin, mitomycins such as mitomycin C, mycophenolic acid, nogalamycin, olivomycins, peplomycin, potfiromycin, puromycin, quelamycin, rodorubicin, streptonigrin, streptozocin, tubercidin, ubenimex, zinostatin, zorubicin; anti-metabolites such as methotrexate and 5-fluorouracil (5-FU); folic acid analogues such as denopterin, methotrexate, pteropterin, trimetrexate; purine analogs such as fludarabine, 6-mercaptopurine, thiamiprine, thioguanine; pyrimidine analogs such as ancitabine, azacitidine, 6-azauridine, carmofur, cytarabine, dideoxyuridine, doxifluridine, enocitabine, floxuridine; androgens such as calusterone, dromostanolone propionate, epitiostanol, mepitiostane, testolactone; anti-adrenals such as aminoglutethimide, mitotane, trilostane; folic acid replenisher such as frolinic acid; aceglatone; aldophosphamide glycoside; aminolevulinic acid; eniluracil; amsacrine; bestrabucil; bisantrene; edatraxate; defofamine; demecolcine; diaziquone; elformithine; elliptinium acetate; an epothilone; etoglucid; gallium nitrate; hydroxyurea; lentinan; lonidainine; maytansinoids such as maytansine and ansamitocins; mitoguazone; mitoxantrone; mopidanmol; nitraerine; pentostatin; phenamet; pirarubicin; losoxantrone; podophyllinic acid; 2-ethylhydrazide; procarbazine; PSK polysaccharide complex); razoxane; rhizoxin; sizofuran; spirogermanium; tenuazonic acid; triaziquone; 2,2′,2″-trichlorotriethylamine; trichothecenes (especially T-2 toxin, verracurin A, roridin A and anguidine); urethan; vindesine; dacarbazine; mannomustine; mitobronitol; mitolactol; pipobroman; gacytosine; arabinoside (“Ara-C”); cyclophosphamide; thiotepa; taxoids, e.g., paclitaxel and doxetaxel; chlorambucil; gemcitabine; 6-thioguanine; mercaptopurine; methotrexate; platinum coordination complexes such as cisplatin, oxaliplatin and carboplatin; vinblastine; platinum; etoposide (VP-16); ifosfamide; mitoxantrone; vincristine; vinorelbine; novantrone; teniposide; edatrexate; daunomycin; aminopterin; xeloda; ibandronate; irinotecan (e.g., CPT-11); topoisomerase inhibitor RFS 2000; difluoromethylomithine (DMFO); retinoids such as retinoic acid; capecitabine; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, acids or derivatives of any of the above.
  • In some embodiments, the cancer therapeutic is a cancer immunotherapy agent. Immunotherapy refers to a treatment that uses a subject's immune system to treat cancer, e.g., checkpoint inhibitors, cancer vaccines, cytokines, cell therapy, CAR-T cells, and dendritic cell therapy. Non-limiting examples of immunotherapies are checkpoint inhibitors include Nivolumab (BMS, anti-PD-1), Pembrolizumab (Merck, anti-PD-1), Ipilimumab (BMS, anti-CTLA-4), MEDI4736 (AstraZeneca, anti-PD-L1), and MPDL3280A (Roche, anti-PD-L1). Other immunotherapies may be tumor vaccines, such as Gardail, Cervarix, BCG, sipulencel-T, Gp100:209-217, AGS-003, DCVax-L, Algenpantucel-L, Tergenpantucel-L, TG4010, ProstAtak, Prostvac-V/R-TRICOM, Rindopepimul, E75 peptide acetate, IMA901, POL-103A, Belagenpumatucel-L, GSK1572932A, MDX-1279, GV1001, and Tecemotide. Immunotherapy may be administered via injection (e.g., intravenously, intratumorally, subcutaneously, or into lymph nodes), but may also be administered orally, topically, or via aerosol. Immunotherapies may comprise adjuvants such as cytokines.
  • In some embodiments, the immunotherapy agent is an immune checkpoint inhibitor. Immune checkpoint inhibition broadly refers to inhibiting the checkpoints that cancer cells can produce to prevent or downregulate an immune response. Examples of immune checkpoint proteins include, but are not limited to, CTLA4, PD-1, PD-L1, PD-L2, A2AR, B7-H3, B7-H4, BTLA, KIR, LAGS, TIM-3 or VISTA. Immune checkpoint inhibitors can be antibodies or antigen binding fragments thereof that bind to and inhibit an immune checkpoint protein. Examples of immune checkpoint inhibitors include, but are not limited to, nivolumab, pembrolizumab, pidilizumab, AMP-224, AMP-514, STI-A1110, TSR-042, RG-7446, BMS-936559, MEDI-4736, MSB-0020718C, AUR-012 and STI-A1010.
  • In some embodiments, the immunotherapy agent is an antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof that, for example, binds to a cancer-associated antigen. Examples of cancer-associated antigens include, but are not limited to, adipophilin, AIM-2, ALDH1A1, alpha-actinin-4, alpha-fetoprotein (“AFP”), ARTC1, B-RAF, BAGE-1, BCLX (L), BCR-ABL fusion protein b3a2, beta-catenin, BING-4, CA-125, CALCA, carcinoembryonic antigen (“CEA”), CASP-5, CASP-8, CD274, CD45, Cdc27, CDK12, CDK4, CDKN2A, CEA, CLPP, COA-1, CPSF, CSNK1A1, CTAG1, CTAG2, cyclin D1, Cyclin-A1, dek-can fusion protein, DKK1, EFTUD2, Elongation factor 2, ENAH (hMena), Ep-CAM, EpCAM, EphA3, epithelial tumor antigen (“ETA”), ETV6-AML1 fusion protein, EZH2, FGF5, FLT3-ITD, FN1, G250/MN/CAIX, GAGE-1,2,8, GAGE-3,4,5,6,7, GAS7, glypican-3, GnTV, gp100/Pme117, GPNMB, HAUS3, Hepsin, HER-2/neu, HERV-K-MEL, HLA-A11, HLA-A2, HLA-DOB, hsp70-2, IDO1, IGF2B3, IL13Ralpha2, Intestinal carboxyl esterase, K-ras, Kallikrein 4, KIF20A, KK-LC-1, KKLC1, KM-HN-1, KMHN1 also known as CCDC110, LAGE-1, LDLR-fucosyltransferaseAS fusion protein, Lengsin, M-CSF, MAGE-A1, MAGE-A10, MAGE-A12, MAGE-A2, MAGE-A3, MAGE-A4, MAGE-A6, MAGE-A9, MAGE-C1, MAGE-C2, malic enzyme, mammaglobin-A, MART2, MATN, MC1R, MCSP, mdm-2, ME1, Melan-A/MART-1, Meloe, Midkine, MMP-2, MMP-7, MUC1, MUCSAC, mucin, MUM-1, MUM-2, MUM-3, Myosin, Myosin class I, N-raw, NA88-A, neo-PAP, NFYC, NY-BR-1, NY-ESO-1/LAGE-2, OA1, OGT, OS-9, P polypeptide, p53, PAP, PAX5, PBF, pml-RARalpha fusion protein, polymorphic epithelial mucin (“PEM”), PPP1R3B, PRAME, PRDX5, PSA, PSMA, PTPRK, RAB38/NY-MEL-1, RAGE-1, RBAF600, RGS5, RhoC, RNF43, RU2AS, SAGE, secernin 1, SIRT2, SNRPD1, SOX10, Sp17, SPA17, SSX-2, SSX-4, STEAP1, survivin, SYT-SSX1 or -SSX2 fusion protein, TAG-1, TAG-2, Telomerase, TGF-betaRll, TPBG, TRAG-3, Triosephosphate isomerase, TRP-1/gp75, TRP-2, TRP2-INT2, tyrosinase, tyrosinase (“TYR”), VEGF, WT1, XAGE-1b/GAGED2a. In some embodiments, the antigen is a neo-antigen.
  • In some embodiments, the immunotherapy agent is a cancer vaccine and/or a component of a cancer vaccine (e.g., an antigenic peptide and/or protein). The cancer vaccine can be a protein vaccine, a nucleic acid vaccine or a combination thereof. For example, in some embodiments, the cancer vaccine comprises a polypeptide comprising an epitope of a cancer-associated antigen. In some embodiments, the cancer vaccine comprises a nucleic acid (e.g., DNA or RNA, such as mRNA) that encodes an epitope of a cancer-associated antigen. In some embodiments, the nucleic acid is a vector (e.g., a bacterial vector, viral vector). Examples of bacterial vectors include, but are not limited to, Mycobacterium bovis (BCG), Salmonella Typhimurium ssp., Salmonella Typhi ssp., Clostridium sp. spores, Escherichia coli Nissle 1917, Escherichia coli K-12/LLO, Listeria monocytogenes, and Shigella flexneri. Examples of viral vectors include, but are not limited to, vaccinia, adenovirus, RNA viruses, and replication defective avipox, replication-defective fowlpox, replication-defective canarypox, replication defective MVA and replication-defective adenovirus.
  • In some embodiments, the cancer immunotherapy comprises administration of an antigen presenting cell (APC) primed with a cancer-specific antigen. In some embodiments, the APC is a dendritic cell, a macrophage or a B cell.
  • Examples of cancer-associated antigens include, but are not limited to, adipophilin, AIM-2, ALDH1A1, alpha-actinin-4, alpha-fetoprotein (“AFP”), ARTC1, B-RAF, BAGE-1, BCLX (L), BCR-ABL fusion protein b3a2, beta-catenin, BING-4, CA-125, CALCA, carcinoembryonic antigen (“CEA”), CASP-5, CASP-8, CD274, CD45, Cdc27, CDK12, CDK4, CDKN2A, CEA, CLPP, COA-1, CPSF, CSNK1A1, CTAG1, CTAG2, cyclin D1, Cyclin-A1, dek-can fusion protein, DKK1, EFTUD2, Elongation factor 2, ENAH (hMena), Ep-CAM, EpCAM, EphA3, epithelial tumor antigen (“ETA”), ETV6-AML1 fusion protein, EZH2, FGF5, FLT3-ITD, FN1, G250/MN/CAIX, GAGE-1,2,8, GAGE-3,4,5,6,7, GAS7, glypican-3, GnTV, gp100/Pme117, GPNMB, HAUS3, Hepsin, HER-2/neu, HERV-K-MEL, HLA-A11, HLA-A2, HLA-DOB, hsp70-2, IDO1, IGF2B3, IL13Ralpha2, Intestinal carboxyl esterase, K-ras, Kallikrein 4, KIF20A, KK-LC-1, KKLC1, KM-HN-1, KMHN1 also known as CCDC110, LAGE-1, LDLR-fucosyltransferaseAS fusion protein, Lengsin, M-CSF, MAGE-A1, MAGE-A10, MAGE-A12, MAGE-A2, MAGE-A3, MAGE-A4, MAGE-A6, MAGE-A9, MAGE-C1, MAGE-C2, malic enzyme, mammaglobin-A, MART2, MATN, MC1R, MCSP, mdm-2, ME1, Melan-A/MART-1, Meloe, Midkine, MMP-2, MMP-7, MUC1, MUC5AC, mucin, MUM-1, MUM-2, MUM-3, Myosin, Myosin class I, N-raw, NA88-A, neo-PAP, NFYC, NY-BR-1, NY-ESO-1/LAGE-2, OA1, OGT, OS-9, P polypeptide, p53, PAP, PAX5, PBF, pml-RARalpha fusion protein, polymorphic epithelial mucin (“PEM”), PPP1R3B, PRAME, PRDX5, PSA, PSMA, PTPRK, RAB38/NY-MEL-1, RAGE-1, RBAF600, RGS5, RhoC, RNF43, RU2AS, SAGE, secernin 1, SIRT2, SNRPD1, SOX10, Sp17, SPA17, SSX-2, SSX-4, STEAP1, survivin, SYT-SSX1 or -SSX2 fusion protein, TAG-1, TAG-2, Telomerase, TGF-betaRll, TPBG, TRAG-3, Triosephosphate isomerase, TRP-1/gp75, TRP-2, TRP2-INT2, tyrosinase, tyrosinase (“TYR”), VEGF, WT1, XAGE-1b/GAGED2a. In some embodiments, the antigen is a neo-antigen.
  • In some embodiments, the cancer immunotherapy comprises administration of a cancer-specific chimeric antigen receptor (CAR). In some embodiments, the CAR is administered on the surface of a T cell. In some embodiments, the CAR binds specifically to a cancer-associated antigen.
  • In some embodiments, the cancer immunotherapy comprises administration of a cancer-specific T cell to the subject. In some embodiments, the T cell is a CD4+ T cell. In some embodiments, the CD4+ T cell is a TH1 T cell, a TH2 T cell or a TH17 T cell. In some embodiments, the T cell expresses a T cell receptor specific for a cancer-associated antigen.
  • In some embodiments, the cancer vaccine is administered with an adjuvant. Examples of adjuvants include, but are not limited to, an immune modulatory protein, Adjuvant 65, α-GalCer, aluminum phosphate, aluminum hydroxide, calcium phosphate, β-Glucan Peptide, CpG ODN DNA, GPI-0100, lipid A, lipopolysaccharide, Lipovant, Montanide, N-acetyl-muramyl-L-alanyl-D-isoglutamine, Pam3CSK4, quil A, cholera toxin (CT) and heat-labile toxin from enterotoxigenic Escherichia coli (LT) including derivatives of these (CTB, mmCT, CTA1-DD, LTB, LTK63, LTR72, dmLT) and trehalose dimycolate.
  • In some embodiments, the immunotherapy agent is an immune modulating protein to the subject. In some embodiments, the immune modulatory protein is a cytokine or chemokine. Examples of immune modulating proteins include, but are not limited to, B lymphocyte chemoattractant (“BLC”), C—C motif chemokine 11 (“Eotaxin-1”), Eosinophil chemotactic protein 2 (“Eotaxin-2”), Granulocyte colony-stimulating factor (“G-CSF”), Granulocyte macrophage colony-stimulating factor (“GM-CSF”), 1-309, Intercellular Adhesion Molecule 1 (“ICAM-1”), Interferon alpha (“IFN-alpha”), Interferon beta (“IFN-beta”) Interferon gamma (“IFN-gamma”), Interlukin-1 alpha (“IL-1 alpha”), Interlukin-1 beta (“IL-1 beta”), Interleukin 1 receptor antagonist (“IL-1 ra”), Interleukin-2 (“IL-2”), Interleukin-4 (“IL-4”), Interleukin-5 (“IL-5”), Interleukin-6 (“IL-6”), Interleukin-6 soluble receptor (“IL-6 sR”), Interleukin-7 (“IL-7”), Interleukin-8 (“IL-8”), Interleukin-10 (“IL-10”), Interleukin-11 (“IL-11”), Subunit beta of Interleukin-12 (“IL-12 p40” or “IL-12 p70”), Interleukin-13 (“IL-13”), Interleukin-15 (“IL-15”), Interleukin-16 (“IL-16”), Interleukin-17A-F (“IL-17A-F”), Interleukin-18 (“IL-18”), Interleukin-21 (“IL-21”), Interleukin-22 (“IL-22”), Interleukin-23 (“IL-23”), Interleukin-33 (“IL-33”), Chemokine (C—C motif) Ligand 2 (“MCP-1”), Macrophage colony-stimulating factor (“M-CSF”), Monokine induced by gamma interferon (“MIG”), Chemokine (C—C motif) ligand 2 (“MIP-1 alpha”), Chemokine (C—C motif) ligand 4 (“MIP-1 beta”), Macrophage inflammatory protein-1-delta (“MIP-1 delta”), Platelet-derived growth factor subunit B (“PDGF-BB”), Chemokine (C—C motif) ligand 5, Regulated on Activation, Normal T cell Expressed and Secreted (“RANTES”), TIMP metallopeptidase inhibitor 1 (“TIMP-1”), TIMP metallopeptidase inhibitor 2 (“TIMP-2”), Tumor necrosis factor, lymphotoxin-alpha (“TNF alpha”), Tumor necrosis factor, lymphotoxin-beta (“TNF beta”), Soluble TNF receptor type 1 (“sTNFRI”), sTNFRIIAR, Brain-derived neurotrophic factor (“BDNF”), Basic fibroblast growth factor (“bFGF”), Bone morphogenetic protein 4 (“BMP-4”), Bone morphogenetic protein 5 (“BMP-5”), Bone morphogenetic protein 7 (“BMP-7”), Nerve growth factor (“b-NGF”), Epidermal growth factor (“EGF”), Epidermal growth factor receptor (“EGFR”), Endocrine-gland-derived vascular endothelial growth factor (“EG-VEGF”), Fibroblast growth factor 4 (“FGF-4”), Keratinocyte growth factor (“FGF-7”), Growth differentiation factor 15 (“GDF-15”), Glial cell-derived neurotrophic factor (“GDNF”), Growth Hormone, Heparin-binding EGF-like growth factor (“HB-EGF”), Hepatocyte growth factor (“HGF”), Insulin-like growth factor binding protein 1 (“IGFBP-1”), Insulin-like growth factor binding protein 2 (“IGFBP-2”), Insulin-like growth factor binding protein 3 (“IGFBP-3”), Insulin-like growth factor binding protein 4 (“IGFBP-4”), Insulin-like growth factor binding protein 6 (“IGFBP-6”), Insulin-like growth factor 1 (“IGF-1”), Insulin, Macrophage colony-stimulating factor (“M-CSF R”), Nerve growth factor receptor (“NGF R”), Neurotrophin-3 (“NT-3”), Neurotrophin-4 (“NT-4”), Osteoclastogenesis inhibitory factor (“Osteoprotegerin”), Platelet-derived growth factor receptors (“PDGF-AA”), Phosphatidylinositol-glycan biosynthesis (“PIGF”), Skp, Cullin, F-box containing comples (“SCF”), Stem cell factor receptor (“SCF R”), Transforming growth factor alpha (“TGFalpha”), Transforming growth factor beta-1 (“TGF beta 1”), Transforming growth factor beta-3 (“TGF beta 3”), Vascular endothelial growth factor (“VEGF”), Vascular endothelial growth factor receptor 2 (“VEGFR2”), Vascular endothelial growth factor receptor 3 (“VEGFR3”), VEGF-D 6Ckine, Tyrosine-protein kinase receptor UFO (“Axl”), Betacellulin (“BTC”), Mucosae-associated epithelial chemokine (“CCL28”), Chemokine (C—C motif) ligand 27 (“CTACK”), Chemokine (C—X—C motif) ligand 16 (“CXCL16”), C—X—C motif chemokine 5 (“ENA-78”), Chemokine (C—C motif) ligand 26 (“Eotaxin-3”), Granulocyte chemotactic protein 2 (“GCP-2”), GRO, Chemokine (C—C motif) ligand 14 (“HCC-1”), Chemokine (C—C motif) ligand 16 (“HCC-4”), Interleukin-9 (“IL-9”), Interleukin-17 F (“IL-17F”), Interleukin-18-binding protein (“IL-18 BPa”), Interleukin-28 A (“IL-28A”), Interleukin 29 (“IL-29”), Interleukin 31 (“IL-31”), C—X—C motif chemokine 10 (“IP-10”), Chemokine receptor CXCR3 (“I-TAC”), Leukemia inhibitory factor (“LIF”), Light, Chemokine (C motif) ligand (“Lymphotactin”), Monocyte chemoattractant protein 2 (“MCP-2”), Monocyte chemoattractant protein 3 (“MCP-3”), Monocyte chemoattractant protein 4 (“MCP-4”), Macrophage-derived chemokine (“MDC”), Macrophage migration inhibitory factor (“MIF”), Chemokine (C—C motif) ligand 20 (“MIP-3 alpha”), C—C motif chemokine 19 (“MIP-3 beta”), Chemokine (C—C motif) ligand 23 (“MPIF-1”), Macrophage stimulating protein alpha chain (“MSPalpha”), Nucleosome assembly protein 1-like 4 (“NAP-2”), Secreted phosphoprotein 1 (“Osteopontin”), Pulmonary and activation-regulated cytokine (“PARC”), Platelet factor 4 (“PF4”), Stroma cell-derived factor-1 alpha (“SDF-1 alpha”), Chemokine (C—C motif) ligand 17 (“TARC”), Thymus-expressed chemokine (“TECK”), Thymic stromal lymphopoietin (“TSLP 4-IBB”), CD 166 antigen (“ALCAM”), Cluster of Differentiation 80 (“B7-1”), Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 17 (“BCMA”), Cluster of Differentiation 14 (“CD14”), Cluster of Differentiation 30 (“CD30”), Cluster of Differentiation 40 (“CD40 Ligand”), Carcinoembryonic antigen-related cell adhesion molecule 1 (biliary glycoprotein) (“CEACAM-1”), Death Receptor 6 (“DR6”), Deoxythymidine kinase (“Dtk”), Type 1 membrane glycoprotein (“Endoglin”), Receptor tyrosine-protein kinase erbB-3 (“ErbB3”), Endothelial-leukocyte adhesion molecule 1 (“E-Selectin”), Apoptosis antigen 1 (“Fas”), Fms-like tyrosine kinase 3 (“Flt-3L”), Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 1 (“GITR”), Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 14 (“HVEM”), Intercellular adhesion molecule 3 (“ICAM-3”), IL-1 R4, IL-1 RI, IL-10 Rbeta, IL-17R, IL-2Rgamma, IL-21R, Lysosome membrane protein 2 (“LIMPII”), Neutrophil gelatinase-associated lipocalin (“Lipocalin-2”), CD62L (“L-Selectin”), Lymphatic endothelium (“LYVE-1”), MHC class I polypeptide-related sequence A (“MICA”), MHC class I polypeptide-related sequence B (“MICB”), NRG1-betal, Beta-type platelet-derived growth factor receptor (“PDGF Rbeta”), Platelet endothelial cell adhesion molecule (“PECAM-1”), RAGE, Hepatitis A virus cellular receptor 1 (“TIM-1”), Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member IOC (“TRAIL R3”), Trappin protein transglutaminase binding domain (“Trappin-2”), Urokinase receptor (“uPAR”), Vascular cell adhesion protein 1 (“VCAM-1”), XEDARActivin A, Agouti-related protein (“AgRP”), Ribonuclease 5 (“Angiogenin”), Angiopoietin 1, Angiostatin, Catheprin S, CD40, Cryptic family protein IB (“Cripto-1”), DAN, Dickkopf-related protein 1 (“DKK-1”), E-Cadherin, Epithelial cell adhesion molecule (“EpCAM”), Fas Ligand (FasL or CD95L), Fcg RIIB/C, FoUistatin, Galectin-7, Intercellular adhesion molecule 2 (“ICAM-2”), IL-13 R1, IL-13R2, IL-17B, IL-2 Ra, IL-2 Rb, IL-23, LAP, Neuronal cell adhesion molecule (“NrCAM”), Plasminogen activator inhibitor-1 (“PAI-1”), Platelet derived growth factor receptors (“PDGF-AB”), Resistin, stromal cell-derived factor 1 (“SDF-1 beta”), sgp130, Secreted frizzled-related protein 2 (“ShhN”), Sialic acid-binding immunoglobulin-type lectins (“Siglec-5”), ST2, Transforming growth factor-beta 2 (“TGF beta 2”), Tie-2, Thrombopoietin (“TPO”), Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 10D (“TRAIL R4”), Triggering receptor expressed on myeloid cells 1 (“TREM-1”), Vascular endothelial growth factor C (“VEGF-C”), VEGFRlAdiponectin, Adipsin (“AND”), Alpha-fetoprotein (“AFP”), Angiopoietin-like 4 (“ANGPTL4”), Beta-2-microglobulin (“B2M”), Basal cell adhesion molecule (“BCAM”), Carbohydrate antigen 125 (“CA125”), Cancer Antigen 15-3 (“CA15-3”), Carcinoembryonic antigen (“CEA”), cAMP receptor protein (“CRP”), Human Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor 2 (“ErbB2”), Follistatin, Follicle-stimulating hormone (“FSH”), Chemokine (C—X—C motif) ligand 1 (“GRO alpha”), human chorionic gonadotropin (“beta HCG”), Insulin-like growth factor 1 receptor (“IGF-1 sR”), IL-1 sRII, IL-3, IL-18 Rb, IL-21, Leptin, Matrix metalloproteinase-1 (“MMP-1”), Matrix metalloproteinase-2 (“MMP-2”), Matrix metalloproteinase-3 (“MMP-3”), Matrix metalloproteinase-8 (“MMP-8”), Matrix metalloproteinase-9 (“MMP-9”), Matrix metalloproteinase-10 (“MMP-10”), Matrix metalloproteinase-13 (“MMP-13”), Neural Cell Adhesion Molecule (“NCAM-1”), Entactin (“Nidogen-1”), Neuron specific enolase (“NSE”), Oncostatin M (“OSM”), Procalcitonin, Prolactin, Prostate specific antigen (“PSA”), Sialic acid-binding Ig-like lectin 9 (“Siglec-9”), ADAM 17 endopeptidase (“TACE”), Thyroglobulin, Metalloproteinase inhibitor 4 (“TIMP-4”), TSH2B4, Disintegrin and metalloproteinase domain-containing protein 9 (“ADAM-9”), Angiopoietin 2, Tumor necrosis factor ligand superfamily member 13/Acidic leucine-rich nuclear phosphoprotein 32 family member B (“APRIL”), Bone morphogenetic protein 2 (“BMP-2”), Bone morphogenetic protein 9 (“BMP-9”), Complement component 5a (“C5a”), Cathepsin L, CD200, CD97, Chemerin, Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 6B (“DcR3”), Fatty acid-binding protein 2 (“FABP2”), Fibroblast activation protein, alpha (“FAP”), Fibroblast growth factor 19 (“FGF-19”), Galectin-3, Hepatocyte growth factor receptor (“HGF R”), IFN-gammalpha/beta R2, Insulin-like growth factor 2 (“IGF-2”), Insulin-like growth factor 2 receptor (“IGF-2 R”), Interleukin-1 receptor 6 (“IL-1R6”), Interleukin 24 (“IL-24”), Interleukin 33 (“IL-33”, Kallikrein 14, Asparaginyl endopeptidase (“Legumain”), Oxidized low-density lipoprotein receptor 1 (“LOX-1”), Mannose-binding lectin (“MBL”), Neprilysin (“NEP”), Notch homolog 1, translocation-associated (Drosophila) (“Notch-1”), Nephroblastoma overexpressed (“NOV”), Osteoactivin, Programmed cell death protein 1 (“PD-1”), N-acetylmuramoyl-L-alanine amidase (“PGRP-5”), Serpin A4, Secreted frizzled related protein 3 (“sFRP-3”), Thrombomodulin, Tolllike receptor 2 (“TLR2”), Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 10A (“TRAIL R1”), Transferrin (“TRF”), WIF-1ACE-2, Albumin, AMICA, Angiopoietin 4, B-cell activating factor (“BAFF”), Carbohydrate antigen 19-9 (“CA19-9”), CD 163, Clusterin, CRT AM, Chemokine (C—X—C motif) ligand 14 (“CXCL14”), Cystatin C, Decorin (“DCN”), Dickkopf-related protein 3 (“Dkk-3”), Delta-like protein 1 (“DLL1”), Fetuin A, Heparin-binding growth factor 1 (“aFGF”), Folate receptor alpha (“FOLR1”), Furin, GPCR-associated sorting protein 1 (“GASP-1”), GPCR-associated sorting protein 2 (“GASP-2”), Granulocyte colony-stimulating factor receptor (“GCSF R”), Serine protease hepsin (“HAI-2”), Interleukin-17B Receptor (“IL-17B R”), Interleukin 27 (“IL-27”), Lymphocyte-activation gene 3 (“LAG-3”), Apolipoprotein A-V (“LDL R”), Pepsinogen I, Retinol binding protein 4 (“RBP4”), SOST, Heparan sulfate proteoglycan (“Syndecan-1”), Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 13B (“TACI”), Tissue factor pathway inhibitor (“TFPI”), TSP-1, Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily, member 10b (“TRAIL R2”), TRANCE, Troponin I, Urokinase Plasminogen Activator (“uPA”), Cadherin 5, type 2 or VE-cadherin (vascular endothelial) also known as CD144 (“VE-Cadherin”), WNT1-inducible-signaling pathway protein 1 (“WISP-1”), and Receptor Activator of Nuclear Factor κ B (“RANK”).
  • In some embodiments, the cancer therapeutic agent is an anti-cancer compound. Exemplary anti-cancer compounds include, but are not limited to, Alemtuzumab (Campath®), Alitretinoin (Panretin®), Anastrozole (Arimidex®), Bevacizumab (Avastin®), Bexarotene (Targretin®), Bortezomib (Velcade®), Bosutinib (Bosulif®), Brentuximab vedotin (Adcetris®), Cabozantinib (Cometriq™), Carfilzomib (Kyprolis™), Cetuximab (Erbitux®), Crizotinib (Xalkori®), Dasatinib (Sprycel®), Denileukin diftitox (Ontak®), Erlotinib hydrochloride (Tarceva®), Everolimus (Afinitor®), Exemestane (Aromasin®), Fulvestrant (Faslodex®), Gefitinib (Iressa®), Ibritumomab tiuxetan (Zevalin®), Imatinib mesylate (Gleevec®), Ipilimumab (Yervoy™), Lapatinib ditosylate (Tykerb®), Letrozole (Femara®), Nilotinib (Tasigna®), Ofatumumab (Arzerra®), Panitumumab (Vectibix®), Pazopanib hydrochloride (Votrient®), Pertuzumab (Perjeta™), Pralatrexate (Folotyn®), Regorafenib (Stivarga®), Rituximab (Rituxan®), Romidepsin (Istodax®), Sorafenib tosylate (Nexavar®), Sunitinib malate (Sutent®), Tamoxifen, Temsirolimus (Torisel®), Toremifene (Fareston®), Tositumomab and 131I-tositumomab (Bexxar®), Trastuzumab (Herceptin®), Tretinoin (Vesanoid®), Vandetanib (Caprelsa®), Vemurafenib (Zelboraf®), Vorinostat (Zolinza®), and Ziv-aflibercept (Zaltrap®).
  • Exemplary anti-cancer compounds that modify the function of proteins that regulate gene expression and other cellular functions (e.g., HDAC inhibitors, retinoid receptor ligants) are Vorinostat (Zolinza®), Bexarotene (Targretin®) and Romidepsin (Istodax®), Alitretinoin (Panretin®), and Tretinoin (Vesanoid®).
  • Exemplary anti-cancer compounds that induce apoptosis (e.g., proteasome inhibitors, antifolates) are Bortezomib (Velcade®), Carfilzomib (Kyprolis™), and Pralatrexate (Folotyn®).
  • Exemplary anti-cancer compounds that increase anti-tumor immune response (e.g., anti CD20, anti CD52; anti-cytotoxic T-lymphocyte-associated antigen-4) are Rituximab (Rituxan®), Alemtuzumab (Campath®), Ofatumumab (Arzerra®), and Ipilimumab (Yervoy™)
  • Exemplary anti-cancer compounds that deliver toxic agents to cancer cells (e.g., anti-CD20-radionuclide fusions; IL-2-diphtheria toxin fusions; anti-CD30-monomethylauristatin E (MMAE)-fusions) are Tositumomab and 131I-tositumomab (Bexxar®) and Ibritumomab tiuxetan (Zevalin®), Denileukin diftitox (Ontak®), and Brentuximab vedotin (Adcetris®).
  • Other exemplary anti-cancer compounds are small molecule inhibitors and conjugates thereof of, e.g., Janus kinase, ALK, Bcl-2, PARP, PI3K, VEGF receptor, Braf, MEK, CDK, and HSP90.
  • Exemplary platinum-based anti-cancer compounds include, for example, cisplatin, carboplatin, oxaliplatin, satraplatin, picoplatin, Nedaplatin, Triplatin, and Lipoplatin. Other metal-based drugs suitable for treatment include, but are not limited to ruthenium-based compounds, ferrocene derivatives, titanium-based compounds, and gallium-based compounds.
  • In some embodiments, the cancer therapeutic is a radioactive moiety that comprises a radionuclide. Exemplary radionuclides include, but are not limited to Cr-51, Cs-131, Ce-134, Se-75, Ru-97, 1-125, Eu-149, Os-189m, Sb-119, 1-123, Ho-161, Sb-117, Ce-139, In-111, Rh-103m, Ga-67, T1-201, Pd-103, Au-195, Hg-197, Sr-87m, Pt-191, P-33, Er-169, Ru-103, Yb-169, Au-199, Sn-121, Tm-167, Yb-175, In-113m, Sn-113, Lu-177, Rh-105, Sn-117m, Cu-67, Sc-47, Pt-195m, Ce-141, 1-131, Tb-161, As-77, Pt-197, Sm-153, Gd-159, Tm-173, Pr-143, Au-198, Tm-170, Re-186, Ag-111, Pd-109, Ga-73, Dy-165, Pm-149, Sn-123, Sr-89, Ho-166, P-32, Re-188, Pr-142, Ir-194, In-114m/In-114, and Y-90.
    • Immune Disorders
  • In some embodiments, the methods and compositions described herein relate to the treatment or prevention of a disease or disorder associated with a pathological immune response, such as an autoimmune disease, an allergic reaction and/or an inflammatory disease. In some embodiments, the disease or disorder is an inflammatory bowel disease (e.g., Crohn's disease or ulcerative colitis). In some embodiments, the methods and compositions described herein relate to the treatment or prevention of delayed-type hypersensitivity, autoimmune myocarditis, granulomas, peripheral neuropathies, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, inflammation of the colon, colitis, microscopic colitis, collagenous colitis, diversion colitis, chemical colitis, ischemic colitis, indeterminate colitis, atypical colitis.
  • The methods described herein can be used to treat any subject in need thereof. As used herein, a “subject in need thereof” includes any subject that has a disease or disorder associated with a pathological immune response (e.g., an inflammatory bowel disease), as well as any subject with an increased likelihood of acquiring a such a disease or disorder.
  • The compositions described herein can be used, for example, as a pharmaceutical composition for preventing or treating (reducing, partially or completely, the adverse effects of) an autoimmune disease, such as chronic inflammatory bowel disease, systemic lupus erythematosus, psoriasis, muckle-wells syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, or Hashimoto's disease; an allergic disease, such as a food allergy, pollenosis, or asthma; an infectious disease, such as an infection with Clostridium difficile; an inflammatory disease such as a TNF-mediated inflammatory disease (e.g., an inflammatory disease of the gastrointestinal tract, such as pouchitis, a cardiovascular inflammatory condition, such as atherosclerosis, or an inflammatory lung disease, such as chronic obstructive pulmonary disease); a pharmaceutical composition for suppressing rejection in organ transplantation or other situations in which tissue rejection might occur; a supplement, food, or beverage for improving immune functions; or a reagent for suppressing the proliferation or function of immune cells.
  • In some embodiments, the methods provided herein are useful for the treatment of inflammation. In certain embodiments, the inflammation of any tissue and organs of the body, including musculoskeletal inflammation, vascular inflammation, neural inflammation, digestive system inflammation, ocular inflammation, inflammation of the reproductive system, and other inflammation, as discussed below.
  • Immune disorders of the musculoskeletal system include, but are not limited, to those conditions affecting skeletal joints, including joints of the hand, wrist, elbow, shoulder, jaw, spine, neck, hip, knew, ankle, and foot, and conditions affecting tissues connecting muscles to bones such as tendons. Examples of such immune disorders, which may be treated with the methods and compositions described herein include, but are not limited to, arthritis (including, for example, osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, acute and chronic infectious arthritis, arthritis associated with gout and pseudogout, and juvenile idiopathic arthritis), tendonitis, synovitis, tenosynovitis, bursitis, fibrositis (fibromyalgia), epicondylitis, myositis, and osteitis (including, for example, Paget's disease, osteitis pubis, and osteitis fibrosa cystic).
  • Ocular immune disorders refers to an immune disorder that affects any structure of the eye, including the eye lids. Examples of ocular immune disorders which may be treated with the methods and compositions described herein include, but are not limited to, blepharitis, blepharochalasis, conjunctivitis, dacryoadenitis, keratitis, keratoconjunctivitis sicca (dry eye), scleritis, trichiasis, and uveitis
  • Examples of nervous system immune disorders which may be treated with the methods and compositions described herein include, but are not limited to, encephalitis, Guillain-Barre syndrome, meningitis, neuromyotonia, narcolepsy, multiple sclerosis, myelitis and schizophrenia. Examples of inflammation of the vasculature or lymphatic system which may be treated with the methods and compositions described herein include, but are not limited to, arthrosclerosis, arthritis, phlebitis, vasculitis, and lymphangitis.
  • Examples of digestive system immune disorders which may be treated with the methods and compositions described herein include, but are not limited to, cholangitis, cholecystitis, enteritis, enterocolitis, gastritis, gastroenteritis, inflammatory bowel disease, ileitis, and proctitis. Inflammatory bowel diseases include, for example, certain art-recognized forms of a group of related conditions. Several major forms of inflammatory bowel diseases are known, with Crohn's disease (regional bowel disease, e.g., inactive and active forms) and ulcerative colitis (e.g., inactive and active forms) the most common of these disorders. In addition, the inflammatory bowel disease encompasses irritable bowel syndrome, microscopic colitis, lymphocytic-plasmocytic enteritis, coeliac disease, collagenous colitis, lymphocytic colitis and eosinophilic enterocolitis. Other less common forms of IBD include indeterminate colitis, pseudomembranous colitis (necrotizing colitis), ischemic inflammatory bowel disease, Behcet's disease, sarcoidosis, scleroderma, IBD-associated dysplasia, dysplasia associated masses or lesions, and primary sclerosing cholangitis.
  • Examples of reproductive system immune disorders which may be treated with the methods and compositions described herein include, but are not limited to, cervicitis, chorioamnionitis, endometritis, epididymitis, omphalitis, oophoritis, orchitis, salpingitis, tubo-ovarian abscess, urethritis, vaginitis, vulvitis, and vulvodynia.
  • The methods and compositions described herein may be used to treat autoimmune conditions having an inflammatory component. Such conditions include, but are not limited to, acute disseminated alopecia universalise, Behcet's disease, Chagas' disease, chronic fatigue syndrome, dysautonomia, encephalomyelitis, ankylosing spondylitis, aplastic anemia, hidradenitis suppurativa, autoimmune hepatitis, autoimmune oophoritis, celiac disease, Crohn's disease, diabetes mellitus type 1, giant cell arteritis, goodpasture's syndrome, Grave's disease, Guillain-Barre syndrome, Hashimoto's disease, Henoch-Schonlein purpura, Kawasaki's disease, lupus erythematosus, microscopic colitis, microscopic polyarteritis, mixed connective tissue disease, Muckle-Wells syndrome, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, opsoclonus myoclonus syndrome, optic neuritis, ord's thyroiditis, pemphigus, polyarteritis nodosa, polymyalgia, rheumatoid arthritis, Reiter's syndrome, Sjogren's syndrome, temporal arteritis, Wegener's granulomatosis, warm autoimmune haemolytic anemia, interstitial cystitis, Lyme disease, morphea, psoriasis, sarcoidosis, scleroderma, ulcerative colitis, and vitiligo.
  • The methods and compositions described herein may be used to treat T-cell mediated hypersensitivity diseases having an inflammatory component. Such conditions include, but are not limited to, contact hypersensitivity, contact dermatitis (including that due to poison ivy), uticaria, skin allergies, respiratory allergies (hay fever, allergic rhinitis, house dustmite allergy) and gluten-sensitive enteropathy (Celiac disease).
  • Other immune disorders which may be treated with the methods and compositions include, for example, appendicitis, dermatitis, dermatomyositis, endocarditis, fibrositis, gingivitis, glossitis, hepatitis, hidradenitis suppurativa, iritis, laryngitis, mastitis, myocarditis, nephritis, otitis, pancreatitis, parotitis, percarditis, peritonoitis, pharyngitis, pleuritis, pneumonitis, prostatistis, pyelonephritis, and stomatisi, transplant rejection (involving organs such as kidney, liver, heart, lung, pancreas (e.g., islet cells), bone marrow, cornea, small bowel, skin allografts, skin homografts, and heart valve xengrafts, sewrum sickness, and graft vs host disease), acute pancreatitis, chronic pancreatitis, acute respiratory distress syndrome, Sexary's syndrome, congenital adrenal hyperplasis, nonsuppurative thyroiditis, hypercalcemia associated with cancer, pemphigus, bullous dermatitis herpetiformis, severe erythema multiforme, exfoliative dermatitis, seborrheic dermatitis, seasonal or perennial allergic rhinitis, bronchial asthma, contact dermatitis, atopic dermatitis, drug hypersensistivity reactions, allergic conjunctivitis, keratitis, herpes zoster ophthalmicus, iritis and oiridocyclitis, chorioretinitis, optic neuritis, symptomatic sarcoidosis, fulminating or disseminated pulmonary tuberculosis chemotherapy, idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura in adults, secondary thrombocytopenia in adults, acquired (autoimmune) haemolytic anemia, leukaemia and lymphomas in adults, acute leukaemia of childhood, regional enteritis, autoimmune vasculitis, multiple sclerosis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, solid organ transplant rejection, sepsis. Preferred treatments include treatment of transplant rejection, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, multiple sclerosis, Type 1 diabetes, asthma, inflammatory bowel disease, systemic lupus erythematosus, psoriasis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, and inflammation accompanying infectious conditions (e.g., sepsis).
  • The methods and compositions described herein may be used to treat metabolic disorders and metabolic syndromes. Such conditions include, but are not limited to, Type II Diabetes, Encephalopathy, Tay-Sachs disease, Krabbe disease, Galactosemia, Phenylketonuria (PKU), and Maple syrup urine disease.
  • The methods and compositions described herein may be used to treat neurodegenerative and neurological diseases. Such conditions include, but are not limited to, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, prion disease, Huntington's disease, motor neurone diseases (MND), spinocerebellar ataxia, spinal muscular atrophy, dystonia, idiopathic intracranial hypertension, epilepsy, nervous system disease, central nervous system disease, movement disorders, multiple sclerosis, encephalopathy, and, post-operative cognitive dysfunction.
    • Cancer
  • In some embodiments, the methods and compositions described herein relate to the treatment of cancer. In some embodiments, any cancer can be treated using the methods described herein. Examples of cancers that may treated by methods and compositions described herein include, but are not limited to, cancer cells from the bladder, blood, bone, bone marrow, brain, breast, colon, esophagus, gastrointestine, gum, head, kidney, liver, lung, nasopharynx, neck, ovary, prostate, skin, stomach, testis, tongue, or uterus. In addition, the cancer may specifically be of the following histological type, though it is not limited to these: neoplasm, malignant; carcinoma; carcinoma, undifferentiated; giant and spindle cell carcinoma; small cell carcinoma; papillary carcinoma; squamous cell carcinoma; lymphoepithelial carcinoma; basal cell carcinoma; pilomatrix carcinoma; transitional cell carcinoma; papillary transitional cell carcinoma; adenocarcinoma; gastrinoma, malignant; cholangiocarcinoma; hepatocellular carcinoma; combined hepatocellular carcinoma and cholangiocarcinoma; trabecular adenocarcinoma; adenoid cystic carcinoma; adenocarcinoma in adenomatous polyp; adenocarcinoma, familial polyposis coli; solid carcinoma; carcinoid tumor, malignant; branchiolo-alveolar adenocarcinoma; papillary adenocarcinoma; chromophobe carcinoma; acidophil carcinoma; oxyphilic adenocarcinoma; basophil carcinoma; clear cell adenocarcinoma; granular cell carcinoma; follicular adenocarcinoma; papillary and follicular adenocarcinoma; nonencapsulating sclerosing carcinoma; adrenal cortical carcinoma; endometroid carcinoma; skin appendage carcinoma; apocrine adenocarcinoma; sebaceous adenocarcinoma; ceruminous adenocarcinoma; mucoepidermoid carcinoma; cystadenocarcinoma; papillary cystadenocarcinoma; papillary serous cystadenocarcinoma; mucinous cystadenocarcinoma; mucinous adenocarcinoma; signet ring cell carcinoma; infiltrating duct carcinoma; medullary carcinoma; lobular carcinoma; inflammatory carcinoma; paget's disease, mammary; acinar cell carcinoma; adenosquamous carcinoma; adenocarcinoma w/squamous metaplasia; thymoma, malignant; ovarian stromal tumor, malignant; thecoma, malignant; granulosa cell tumor, malignant; and roblastoma, malignant; sertoli cell carcinoma; leydig cell tumor, malignant; lipid cell tumor, malignant; paraganglioma, malignant; extra-mammary paraganglioma, malignant; pheochromocytoma; glomangiosarcoma; malignant melanoma; amelanotic melanoma; superficial spreading melanoma; malig melanoma in giant pigmented nevus; epithelioid cell melanoma; blue nevus, malignant; sarcoma; fibrosarcoma; fibrous histiocytoma, malignant; myxosarcoma; liposarcoma; leiomyosarcoma; rhabdomyosarcoma; embryonal rhabdomyosarcoma; alveolar rhabdomyosarcoma; stromal sarcoma; mixed tumor, malignant; mullerian mixed tumor; nephroblastoma; hepatoblastoma; carcinosarcoma; mesenchymoma, malignant; brenner tumor, malignant; phyllodes tumor, malignant; synovial sarcoma; mesothelioma, malignant; dysgerminoma; embryonal carcinoma; teratoma, malignant; struma ovarii, malignant; choriocarcinoma; mesonephroma, malignant; hemangio sarcoma; hemangioendothelioma, malignant; kaposi's sarcoma; hemangiopericytoma, malignant; lymphangiosarcoma; osteosarcoma; juxtacortical osteosarcoma; chondrosarcoma; chondroblastoma, malignant; mesenchymal chondrosarcoma; giant cell tumor of bone; ewing's sarcoma; odontogenic tumor, malignant; ameloblastic odontosarcoma; ameloblastoma, malignant; ameloblastic fibrosarcoma; pinealoma, malignant; chordoma; glioma, malignant; ependymoma; astrocytoma; protoplasmic astrocytoma; fibrillary astrocytoma; astroblastoma; glioblastoma; oligodendroglioma; oligodendroblastoma; primitive neuroectodermal; cerebellar sarcoma; ganglioneuroblastoma; neuroblastoma; retinoblastoma; olfactory neurogenic tumor; meningioma, malignant; neurofibrosarcoma; neurilemmoma, malignant; granular cell tumor, malignant; malignant lymphoma; Hodgkin's disease; Hodgkin's lymphoma; paragranuloma; malignant lymphoma, small lymphocytic; malignant lymphoma, large cell, diffuse; malignant lymphoma, follicular; mycosis fungoides; other specified non-Hodgkin's lymphomas; malignant histiocytosis; multiple myeloma; mast cell sarcoma; immunoproliferative small intestinal disease; leukemia; lymphoid leukemia; plasma cell leukemia; erythroleukemia; lymphosarcoma cell leukemia; myeloid leukemia; basophilic leukemia; eosinophilic leukemia; monocytic leukemia; mast cell leukemia; megakaryoblastic leukemia; myeloid sarcoma; plasmacytoma, colorectal cancer, rectal cancer, and hairy cell leukemia.
  • In some embodiments, the methods and compositions provided herein relate to the treatment of a leukemia. The term “leukemia” is meant broadly progressive, malignant diseases of the hematopoietic organs/systems and is generally characterized by a distorted proliferation and development of leukocytes and their precursors in the blood and bone marrow. Non-limiting examples of leukemia diseases include, acute nonlymphocytic leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, acute granulocytic leukemia, chronic granulocytic leukemia, acute promyelocytic leukemia, adult T-cell leukemia, aleukemic leukemia, a leukocythemic leukemia, basophilic leukemia, blast cell leukemia, bovine leukemia, chronic myelocytic leukemia, leukemia cutis, embryonal leukemia, eosinophilic leukemia, Gross' leukemia, Rieder cell leukemia, Schilling's leukemia, stem cell leukemia, subleukemic leukemia, undifferentiated cell leukemia, hairy-cell leukemia, hemoblastic leukemia, hemocytoblastic leukemia, histiocytic leukemia, stem cell leukemia, acute monocytic leukemia, leukopenic leukemia, lymphatic leukemia, lymphoblastic leukemia, lymphocytic leukemia, lymphogenous leukemia, lymphoid leukemia, lymphosarcoma cell leukemia, mast cell leukemia, megakaryocytic leukemia, micromyeloblastic leukemia, monocytic leukemia, myeloblastic leukemia, myelocytic leukemia, myeloid granulocytic leukemia, myelomonocytic leukemia, Naegeli leukemia, plasma cell leukemia, plasmacytic leukemia, and promyelocytic leukemia.
  • In some embodiments, the methods and compositions provided herein relate to the treatment of a carcinoma. The term “carcinoma” refers to a malignant growth made up of epithelial cells tending to infiltrate the surrounding tissues, and/or resist physiological and non-physiological cell death signals and gives rise to metastases. Non-limiting exemplary types of carcinomas include, acinar carcinoma, acinous carcinoma, adenocystic carcinoma, adenoid cystic carcinoma, carcinoma adenomatosum, carcinoma of adrenal cortex, alveolar carcinoma, alveolar cell carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, carcinoma basocellulare, basaloid carcinoma, basosquamous cell carcinoma, bronchioalveolar carcinoma, bronchiolar carcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, cerebriform carcinoma, cholangiocellular carcinoma, chorionic carcinoma, colloid carcinoma, comedo carcinoma, corpus carcinoma, cribriform carcinoma, carcinoma en cuirasse, carcinoma cutaneum, cylindrical carcinoma, cylindrical cell carcinoma, duct carcinoma, carcinoma durum, embryonal carcinoma, encephaloid carcinoma, epiennoid carcinoma, carcinoma epitheliale adenoides, exophytic carcinoma, carcinoma ex ulcere, carcinoma fibrosum, gelatiniform carcinoma, gelatinous carcinoma, giant cell carcinoma, signet-ring cell carcinoma, carcinoma simplex, small-cell carcinoma, solanoid carcinoma, spheroidal cell carcinoma, spindle cell carcinoma, carcinoma spongiosum, squamous carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, string carcinoma, carcinoma telangiectaticum, carcinoma telangiectodes, transitional cell carcinoma, carcinoma tuberosum, tuberous carcinoma, verrucous carcinoma, carcinoma villosum, carcinoma gigantocellulare, glandular carcinoma, granulosa cell carcinoma, hair-matrix carcinoma, hematoid carcinoma, hepatocellular carcinoma, Hurthle cell carcinoma, hyaline carcinoma, hypernephroid carcinoma, infantile embryonal carcinoma, carcinoma in situ, intraepidermal carcinoma, intraepithelial carcinoma, Krompecher's carcinoma, Kulchitzky-cell carcinoma, large-cell carcinoma, lenticular carcinoma, carcinoma lenticulare, lipomatous carcinoma, lymphoepithelial carcinoma, carcinoma medullare, medullary carcinoma, melanotic carcinoma, carcinoma molle, mucinous carcinoma, carcinoma muciparum, carcinoma mucocellulare, mucoepidermoid carcinoma, carcinoma mucosum, mucous carcinoma, carcinoma myxomatodes, naspharyngeal carcinoma, oat cell carcinoma, carcinoma ossificans, osteoid carcinoma, papillary carcinoma, periportal carcinoma, preinvasive carcinoma, prickle cell carcinoma, pultaceous carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma of kidney, reserve cell carcinoma, carcinoma sarcomatodes, schneiderian carcinoma, scirrhous carcinoma, merkel cell carcinoma, salivary gland carcinoma and carcinoma scroti.
  • In some embodiments, the methods and compositions provided herein relate to the treatment of a sarcoma. The term “sarcoma” generally refers to a tumor which is made up of a substance like the embryonic connective tissue and is generally composed of closely packed cells embedded in a fibrillar, heterogeneous, or homogeneous substance. Sarcomas include, but are not limited to, chondrosarcoma, fibrosarcoma, lymphosarcoma, melanosarcoma, myxosarcoma, osteosarcoma, endometrial sarcoma, stromal sarcoma, Ewing's sarcoma, fascial sarcoma, fibroblastic sarcoma, giant cell sarcoma, Abemethy's sarcoma, adipose sarcoma, liposarcoma, alveolar soft part sarcoma, ameloblastic sarcoma, botryoid sarcoma, chloroma sarcoma, chorio carcinoma, embryonal sarcoma, Wilms' tumor sarcoma, granulocytic sarcoma, Hodgkin's sarcoma, idiopathic multiple pigmented hemorrhagic sarcoma, immunoblastic sarcoma of B cells, lymphoma, immunoblastic sarcoma of T-cells, Jensen's sarcoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, Kupffer cell sarcoma, angiosarcoma, leukosarcoma, malignant mesenchymoma sarcoma, parosteal sarcoma, reticulocytic sarcoma, Rous sarcoma, serocystic sarcoma, synovial sarcoma, and telangiectaltic sarcoma.
  • Additional exemplary neoplasias that can be treated using the methods and compositions described herein include Hodgkin's Disease, Non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma, multiple myeloma, neuroblastoma, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, lung cancer, rhabdomyosarcoma, primary thrombocytosis, primary macroglobulinemia, small-cell lung tumors, primary brain tumors, stomach cancer, colon cancer, malignant pancreatic insulanoma, malignant carcinoid, premalignant skin lesions, testicular cancer, lymphomas, thyroid cancer, neuroblastoma, esophageal cancer, genitourinary tract cancer, malignant hypercalcemia, cervical cancer, endometrial cancer, and adrenal cortical cancer.
  • In some embodiments, the cancer treated is a melanoma. The term “melanoma” is taken to mean a tumor arising from the melanocytic system of the skin and other organs. Non-limiting examples of melanomas are Harding-Passey melanoma, juvenile melanoma, lentigo maligna melanoma, malignant melanoma, acral-lentiginous melanoma, amelanotic melanoma, benign juvenile melanoma, Cloudman's melanoma, S91 melanoma, nodular melanoma subungal melanoma, and superficial spreading melanoma.
  • Particular categories of tumors that can be treated using methods and compositions described herein include lymphoproliferative disorders, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, cervical cancer, endometrial cancer, bone cancer, liver cancer, stomach cancer, colon cancer, pancreatic cancer, cancer of the thyroid, head and neck cancer, cancer of the central nervous system, cancer of the peripheral nervous system, skin cancer, kidney cancer, as well as metastases of all the above. Particular types of tumors include hepatocellular carcinoma, hepatoma, hepatoblastoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, esophageal carcinoma, thyroid carcinoma, ganglioblastoma, fibrosarcoma, myxosarcoma, liposarcoma, chondrosarcoma, osteogenic sarcoma, chordoma, angiosarcoma, endotheliosarcoma, Ewing's tumor, leimyosarcoma, rhabdotheliosarcoma, invasive ductal carcinoma, papillary adenocarcinoma, melanoma, pulmonary squamous cell carcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma (well differentiated, moderately differentiated, poorly differentiated or undifferentiated), bronchioloalveolar carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, hypernephroma, hypernephroid adenocarcinoma, bile duct carcinoma, choriocarcinoma, seminoma, embryonal carcinoma, Wilms' tumor, testicular tumor, lung carcinoma including small cell, non-small and large cell lung carcinoma, bladder carcinoma, glioma, astrocyoma, medulloblastoma, craniopharyngioma, ependymoma, pinealoma, retinoblastoma, neuroblastoma, colon carcinoma, rectal carcinoma, hematopoietic malignancies including all types of leukemia and lymphoma including: acute myelogenous leukemia, acute myelocytic leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, mast cell leukemia, multiple myeloma, myeloid lymphoma, Hodgkin's lymphoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma.
  • Cancers treated in certain embodiments also include precancerous lesions, e.g., actinic keratosis (solar keratosis), moles (dysplastic nevi), acitinic chelitis (farmer's lip), cutaneous horns, Barrett's esophagus, atrophic gastritis, dyskeratosis congenita, sideropenic dysphagia, lichen planus, oral submucous fibrosis, actinic (solar) elastosis and cervical dysplasia.
  • Cancers treated in some embodiments include non-cancerous or benign tumors, e.g., of endodermal, ectodermal or mesenchymal origin, including, but not limited to cholangioma, colonic polyp, adenoma, papilloma, cystadenoma, liver cell adenoma, hydatidiform mole, renal tubular adenoma, squamous cell papilloma, gastric polyp, hemangioma, osteoma, chondroma, lipoma, fibroma, lymphangioma, leiomyoma, rhabdomyoma, astrocytoma, nevus, meningioma, and ganglioneuroma.
    • EXAMPLES Example 1: Immune Modulation of Human Commensal Bacteria in a KLH-Based Delayed Type Hypersensitivity Model
  • Delayed-type hypersensitivity (DTH) is an animal model of atopic dermatitis (or allergic contact dermatitis), as reviewed by Petersen et al. (In vivo pharmacological disease models for psoriasis and atopic dermatitis in drug discovery. Basic & Clinical Pharm & Toxicology. 2006. 99(2): 104-115; see also Irving C. Allen (ed.) Mouse Models of Innate Immunity: Methods and Protocols, Methods in Molecular Biology, 2013. vol. 1031, DOI 10.1007/978-1-62703-481-4_13). It can be induced in a variety of mouse and rat strains using various haptens or antigens, for example an antigen emulsified with an adjuvant. DTH is characterized by sensitization as well as an antigen-specific T cell-mediated reaction that results in erythema, edema, and cellular infiltration—especially infiltration of antigen presenting cells (APCs), eosinophils, activated CD4+ T cells, and cytokine-expressing Th2 cells.
  • The test formulations were prepared for KLH-based delayed type hypersensitivity model. The delayed-type hypersensitivity (DTH) model provides an in vivo mechanism to study the cell-mediated immune response, and resulting inflammation, following exposure to a specific antigen to which the mice have been sensitized. Several variations of the DTH model have been used and are well known in the art (Irving C. Allen (ed.). Mouse Models of Innate Immunity: Methods and Protocols, Methods in Molecular Biology. Vol. 1031, DOI 10.1007/978-1-62703-481-4_13, Springer Science+Business Media, LLC 2013). For example, the emulsion of Keyhole Limpet Hemocyanin (KLH) and Complete Freund's Adjuvant (CFA) are prepared freshly on the day of immunization (day 0). To this end, 8 mg of KLH powder is weighed and is thoroughly re-suspended in 16 mL saline. An emulsion is prepared by mixing the KLH/saline with an equal volume of CFA solution (e.g. 10 mL KLH/saline+10 mL CFA solution) using syringes and a luer lock connector. KLH and CFA is mixed vigorously for several minutes to form a white-colored emulsion to obtain maximum stability. A drop test is performed to check if a homogenous emulsion is obtained, mixing is continued until an intact drop remains visible in the water.
  • On day 0, C57Bl/6J female mice, approximately 7 weeks old, were primed with KLH antigen in CFA by subcutaneous immunization (4 sites, 50 μL per site).
  • Dexamethasone, a corticosteroid, is a known anti-inflammatory that ameliorates DTH reactions in mice, and serves as a positive control for suppressing inflammation in this model (Taube and Carlsten, Action of dexamethasone in the suppression of delayed-type hypersensitivity in reconstituted SCID mice. Inflamm Res. 2000. 49(10): 548-52). For the positive control group, a stock solution of 17 mg/mL of Dexamethasone was prepared on by diluting 6.8 mg Dexamethasone in 400 μL 96% ethanol. For each day of dosing, a working solution is prepared by diluting the stock solution 100× in sterile PBS to obtain a final concentration of 0.17 mg/mL in a septum vial for intraperitoneal dosing. Dexamethasone-treated mice received 100 μL Dexamethasone i.p. (5 mL/kg of a 0.17 mg/mL solution). Frozen sucrose served as the negative control (vehicle). Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A was dosed at 100 ul of bacterial cells at 1×10{circumflex over ( )}10 CFU/ml p.o. daily. Dexamethasone (positive control), vehicle (negative control), and Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A were dosed daily.
  • On day 8, mice were challenged intradermally (i.d.) with 10 μg KLH in saline (in a volume of 10 μL) in the right ear and a control in the left ear Inflammatory response were measured using methods known in the art. Ear pinna thickness was measured at 48 hours following antigen challenge (FIGS. 1 and 3). As determined by ear thickness, Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A was as efficacious as Dexamethasone at suppressing inflammation compared to mice that received vehicle alone.
  • The efficacy of Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A may be studied further using varied timing and varied doses. For instance, treatment with Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A-containing bacterial composition may be initiated at some point, either around the time of priming or around the time of DTH challenge. For example, Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A (1×109 CFU per mouse per day) may be administered at the same time as the subcutaneous injections (day 0), or they may be administered prior to, or upon, intradermal injection. Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A is administered at varied doses and at defined intervals. For example, some mice are intravenously injected with Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A at a range of between 1×104 and 5×109 bacterial cells per mouse. While some mice will receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A through i.v. injection, other mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A through intraperitoneal (i.p.) injection, subcutaneous (s.c.) injection, nasal route administration, oral gavage, topical administration, intradermal (i.d.) injection, or other means of administration. Some mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A every day (e.g. starting on day 0), while others may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A at alternative intervals (e.g. every other day, or once every three days). Additional groups of mice may receive some ratio of bacterial cells to Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A. The bacterial cells may be live, dead, or weakened. The bacterial cells may be harvested fresh (or frozen) and administered, or they may be irradiated or heat-killed prior to administration.
  • For example, some groups of mice may receive between 1×104 and 5×109 bacterial cells in an administration separate from, or comingled with, the Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A administration. As with the Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A, bacterial cell administration may be varied by route of administration, dose, and schedule. This can include oral gavage, i.v. injection, i.p. injection, i.d. injection, topical administration, or nasal route administration.
  • Some groups of mice may be treated with anti-inflammatory agent(s) (e.g. anti-CD154, blockade of members of the TNF family, or other treatment), and/or an appropriate control (e.g. vehicle or control antibody) at various time points and at effective doses.
  • In addition, some mice are treated with antibiotics prior to treatment. For example, vancomycin (0.5 g/L), ampicillin (1.0 g/L), gentamicin (1.0 g/L) and amphotericin B (0.2 g/L) are added to the drinking water, and antibiotic treatment is halted at the time of treatment or a few days prior to treatment. Some immunized mice are treated without receiving antibiotics.
  • Study animals may be sacrificed by exsanguination from the orbital plexus under CO2/O2 anesthesia, followed by cervical dislocation on day 10. For serum preparation, the blood samples are allowed to clot before centrifuging. The sera are transferred into clean tubes, each animal in a separate tube. Following exsanguination, of all animals both ears (each ear in a separate vial), the spleen, the mesenteric lymph nodes (MLN), the entire small intestine, and the colon are collected in cryovials, snap frozen and stored at <−70° C.
  • Tissues may be dissociated using dissociation enzymes according to the manufacturer's instructions. Cells are stained for analysis by flow cytometry using techniques known in the art. Staining antibodies can include anti-CD11c (dendritic cells), anti-CD80, anti-CD86, anti-CD40, anti-MHCII, anti-CD8a, anti-CD4, and anti-CD103. Other markers that may be analyzed include pan-immune cell marker CD45, T cell markers (CD3, CD4, CD8, CD25, Foxp3, T-bet, Gata3, Roryt, Granzyme B, CD69, PD-1, CTLA-4), and macrophage/myeloid markers (CD11b, MHCII, CD206, CD40, CSF1R, PD-L1, Gr-1, F4/80). In addition to immunophenotyping, serum cytokines are analyzed including, but not limited to, TNFa, IL-17, IL-13, IL-12p70, IL12p40, IL-10, IL-6, IL-5, IL-4, IL-2, IL-1b, IFNy, GM-CSF, G-CSF, M-CSF, MIG, IP10, MIP1b, RANTES, and MCP-1. Cytokine analysis may be carried out on immune cells obtained from lymph nodes or other tissue, and/or on purified CD45+ infiltrated immune cells obtained ex vivo. Finally, immunohistochemistry is carried out on various tissue sections to measure T cells, macrophages, dendritic cells, and checkpoint molecule protein expression.
    • Example 2: An Evaluation of Test Articles in the Modulation of DSS-Induced Colitis in C57BL/6 Mice
  • Dextran sulfate sodium (DSS)-induced colitis is a well-studied animal model of colitis, as reviewed by Randhawa et al. (A review on chemical-induced inflammatory bowel disease models in rodents. Korean J Physiol Pharmacol. 2014. 18(4): 279-288; see also Chassaing et al. Dextran sulfate sodium (DSS)-induced colitis in mice. Curr Protoc Immunol. 2014 Feb. 4; 104: Unit 15.25). In this model, mice are treated with DSS in drinking water, resulting in diarrhea and weight loss.
  • Groups of mice were treated with DSS to induce colitis as known in the art (Randhawa et al. 2014; Chassaing et al. 2014; see also Kim et al. Investigating intestinal inflammation in DSS-induced model of IBD. J Vis Exp. 2012. 60: 3678). For example, colitis was induced in mice by exposure to 3% DSS-treated drinking water from Day 0 to Day 5. One group did not receive DSS and served as naive controls. Animals were dosed with sucrose vehicle (negative control), Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A (1×109 CFU per mouse per day), Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain X (1×109 CFU per mouse per day), or anti-p40 positive control (administered i.p. on days 0, 3, 7, and 10). All animals were weighed daily. As measured by decrease in weight loss, Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A was more efficacious than either anti-p40 (positive control), or Bacteria A, B, or C (FIG. 2).
  • In other studies, treatment with Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A-containing bacterial composition may be initiated at some point, either on day 1 of DSS administration, or sometime thereafter. For example, Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A may be administered at the same time as DSS initiation (day 1), or they may be administered upon the first signs of disease (e.g. weight loss or diarrhea), or during the stages of severe colitis. Mice may be observed daily for weight, morbidity, survival, presence of diarrhea and/or bloody stool.
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A is administered at varied doses, varied intervals, and/or varied routes of administration. For example, some mice are intravenously injected with Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A at a dose of between 1×104 and 5×109 bacterial cells per mouse. While some mice will receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A through i.v. injection, other mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A through intraperitoneal (i.p.) injection, subcutaneous (s.c.) injection, nasal route administration, oral gavage, or other means of administration. Some mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A every day (e.g. starting on day 1), while others may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A at alternative intervals (e.g. every other day, or once every three days). Additional groups of mice may receive some ratio of bacterial cells to Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A. The bacterial cells may be live, dead, or weakened. The bacterial cells may be harvested fresh (or frozen) and administered, or they may be irradiated or heat-killed prior to administration.
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A-containing bacterial compositions may be tested for their efficacy in a mouse model of DSS-induced colitis, either alone or in combination with whole bacterial cells, with or without the addition of other anti-inflammatory agents.
  • For example, some groups of mice may receive between 1×104 and 5×109 bacterial cells in an administration separate from, or comingled with, the Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A administration. As with the Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A, bacterial cell administration may be varied by route of administration, dose, and schedule. This can include oral gavage, i.v. injection, i.p. injection, or nasal route administration.
  • Some groups of mice may be treated with additional anti-inflammatory agent(s) (e.g. anti-CD154, blockade of members of the TNF family, or other treatment), and/or an appropriate control (e.g. vehicle or control antibody) at various time points and at effective doses.
  • In addition, some mice are treated with antibiotics prior to treatment. For example, vancomycin (0.5 g/L), ampicillin (1.0 g/L), gentamicin (1.0 g/L) and amphotericin B (0.2 g/L) are added to the drinking water, and antibiotic treatment is halted at the time of treatment or a few days prior to treatment. Some mice receive DSS without receiving antibiotics beforehand.
  • At various time points, mice undergo video endoscopy using a small animal endoscope (Karl Storz Endoskipe, Germany) under isoflurane anesthesia. Still images and video will be recorded to evaluate the extent of colitis and the response to treatment. Colitis will be scored using criteria known in the art. Fecal material will be collected for study.
  • The gastrointestinal (GI) tract, lymph nodes, and/or other tissues may be removed for ex vivo histological, cytokine and/or flow cytometric analysis using methods known in the art. For example, tissues are harvested and may be dissociated using dissociation enzymes according to the manufacturer's instructions. Cells are stained for analysis by flow cytometry using techniques known in the art. Staining antibodies can include anti-CD11c (dendritic cells), anti-CD80, anti-CD86, anti-CD40, anti-MHCII, anti-CD8a, anti-CD4, and anti-CD103. Other markers that may be analyzed include pan-immune cell marker CD45, T cell markers (CD3, CD4, CD8, CD25, Foxp3, T-bet, Gata3, Roryt, Granzyme B, CD69, PD-1, CTLA-4), and macrophage/myeloid markers (CD11b, MHCII, CD206, CD40, CSF1R, PD-L1, Gr-1, F4/80). In addition to immunophenotyping, serum cytokines are analyzed including, but not limited to, TNFa, IL-17, IL-13, IL-12p70, IL12p40, IL-10, IL-6, IL-5, IL-4, IL-2, IL-1b, IFNy, GM-CSF, G-CSF, M-CSF, MIG, IP10, MIP1b, RANTES, and MCP-1. Cytokine analysis may be carried out on immune cells obtained from lymph nodes or other tissue, and/or on purified CD45+ GI tract-infiltrated immune cells obtained ex vivo. Finally, immunohistochemistry is carried out on various tissue sections to measure T cells, macrophages, dendritic cells, and checkpoint molecule protein expression.
  • In order to examine the impact and longevity of disease protection, rather than being sacrificed, some mice may be rechallenged with a disease trigger. Mice will be analyzed for susceptibility to colitis severity following rechallenge.
  • Following sacrifice, the colon, small intestine, spleen, and mesenteric lymph nodes may be collected from all animals, and blood collected for analysis.
    • Example 3: Lactococcus lactis Cremoris Strain A and/or EVs Derived from Lactococcus lactis Cremoris Strain A in a Mouse Model of Experimental Autoimmune Encephalomyelitis (EAE)
  • EAE is a well-studied animal model of multiple sclerosis, as reviewed by Constantinescu et al. (Experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis (EAE) as a model for multiple sclerosis (MS). Br J Pharmacol. 2011 October; 164(4): 1079-1106). It can be induced in a variety of mouse and rat strains using different myelin-associated peptides, by the adoptive transfer of activated encephalitogenic T cells, or the use of TCR transgenic mice susceptible to EAE, as discussed in Mangalam et al. (Two discreet subsets of CD8+ T cells modulate PLP91-110 induced experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis in HLA-DR3 transgenic mice. J Autoimmun. 2012 June; 38(4): 344-353).
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A-containing bacterial compositions and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A are tested for their efficacy in the rodent model of EAE, either alone or in combination with whole bacterial cells, with or without the addition of other anti-inflammatory treatments. For example, female 6-8 week old C57Bl/6 mice are obtained from Taconic (Germantown, N.Y.). Groups of mice will be administered two subcutaneous (s.c.) injections at two sites on the back (upper and lower) of 0.1 ml myelin oligodentrocyte glycoprotein 35-55 (MOG35-55; 100 ug per injection; 200 ug per mouse (total 0.2 ml per mouse)), emulsified in Complete Freund's Adjuvant (CFA; 2-5 mg killed Mycobacterium tuberculosis H37Ra/ml emulsion). Approximately 1-2 hours after the above, mice are intraperitoneally (i.p.) injected with 200 ng Pertussis toxin (PTx) in 0.1 ml PBS (2 ug/ml). An additional IP injection of PTx is administered on day 2. Alternatively, an appropriate amount of an alternative myelin peptide (e.g. proteolipid protein (PLP)) will be used to induce EAE. Some animals will serve as naïve controls. EAE severity will be assessed and a disability score will be assigned daily beginning on day 4 according to methods known in the art (Mangalam et al. 2012).
  • Treatment with Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A-containing bacterial composition and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A is initiated at some point, either around the time of immunization or following EAE immunization. For example, Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A-containing bacterial and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A composition may be administered at the same time as immunization (day 1), or they may be administered upon the first signs of disability (e.g. limp tail), or during severe EAE. Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A-containing bacterial compositions and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A are administered at varied doses and at defined intervals. For example, some mice are intravenously injected with effective doses of Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A. For example, mice may receive between 1×104 and 5×109 bacterial cells per mouse. While some mice will receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A through i.v. injection, other mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A through intraperitoneal (i.p.) injection, subcutaneous (s.c.) injection, nasal route administration, oral gavage, or other means of administration. Some mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A every day (e.g. starting on day 1), while others may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A at alternative intervals (e.g. every other day, or once every three days). Additional groups of mice may receive some ratio of bacterial cells to Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A. The bacterial cells may be live, dead, or weakened. The bacterial cells may be harvested fresh (or frozen) and administered, or they may be irradiated or heat-killed prior to administration.
  • For example, some groups of mice may receive between 1×104 and 5×109 bacterial cells in an administration separate from, or comingled with, the Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A administration. As with the Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A, bacterial cell administration may be varied by route of administration, dose, and schedule. This can include oral gavage, i.v. injection, i.p. injection, subcutaneous (s.c.) injection, or nasal route administration.
  • Some groups of mice may be treated with additional anti-inflammatory agent(s) or EAE therapeutic(s) (e.g. anti-CD154, blockade of members of the TNF family, Vitamin D, or other treatment), and/or an appropriate control (e.g. vehicle or control antibody) at various time points and at effective doses.
  • In addition, some mice are treated with antibiotics prior to treatment. For example, vancomycin (0.5 g/L), ampicillin (1.0 g/L), gentamicin (1.0 g/L) and amphotericin B (0.2 g/L) are added to the drinking water, and antibiotic treatment is halted at the time of treatment or a few days prior to treatment. Some immunized mice are treated without receiving antibiotics.
  • At various time points, mice are sacrificed and sites of inflammation (e.g. brain and spinal cord), lymph nodes, or other tissues may be removed for ex vivo histological, cytokine and/or flow cytometric analysis using methods known in the art. For example, tissues are dissociated using dissociation enzymes according to the manufacturer's instructions. Cells are stained for analysis by flow cytometry using techniques known in the art. Staining antibodies can include anti-CD11c (dendritic cells), anti-CD80, anti-CD86, anti-CD40, anti-MHCII, anti-CD8a, anti-CD4, and anti-CD103. Other markers that may be analyzed include pan-immune cell marker CD45, T cell markers (CD3, CD4, CD8, CD25, Foxp3, T-bet, Gata3, Roryt, Granzyme B, CD69, PD-1, CTLA-4), and macrophage/myeloid markers (CD11b, MHCII, CD206, CD40, CSF1R, PD-L1, Gr-1, F4/80). In addition to immunophenotyping, serum cytokines are analyzed including, but not limited to, TNFa, IL-17, IL-13, IL-12p70, IL12p40, IL-10, IL-6, IL-5, IL-4, IL-2, IL-1b, IFNy, GM-CSF, G-CSF, M-CSF, MIG, IP10, MIP1b, RANTES, and MCP-1. Cytokine analysis may be carried out on immune cells obtained from lymph nodes or other tissue, and/or on purified CD45+ central nervous system (CNS)-infiltrated immune cells obtained ex vivo. Finally, immunohistochemistry is carried out on various tissue sections to measure T cells, macrophages, dendritic cells, and checkpoint molecule protein expression.
  • In order to examine the impact and longevity of disease protection, rather than being sacrificed, some mice may be rechallenged with a disease trigger (e.g. activated encephalitogenic T cells or re-injection of EAE-inducing peptides). Mice will be analyzed for susceptibility to disease and EAE severity following rechallenge.
    • Example 4: Lactococcus lactis Cremoris Strain A and/or EVs Derived from Lactococcus lactis Cremoris Strain A in a Mouse Model of Collagen-Induced Arthritis (CIA)
  • Collagen-induced arthritis (CIA) is an animal model commonly used to study rheumatoid arthritis (RA), as described by Caplazi et al. (Mouse models of rheumatoid arthritis. Veterinary Pathology. Sep. 1, 2015. 52(5): 819-826) (see also Brand et al. Collagen-induced arthritis. Nature Protocols. 2007. 2: 1269-1275; Pietrosimone et al. Collagen-induced arthritis: a model for murine autoimmune arthritis. Bio Protoc. 2015 Oct. 20; 5(20): e1626).
  • Among other versions of the CIA rodent model, one model involves immunizing HLA-DQ8 Tg mice with chick type II collagen as described by Taneja et al. (J. Immunology. 2007. 56: 69-78; see also Taneja et al. J. Immunology 2008. 181: 2869-2877; and Taneja et al. Arthritis Rheum., 2007. 56: 69-78). Purification of chick CII has been described by Taneja et al. (Arthritis Rheum., 2007. 56: 69-78). Mice are monitored for CIA disease onset and progression following immunization, and severity of disease is evaluated and “graded” as described by Wooley, J. Exp. Med. 1981. 154: 688-700.
  • Mice are immunized for CIA induction and separated into various treatment groups. Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A-containing bacterial compositions and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A are tested for their efficacy in CIA, either alone or in combination with whole bacterial cells, with or without the addition of other anti-inflammatory treatments.
  • Treatment with Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A-containing bacterial composition and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A is initiated either around the time of immunization with collagen or post-immunization. For example, in some groups, Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A may be administered at the same time as immunization (day 1), or Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A may be administered upon first signs of disease, or upon the onset of severe symptoms. Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A is administered at varied doses and at defined intervals.
  • For example, some mice are intravenously injected with Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A at a dose of between 1×104 and 5×109 bacterial cells per mouse. While some mice will receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A through i.v. injection, other groups of mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A through intraperitoneal (i.p.) injection, subcutaneous (s.c.) injection, nasal route administration, oral gavage, or other means of administration. Some mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A every day (e.g. starting on day 1), while others may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A at alternative intervals (e.g. every other day, or once every three days). Additional groups of mice may receive some ratio of bacterial cells to Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A. The bacterial cells may be live, dead, or weakened. The bacterial cells may be harvested fresh (or frozen) and administered, or they may be irradiated or heat-killed prior to administration.
  • For example, some groups of mice may receive between 1×104 and 5×109 bacterial cells in an administration separate from, or comingled with, the Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A administration. As with the Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A, bacterial cell administration may be varied by route of administration, dose, and schedule. This can include oral gavage, i.v. injection, i.p. injection, subcutaneous (s.c.) injection, intradermal (i.d.) injection, or nasal route administration.
  • Some groups of mice may be treated with additional anti-inflammatory agent(s) or CIA therapeutic(s) (e.g. anti-CD154, blockade of members of the TNF family, Vitamin D, or other treatment), and/or an appropriate control (e.g. vehicle or control antibody) at various time points and at effective doses.
  • In addition, some mice are treated with antibiotics prior to treatment. For example, vancomycin (0.5 g/L), ampicillin (1.0 g/L), gentamicin (1.0 g/L) and amphotericin B (0.2 g/L) are added to the drinking water, and antibiotic treatment is halted at the time of treatment or a few days prior to treatment. Some immunized mice are treated without receiving antibiotics.
  • At various time points, serum samples are obtained to assess levels of anti-chick and anti-mouse CII IgG antibodies using a standard ELISA (Batsalova et al. Comparative analysis of collagen type II-specific immune responses during development of collagen-induced arthritis in two B10 mouse strains. Arthritis Res Ther. 2012. 14(6): R237). Also, some mice are sacrificed and sites of inflammation (e.g. synovium), lymph nodes, or other tissues may be removed for ex vivo histological, cytokine and/or flow cytometric analysis using methods known in the art. The synovium and synovial fluid will be analyzed for plasma cell infiltration and the presence of antibodies using techniques known in the art. In addition, tissues are dissociated using dissociation enzymes according to the manufacturer's instructions to examine the profiles of the cellular infiltrates. Cells are stained for analysis by flow cytometry using techniques known in the art. Staining antibodies can include anti-CD11c (dendritic cells), anti-CD80, anti-CD86, anti-CD40, anti-MHCII, anti-CD8a, anti-CD4, and anti-CD103. Other markers that may be analyzed include pan-immune cell marker CD45, T cell markers (CD3, CD4, CD8, CD25, Foxp3, T-bet, Gata3, Roryt, Granzyme B, CD69, PD-1, CTLA-4), and macrophage/myeloid markers (CD11b, MHCII, CD206, CD40, CSF1R, PD-L1, Gr-1, F4/80). In addition to immunophenotyping, serum cytokines are analyzed including, but not limited to, TNFa, IL-17, IL-13, IL-12p70, IL12p40, IL-10, IL-6, IL-5, IL-4, IL-2, IL-1b, IFNy, GM-CSF, G-CSF, M-CSF, MIG, IP10, MIP1b, RANTES, and MCP-1. Cytokine analysis may be carried out on immune cells obtained from lymph nodes or other tissue, and/or on purified CD45+ synovium-infiltrated immune cells obtained ex vivo. Finally, immunohistochemistry is carried out on various tissue sections to measure T cells, macrophages, dendritic cells, and checkpoint molecule protein expression.
  • In order to examine the impact and longevity of disease protection, rather than being sacrificed, some mice may be rechallenged with a disease trigger (e.g. activated re-injection with CIA-inducing peptides). Mice will be analyzed for susceptibility to disease and CIA severity following rechallenge.
    • Example 5: Lactococcus lactis Cremoris Strain a and/or EVs Derived from Lactococcus lactis Cremoris Strain a in a Mouse Model of Type 1 Diabetes (T1D)
  • Type 1 diabetes (T1D) is an autoimmune disease in which the immune system targets the islets of Langerhans of the pancreas, thereby destroying the body's ability to produce insulin.
  • There are various models of animal models of T1D, as reviewed by Belle et al. (Mouse models for type 1 diabetes. Drug Discov Today Dis Models. 2009; 6(2): 41-45; see also Aileen J F King. The use of animal models in diabetes research. Br J Pharmacol. 2012 June; 166(3): 877-894. There are models for chemically-induced T1D, pathogen-induced T1D, as well as models in which the mice spontaneously develop T1D.
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A-containing bacterial compositions and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A are tested for their efficacy in a mouse model of T1D, either alone or in combination with whole bacterial cells, with or without the addition of other anti-inflammatory treatments.
  • Depending on the method of T1D induction and/or whether T1D development is spontaneous, treatment with Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A is initiated at some point, either around the time of induction or following induction, or prior to the onset (or upon the onset) of spontaneously-occurring T1D. Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A is administered at varied doses and at defined intervals. For example, some mice are intravenously injected with Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A at a dose of between 1×104 and 5×109 bacterial cells per mouse. Other mice may receive 25, 50, or 100 mg of Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A per mouse. While some mice will receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A through i.v. injection, other mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A through intraperitoneal (i.p.) injection, subcutaneous (s.c.) injection, nasal route administration, oral gavage, or other means of administration. Some mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A every day, while others may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A at alternative intervals (e.g. every other day, or once every three days). Additional groups of mice may receive some ratio of bacterial cells to Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A. The bacterial cells may be live, dead, or weakened. The bacterial cells may be harvested fresh (or frozen) and administered, or they may be irradiated or heat-killed prior to administration.
  • For example, some groups of mice may receive between 1×104 and 5×109 bacterial cells in an administration separate from, or comingled with, the Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A administration. As with the Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A, bacterial cell administration may be varied by route of administration, dose, and schedule. This can include oral gavage, i.v. injection, i.p. injection, or nasal route administration.
  • Some groups of mice may be treated with additional treatments and/or an appropriate control (e.g. vehicle or control antibody) at various time points and at effective doses.
  • In addition, some mice are treated with antibiotics prior to treatment. For example, vancomycin (0.5 g/L), ampicillin (1.0 g/L), gentamicin (1.0 g/L) and amphotericin B (0.2 g/L) are added to the drinking water, and antibiotic treatment is halted at the time of treatment or a few days prior to treatment. Some immunized mice are treated without receiving antibiotics.
  • Blood glucose is monitored biweekly prior to the start of the experiment. At various time points thereafter, nonfasting blood glucose is measured. At various time points, mice are sacrificed and site the pancreas, lymph nodes, or other tissues may be removed for ex vivo histological, cytokine and/or flow cytometric analysis using methods known in the art. For example, tissues are dissociated using dissociation enzymes according to the manufacturer's instructions. Cells are stained for analysis by flow cytometry using techniques known in the art. Staining antibodies can include anti-CD11c (dendritic cells), anti-CD80, anti-CD86, anti-CD40, anti-MHCII, anti-CD8a, anti-CD4, and anti-CD103. Other markers that may be analyzed include pan-immune cell marker CD45, T cell markers (CD3, CD4, CD8, CD25, Foxp3, T-bet, Gata3, Roryt, Granzyme B, CD69, PD-1, CTLA-4), and macrophage/myeloid markers (CD11b, MHCII, CD206, CD40, CSF1R, PD-L1, Gr-1, F4/80). In addition to immunophenotyping, serum cytokines are analyzed including, but not limited to, TNFa, IL-17, IL-13, IL-12p70, IL12p40, IL-10, IL-6, IL-5, IL-4, IL-2, IL-1b, IFNy, GM-CSF, G-CSF, M-CSF, MIG, IP10, MIP1b, RANTES, and MCP-1. Cytokine analysis may be carried out on immune cells obtained from lymph nodes or other tissue, and/or on purified tissue-infiltrating immune cells obtained ex vivo. Finally, immunohistochemistry is carried out on various tissue sections to measure T cells, macrophages, dendritic cells, and checkpoint molecule protein expression. Antibody production may also be assessed by ELISA.
  • In order to examine the impact and longevity of disease protection, rather than being sacrificed, some mice may be rechallenged with a disease trigger, or assessed for susceptibility to relapse. Mice will be analyzed for susceptibility to diabetes onset and severity following rechallenge (or spontaneously-occurring relapse).
    • Example 6: Lactococcus lactis Cremoris Strain A and/or EVs Derived from Lactococcus lactis Cremoris Strain A in a Mouse Model of Primary Sclerosing Cholangitis (PSC)
  • Primary Sclerosing Cholangitis (PSC) is a chronic liver disease that slowly damages the bile ducts and leads to end-stage cirrhosis. It is associated with inflammatory bowel disease (IBD).
  • There are various animal models for PSC, as reviewed by Fickert et al. (Characterization of animal models for primary sclerosing cholangitis (PSC). J Hepatol. 2014 June 60(6): 1290-1303; see also Pollheimer and Fickert. Animal models in primary biliary cirrhosis and primary sclerosing cholangitis. Clin Rev Allergy Immunol. 2015 June 48(2-3): 207-17). Induction of disease in PSC models includes chemical induction (e.g. 3,5-diethoxycarbonyl-1,4-dihydrocollidine (DDC)-induced cholangitis), pathogen-induced (e.g. Cryptosporidium parvum), experimental biliary obstruction (e.g. common bile duct ligation (CBDL)), and transgenic mouse model of antigen-driven biliary injury (e.g. Ova-Bil transgenic mice). For example, bile duct ligation is performed as described by Georgiev et al. (Characterization of time-related changes after experimental bile duct ligation. Br J Surg. 2008. 95(5): 646-56), or disease is induced by DCC exposure as described by Fickert et al. (A new xenobiotic-induced mouse model of sclerosing cholangitis and biliary fibrosis. Am J Path. Vol 171(2): 525-536.
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A-containing bacterial compositions and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A are tested for their efficacy in a mouse model of PSC, either alone or in combination with whole bacterial cells, with or without the addition of some other therapeutic agent.
    • DCC-Induced Cholangitis
  • For example, 6-8 week old C57bl/6 mice are obtained from Taconic or other vendor. Mice are fed a 0.1% DCC-supplemented diet for various durations. Some groups will receive DCC-supplement food for 1 week, others for 4 weeks, others for 8 weeks. Some groups of mice may receive a DCC-supplemented diet for a length of time and then be allowed to recover, thereafter receiving a normal diet. These mice may be studied for their ability to recover from disease and/or their susceptibility to relapse upon subsequent exposure to DCC. Treatment with Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A is initiated at some point, either around the time of DCC-feeding or subsequent to initial exposure to DCC. For example, Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A may be administered on day 1, or they may be administered sometime thereafter. Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A is administered at varied doses and at defined intervals. For example, some mice are intravenously injected with Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A at a range between 1×104 and 5×109 bacterial cells per mouse. Other mice may receive 25, 50, 100 mg of Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A per mouse. While some mice will receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A through i.v. injection, other mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A through i.p. injection, subcutaneous (s.c.) injection, nasal route administration, oral gavage, or other means of administration. Some mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A every day (e.g. starting on day 1), while others may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A at alternative intervals (e.g. every other day, or once every three days). Additional groups of mice may receive some ratio of bacterial cells to Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A. The bacterial cells may be live, dead, or weakened. The bacterial cells may be harvested fresh (or frozen), and administered, or they may be irradiated or heat-killed prior to administration. For example, some groups of mice may receive between 1×104 and 5×109 bacterial cells in an administration separate from, or comingled with, the Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A administration. As with Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A, bacterial cell administration may be varied by route of administration, dose, and schedule. This can include oral gavage, i.v. injection, i.p. injection, or nasal route administration. Some groups of mice may be treated with additional agents and/or an appropriate control (e.g. vehicle or antibody) at various time points and at effective doses.
  • In addition, some mice are treated with antibiotics prior to treatment. For example, vancomycin (0.5 g/L), ampicillin (1.0 g/L), gentamicin (1.0 g/L) and amphotericin B (0.2 g/L) are added to the drinking water, and antibiotic treatment is halted at the time of treatment or a few days prior to treatment. Some immunized mice are treated without receiving antibiotics. At various time points, serum samples are analyzed for ALT, AP, bilirubin, and serum bile acid (BA) levels.
  • At various time points, mice are sacrificed, body and liver weight are recorded, and sites of inflammation (e.g. liver, small and large intestine, spleen), lymph nodes, or other tissues may be removed for ex vivo histolomorphological characterization, cytokine and/or flow cytometric analysis using methods known in the art (see Fickert et al. Characterization of animal models for primary sclerosing cholangitis (PSC)). J Hepatol. 2014. 60(6): 1290-1303). For example, bile ducts are stained for expression of ICAM-1, VCAM-1, MadCAM-1. Some tissues are stained for histological examination, while others are dissociated using dissociation enzymes according to the manufacturer's instructions. Cells are stained for analysis by flow cytometry using techniques known in the art. Staining antibodies can include anti-CD11c (dendritic cells), anti-CD80, anti-CD86, anti-CD40, anti-MHCII, anti-CD8a, anti-CD4, and anti-CD103. Other markers that may be analyzed include pan-immune cell marker CD45, T cell markers (CD3, CD4, CD8, CD25, Foxp3, T-bet, Gata3, Roryt, Granzyme B, CD69, PD-1, CTLA-4), and macrophage/myeloid markers (CD11b, MHCII, CD206, CD40, CSF1R, PD-L1, Gr-1, F4/80), as well as adhesion molecule expression (ICAM-1, VCAM-1, MadCAM-1). In addition to immunophenotyping, serum cytokines are analyzed including, but not limited to, TNFa, IL-17, IL-13, IL-12p70, IL12p40, IL-10, IL-6, IL-5, IL-4, IL-2, IL-1b, IFNy, GM-CSF, G-CSF, M-CSF, MIG, IP10, MIP1b, RANTES, and MCP-1. Cytokine analysis may be carried out on immune cells obtained from lymph nodes or other tissue, and/or on purified CD45+ bile duct-infiltrated immune cells obtained ex vivo.
  • Liver tissue is prepared for histological analysis, for example, using Sirius-red staining followed by quantification of the fibrotic area. At the end of the treatment, blood is collected for plasma analysis of liver enzymes, for example, AST or ALT, and to determine Bilirubin levels. The hepatic content of Hydroxyproline can be measured using established protocols. Hepatic gene expression analysis of inflammation and fibrosis markers may be performed by qRT-PCR using validated primers. These markers may include, but are not limited to, MCP-1, alpha-SMA, Coll1a1, and TIMP. Metabolite measurements may be performed in plasma, tissue and fecal samples using established metabolomics methods. Finally, immunohistochemistry is carried out on liver sections to measure neutrophils, T cells, macrophages, dendritic cells, or other immune cell infiltrates.
  • In order to examine the impact and longevity of disease protection, rather than being sacrificed, some mice may be rechallenged with DCC at a later time. Mice will be analyzed for susceptibility to cholangitis and cholangitis severity following rechallenge.
    • BDL-Induced Cholangitis
  • Alternatively, Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A-containing bacterial compositions and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A are tested for their efficacy in BDL-induced cholangitis. For example, 6-8 week old C57Bl/6J mice are obtained from Taconic or other vendor. After an acclimation period the mice are subjected to a surgical procedure to perform a bile duct ligation (BDL). Some control animals receive a sham surgery. The BDL procedure leads to liver injury, inflammation and fibrosis within 7-21 days.
  • Treatment with Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A is initiated at some point, either around the time of surgery or some time following the surgery. Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A is administered at varied doses and at defined intervals. For example, some mice are intravenously injected with Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A at a range between 1×104 and 5×109 bacterial cells per mouse. Other mice may receive 25, 50, or 100 mg of Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A per mouse. While some mice will receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A through i.v. injection, other mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A through i.p. injection, subcutaneous (s.c.) injection, nasal route administration, oral gavage, or other means of administration. Some mice receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A every day (e.g. starting on day 1), while others may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A at alternative intervals (e.g. every other day, or once every three days). Additional groups of mice may receive some ratio of bacterial cells to Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A. The bacterial cells may be live, dead, or weakened. They bacterial cells may be harvested fresh (or frozen), and administered, or they may be irradiated or heat-killed prior to administration. For example, some groups of mice may receive between 1×104 and 5×109 bacterial cells in an administration separate from, or comingled with, the Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A administration. As with Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A, bacterial cell administration may be varied by route of administration, dose, and schedule. This can include oral gavage, i.v. injection, i.p. injection, or nasal route administration. Some groups of mice may be treated with additional agents and/or an appropriate control (e.g. vehicle or antibody) at various time points and at effective doses.
  • In addition, some mice are treated with antibiotics prior to treatment. For example, vancomycin (0.5 g/L), ampicillin (1.0 g/L), gentamicin (1.0 g/L) and amphotericin B (0.2 g/L) are added to the drinking water, and antibiotic treatment is halted at the time of treatment or a few days prior to treatment. Some immunized mice are treated without receiving antibiotics. At various time points, serum samples are analyzed for ALT, AP, bilirubin, and serum bile acid (BA) levels.
  • At various time points, mice are sacrificed, body and liver weight are recorded, and sites of inflammation (e.g. liver, small and large intestine, spleen), lymph nodes, or other tissues may be removed for ex vivo histolomorphological characterization, cytokine and/or flow cytometric analysis using methods known in the art (see Fickert et al. Characterization of animal models for primary sclerosing cholangitis (PSC)). J Hepatol. 2014. 60(6): 1290-1303). For example, bile ducts are stained for expression of ICAM-1, VCAM-1, MadCAM-1. Some tissues are stained for histological examination, while others are dissociated using dissociation enzymes according to the manufacturer's instructions. Cells are stained for analysis by flow cytometry using techniques known in the art. Staining antibodies can include anti-CD11c (dendritic cells), anti-CD80, anti-CD86, anti-CD40, anti-MHCII, anti-CD8a, anti-CD4, and anti-CD103. Other markers that may be analyzed include pan-immune cell marker CD45, T cell markers (CD3, CD4, CD8, CD25, Foxp3, T-bet, Gata3, Roryt, Granzyme B, CD69, PD-1, CTLA-4), and macrophage/myeloid markers (CD11b, MHCII, CD206, CD40, CSF1R, PD-L1, Gr-1, F4/80), as well as adhesion molecule expression (ICAM-1, VCAM-1, MadCAM-1). In addition to immunophenotyping, serum cytokines are analyzed including, but not limited to, TNFa, IL-17, IL-13, IL-12p70, IL12p40, IL-10, IL-6, IL-5, IL-4, IL-2, IL-1b, IFNy, GM-CSF, G-CSF, M-CSF, MIG, IP10, MIP1b, RANTES, and MCP-1. Cytokine analysis may be carried out on immune cells obtained from lymph nodes or other tissue, and/or on purified CD45+ bile duct-infiltrated immune cells obtained ex vivo.
  • Liver tissue is prepared for histological analysis, for example, using Sirius-red staining followed by quantification of the fibrotic area. At the end of the treatment, blood is collected for plasma analysis of liver enzymes, for example, AST or ALT, and to determine Bilirubin levels. The hepatic content of Hydroxyproline can be measured using established protocols. Hepatic gene expression analysis of inflammation and fibrosis markers may be performed by qRT-PCR using validated primers. These markers may include, but are not limited to, MCP-1, alpha-SMA, Coll1a1, and TIMP. Metabolite measurements may be performed in plasma, tissue and fecal samples using established metabolomics methods. Finally, immunohistochemistry is carried out on liver sections to measure neutrophils, T cells, macrophages, dendritic cells, or other immune cell infiltrates.
  • In order to examine the impact and longevity of disease protection, rather than being sacrificed, some mice may be analyzed for recovery.
    • Example 7: Lactococcus lactis Cremoris Strain A and/or EVs Derived from Lactococcus lactis Cremoris Strain A in a Mouse Model of Nonalcoholic Steatohepatitis (NASH)
  • Nonalcoholic Steatohepattiis (NASH) is a severe form of Nonalcoholic Fatty Liver Disease (NAFLD), where buildup of hepatic fat (steatosis) and inflammation lead to liver injury and hepatocyte cell death (ballooning).
  • There are various animal models of NASH, as reviewed by Ibrahim et al. (Animal models of nonalcoholic steatohepatitis: Eat, Delete, and Inflame. Dig Dis Sci. 2016 May. 61(5): 1325-1336; see also Lau et al. Animal models of non-alcoholic fatty liver disease: current perspectives and recent advances 2017 January 241(1): 36-44).
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A-containing bacterial compositions are tested for their efficacy in a mouse model of NASH, either alone or in combination with whole bacterial cells, with or without the addition of another therapeutic agent. For example, 8-10 week old C57Bl/6J mice, obtained from Taconic (Germantown, N.Y.), or other vendor, are placed on a methionine choline deficient (MCD) diet for a period of 4-8 weeks during which NASH features will develop, including steatosis, inflammation, ballooning and fibrosis.
  • Treatment with Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A is initiated at some point, either at the beginning of the diet, or at some point following diet initiation (for example, one week after). For example, Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A may be administered starting in the same day as the initiation of the MCD diet. Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A is administered at varied doses and at defined intervals. For example, some mice are intravenously injected with Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A at doses between 1×104 and 5×109 bacterial cells per mouse. Other mice may receive 25, 50, or 100 mg of Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A per mouse. While some mice will receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A through i.v. injection, other mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A through intraperitoneal (i.p.) injection, subcutaneous (s.c.) injection, nasal route administration, oral gavage, or other means of administration. Some mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A every day (e.g. starting on day 1), while others may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A at alternative intervals (e.g. every other day, or once every three days). Additional groups of mice may receive some ratio of bacterial cells to Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A. The bacterial cells may be live, dead, or weakened. The bacterial cells may be harvested fresh (or frozen) and administered, or they may be irradiated or heat-killed prior to administration.
  • For example, some groups of mice may receive between 1×104 and 5×109 bacterial cells in an administration separate from, or comingled with, the Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A administration. As with the Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A, bacterial cell administration may be varied by route of administration, dose, and schedule. This can include oral gavage, i.v. injection, i.p. injection, or nasal route administration. Some groups of mice may be treated with additional NASH therapeutic(s) (e.g., FXR agonists, PPAR agonists, CCR2/5 antagonists or other treatment) and/or appropriate control at various time points and effective doses.
  • At various time points and/or at the end of the treatment, mice are sacrificed and liver, intestine, blood, feces, or other tissues may be removed for ex vivo histological, biochemical, molecular or cytokine and/or flow cytometry analysis using methods known in the art. For example, liver tissues are weighed and prepared for histological analysis, which may comprise staining with H&E, Sirius Red, and determination of NASH activity score (NAS). At various time points, blood is collected for plasma analysis of liver enzymes, for example, AST or ALT, using standards assays. In addition, the hepatic content of cholesterol, triglycerides, or fatty acid acids can be measured using established protocols. Hepatic gene expression analysis of inflammation, fibrosis, steatosis, ER stress, or oxidative stress markers may be performed by qRT-PCR using validated primers. These markers may include, but are not limited to, IL-6, MCP-1, alpha-SMA, Coll1a1, CHOP, and NRF2. Metabolite measurements may be performed in plasma, tissue and fecal samples using established biochemical and mass-spectrometry-based metabolomics methods. Serum cytokines are analyzed including, but not limited to, TNFa, IL-17, IL-13, IL-12p70, IL12p40, IL-10, IL-6, IL-5, IL-4, IL-2, IL-1b, IFNy, GM-CSF, G-CSF, M-CSF, MIG, IP10, MIP1b, RANTES, and MCP-1. Cytokine analysis may be carried out on immune cells obtained from lymph nodes or other tissue, and/or on purified CD45+ bile duct-infiltrated immune cells obtained ex vivo. Finally, immunohistochemistry is carried out on liver or intestine sections to measure neutrophils, T cells, macrophages, dendritic cells, or other immune cell infiltrates.
  • In order to examine the impact and longevity of disease protection, rather than being sacrificed, some mice may be analyzed for recovery.
    • Example 8: Lactococcus lactis Cremoris Strain A and/or EVs Derived from Lactococcus lactis Cremoris Strain A in a Mouse Model of Psoriasis
  • Psoriasis is a T-cell-mediated chronic inflammatory skin disease. So-called “plaque-type” psoriasis is the most common form of psoriasis and is typified by dry scales, red plaques, and thickening of the skin due to infiltration of immune cells into the dermis and epidermis. Several animal models have contributed to the understanding of this disease, as reviewed by Gudjonsson et al. (Mouse models of psoriasis. J Invest Derm. 2007. 127: 1292-1308; see also van der Fits et al. Imiquimod-induced psoriasis-like skin inflammation in mice is mediated via the IL-23/IL-17 axis. J. Immunol. 2009 May 1. 182(9): 5836-45).
  • Psoriasis can be induced in a variety of mouse models, including those that use transgenic, knockout, or xenograft models, as well as topical application of imiquimod (IMQ), a TLR7/8 ligand.
  • Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A-containing bacterial compositions and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A are tested for their efficacy in the mouse model of psoriasis, either alone or in combination with whole bacterial cells, with or without the addition of other anti-inflammatory treatments. For example, 6-8 week old C57Bl/6 or Balb/c mice are obtained from Taconic (Germantown, N.Y.), or other vendor. Mice are shaved on the back and the right ear. Groups of mice receive a daily topical dose of 62.5 mg of commercially available IMQ cream (5%) (Aldara; 3M Pharmaceuticals). The dose is applied to the shaved areas for 5 or 6 consecutive days. At regular intervals, mice are scored for erythema, scaling, and thickening on a scale from 0 to 4, as described by van der Fits et al. (2009). Mice are monitored for ear thickness using a Mitutoyo micrometer.
  • Treatment with Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A is initiated at some point, either around the time of the first application of IMQ, or something thereafter. For example, Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A may be administered at the same time as the subcutaneous injections (day 0), or they may be administered prior to, or upon, application. Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A is administered at varied doses and at defined intervals. For example, some mice are intravenously injected with Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A at a dose of between 1×104 and 5×109 bacterial cells per mouse. Other mice may receive 25, 50, or 100 mg of Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A per mouse. While some mice will receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A through i.v. injection, other mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A through intraperitoneal (i.p.) injection, nasal route administration, oral gavage, topical administration, intradermal (i.d.) injection, subcutaneous (s.c.) injection, or other means of administration. Some mice may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A every day (e.g. starting on day 0), while others may receive Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A at alternative intervals (e.g. every other day, or once every three days). Additional groups of mice may receive some ratio of bacterial cells to Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A. The bacterial cells may be live, dead, or weakened. The bacterial cells may be harvested fresh (or frozen) and administered, or they may be irradiated or heat-killed prior to administration.
  • For example, some groups of mice may receive between 1×104 and 5×109 bacterial cells in an administration separate from, or comingled with, the Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A administration. As with the Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A and/or EVs derived from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A, bacterial cell administration may be varied by route of administration, dose, and schedule. This can include oral gavage, i.v. injection, i.p. injection, i.d. injection, s.c. injection, topical administration, or nasal route administration.
  • Some groups of mice may be treated with anti-inflammatory agent(s) (e.g. anti-CD154, blockade of members of the TNF family, or other treatment), and/or an appropriate control (e.g. vehicle or control antibody) at various time points and at effective doses.
  • In addition, some mice are treated with antibiotics prior to treatment. For example, vancomycin (0.5 g/L), ampicillin (1.0 g/L), gentamicin (1.0 g/L) and amphotericin B (0.2 g/L) are added to the drinking water, and antibiotic treatment is halted at the time of treatment or a few days prior to treatment. Some immunized mice are treated without receiving antibiotics.
  • At various time points, samples from back and ear skin are taken for cryosection staining analysis using methods known in the art. Other groups of mice are sacrificed and lymph nodes, spleen, mesenteric lymph nodes (MLN), the small intestine, colon, and other tissues may be removed for histology studies, ex vivo histological, cytokine and/or flow cytometric analysis using methods known in the art. Some tissues may be dissociated using dissociation enzymes according to the manufacturer's instructions. Cryosection samples, tissue samples, or cells obtained ex vivo are stained for analysis by flow cytometry using techniques known in the art. Staining antibodies can include anti-CD11c (dendritic cells), anti-CD80, anti-CD86, anti-CD40, anti-MHCII, anti-CD8a, anti-CD4, and anti-CD103. Other markers that may be analyzed include pan-immune cell marker CD45, T cell markers (CD3, CD4, CD8, CD25, Foxp3, T-bet, Gata3, Roryt, Granzyme B, CD69, PD-1, CTLA-4), and macrophage/myeloid markers (CD11b, MHCII, CD206, CD40, CSF1R, PD-L1, Gr-1, F4/80). In addition to immunophenotyping, serum cytokines are analyzed including, but not limited to, TNFa, IL-17, IL-13, IL-12p70, IL12p40, IL-10, IL-6, IL-5, IL-4, IL-2, IL-1b, IFNy, GM-CSF, G-CSF, M-CSF, MIG, IP10, MIP1b, RANTES, and MCP-1. Cytokine analysis may be carried out on immune cells obtained from lymph nodes or other tissue, and/or on purified CD45+ skin-infiltrated immune cells obtained ex vivo. Finally, immunohistochemistry is carried out on various tissue sections to measure T cells, macrophages, dendritic cells, and checkpoint molecule protein expression.
  • In order to examine the impact and longevity of psoriasis protection, rather than being sacrificed, some mice may be studied to assess recovery, or they may be rechallenged with IMQ. The groups of rechallenged mice will be analyzed for susceptibility to psoriasis and severity of response.
    • Example 9: A Study of the Safety, Tolerability and Efficacy of Lactococcus lactis Cremoris Strain A as an Oral Therapeutic for the Treatment of Mild to Moderate Psoriasis or Atopic Dermatitis
  • A single-center, Phase 1 clinical study in performed in which preliminary safety, tolerability, and pharmacodynamic effect of Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A is determined in healthy participants and participants with mild to moderate psoriasis or atopic dermatitis, but who are otherwise well.
  • This is a randomized, placebo-controlled clinical study with dose escalations and dose expansions to assess preliminary safety, tolerability, and pharmacodynamic effect of Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A, and is participant and investigator blind, sponsor unblinded, with single and multiple ascending doses. This investigation provides an opportunity to gain pharmacodynamic information using a range of tissue biopsies and composite clinical endpoints.
  • The study consists of six (6) cohorts and will test doses of Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A versus placebo. The initial three (3) cohorts are in healthy volunteers and will establish the safety and tolerability of Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A. Once this has been established, the safety and tolerability in participants with psoriasis or atopic dermatitis will be tested, alongside pharmacodynamic effects on the systemic immune system and observation of any clinical effects.
  • The treatment arms are described in Table 7, and optional additional cohorts may be added to include dose expansion studies.
  • TABLE 7
    Arms and Interventions
    Cohort Arms Assigned Interventions
    1 12 healthy volunteers: Lactococcus lactis cremoris
    8 on Lactococcus lactis strain A is orally
    cremoris strain A, administered
    4 on placebo Drug: placebo oral capsule
    Dose = 66 mg capsule, once
    daily for 15 days
    2 12 healthy volunteers:
    8 on Lactococcus lactis Lactococcus lactis cremoris
    cremoris strain A, strain A is orally
    4 on placebo administered
    Dose = 660 mg capsule, once Drug: placebo oral capsule
    daily for 15 days
    3 12 healthy volunteers: Lactococcus lactis cremoris
    8 on Lactococcus lactis strain A is orally
    cremoris strain A, administered
    4 on placebo Drug: placebo oral capsule
    Dose = 3.3 g capsule, once
    daily for 15 days
    4 12 subjects with mild to Lactococcus lactis cremoris
    moderate psoriasis: strain A is orally
    8 on Lactococcus lactis administered
    cremoris strain A, Drug: placebo oral capsule
    4 on placebo
    Dose = 660 mg, capsule, once
    daily, 29 days
    5 24 subjects with mild to Lactococcus lactis cremoris
    moderate psoriasis: strain A is orally
    16 on Lactococcus lactis administered
    cremoris strain A, Drug: placebo oral capsule
    8 on placebo
    Dose = 3.3 g, capsule, once
    daily, 29 days
    6 24 subjects with mild to Lactococcus lactis cremoris
    moderate atopic dermatitis: strain A is orally
    16 on Lactococcus lactis administered
    cremoris strain A, Drug: placebo oral capsule
    8 on placebo
    Dose = 3.3 g capsule, once
    daily, 29 days
  • The study has at least three (3) outcome measures: 1) safety and tolerability; 2) clinical improvement in subjects with mild to moderate psoriasis; and 3) clinical improvement in subjects with mild to moderate atopic dermatitis.
  • For (1) Safety and tolerability, serious adverse events (SAE), lab measurements, electrocardiogram (ECG) measurements, vital sign measurements, physical examination, Bristol stool scale, markers of GI integrity, and immune biomarkers are conducted and assessed; for (2) Clinical improvement in subjects with mild to moderate psoriasis, psoriasis activity scoring index (PASI), investigators' global assessment (IGA), and lesion severity score (LSS) are assessed over a period of 14 months; and for (3) Clinical improvement in subjects with mild to moderate atopic dermatitis, EASI, severity scoring of atopic dermatitis (SCORAD), LSS, and IGA are assessed over a period of 14 months.
  • Anti-psoriasis and anti-atopic dermatitis activities are assessed by the Investigator according to disease specific response criteria and described in terms of objective response rate, duration of response, progression-free time-periods, clinical benefit rate, and disease control rate. Investigators will look for improvement from baseline at or around day 28 of dosing using the PASI and eczema activity scoring index (EASI), both of which are known in the art.
    • Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria:
  • The inclusion criteria for all parts of the study include the following:
      • 1. Participant has a body mass index of ≥18 kg/m2 to ≤35 kg/m2 at screening.
      • 2. Participants who are overtly healthy as determined by medical evaluation including medical history, physical examination, laboratory tests, and cardia monitoring.
      • 3. For patients with mild to moderate psoriasis:
        • a. Participant has had a confirmed diagnosis of mild to moderate plaque-type psoriasis for at least 6 months involving ≤5% of body surface area (BSA) (excluding the scalp).
        • b. Participant has a minimum of 2 psoriatic lesions with at least 1 plaque in a site suitable for biopsy.
      • 4. For patients with mild to moderate atopic dermatitis:
        • a. Participant has mild to moderate atopic dermatitis with a minimum of 3 to a maximum of 15% BSA involvement.
        • b. Participant has had a confirmed diagnosis of mild to moderate atopic dermatitis for at least 6 months with IGA score of 2 or 3.
        • c. Participant has a minimum of 2 atopic dermatitis lesions with at least 1 in a site suitable for biopsy.
  • The following categories of patient are excluded from the study:
      • 1. Female participant who is pregnant or plans to become pregnant during the study, and/or female participant who is breastfeeding or is sexually active with childbearing potential who is not using a medically accepted birth control method.
      • 2. Participant has received live attenuated vaccination within 6 weeks prior to screening or intends to have such a vaccination during the course of the study.
      • 3. Participant has received any investigational drug or experimental procedure within 90 days or 5 half-lives, whichever is longer, prior to study intervention administration.
      • 4. Participant requires treatment with an anti-inflammatory drug during the study period. Paracetamol will be permitted for use as an antipyretic and/or analgesic (maximum of 2 grams/day in any 24 hour period).
      • 5. Participant has an active infection (e.g. sepsis, pneumonia, abscess) or has had an infection requiring antibiotic treatment within 6 weeks prior to investigational medicinal product (IMP) administration. When in doubt, the investigator should confer with the Sponsor study physician.
      • 6. Participant has renal or liver impairment, defined as:
        • a. For healthy volunteers: i. for women, serum creatinine level ≥125 μmol/L; for men, ≥135 μmol/L, or ii: Alanine aminotransferase (ALT) and aspartate aminotransferase (AST) ≥1.5× upper limit of normal (ULN), or iii. Alkaline phosphatase (ALP) and/or bilirubin >1.5×ULN.
        • b. For participants with mild to moderate atopic dermatitis, or psoriasis: i. For women, serum creatinine level ≥125 μmol/L; for men ≥135 μmol/L, or ii. ALT or AST>2×ULN and/or bilirubin >1.5×ULN.
    Dose Escalation Study
  • Patients receive all Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A doses during the treatment period, or have had a dose-limiting toxicity (DLT) within the treatment period, may be considered evaluable for dose escalation decisions. Dose escalation decisions occur when the cohort of patients has met these criteria.
  • A DLT is defined as an adverse event (AE) or abnormal laboratory value that occurs within the first 7 days of treatment with Lactococcus lactis cremoris strain A, except for those that are clearly and incontrovertibly due to underlying disease, disease progression, or extraneous causes. Dose escalation decisions occur when the cohort of patients has met these criteria.
  • To implement dose escalation decisions, the available toxicity information (i.e., all AEs and all laboratory abnormalities regardless of DLT assessment) is evaluated by the enrolling Investigators and Sponsor medical monitor at a dose decision meeting or teleconference. Decisions are based on an evaluation of all relevant data available from all dose cohorts evaluated in the ongoing study. Drug administration at the next higher dose cohort may not proceed until the Investigator receives written confirmation from Sponsor indicating that the results of the previous dose cohort were evaluated and that it is permissible to proceed to the next higher dose cohort.
  • Intra-patient dose escalations are permitted for all cohorts after the intended dose level has been shown to be safe (i.e., all patients treated at the intended dose level completed DLT assessments and ≤1 patient experienced a DLT).
    • Example 10—Evaluation of Gene Deletion in Lactococcus lactis Cremoris Strains in a KLH-Based Delayed Type Hypersensitivity Model
  • The efficacy of L. lactis cremoris Strains that lacked certain plasmids was evaluated. Knockout strains were created using electroporation techniques known in the art. Briefly, electrocompetent cells were prepared by growing strain overnight in M17 media (5 g Pancreatic digest of casein, 5 g soy peptone, 5 g beef extract, 2.5 g yeast extract, 0.5 g ascorbic acid, 0.25 g MgSO4, 19 g Disodium-β-glycerophosphate per L) that included 1% glucose. 2 mL of overnight culture was inoculated with 50 mL of M17 media and allowed to grow to an optical density at 600 nm of 0.5-0.7 (about 5-7 hrs). The culture was then cooled on ice for 10 min. Cells were spun down for 15 min at 3000 g and resuspended in electroporation buffer (0.5M Sucrose+10% glycerol) which was repeated 2 more times. Cells were then resuspended in 500 μL of electroporation buffer and separated into 100 μL aliquots and stored at −80° C. until electroporation.
  • Electroporation proceeded by defrosting cells on ice prior to transfer to an electroporation cuvette. Cell were then electroporated at 1.2 kV for in Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A and 2.5 kV for in Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain B. 900 μL of recovery solution (M17+0.5M(0.17 g)Sucrose+0.5%(15 μl)Glucose+20 mM(10 μl)MgCl2+0.2 mM(10 μl)CaCl2 per mL) was then immediately added. The cells were then kept on ice for 10 min. Electroporated cells were subcultuted 1:10 in M17 media and incubated for 20 min at 30° C. before diluting and plating. Cells were then screened for plasmid loss by PCR.
  • To elucidate the effect of the strains without the plasmids, the Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strains A and B (both with and without plasmids) were evaluated in the mouse model of DTH. As noted above in Example 1, mice were injected with KLH and CFA i.d at 4 locations along the back (50 ug per mouse of KLH prepared in a 1:1 ratio with CFA in a total volume of 50 ul per site). Mice were dosed for 9 days with 1×10{circumflex over ( )}9 viable cells per day as follows: 1) anaerobic PBS (vehicle); 2) Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A; 3) Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A minus a 13 kb plasmid; 4) Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain B; 5) Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strains B minus a 30 kb plasmid; and 6) Dexamethasone (positive control). At 24 hours post-challenge, the removal of a 13 kb plasmid from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A reduced the efficacy of the strain while the removal of a 30 kb plasmid from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain B improved the efficacy of the strain (FIG. 4).
  • The strains were then sequenced to determine the genes within the 13 kb plasmid from) Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A and the 30 kb plasmid from Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain B. See Table 5 and Table 6.
    • Example 11: Manufacturing Conditions
  • Enriched media is used to grow and prepare the bacterium for in vitro and in vivo use. For example, media may contain sugar, yeast extracts, plant based peptones, buffers, salts, trace elements, surfactants, anti-foaming agents, and vitamins. Composition of complex components such as yeast extracts and peptones may be undefined or partially defined (including approximate concentrations of amino acids, sugars etc.). Microbial metabolism may be dependent on the availability of resources such as carbon and nitrogen. Various sugars or other carbon sources may be tested. Alternatively, media may be prepared and the selected bacterium grown as shown by Saarela et al., J. Applied Microbiology. 2005. 99: 1330-1339, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Influence of fermentation time, cryoprotectant and neutralization of cell concentrate on freeze-drying survival, storage stability, and acid and bile exposure of the selected bacterium produced without milk-based ingredients.
  • At large scale, the media is sterilized. Sterilization may be by Ultra High Temperature (UHT) processing. The UHT processing is performed at very high temperature for short periods of time. The UHT range may be from 135-180° C. For example, the medium may be sterilized from between 10 to 30 seconds at 135° C.
  • Inoculum can be prepared in flasks or in smaller bioreactors and growth is monitored. For example, the inoculum size may be between approximately 0.5 and 3% of the total bioreactor volume. Depending on the application and need for material, bioreactor volume can be at least 2 L, 10 L, 80 L, 100 L, 250 L, 1000 L, 2500 L, 5000 L, 10,000 L.
  • Before the inoculation, the bioreactor is prepared with medium at desired pH, temperature, and oxygen concentration. The initial pH of the culture medium may be different that the process set-point. pH stress may be detrimental at low cell centration; the initial pH could be between pH 7.5 and the process set-point. For example, pH may be set between 4.5 and 8.0. During the fermentation, the pH can be controlled through the use of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, or ammonium hydroxide. The temperature may be controlled from 25° C. to 45° C., for example at 37° C. Anaerobic conditions are created by reducing the level of oxygen in the culture broth from around 8 mg/L to 0 mg/L. For example, nitrogen or gas mixtures (N2, CO2, and H2) may be used in order to establish anaerobic conditions. Alternatively, no gases are used and anaerobic conditions are established by cells consuming remaining oxygen from the medium. Depending on strain and inoculum size, the bioreactor fermentation time can vary. For example, fermentation time can vary from approximately 5 hours to 48 hours.
  • Reviving microbes from a frozen state may require special considerations. Production medium may stress cells after a thaw; a specific thaw medium may be required to consistently start a seed train from thawed material. The kinetics of transfer or passage of seed material to fresh medium, for the purposes of increasing the seed volume or maintaining the microbial growth state, may be influenced by the current state of the microbes (ex. exponential growth, stationary growth, unstressed, stressed).
  • Inoculation of the production fermenter(s) can impact growth kinetics and cellular activity. The initial state of the bioreactor system must be optimized to facilitate successful and consistent production. The fraction of seed culture to total medium (e.g. a percentage) has a dramatic impact on growth kinetics. The range may be 1-5% of the fermenter's working volume. The initial pH of the culture medium may be different from the process set-point. pH stress may be detrimental at low cell concentration; the initial pH may be between pH 7.5 and the process set-point. Agitation and gas flow into the system during inoculation may be different from the process set-points. Physical and chemical stresses due to both conditions may be detrimental at low cell concentration.
  • Process conditions and control settings may influence the kinetics of microbial growth and cellular activity. Shifts in process conditions may change membrane composition, production of metabolites, growth rate, cellular stress, etc. Optimal temperature range for growth may vary with strain. The range may be 20-40° C. Optimal pH for cell growth and performance of downstream activity may vary with strain. The range may be pH 5-8. Gasses dissolved in the medium may be used by cells for metabolism. Adjusting concentrations of O2, CO2, and N2 throughout the process may be required. Availability of nutrients may shift cellular growth. Microbes may have alternate kinetics when excess nutrients are available.
  • The state of microbes at the end of a fermentation and during harvesting may impact cell survival and activity. Microbes may be preconditioned shortly before harvest to better prepare them for the physical and chemical stresses involved in separation and downstream processing. A change in temperature (often reducing to 20-5° C.) may reduce cellular metabolism, slowing growth (and/or death) and physiological change when removed from the fermenter. Effectiveness of centrifugal concentration may be influenced by culture pH. Raising pH by 1-2 points can improve effectiveness of concentration but can also be detrimental to cells. Microbes may be stressed shortly before harvest by increasing the concentration of salts and/or sugars in the medium. Cells stressed in this way may better survive freezing and lyophilization during downstream.
  • Separation methods and technology may impact how efficiently microbes are separated from the culture medium. Solids may be removed using centrifugation techniques. Effectiveness of centrifugal concentration can be influenced by culture pH or by the use of flocculating agents. Raising pH by 1-2 points may improve effectiveness of concentration but can also be detrimental to cells. Microbes may be stressed shortly before harvest by increasing the concentration of salts and/or sugars in the medium. Cells stressed in this way may better survive freezing and lyophilization during downstream. Additionally, Microbes may also be separated via filtration. Filtration is superior to centrifugation techniques for purification if the cells require excessive g-minutes to successfully centrifuge. Excipients can be added before after separation. Excipients can be added for cryo protection or for protection during lyophilization. Excipients can include, but are not limited to, sucrose, trehalose, or lactose, and these may be alternatively mixed with buffer and anti-oxidants. Prior to lyophilization, droplets of cell pellets mixed with excipients are submerged in liquid nitrogen.
  • Harvesting can be performed by continuous centrifugation. Product may be resuspended with various excipients to a desired final concentration. Excipients can be added for cryo protection or for protection during lyophilization. Excipients can include, but are not limited to, sucrose, trehalose, or lactose, and these may be alternatively mixed with buffer and anti-oxidants. Prior to lyophilization, droplets of cell pellets mixed with excipients are submerged in liquid nitrogen.
  • Lyophilization of material, including live bacteria, begins with primary drying. During the primary drying phase, the ice is removed. Here, a vacuum is generated and an appropriate amount of heat is supplied to the material for the ice to sublime. During the secondary drying phase, product bound water molecules are removed. Here, the temperature is raised higher than in the primary drying phase to break any physico-chemical interactions that have formed between the water molecules and the product material. The pressure may also be lowered further to enhance desorption during this stage. After the freeze-drying process is complete, the chamber may be filled with an inert gas, such as nitrogen. The product may be sealed within the freeze dryer under dry conditions, preventing exposure to atmospheric water and contaminants.
    • Example 12: Adoptive Transfer Delayed-Type Hypersensitivity (AdDTH) Mouse Model
  • Briefly, mice were purchased from Jackson Labs and allowed to acclimate in the vivarium for 1 week prior to start of experiment. Mice are housed 5 animals per cage, in individually ventilated cages with standard bedding and enrichment. Standard Purina rodent diet (5001) and autoclaved water is provided ad libitum and checked daily. Ventilated cages are changed once weekly. Animal housing rooms undergoes a lighting cycle consisting of 12 hours on and 12 hours off. Floors, walls, and ceilings are sanitized once a month and rooms maintain a humidity range between 30%-70%, and a temperature range between 68-79 degrees Fahrenheit. Animal health checks are done twice daily.
  • On day −1, recipient BALB/c mice were adoptively transferred with 1×10{circumflex over ( )}8 DO11. TCR Tg lymphocytes (i.p.).
  • On day 0, mice were anesthetized with isoflurane (one at a time) and their back was shaved. Mice were injected subcutaneously at 4 sites on the back with 50 μl of Ovalbumin in CFA emulsion (Hooke Labs catalog #EK-0301).
  • A dexamethasone stock solution (17 mg/ml) was created by resuspending 6.8 mg of dexamethasone in 400 μl of 96% ethanol. For each day of dosing, a working solution is prepared by diluting the stock solution 100× in sterile PBS to obtain a final concentration of 0.17 mg/mL in a septum vial for intraperitoneal dosing. Dexamethasone-treated mice received 100 μL Dexamethasone i.p. (5 mL/kg of a 0.17 mg/mL solution). Frozen sucrose served as the negative control (vehicle). Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A was dosed at 100 ul of bacterial cells at 1×10{circumflex over ( )}10 CFU/ml daily. Dexamethasone (positive control), vehicle (negative control), and Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A were dosed daily.
  • On days 1-9 mice were orally gavaged (groups 1 and 3) or injected intraperitoneally (i.p. group 2).
  • On day 8, after all mice were gavaged, each mouse was anesthetized with isoflurane and a baseline left ear measurement was obtained using Fowler calipers. Then 10 μl of OVA323-339 (Invivogen) (dissolved in sterile PBS to a concentration of 1 mg/ml) was injected intradermally in the left ear. As shown in FIG. 5, Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A reduces antigen-specific ear swelling (ear thickness) compared to vehicle (negative control), and anti-inflammatory Dexamethasone (positive control) in an OVA based adoptive transfer delayed-type hypersensitivity (AdDTH) Mouse Model.
  • On day 9, a 24-hour ear measurement was obtained using Fowler calipers and mice were euthanized and tissues like spleen, draining cervical lymph nodes and mesenteric lymph nodes were collected for ex vivo processing.
  • Single cell suspensions of tissues were prepared, counted and plated to 200,000 cells/well and restimulated with LPS and PMA/Ionomycin for 48 hours or with OVA323-339 peptide or left unstimulated for 72 hours. Supernatants were collected at the end of stimulations and used for downstream MSD or Luminex analyses.
  • As shown in FIGS. 6A, 6B, and 6C, Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A reduces expression of IL-12p70 (FIG. 6A), IL-22 (FIG. 6B), and KC (FIG. 6C) in an Adoptive Transfer Delayed-Type Hypersensitivity (AdDTH) Mouse Model. Circle represents vehicle, square represents dexamethasone, and triangle represents Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A.
    • Example 13: Imiquimod Mouse Model of Psoriasis
  • Imiquimod driven psoriasis model is a Th17 driven skin inflammation model. Mice develop flakiness of the skin and erythema which mimics some of the pathology associated with human psoriasis that is scored on a scale of 0-4. Additionally, an ear inflammation may be assessed similar to the DTH.
  • Briefly, mice were purchased from Taconic Labs and allowed to acclimate in the vivarium for 1 week prior to start of experiment. Mice are housed 5 animals per cage, in individually ventilated cages with standard bedding and enrichment. Standard Purina rodent diet (5001) and autoclaved water is provided ad libitum and checked daily. Ventilated cages are changed once weekly. Animal housing rooms undergoes a lighting cycle consisting of 12 hours on and 12 hours off. Floors, walls, and ceilings are sanitized once a month and rooms maintain a humidity range between 30%-70%, and a temperature range between 68-79 degrees Fahrenheit. Animal health checks are done twice daily.
  • A dexamethasone stock solution (17 mg/ml) was created by resuspending 6.8 mg of dexamethasone in 400 μl of 96% ethanol. For each day of dosing, a working solution is prepared by diluting the stock solution 100× in sterile PBS to obtain a final concentration of 0.17 mg/mL in a septum vial for intraperitoneal dosing. Dexamethasone-treated mice received 100 μL Dexamethasone i.p. (5 mL/kg of a 0.17 mg/mL solution). Frozen sucrose served as the negative control (vehicle). Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A was dosed at 100 ul of bacterial cells at 1×10{circumflex over ( )}10 CFU/ml p.o. daily. Dexamethasone (positive control), vehicle (negative control), and Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A were dosed daily.
  • On Day 0, the backs of mice were shaved and the depilated with Nair (˜25 sec). The Nair is then wiped off and backs of mice washed with warm water (2×).
  • On Days 1-7, Aldara (5% Imiquimod 62.5 mg per mouse) or control cream is applied on the backs of mice. The cream is re-spread to ensure uniform application. Every day an inflammation skin score is recorded.
  • On Day 8, back skin punches are collected for downstream RNA analyses. Skin inflammation scores are evaluated based on the following scale: 0—normal, no reaction; 1—slight erythema; 2—moderate to severe erythema and some plaques; 3—marked erythema and plaques; 4—very marked erythema and plaques. As depicted in FIG. 7, Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A improved the skin inflammation scores in an imiquimod model of psoriasis compared to control cream, vehicle, and dexamethasone.
    • INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
  • All publications patent applications mentioned herein are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety as if each individual publication or patent application was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference. In case of conflict, the present application, including any definitions herein, will control.
    • EQUIVALENTS
  • Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, many equivalents to the specific embodiments of the invention described herein. Such equivalents are intended to be encompassed by the following claims.

Claims (24)

What is claimed is:
1-45. (canceled)
46. A bacterial composition comprising Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A (ATCC Deposit Number PTA-125368) and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
47-49. (canceled)
50. The bacterial composition of claim 46, wherein the bacterial composition formulated for oral, rectal, intravenous, intratumoral, or subcutaneous administration.
51. The bacterial composition of claim 46, wherein at least 50% of the bacteria in the bacterial composition are Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A (ATCC Deposit Number PTA-125368).
52. The bacterial composition of claim 46, wherein at least 90% of the bacteria in the bacterial composition are Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A (ATCC Deposit Number PTA-125368).
53. The bacterial composition of claim 46, wherein substantially all of the bacteria in the bacterial composition are the immune modulating Lactococcus strain.
54. The bacterial composition of claim 46, wherein the bacterial composition comprises at least 1×106 colony forming units (CFUs) of Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A (ATCC Deposit Number PTA-125368).
55. The bacterial composition of claim 54, wherein the bacterial composition comprises at least 1×107 CFUs of Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A (ATCC Deposit Number PTA-125368).
56. The bacterial composition of claim 54, wherein the bacterial composition comprises at least 1×108 CFUs of Lactococcus lactis cremoris Strain A (ATCC Deposit Number PTA-125368).
57-59. (canceled)
60. The bacterial composition of claim 46, wherein the bacterial composition comprises live bacteria.
61. The bacterial composition of claim 46, wherein the bacterial composition comprises attenuated bacteria.
62. The bacterial composition of claim 46, wherein the bacterial composition comprises killed bacteria.
63. The bacterial composition of claim 46, wherein the bacterial composition comprises irradiated bacterium.
64. The bacterial composition of claim 63, wherein the bacterial composition comprises gamma irradiated bacterium.
65. The bacterial composition of claim 46, wherein administration of the bacterial composition treats an immune disorder.
66. The bacterial composition of claim 46, wherein administration of the bacterial composition induces an immune response.
67. The bacterial composition of claim 46, wherein the bacterial composition is formulated with an enteric coating or micro encapsulation.
68-79. (canceled)
80. The bacterial composition of claim 46, wherein the bacterial composition is substantially free of exopolysaccharides.
81-94. (canceled)
95. The bacterial composition of claim 46, wherein the bacterial composition is formulated for administration in solid form.
96. The bacterial composition of claim 46, wherein the bacterial composition is formulated in a capsule.
US17/583,775 2017-11-15 2022-01-25 Compositions and methods for treating immune disorders using immune modulating lactococcus bacteria strains Abandoned US20220211773A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17/583,775 US20220211773A1 (en) 2017-11-15 2022-01-25 Compositions and methods for treating immune disorders using immune modulating lactococcus bacteria strains

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201762586604P 2017-11-15 2017-11-15
US201862660693P 2018-04-20 2018-04-20
US201862661459P 2018-04-23 2018-04-23
US201862721941P 2018-08-23 2018-08-23
US16/192,172 US11266700B2 (en) 2017-11-15 2018-11-15 Compositions and methods for treating immune disorders using immune modulating Lactococcus bacteria strains
US17/583,775 US20220211773A1 (en) 2017-11-15 2022-01-25 Compositions and methods for treating immune disorders using immune modulating lactococcus bacteria strains

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/192,172 Division US11266700B2 (en) 2017-11-15 2018-11-15 Compositions and methods for treating immune disorders using immune modulating Lactococcus bacteria strains

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20220211773A1 true US20220211773A1 (en) 2022-07-07

Family

ID=66539145

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/192,172 Active 2039-07-19 US11266700B2 (en) 2017-11-15 2018-11-15 Compositions and methods for treating immune disorders using immune modulating Lactococcus bacteria strains
US17/583,775 Abandoned US20220211773A1 (en) 2017-11-15 2022-01-25 Compositions and methods for treating immune disorders using immune modulating lactococcus bacteria strains

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/192,172 Active 2039-07-19 US11266700B2 (en) 2017-11-15 2018-11-15 Compositions and methods for treating immune disorders using immune modulating Lactococcus bacteria strains

Country Status (12)

Country Link
US (2) US11266700B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3710024A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2021502970A (en)
KR (1) KR20200090189A (en)
CN (1) CN111787932A (en)
AU (1) AU2018367596A1 (en)
BR (1) BR112020009133A2 (en)
CA (1) CA3082578A1 (en)
CO (1) CO2020007142A2 (en)
MX (1) MX2020004934A (en)
TW (1) TW201922270A (en)
WO (1) WO2019099682A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3694553A4 (en) 2017-10-12 2021-08-11 Amphivena Therapeutics, Inc. Dosing regimen for cd3 binding proteins
JP2021502970A (en) 2017-11-15 2021-02-04 エヴェロ バイオサイエンシズ，インコーポレーテッド Compositions and Methods for Treating Immune Disorders Using the Immunomodulatory Lactococcus Bacterial Strain
US20220249579A1 (en) * 2019-06-11 2022-08-11 Evelo Biosciences, Inc. Secreted microbial extracellular vesicles
WO2021022070A2 (en) * 2019-07-31 2021-02-04 Sanford Burnham Prebys Medical Discovery Institute Prebiotic-induced anti-tumor immunity
KR20230004619A (en) * 2020-04-17 2023-01-06 에벨로 바이오사이언시즈, 인크. Solid dosage form with improved disintegration profile
KR102523743B1 (en) * 2020-07-20 2023-04-19 건국대학교 산학협력단 Compositions for preventing or treating of neurodegenarative disease comprising lactococcus lactis KC24 strain
KR102461600B1 (en) 2020-07-21 2022-11-02 주식회사 피토맵 N-glycosylation mutated rice, method for manufacturing thereof, and method for manufacturing rice for protein production using the same
CN111803476A (en) * 2020-08-14 2020-10-23 华中科技大学协和深圳医院 Use of fingolimod for inhibiting gram-positive bacterial activity
CN112442472B (en) * 2020-11-30 2023-05-26 四川大学华西医院 Recombinant lactococcus lactis for resisting clostridium difficile, live carrier vaccine and preparation method thereof
WO2022114528A1 (en) * 2020-11-30 2022-06-02 주식회사 엠디헬스케어 Composition for preventing, treating or ameliorating eosinophilic inflammatory diseases or th2 hypersensitivity immune diseases comprising lactococcus lactis-derived vesicles
KR20230138497A (en) * 2021-01-26 2023-10-05 유키지루시 메그밀크 가부시키가이샤 Composition for improving joint function
KR102391017B1 (en) * 2021-07-13 2022-04-29 한국식품연구원 Composition for preventing, improving or treating cancer comprising the Lactococcus lactis WiKim0133
CN114540235B (en) * 2022-03-04 2023-10-31 中国海洋大学 Method for inducing lactic acid bacteria to sleep and application thereof
WO2023192361A1 (en) * 2022-03-31 2023-10-05 Incelldx, Inc. Methods of treating a subject for fibromyalgia and compositions for use in the same

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2005107484A1 (en) * 2004-05-07 2005-11-17 Friesland Brands B.V. Dairy product with at least one characteristic of a dairy product mixture
WO2009007515A1 (en) * 2007-07-12 2009-01-15 Valio Ltd Lactic acid bacteria having pro-inflammatory characteristics

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6368586B1 (en) 1996-01-26 2002-04-09 Brown University Research Foundation Methods and compositions for enhancing the bioadhesive properties of polymers
US7101565B2 (en) * 2002-02-05 2006-09-05 Corpak Medsystems, Inc. Probiotic/prebiotic composition and delivery method
JP2007269737A (en) * 2006-03-31 2007-10-18 Morinaga Milk Ind Co Ltd Interleukin production regulator, pharmaceutical composition and food and drink comprising the interleukin production regulator and method for producing the same
EP2251020A1 (en) * 2009-05-11 2010-11-17 Nestec S.A. Short-time high temperature treatment generates microbial preparations with anti-inflammatory profiles
CA3101218A1 (en) 2013-03-14 2014-09-25 Therabiome, Llc Targeted gastrointestinal tract delivery of probiotic organisms and/or therapeutic agents
US20150017208A1 (en) * 2013-07-12 2015-01-15 National Yang-Ming University Lactic acid bacterium having immunomodulatory and anti-allergic effects
JP6325828B2 (en) * 2014-02-04 2018-05-16 小林　孝 TGF-β2 inhibitor containing pulverized lactic acid bacteria (Lactococcus lactis subspecies Cremoris H-61 strain (NITE BP-01787)) as an active ingredient, and a TGF-β2 lowering drug and TGF-β2 containing the same Food for lowering
WO2016144139A2 (en) * 2015-03-11 2016-09-15 주식회사 엠디헬스케어 Composition for preventing or treating inflammatory diseases, comprising lactic acid bacteria-derived extracellular vesicles as active ingredients
EP3081227A1 (en) * 2015-04-15 2016-10-19 Institut National De La Recherche Agronomique Lactococcus lactis producing tslp or il-25 and their uses as probiotics and therapeutics
WO2019006534A1 (en) 2017-07-06 2019-01-10 Probionase Therapies Inc. Probiotic-based treatment of resistant chronic rhinosinusitis
JP2021502970A (en) 2017-11-15 2021-02-04 エヴェロ バイオサイエンシズ，インコーポレーテッド Compositions and Methods for Treating Immune Disorders Using the Immunomodulatory Lactococcus Bacterial Strain

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2005107484A1 (en) * 2004-05-07 2005-11-17 Friesland Brands B.V. Dairy product with at least one characteristic of a dairy product mixture
WO2009007515A1 (en) * 2007-07-12 2009-01-15 Valio Ltd Lactic acid bacteria having pro-inflammatory characteristics

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
Larisch, B.C. et al. 1994. Microencapsulation of Lactococcus lactis subsp. cremoris. Journal of Microencapsulation 11(2): 189-195; specif. pg. 189 *
Looijesteijn, P.J. et al. (2000). 2000. Influence of different substrate limitations on the yield, composition and molecular mass of exopolysaccharides produced by Lactococcus lactis subsp. cremoris in continuous cultures. Journal of Applied Microbiology 89: 116-122; specif. pp. 117, 121 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20190231829A1 (en) 2019-08-01
CO2020007142A2 (en) 2020-06-19
US11266700B2 (en) 2022-03-08
WO2019099682A9 (en) 2019-07-04
JP2021502970A (en) 2021-02-04
WO2019099682A1 (en) 2019-05-23
BR112020009133A2 (en) 2020-10-13
CA3082578A1 (en) 2019-05-23
EP3710024A1 (en) 2020-09-23
KR20200090189A (en) 2020-07-28
CN111787932A (en) 2020-10-16
MX2020004934A (en) 2020-12-03
AU2018367596A1 (en) 2020-05-21
TW201922270A (en) 2019-06-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10702561B2 (en) Pharmaceutical compositions comprising a Blautia strain
US20220211773A1 (en) Compositions and methods for treating immune disorders using immune modulating lactococcus bacteria strains
US20230405058A1 (en) Extracellular vesicles from prevotella
US11090341B2 (en) Compositions and methods for treating cancer and immune disorders using Veillonella bacteria
US20210052669A1 (en) Compositions and methods for treating immune disorders using lachnospiraceae bacteria
AU2020291003A1 (en) Secreted microbial extracellular vesicles
WO2019178487A2 (en) Compositions and methods for treating disease using klebsiella quasipneumoniae subsp. similipneumoniae
WO2021146523A1 (en) Solid dosage forms with improved disintegration profiles
WO2019178490A1 (en) Compositions and methods for treating cancer and inflammation using klebsiella oxytoca
WO2019178494A1 (en) Compositions and methods for treating cancer and inflammation using tyzzerella nexilis
US20230263838A1 (en) Compositions and methods for treating diseases and disorders using oscillospiraceae microbial extracellular vesicles
WO2019075452A1 (en) Identification of bacteria for cancer therapy
US20230302061A1 (en) Compositions and methods for treating diseases and disorders using fournierella massiliensis
WO2022217030A1 (en) Pharmaceutical composition containing bacteria

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

AS Assignment

Owner name: EVELO BIOSCIENCES, INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:GOODMAN, BRIAN;PONICHTERA, HOLLY;ITANO, ANDREA;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20181128 TO 20190320;REEL/FRAME:060237/0851

Owner name: EVELO BIOSCIENCES, INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:RAMANI, KRITIKA;REEL/FRAME:060237/0847

Effective date: 20200303

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

AS Assignment

Owner name: HORIZON TECHNOLOGY FINANCE CORPORATION, CONNECTICUT

Free format text: SECURITY INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:EVELO BIOSCIENCES, INC.;REEL/FRAME:064274/0354

Effective date: 20230711

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION